'•'■'••a* ’It*’

)
. 4'rjg^. •-*& :

AiJDias J

..i

?--.;■ ■ ■?

■ ■ f
•: ^

t .
'^.(avcawtfrts.*
»
' '
• p.,' •»_
'.
^ ►
..
/
•_ jl
»■; - I-.

*317: »*a»n«-*

^ i-:

.6;; /
•-

‘ omA'. 'Sba -
 i.Viiili

^Kidiardi o iino
the d t ttvi-zcnitvcetc s^Ltt, 5

^ J^eiV' fns ^acCjihe^^Lts^^ls ftitir,

^ut not Itein^ ' i(r Joynf^. m one ’

'T^nro tfsln^Sfwiiete eae mi^ijtmaAe jJt^tcAum,

^emfetves weu dmu ,cini patbs they tocdzz .
‘Tl:e C^rcivt r clrc?v*.i' ■ -ifit, . cm a aA irt h i r h.-c't r, •

/
 AND

METOPOS COPIE,
The Symmetrical I^rbportioiis and
Signal Moles yf the Body,
Fully and accurately handled j with their
Natural-Predi(^ive-Significations,
rrii • ' /
The Subjed of D n e a m s 3
JDivinative, ^te^anoqraphical^ and • ,
LuUian Sciences.

Whereunto is added
The Art of M e m o r i e.

1 1 Q
®0
Mil

I) A

ibpailnN yemtepomtditecamemin qua maltaefl finguedo* *

Ex vifu cogmfcitttr vir, ex eccurfu faciei^ cognofcUnr fenjatus. Ecclef. ip, ip.
*DeHsin manU omnitiin hominumfigttat^ ut noverint fingnli operafua. Job 37.7.
• s

Cognofee alia^ ut te cognofeas ; cognofee teipfumpt cognofeas Deum,

--___ •

By Richards ANDERS, Student in the Divine and Celeftial Sciences.

LONDON, Printed by R white, for T^thaniel Brooke, at the Sign of the

Angel in Ci>r»K/neat the Royal Exchange. i<5 5 3. •
—iiL—____
torioAL
OlOAL
 ' I

A J

ii

f
i} i
T O

THE TRULY AND VERTUOUSLY-NQBLE-

y N I V E R SALLY^LEARNEd
M E C s ..i :
' f ^ r *

(My mudiHonoured Frienci): "

B L I A S zJ S- H M O ^L E
- ’ ‘ ^ J f Jixj

VV Or t h y Si R.
- i. iij - i I j-/ii :ji

Hen -- firft I intended this Sn hje A,

' I had thought-to^haYe pafs’d it
fumpceopide- bur its ufefnhiefs
by neceffary dependaneehath
‘ 'gained fuch aCGfefcenpe it is at
at laft-arrittd Yd this -Bnlit/ahd
' ' '■ craves ybur -PatrbrtageP*^^ ^as
much troubled in my thoughts,- but'Wheiidjfoiand
I^latorefolviiig, Hominmingenkfum'Latme tnanfu-
iimi^dt^ue vinlem dtffitile reperies/lcmtkded. And
truly‘Sir, I knovf^ many'Noble^Rich and VYife,
bfit I hardly' found a real^iiiereuri^l^
iill a happy guft drave^me to xlm^-tAhehwage.
A 5 The
 ST

The Eftfile ‘Dedicawy.

The reafon of this Dedication, is principally
thofe merits which are infeparable to your felf,
appearing in my fight to admiration, fince the firft
time I had the happinefs of your acquaintance^
which jto illuftrate with my pen, were to light a
candle to the Sun, as thofe many judicious labours
and deepfecrets already in the world, and (asI
hear ) in the birth; bearing your Image. Great-
nefs ofperfonage (its pofsible) may be unapt for
Tatronage j empty titles zn6. 'fighalbirths are weak
fupports; to myfteriqus I ■yaewce.f: c5\<[ight vi'vh
Ignorance, Learning with <EhL. alice, alike be--
fpeak their infufficicnctes. Learning hhc&.fortref-
fed by thofe that love and underiland her
Things that areand </mW, are of fuch worth
they difdain to be owned, bm by persons of merit^-
for indeed they exceeding the vulgar, the eyes
of the uncapable and ignorant, .debafe, rather then
illuftrate and adorn them ,' ks'nbtknowing their ■
'•i

fublimity. Thereforei it coiiceffif him on whom

thisTtnowledge hath been beftpwed, not to com-
municate- indifferently hiS' ferrets to all •.and if
he be. importuned'to bring them forth into the
world, expofing them to' the cenfure of <iArijlar-
chm hvood (which are numerous in this age, and
increafe daily ) he ought to feletH: fome not ordi¬
nary perfon in parts, for his proteffion: which
I itow do, publiftiing this work which hath ftot
been conceived, nor .compofeT pfthe vilefeed pf
imaginary Sciences and fooliih Contfoverfies-of
thefe times : but of the purity of the^ancieftt/^gi-'
ences, which have been revealed to ntenwho
- - have
 ^he Epiftle T)edicatorj.
have furpafTed others in honefty, efteenjyreputa-
rion, and in the knowledge of what was paft, pre-
fent, and to come, (as D. Ge^learnedly in his Ser¬
mon (lAugu/li. pag. 4^.y and were thought
fuch, who participated in theOounfels and De^
creesof the moft High j whofe Counfels Lhave
followed • to which is added that poof mite the
Almighty hath lent me: which I endeavour to
imploy to his glory, and my native Countries be¬
nefit. Sir, It’s needlefs to acquaint you with the
ufeful nature of this work, as being fuch whereby
wife men may know themfelves, and approach
nearer to God^- I rnean in the knowledge of his
moft excellent wor'ks.-i* For thehiftorical notions
of God in the Scriptures, are not fufficient, unlefs
we alfo read arid feehim 'in has<Creatures, which
is done, not fo much by outward fpeculation, as
by a fedulous fearch into their velated nature, and
abfcond difpofition : For in the beginning God
adorned all things created with fignatures, that
fo the ingenuous mind might folace it felf, by a
difquifite fearch into the natural qualifications
thereof, and thence with a cheerful boldnefs
acknowledging the wonderful works of his Cre-
atour, be fweetly conftrained by a holy violence
to the love of God liimfeifj--to love diim for
himfelf, and the Creature for his fake^- which
to do, is the accomplifhment of the Law and the
Prophets. I hope the nature of the fubjedl will
plead acceptance with the ingenious whom-
foever, (it being compofed of fuch variety^ the
major part of which, as yet never faw Englifh:
And
 The Epiflle Dedicator) ^
And Siry I hope with you,, to whofe protedtiori
•Cnext the Almighty)! comipit it, craving pardon
for my prolixity: And, that Learning may have
its Halcyon days, E^ampledge flow forth like a Tor>
rent, ingenious Labours, their due refpefts,
that fuccefsful profperity • and accomplifliment ,of
Divine beatitudes may attend your worthy fell)
and vertuous Lady, is .the humble prayer of
i - • i.

-J .. * A

i i ,. i -

! ' * - 1 '■ rr -tn ) '

■ ^ ■ ( 1 : I'i ' ; -

*■ T"

C bvTriJi ■ VO Sir Qi:. i, .one .

bfiL O: Ojai .1J-4LOI -jboi L -'0
■'.boO.-^ LfiOOL'ix;’
2X2?'‘;Oiao\jr)
svo $■ 0:; .,)X\y, ', RuhaTd)’ScindeYS'\
C v^
X\ * 1
A
?j *
»
• .
A ^. • • '-.,,1] oj .1 fb'i'''-* . oXliubith
' i ' • V •
r M ■ TV
■jmo
< ‘ f r • ' • **• . r
s: '.ijs ^iosierl:
■;:(t j9 c L’‘V,-r . .-iu-iOT/’r rb ■:u,'*''.o3iwon:bB
r
:jonbj.i/ Vl vo .: Jino v Ybxi3wl od , 'ivcin
-io 3VCI Sfl^ OJ
i ^. t # y -ill $7U3;;3'i > 3 1 ( ) Lift
sfi: i,nt 7/t () £U io j't^rnfnnnraooDt 3rl; si .oL-o).
iliv/ foojdrjl tiubo 'yinitfi sd) 3rjOfn ..-rJfJfeo'xX
- ffr';U7/' 8ijV;:f!3;':>fH cr!) ■ shm 33nt3Q303B bl/Jia
1-ii;'YVioibLv fbui lo i;t)ionni vriitxJ dr)
: Yd-d ij'/on ,ii:»ia7/ io HLo'roir'nT
r . * i

t
!
i
 THE T T, S F 4 C B
TOTH E ^

Inc^eiiious
O and Courteous

REA R
^i?.v

Sirs
4

Have for the publkki good taken pains to fubjeS my felf to

the common cenfuk, the which I expeft not but to find as
various as the faces of the Cenfurers; Jivid Envie ufually fnarl-
ing at ingenious labours; ^Hvettallorig fince refolved,
s• Nemo Mathematicus genium indethnatHS habebit.
Only this Bulwark is left me, as having confeioufly laboured
for my Countries good; therefore I will not ApologizejO^or-
tet m ars in hoc naturam imitetkr^ ut quic^utd agit, f roper
■finemagaty^rifi.deSPoei,2.r
The Subject of this enfuing difeourfe, is a Philofophical account of that eminently-
Ancient zxib. renownedpart ofThilofophy,is capaciotte as the viholeVniverfe,Ph}Jiognomy,
for fo I principally call it, Chiromancie and Chirofeopia (’largely handled in the fequel)
being but parts thereof, which I have fo fully cleared, that the meanly learned may
advance in the knowledg of its principles, and become knowing in the faid Science
without farther and greater pains. Yet, though the Lamb may wade, the Elephant
may fwim; This firft part handleth properly the Subjeff of Chiromancie, which is
as H. (^,zy4grip. defines it, Divinationi^fpedes ^ qua per line arum manmm inJpeElio-
nem celebraturi or as oiherwife he hath it; Chiromantia antem in vola mantu pro
nttmeroplanetarumfeptem monies ejfingit: pqne ex lineis^^qute ibi confpiciuntfir ^ qH<e
hominis complexio^qm ajfellus,qu£ vita^ qnafortnnaffe/e pojfe cognofeere urbitrantur per
linearum Harmorucam correfpondentiam, ^c, but more briefly, Chiromantia ejl pru*
dentia boni vel mali quippiam ex manmm infpeliione ad hominis falntem prafagiendilVbii
laft definition by the word Prudence conftitutes its genus for the caufes of its divinati¬
on. Chiromancie is derived i. e. the hand, i
to divine, or divination.,
The caufes of this Science are the external, remote, and univerfal efficient; the
material caufe is the good and evil to which man is fubiedl: the formal is the fore-;;
feeing of the good and evil by the infpedfion of the hands,difeovering and diftinguiffi-
(^) ing

pi
 ingthediverfitiesofthe lines, the diftinftions whereof are fully hereafter laid down.
But it is neceffary to take a brief Survey how Antiquity hath honoured this Science*
we have many yery remarkable notes thereof iorbch^y Scriptures;-as for brevity!
Job.^y. 7. according to $, Hifr^mstXU\(^UiOX\, "^In omniurnhomnnm Deus
napofuity ut noverint fxnyuli ffperufuA) God hath placed %n« in the bands of ali men,
that every man may k^ovf his ^orky Idoiow it is in the Englifti laft trar.flation altered

how doth this agree vyuh the Original, Iwifh the Commentators to

This is the irac Hebrew Kdion, in which is more tohe underftoodto chis purpofe,
then 1 have fpace to infert, and is the Text and ground all men mull hold unto, though
Policie hath given it divers Readings, wh ch my learned friend Captain Georqe
tvharton hat^^udicipufly-obferved in his neat Trad on this Subjedof Chiromande,
pag.'ii. & 54 allwhidi render it to this fen fe I have urged itmoft exadly, and*
much more emphatical and true then the late trarflaticn. 1 he Wife man in Proz/. 5.
\6. Length of days are in his right hand» and in his left hand, riches and honour
words which the wife and curious do muchobferve as being a trad of the Divinity!
The wifeft Philofophersand moft eminent MagiflrateshdMt rclpedcd , honoured and
ftudied this Science of Chiromancie j and not the fmalleft number of Writers hath
this Art merited.
We find in the truths of Antiquity, ihzHebrews^ Caldeans, xiArabians, Indians^
GrefkSf LatiueSf Kid Italia*te, in, and promocciaur liii» high part of
Philafophy; who with no 1^11 pains,, have in their feveral Tongues written large
volumes thereof, as ^riftQtle,princeps PhUofophorum, Virgil, PiAuttu, and Juvenal
have copioufly obferved j the laft in his fixth Satyr faith.

Great MagiftraCes have loved, ufed and honoured this Science j araongft whom were
Lucius Scylla, and Julius Cafar, as Suetonius and Jofephus report; who affirm that
by the hand tb&kldCafar difeovered the falfe«.^/f;fWifr whofaid he was Ton of
plerU Infinite copious might I be in this Subjed, (hould I run through the whole
Clalfisof thofc famous Noble Heroes who have fpent ("to their eternal fame; their
pains in this Sciencc,but left I fljould be too prolix, I have alphetically recorded in a
following page,the names of all whom I have bad the happinefs to confult with in this
work whom I efteem worthy commemoration, as from thofe wels I have oft filled my
buckets in the building this fabrick, obeying the Oracle of Apollo, who When ^fj.
«w 4€«Janded by what means the Megareans might order their Common-wealth
beft, anfweredjT^they tool^ counfell of many: which I hope is no more (in the tyc
oi tlicleKRcd) then affumtionem laudabilemfacere, the wifdomof the Ancients be¬
ing of fo honourable account in any eftimation, that I ftiall not think my felfto fee,
lightly, without their light, (take notice ffriendly Reader; that I appear not under
(he notion of private (elf>fancie; ahherngh fome delight to be obftinate, and con¬
temn that light that others have, becaufe they like their own darknefs better; through
which they ofe^ verifie the proverb, Qanis fefinans coecos parit catulos • yet I take
(IOC all the drains of the Ancients as Orthodox j for I know they have frequently
(hoc wide the mark,andareto beftudied in this alfo; for oft from the variety of
Wtitefs it is, t^t many tre toft too and fro, as from Racket to Racket, being forc’d
W change their thoughts as oft as theychjmge their Authors; and conceiving they
upon a r’ghc point T/uf^ ^ike tickiiffi weathercocks) ate necefficaced to
(mfe with the next pun ('although but of an emptywindy conceipc ) new difeo-
veffes begetdng new opinions, which raife more bluftering turbulent doubts then
twit greaceft ftiength of judgment can allay; (thus unhappy men; thinking them-
^Ives readycoaiKhoF,accolsguft blows them oft theftiore, perhaps into a rougher
Sea of debate and perplexity then before, and with greater hazard and danger of
tphccing, to taH male part a male dilabuntur,
Bnt not to enlarge ray difeourfe with obfervation of the curioficies of the Anci¬
ents ill tbit Science and itspraife, I (hall defire the lovers of it to fee what Cardinal
 ^he preface Jo the ^^ader.
AlattnHs SavanAroU,ScotHs,tn& Andre^)^ ^C^^viny (who have herein exceeded; fay
of if It being infallible in its efFeds, as whereby we may forefee many misfortunes;
it is a fcience very neceffary for Mimftersm^ Phyfitims, in their vifitation of the fick,
that by their face and hands they inay difcover their condition • for thefymptomes
Quickly appear in the face ; the heart fby reafon of the tenuity and fubtilcy of the
skin in that place; painting forth ( as it were; the notes of its zScAions, And
certainly the face is a part fo fit to difclofe all the affeaions of the inward parts,that by
it is manifeftly difcerned an old man from a young, a woman from a man, a temperate
petfonfrom an intemperate, a French man from a Spaniard, a fad man fromamer-
tv a found from a fick, a living from a dead : wherefore it may be affirmed that thofe
things.which we keep fecret and hid in our hearts, may be uijderftood by the face and
Countenance.

Heu quam difficile efi, crimen nonprodere vnltuX

faith Ovid‘ and Juvenal
JSlec bene mendaci rifus componitur ore.

Thd lineaments of the face and lines of the hands being confidered according to
the divers aSions of our life, and increafe of out years, whpe there is change of
temperament, whether it proceed from indifpofition, or the influence of the »
thev alfo do'enange. me ftara having fwtl* an influentts! powct over US, that wc acs
bv them, though they are but fecond caufes, and their influences do fo neceffitate us
thatweeannot avoid their fatality, unlefswehave lecourfe to the firft caufe, which
governs this all; fo that their mutability and change, changeth us and our fortunes,
which is difeovered in the lines of our hands, as the learned Manilim notes in the
Proem which he dedicates to Aupte^t^f

Saying, -
i

Pofiquamomnls Callfpecies redeuntibus ajlrie j

Pracepta in proprias fedes, ^ reddita certii
Patorum ordinibus, fua cuique potentiaforma ,
Per varios cafus artem experientia fecit,
Exemplo monfirante viam,fpeculataque Isnge
Deprendit tacitis dominantia legibm ajira ,
Bt totumalternamundum rationemoverii,
Batorumque vices certu difeernerejignis, ^

,11 theCrfw and SynUcsof Sciences, have been confltained to commend Chito.
lancie. even thofe who have been moU paffionately animated aga.nft it; Dilrw and
lofe of his opinion, as may be feen in bis Rapfodie, ntU Difymjit. is forced
)approvePhyficalChitomancie, dividing it in two parts, Phyfica and Aftroloa
icalfasif jndgmenl could be drawn from the one without the o.ber, when as
ithout Aftrologie the othet could not fubfift, and be fubfecvicnt to true knowledge,
nt this peevifi Prieji would not pafsby this Science no mote then the reft, without
lepwe^olhiscenlute; being defitous to debafe it fo fat, as to attribute the m-
tntion and greateft ptaaife of it to thofe mifetable Vagabonds which we cill
lypfes, whetein he hath palpably dilcoveted his ignorance in. and paflion again.l thia

I know full well that this fo profitable a Science, hath been hitherco fo »mpro.
erly and pervetfly handled, that non ScientU nomen ^ fedponus Antlucujftjdamfa^
Hllmereretur, it hath rather merited the notion of old wivesFables then a uleful
cience ; and of ^//,our Englilh have merited theleall honour, there being not any
lat heretofore!have taken pains to the ieaft credit of the Art, till our la^boriou
iountrvman. Captain George Wharton, who ('to hts commendation ; hath lately
lade Rothman moft accurately fpeak Englifh. Of foreign Nations many have takeri
/a 2 ) pains
 . T^he ‘Treface to the^B^ader.
pains herein, but as yet I have found it uncompofed, which is my endeavour in this
enfuingTraft.tojoin and cement together, comparing thofe fubftancial materials,
which are moft proper to bcautifie this fabrick; endeavouring that which is moft
congruous, and omitting the rubbifli to be buried in oblivion. I confefs it had been
, a Subjefl becoming a Phyfitian as well as me, both to ftudy and handle, bw their
negleft hath pfovoked me to relieve and promote the cui iofite of the ingenious; and
indeed I could do no lefs (being convi^l of floth) feeing the pains the Ancients have
taken to promote the common ftock of Learning; whofe fteps I endeavouring to
tread, in my llioretime, laying afide all other unnecelTaries, haveapplyed my fclf to
the ftudy of Art j and for the common good, have refufed ho labours, nor Ihunned
the moft tedious and difficult pafTages; as in the Scripture, and amongft other difei-
plinesj Natural Philofophy, and that part chiefly which concernethfthe motions and
influences of the Celeftial bodies have I embraced with all fedulity, and have as
much as in me lyeth, applyedall induftry 'to the ftudy of thofe laudable Sciences
which being more occult, are with double diligence hewed out of Natures Rocks,
rendring the moft fweet and picafant tafte of Wildoms fruits.
In thofe Sciences which hold forth the cognition of futures, as Aftrologie, Phyfiog-
nomie, Chiromancie,Geomancie, and others, have I travelled, and 1 endeavour to
fupply what I find pretermitted by our fore-fathers.
Concerning the Sciences of Chiromancieand Phyfiognomie ("the fubjefl of the
enftiing ) I have endeavoured in a familiar manner to explain to thecapacitie of the
meaneft ; and thofe things which fcatteringly were found m Authors, 1 have reduced
and methodized; asforinftance, in the deferiptive nomination of the lines of the
hand,/74^.5. the four principal lineshave in Authors 26 appellations, I have com*
prizedthemunder their proper heads, that fo the Reader may apprehend the intri¬
cate windings of the Ancients; which confufednefs heretofore hath deterred many,
and rendred the ftudies of others unprofitable} but now I hope('abjlt jaSlanttA verbis)
is much facilitated in thisTreatife, whic^h I have fo endeavoured to reduce into an
Art, that it may claim the dignity of fociecy with other noble Sciences; wherein the
Reader may find epitomized, what ever his bufie genius could expc(^I in the vaftnefs of
the greater world, and may with clearnefs fee why man is termed a Microcofm, oc
little world, having his Elements, v4fira^ and Signs, {nihil efi infermt cjuod non efi
fuperiuSj ^ omnesres inferiores reprafentativit Junt fuperiorum') fome fixed, others
moveable, as denoting accidents paft, prefent, and to come. That great Creatour of
all things having drawn lines and marks o'nourbodies, that wemay (^in confidering
and difeovering them) with greater admiration, contemplate his omnipotence, omni-
fcience, and infinite mercy, in ftamping fuch his myftcrious Charaders on us, and
forming us after his own image.
This hath he done that we might be the more expert in the knowledge and com-
pofurc of man, to which all other Sciences are fubfervient; and of which Phyfick her
felf ("like a diligent hand'maid) is a continual obfervatrix. For there is npt any difeafe
or diftemper in man, for the which man hath not in himfelf a cure. But this Thejis
is not familiar to any, but thofe who are^A# Artis^ and adopted incothe acquaintance
of Sjmpathj ^nd Antipathy i non efi ultra \ quivivus gloriari poffit; fot ih&Motto
is, nofee, &fac quicquid voles. Let no one think me fraught with emulation; it is in-
confiftent with me; but rather to the promotion and advancement of knowledge have
I caft in my mite, which is the only duty and office of ingenuity.
Leaving this Subje^l of Chiromancie (courteous Reader) give me leave to take thee
by the hand, and briefly condufl thee through all the parts and fpecies of Phyfiogoo-
mk preceding this work, that feeing the magnitude and fplendor of this Subjed, thine
eyes may covet after the beauty thereof. In which by way of Analogic, I thus
proceed.
Phyfiognomie is that which from and by certain figns explicates the nature of natu¬
ral bodies, as ro genus ox fpecies. In the general Phyfiognomie teacheth the method
of knowing the internal aflfeftionsof natural bodies by rhe external figns thereof:
it is in reference to this 'fenfe called tv^noyvay.oyia., (pvaioyvaiAoQudu, & fpvcnoyvaf^ntii ^
which expreffions denote the reafon of knowing the nature of a thing from certain
figns; many, diftindlions there are of Phyfiognomie, but the full extent thereof (as I
 The Treface to the Trader.
have handled refers to all natural and ccicftial bodies; which may fitly be confi.
dered under thefe notions ofandy^cc<W;as thus, All natural bodies prefent
their natural qualifications before our eyes, by certain figns: Phyfiognoray ought
wholly ro be converfant about the confideration of all natural bodies from figns • but
the antecedent is true, therefore alfo the confequent. ’
Further, Phyfiognomical figns are certain external notes, which manifeft the inter¬
nal affedions of body and minde.
Signs in general relate to that part of Philofophy which is not to our purpofe-
for we intend a phyfiognomical fign, which is an index of the internal parts, falling
within the compafs of fenfe, by which a man is carried on in the cognition of the aS
fedions of the natural bod^r, which are internal, and by themfclves infenfible. Phv-
fiognomical figns admit finkindej of a threefold diftinflion; '
The firft figns are either necelTary or contingently probable; the firft infallible the
fecond fallible; which diftinflionis exceeding neceflfary, leaft any one Ihould herein
expedl oracles; feeing many things are here not
Secondly, Signs are proper or common; the proper are reciprocal with thefub-
jeft figned; the common not fo. ‘ '
Thirdly, Signs inhere as fixed to the body, or not fixed; the firft note the inter¬
nal, durable affeflion; the other tranficory. Again, the fubjeft or part from whence
we require thefe phyfiognomical figns, are comprized mdetthekfourpredkanjettts •
VIZ. ^^antity. and > To the P<^/iirament nf Quanticy ao-
pertain magnitude, patvity and mediocrity of parts, as alfo Timber •
and here are comprehended the Vbi and Sim^ the prefence of a thing in place and
the difpofition of the whole parts in order to a place. To the predicament
of principally pertain rtiure, and divers other ^alities lefs
principal. To the predicamentfrof <iABion and appertain local motion the
Laughter, Speech 2ind 9^feBiotj, \
To lead you a little further, view with me the Olefikl Phyfieguomy more fpecial
which difeernech the figns manifeffing the nature of a natural body in the fpecics*
and is either or Sub celeflial: Celefiid PhjJiognomy points at thofe figns
which difeover the nature of the Celeftial bodies; aud they are four,
Light, Color ^t^d Motion» as to which confider, the greater the ftar is, the more ef¬
ficacious, unlefs it be further remote then a leffer; where note, that is not called Cel
leftial Phyfiognomy, whichfcarcheth out the nature of man, from figns Celefti¬
al and Humane commixed; but that which gathercth from certain figns, the natures
of the Celeftial bodies. Amongft thefe figns, ^antity o brains the firft place, which
by how much the more it is in any ftar, by fo much the greater is the efficacy there¬
of; for magnitude of powers, and forces in thofe bodies, which are called univerfal
caufes, prefuppofe magnitude of the fubjea, and that fubjea hath a congruent tempe¬
rament of qualities. From hence the Philofophers hold, that heaven is themofteffi.
cacious body, becaufe the moft capacious.- But obferve this caution, that ofttimesthe
lelTer ftarsafl more vigoroufly in inferior bodies, then the greater, becanfc of their
pfopirrquity. Again, the more lucid a ftar is, the more noble is the nature thereof •
for light is a quality tranfcendent ; and the more or lefs of light polTcfleth the fubjea^
the more or lefs noble it is; From hence we affirm the Sm the moft noble of all Ce-
leftial bodies.
^ Further, the eight different Colors of the ftars are obfervable; for they convey their
influence to us by the inferior Planets, and imprint their natures on every creature
below; omnesresanimatahabet dcalofielUmadfeinfluentem I and by their Color is
known to which of the Planets they moft fympathizc. Again, L^totion, by how •
inuch the more various it is, by fo much the more it fignifieth the various natures of
the fubjea ; as appears in the Moon and Mercury ; moreover, the more flow mo¬
tion of a ftar, fignifieth the more conftant affeaion , and the more fixed cf-
fea. ^
Phyjiogmmyi^^hctl^^idd, comprehendeth the nature of fublonaries, from and by
certain figns; and this is either of the elementsor elementary bodies.Thc Phyfiogno¬
my of the elements may be called Elementary, which teacheth the knowledge of the •
tour elements, by certain figns; Thefe figns are, Turlty, Motion and fVelgbti Now
hence
 The Treface to the %iader.
'iienceari'feththispofition, that an demi«t, by hm much the mere jure ,t„, pfi
^IThemerenebleitthe numre therecf. I urge not here the confiderat.onof the
£entsasp»«; but as they ate impure, imbibed with certain deUtiM quaUtm i
beakem and fo I affirm, thar the greater the
dS* the more excellent is the nature ol the elernent r as thus. Aredaameof
^denotes the fire to have a greater admiaion of earthly fubflanceifo the flame blew-
iffi ’ demonftrates a great tinflure of water concurrmg. Laftly the flame ^but ic-
clat’ef the fire rooft pure, and becaufe pure, moft exrellent. The like may be faid of
ffie “r by how much the more fubtil and pure it is in any place, by fo much the mote
t e *C I’ls The water the mote lympid, the mote wholfom ; the ”tth the .note
rubtil the more util. The natures of fire and water ate diftinguiffied by like-
wife- for fire, the mote mean and equal the is, by to much the mote noble is
ffie element .and tunning water, eacels that which (lands in pits.- laftly. the weight
Ideth tte natures of reatefuudeurth j for the more ponderous the water is, the mom
it fympathiicth with the terrene quality; and eurth.ibe mote weighty, the more it a^
«Seth the nature of gold or lead. Some have made (alfo; eapetience of the
fit, by expofing thereunto a fpung, or new bread, thereby drinking in the moiftnefs
of the ait in a nights (pace, and afterwards trying the weight again 5 but this is rather

* The next confi’detation, is the Phyfiognomy of Elementary “e

P aVddiV^ wfence tEtute of Meteors may
he known • the figns ate thus confidetable, as light, coler, figure, punt;, ini met,e»;
now Ikht’ and celer appear in Meteors; as alfo the Planets herein principally ffiate;
The feme of the Meteor, flieweth the nature thereof, either benevolent or malevo¬
lent.^ Meteors the mote pure, the more noble; this verity appears in all liquid
fubieas; as water, rain, clouds, dew, fnow, and all like watery Meteors 5 andfoun-
.t.'rlVsnil of the fietv Further, the equal compofute and motion of Meteors,indicate
good nnd’erftand that motion which is ,aed from an in.
tetnll rfJipL. not that which atifeth from an external original as from the wind.
There is alfo Phyfiognomy of bodies petfeaiy mixt. as of minerals, or hying bodies t
■Xht&cft is Phjfielegiumiuerulium, and may be called mioeru/. itinformeth
to finde out the intftnal nature of minerals by certain figns; which fignsare thefe.
Celer H'ekht,ini Signature ifotcoiot, the more pure, the more noble in quality,
for weigh/ the moteVndetous, the mote excellent in kinde; geld is among tiKt.
Mis aS-Ki amongft Animals, or the amongft the ftats; and the moft noble
Ggn’ature of mettals appears in that Analogical fimilitude they bear with the parts

^*^Th!phXgn™y of living bodies, is eithet Betauical, Fhtegnemical,Thenele-

gicul.ot AutlrepelgkulBotanical Phyfiognomy is of herbs,
Ir natnresareknown by the fignatutes thereof, and relate to the ftats fas learnedly
Dr. fietfinhis fetmon pteaahed, Jugujli. 16,^9,page 17. and out learned Coun¬
tryman and Hebrician, Mr. Reeve, in his fetmon, page 18.) of which there ate four
Claffes. feme demonftratefimpathy and antipathy, byreafonof the ttars, others by
reafon of the members of the body.others by teafon of difeafes, and others by teafon
of beafts. and this Phyfiognomy of bodies petfeaiy mixt, is more neceffary then the
Phyfiognomy of firople bodies; the teafon is ready, becaufe this teachcth the fympa-
thy and antipathy of bodies, by which means ail things ate revealed, neceffary to the
health and welfare of man, and nature reftored to lanityj which would be the ule-
fulleft fubiea in the world ('deferving the difeovery of the moft ingenious pen; were
itrishtly and fully handled ; therein lieth the proper key of phyfical knowledge,
which I cannot pafs, without giving a touch thereof, and folead you by the hand to
the following fnbjca. r a • .u .
I here obferve five degrees of Sympathy, and as many of Antpiathy:
The firft is the fympathy of Plants amongft themfelves; as for inltance, thc lym-
pathy betwixt aud the Fig tree', the rejoyceth to co habit with the

The fecond fympathy is b^^tween plants and other bodies, as the Heliotrepim^w^
 The Trefiicetothe%^er.
Saii flov^w, aftd the Traioppfm, or Goats-beard, and certain other Herbs, whocurn
and obfcrve a motion with the Sun,
The third fympathy is between Animals and other creatures, as Serpents preferve
their fight by Fennel,tx\d the Hindc draws out the piercing dart with Dittany^ or Qar^
denGingert ^ "
The fourth order of fympathy, is of Animals amongft themfelvcs, as the Dolphin is
much delighted with the company and cuftoms of men j the fame fricndfliip is be.
tween the and the
The fifth tefpederh mettals, gems, and other minerals, related to other natural
fubjefts, as the CerM is confottive to the Harti ^ the VirguU Divina, a forked twig
cut from the hazel tree, hath fo firm a connate fympathy with mettals, that the Met-
tallifts ufc it, by applying the twig to explorate the veins of mettals in the
earth.
The degrees of Antipathy are thefc:
Thefirftisof plants among themfelves, as tvine, and the>»V> of Hei»locki the
Vand ’Brafick^plants; and whereas the vine ufually imbraceth ail things, and wind-
cth about them, it oncly fliunneth the Brafick plant, and inclining another wav. con¬
temns the fame. j
The fecond is betwixt plants and other bodies j as Eiee is an enemy to Serpents^
tXiQihtylfh tree is fo antipathetique to iSerpentf that fhe will not endure to come
within thecompafsof the (hadow thereof.
The third degree of Antipathy is of Animals amongft themfelves; and thuss
is enemy to man through Antipathf; and a Spider is fo antipathetique to «
Serpent, that the Spider difeerning the Serpent fpreading himfelf in the fun, under a
tree, prepares himfelf,and daresafting of poyfon in the mrdft ofhis forehead, making
fo fore a wound, that the ferpent for grief and pain, rolling himfelf together in a
ting dyes: fo Itkewife from the body of ei wan flain, there iffucth blood afrefti the
murthererbeingprefent, by rcafon of Antipathy.
The fourth is of living creatures with the nature of fome plants, as the can¬
not endure the plant Polypodium; for being bjought to this herb, in a fmall time it
makech him call oft his ftiels and claws.
The fiifth is of minerals amongft themfelvcs, as alfo to other bodies; fo the
yaldis vthoWy an enemy to the Falling that being applyed to the difeafed
bod y, it either overcometh the dileafe.and forceth its departure,retaining itsftrength
and vigor; or is overcome by the difeafe, andfo lofechhisveitue, power, or break,
cth.through the malignity of the difeafe.
Moreover, all things temperate in nature,fympathetically Concord with our natures
as fweet Mariorme and Nutmeg to the head, and ^ormVpood to the belly; And thofe
which exceed the mediocrity in temperament, arc contrary, as noxious to our na¬
tures ; and by fo much the more infeftious, by how much the farther from the mean
the qualities recede; as Arfenich and Opium are petnicious to the nature of man, by
means of excefs; fo thofe things which attenuate nature, to thofe things which arc
heavy and gtofs; and thofe which are emollient, to thofe which are durate. Material
contrary qualities cannot mix and unite; asoyl cannot admit with water the leaft
Commixeion.
In the next place confider the Tlahts and Nerhs; that it may be roanifett, hOw con¬
venient medicines from thence may be prepared; this may be done, if thefe Theorems
be diligently obfe rved : As
Firft, The vertues of vegetables^ are known by theirfignatures : Natural things have
by the Divine hand imprefted on them humane fignatures ; for not in vain are thofe
peculiar various figures imprinted on herbs, by which they do even fpcak forth to
man their vertues r From hence is it that Adawy Sohmen^ and the moft ex*
cellwt Philofophers and Pbyficians, have known the vertue and faculcv of
Hetbt '
Secondly, tvhat bodyfoever in the Afa&ecofm, imparteth to another hody,meanSf
and power of exifience^ that ferveth alfo for the daily confervation of the Adicrotofmi
for Sulphure preferveth Wine, which hath a great Analogy with out blood 5 woodi
fraeted over and cables (whole ufe is in the mte^ with the oyl of Sulphure, arc
 The Tr eface to the Trader .
fhprrbw'nteferved and continued ; From hence Tki-Melfm in likj.de mt* hnga,
Chavl Concludes, that in Sulphate is the juyce of Balfom, which fuffeteth neither
wtr^nwany inanimate fubftance to puttifie ; but foconfetves the bodies, that no
te£ceofad*ctfe qualitiescanbtingpteiudice hereunto. And i^b.s
WrSfotnjeth.thatSulphu.e, lightly prepared, is the true Balfome of the

^"TOrdly. Wha Myfcever, thM hy hUim»,e and B fm, c^nfrefifvr

.lemeLn^pihnftha, hath foV,er to fref^ve thM.croc>fmfrmd,/eares:
Dllieently therefore in medicines ought to be confidered, the quality 'he medicine
Stable to the humor of the Microcofme, fo that rt be proper to fuccot the

^'^Thisalfo is worth confidetation. that amongft natural bodies, ^certain longer re¬
tain their vigor and durability then others; and for this P'opetty they are called
and the moft excellent remedies: Note above al others two Creatures
CMW the preheminence s The Sun in the firmament, and of fublunaries i for
the Sm ifthe Epitome of Cclcftial powers and influence . and is an incorruptible
Balfom which continually in every moment of time, ny his proper light, iscom-
muSleto all creatures i and principally the Balfom of the Sun is found in the
Magnet of the Sun, which is the fob jedl of all admiration; this magnet is a peculiar
K and cannot be diffolved, but in its own proper water, after which the univer-
ftl medicine may hrrhenri-evtraflpH. which |na manner rsuniverfal, and by many
fo called- not that it is univerfal, but that it is next or comes neat thereunto; for
cS of that nature, that from the natural qualities of other elements ,t cannot
Wnrrnnred- Ifbv convenient means, gold be drawn into the effenna,\t.
Lei eththhinS dangerous difeafes,byconforting the B^Ifom of the Mictocofm.
^S cinVrvirinitinvisor. ' From hence is manifcft thefenfe.of thefe two Jxumes,
us alfo likf to fay; contraries
forcbfo expel their contraries; as the Ballomof Gold exj^leth impure tinflurcs
arerfo thereunto; and like cheriftr their like as the Balfom of Gold com-
flrttth and cherifheth the Balfoms of the Microcofme, fympathizing thcrc-

^Fourthly wyif'^tver txfilkih u» alienated fatfinnci frem the iedy of the Ma-
erocofm the fame alfiexpellelh ay impure twHurefrom the hdj of the Mwrocofm :,
^iur WputifiethGcWand Silver, by expelling all impurities; therefore the

dlfrafes if tiehtlv preparedSo the fiower olCottemmed, ntLavender, vmbCttron

Wer.’dtiveth moths from hair or cloathes: If this be decoaed in wine.and taken,
kexpeileth worms; and the Esk, if he be taken with the Epilepfie, puts the hoof of
hit hinder footin his ear.and cutes himfelf. r a i ,
' Moreover, what plant foever hath thefignature ofanyfiar, that plant partmpates
ofVhe natureand influence ofthatftarj for all vegetables relate to ihe fevenpnets.
Anpin what plant foevet hath the fignatnte of the parts of any Animal, the faine
prXth thofe parts, and expelleth the dife.fes ol thofe parts it reprefents, fo be
S temperamentbe not poyfonous, which if it be. deftroyeth that member whofe
Phvfiognomy it be.reth; as the herb called Slerninoolft hane.tcktnbktb the brain of
man, which having a venomous temper and quality, deftroyeth the brain ; but if the
Lpatamentofaplantbepure.it helpeth nature, according to the former rule
ptoLnded; which is illufttated by thefe Aphotifms: As ■
•Fitft Plants which refcmble the form of thec^w, thefe are falubrins and healing to
tbe eyis, PS Eyehright .Scahiut,-Marigold, Chamtelian, Sempervivum, Nardum,

•^”seco^ndlv. Plants which have the lefemblance of the Head, are Cepbaliqne, and
help the infirmities thereof; thus Waluntt havethe Pbyfiognomy of the who e btain;
from hence the nut, with the fpirit of wine, applyed to the head, powerfully com-
fot”th the btain. The hollow flower of ftiut together, hath the fignature and
■phvfiognomy of the head, and all the futures and little veins circumforating the brain;
but open it,^and taketheflowers forth from that rindeorunderskin, which repre-
fenmhebrrinpain, and the feed,violently breaketh forth ; from hence pyony rs
Anrenilenricaas alfothe {&tScylla.
 ’The Treface totheTieader.
The herb MaUsk hair and the nrofs of j^tWwhave the Phyfiognomie of the hait
on the head; thetefoie a decoflion thereof in reftoting hairs loft by lue venerea is moft
efficacious.
Plants which refemble the figure of the heart, have the power and vertue of tom-
forting and fuftaining the heart; {^itron apple,the fruk of Jnacar^us, likethe
heart; Fullers thifile, Spikenard, Balm, Mint, the white Beet, Trifoly, Parjly,a.nd.
Mother^^ort, which bear in leaves and roots the phyfiognomie of the heart, and are
confortive thereunto.
Thofeherbs which referable the lungs are adjuvations thereunto; as Sage and .
Zunff^ort, the herb Hounds tongue, and Camphrey, or tValwort [potted.
Plants which have the fignature of the ears,conduce much to the adfeflions thereof;
the leaves ofFolefoot or wild Spikenard, having the fignature of theears,much conduce
to the benefit of heating and memory, a confetve thereof being rightly prepared and
eaten; fo oil extraded from the ftiels of Sea fnails having thefignation of long ears,
tends wondcrfullly to the recovery of hearing.
Alfo thofe plants which phyfiognomize thenofe, adjuvate much the fenfe of fmel-
ing; the leaves of wild tVatermint refembling thenofe, yeeld an extraft wonderful
good for the recovery of that lenfe.
Plants having the refemblance of the Womb, conduce much to a good delivery, as
the round Birthwort, or Heartwort, and the Ladies feal or Briony, the Satyrium and
Fennj-Veort, which have round and hollow roots.
Plants which phyfiognomize the ind gall, comply toihe good of thofe
parts, as Night fha'de, Alkakenge, or rather Solatrnm vejicatorium, and Nux veficaria\
all which fas by a tacite languagej fpeak forth their vertues of purging the bladder
of .gravel and ftone.
Herbs fimularing thetMilt, MiltVeafte, Spleen^ort, Lupines, Ladies feal,and
Ivie, are much benevolent thereunto.
Herbs which in leaves or root bear the fignature of the Liver, do much concur to a
good digeftion and concoflion of blood, and help the infirmities thereof, as the
Lrb Trinity, Liver-wort, Jgarkk^, Fumitory, and Figs,
Plants which fignature the haveafecrct fpecifique vertue againft fterility,
and to further generation; as Walnuts, Indian nuts, Leeks, and the root of Rag.
Vtcrt. ^ ,
Herbs and feeds refembling the Teeth, confer much to the good and prefervation
thereof; as Toothvport, the Pine kernel, and in Hemlocks be certain feeds which bear
the figure of jaw-teeth.
Thofe Plants which have the fignature of the Knuckles and jojntsof the body, are
wondroufly prevalent againft the foot gout, knee-gout,’and all joint-pains what-
foever.
Plants exprefling a natural fatnefs, increafe fatnefs in the body,as oyly Tlants bear¬
ing the Walnut, Filberd, Almond. Tine kernels.
Plants naturally lean, macerate the body • as Salfaparella, or long, leaved Rofa foils,
and others.
Plants having a fleftiy fignature, encreafe flefti; as the Onion, Leek^, and Cole-
"^orto
Plants refembling the of the^^c4:^tf»e, mightily help the joints and thereins;
zsGalingale, the knotty odoriferous rujhes.
Plants nervofus,{\i^\i\e zv^diom^e the nerves znd finem; Fennel, Flax, Hemp,
the Tattle, the herb 2S(juras, and the roots of Mallows, all which emolliate the con-'
trafled Nerves.
Herbs having a milky fubftance, propagate milk > as Letiee, and the fruit of Almonds
and Figs.
Plants of a ferojus quality, purge the noxious humour between the flefli and skin ;
Zi Spurge zcid Scammony,
Herbs whofe acidity tnrns milk into curd, profit much as to generation ; fuch are
the herb Gallium, or Cheefe runnet, and the feeds of Spurge,
On the contrary, thofe fimples which obftrnfik the congelation of milk, and diflfolve
milk congealed, are good to relieve a fore breft when the milk is knotted in it, as Rue
(b) ' by
 T^he T^refacetothe^Readet.
byitfelf, iorbruifed in mixed with and applyed , ina fhorttime
confumcth the milk. ^
Plants that are hollow, as the ftalks of Or», Reeds^ Leeks, Mallo'^s^ Hollyhocks^
Garlick, and Buglofsf are fingular good to purge, open, and comfort the hollpw
parts of the body.
Hyferkon or ^.Johns-.wort hath the leaves perforated, is fanative to wounds whofe
Phyfiognoffiieit beareth.
Palma Chrifti in the root hath the Phyfiognomie of the hands and fingers, and is
healing thereunto.
I might abound in this ufeful Subjeftj but I haften briefly to remember certain
Plants which havirvg the Phyfiognomie of brute Animals, arc available to the cure of
thofe maladies caufed by thofe Creatures whofe fignature they bear; as the greater
Serpentariani or Herh Dr agony which reprefents a Serpent, the bramble called Chri/ls
thorny having pricks refembling the teeth of Serpents, avail againft the bitings of tha^
Creature.
againft the fling of Bees.
The herb Vleabane having the fignature of vermine, caufeth Fleas to avoid the
room.
Scorpiongrafsy Dartworty the flowers of Tfirnfoil, reprefenting the tail of the Scorl
pion, have great vertue in curing the hurts by venomous Creatures.
The colours of Plants alfo fet before our eys t^ir natural different vertucs; fo thofe
. Plants of white coloui, avail to the cure orflegryiaticK dileales, as the srioxy and the
Water^Lillj*
Thofe of yellow afpefl, purge and remove Gholcr; as Rubarb Celandine.
Thofe which have a fangulne complexion, do not a little purifie the bloud j as the
root Ci{(^hinay Fernbrakg, Agrimony Germander and Sorrel*
y y

This is a rule, to every Plant fo many colours it hath commixed, fo many vertucs is
therein.
And what plant hath the fignature of any difeafe, is ufeful to expel the
difeafe.
The flower of the Water LiUy having the fignature of a drop of water, .is good
againft the Apoplexy.
The Chryflal, the Flinty the Lapis lyncis y Lapis CytrinnSy and the Lapis Indaicus y
with the roots of SaxifrageiPtitimtoi ityilkeks^ge,i\\& ^oixtsoi Cher r eys y theT^fr-
Jian appUy having the fignature of the ftone, are prevalent againft the ftone and gravel
in the bladder and kidneys.
Lunaria,\d!it^tttAKi\Marigold, thefehave refemblanceof theand avail
much in the cure thereof.
All plants of a glutinous quality, and which have their ftalks fignated with cuts
and flits (as it were) are fanative to fears and wounds.
The root of Galingal, growing in low grounds, taken up in Mayy is a fingular Amulet
againft the flux, being worn againft the belly, it phyfiognomizing the natural excre-
ments in figure and colom.
Againft the fame difeafe, the dy fentery, is prevalent the marrow or moift fubftance
found in Quarries, in the joints of Stones, which hath the former Phyfiognomie.
Alltheexcrefcenciesof trees, arifing above the branches, are good againft the ex-
crefcencics of the arteries.
. lYit Strawberries figurating the Leprofie, the diftilled water is moft excellent in
the cure thereof; as alfo all leprous and red faces, being with' the water walhed.
Vipers having the fame fignature, therefore their flelh prepared is excellent good
againft the Leprofie.
^Archangel phyfiognomifing the fingers, is falvative for the fellon breeding on
thofe parts, being bruifed and applyed.
Further, the more multiplicious fignaturesare cohering in a plant to one and the
fame fignification, fo much the more certain is their efficacy in their application j for
the fpirit is in quality the fame in all bodies, but different in quantity. In fome it is
more copious and vivacious, in others more weak and debilitated; therefore by how
much the more the fame fpirit producech a convenient form and figure in divers things
 The Treface to the Trader.
or fubjefts under the fame climate,by fo much the morethe fame fabjedis are efficacious
to aflift and help each otherj& intend their relations^ fimilitude of a&ftions increafeth
[lrength,and thecontrary,hatred; but a word or two more of the Phytognomical part.
Plants whofc parts refemble the Scorpion, as Liberds bane, Helebore^ Aco»
mtumy areufefull againft hurt from that creature, as phyfiognomizing* the Scor¬
pion. •
The flowers of plants having the refemblance of Butterflies, conduce to fruitfulnefs*
as our Englifli Gandergoofe^ the flower of Beans, Weodbiney and Ragwort. *
Plants fpotted likelerpents skin, as Cow-garlicJ^^ Wake-Robin^ the h':rb Aron Dra^
gonwort, and the Sea-Dragon i are fanative againft all venoms from thofe Crea¬
tures.
In Phytdgnomical Phyfiognomie we may obfcrve certain plants refembling the
heads of Animals j as the flowers of WM Bnglofs refemble the^ Vipers head, which
Diofeorides affirms good againft Vipers.
The plant Calves-nout^ or Snap-T)ragon, hath holes like eyes in the fcull, and re«
prefents a Calves head.
Amongft the fpecies of Pulfe or Vetches,there is one that is called by theGreeks reik,
by the Latines^nVr/-2/«w,which hath the Phyfiognomie of a Rams head,and doth much
incite Venus.
Another kind of Pulfe called ColumbinftmfVihxtQ and round, prefigucates the Doves
head, and hath anfwerable properties.
The herb, Flea-hane, hath a flower refbmbles a Dogs head.
There is a plant theGreeks call«f>c^o»', which hath a feed to the fimilitude of a Bears ‘
head.
Likewife having the phyfiognomie of that Creature, hath anfwerable
effetfts.
Divers plants phyfiognomize the horns of Beads, KCornop, Tlaintain, Bmhorn, fi-
gurates the Buks horns. . ' "
Fenegreek Oxe horns.
Wake-robin ttkmbks the horn of an Unichorn.
The plant hath the right refemblance of Rams horns.
Moreover T)ogs tongue hath the fignature of the tongue of that Creature, and Buir:
/e»y} of an Oxe tongue. , . ^
Alfo Elaphoglojfdn of a Harts tongue; and Ophioglojfon of a Serpents tongue with
thefting. .
The Phyfiognomie of all the parts of Beafts are found in Plants; as the plant A^
lopecurusj like a Fox tail.
TbtbttbShavergrafs like aHorfetail.
Some figurate the feet of Animals, as the herb Foldfoot^ lik a Horfe f.)of.
The roots of Sea thiflles, like the feet of water Fowls, as Ducks, Geefe, and Swans.
; The root of the Fig tree like the feet of the Raven, and the like Fowls.
Thus have I briefly run through the fignature and Phyfiognomie of Herbs and Plants,
which 1 obfignate in this one Theorem, Omnis planta fuant ipjius injitarn virtutent
eertafigno hominibus ojlendit. . .
I have difpatcht all the parts of Phyfiognomie except the Therlological part, of
which a word: The parts of Animals anfwer the fimilar parts in man, with a certain
vigorous, fortifying fanative quality, as the brains of a Cock to the brains of man,
the lungs of a wolf to his lungs; the priapus of a Bull or Hind provokes luftjthe chops
and fores in womens brefts are healed by an unflion prepared of a glutinous fubftance
from the udders of Cows; the heart of man in aking and fwonding fits, is corrobora¬
ted by the made of the bone in-aftags heart} the pulvis matricis
injeded va.CQUummatriciimuliebrUykQ'g^^t courfes, removebarrennefs,andi
helps conception. Animals long-liv’d, being fed upon, conduce much to thefpre ‘
du^ion of life, the renovation of the body, and the reftitution of youths of which arc
the Hart, of whom Pliny reports, he knew'divers Noblewomen who fed much on ve-
nifon,and never had Feaver,buc lived long. Baptifia Porta gives advice to feed
with their flefla and after eat them. The Rook, is longliv’d j Qeefe likeWife, being wa¬
rily fed,|are good dyet.
Albertfit
 The Treface to the Trader.
Albertm faw one kept threefcore years; and becaufe eggs are of good nourifli-
ment, it may be a good experiment to feed Fowls with lafting found Corn and food
durable.
The laft fpccies of Phyfiognomie, is ftAnthropologicd^ judging the nature of man
by certain phyfiognomical figns, (the Wife man faith, Sapentia hominis ita illftflrat
facient ejuSffit firmitas vultus ejus dupliceturf Ecclef.^.i.) which is the Sub/eft of
the following work ; to which I having brought you by the hand (as it were ) (hall
leave you viewing it under thefe heads: i Confidering the whole temperament of
the body, a The parts thereof divifively. Andlaftly, obfervations from all thefe ;
hoping (friendly. Reader) thou wilt excufe me for prolixity, it being necefTary to de¬
lineate the capacity ofthisSubjeft, which hath been carryed through the feveral parts
thereof; I therefore need not now Apologize for it, nor theDoflrincofthc Moles
of the body, a Subjeft of this Treatife j which fo rationally ftream from the fountains
of pure natural Philofophie, wherein my Reader before he arrive at his journeys end
in the ledure of my papers, fliall meet with more varieties then either the Title-page
to my Book, or this Epiftle do promife; which cannot fuffer oppofe with Rationals,
unlefs it meet with Animals.
Happily Reader thou maid flight me for my homely drefs,* it's true I have not
furbifhed my book with the filed Phrafesof glittering Eloquence, I not being fo ftu-
dious of words as matter; and defiring to be underltood of all; and it may be my
lot whiles I feck the benefit of the vulgar.to difpleafe the learned; fori know oft,
Vnlgo placere, Sapientihus eft difplicere. This muft I undergoj for Hippol. Qoron,
tels me,

Adturham ego verba facer e fum imperitior,

Inter fed aquales paucofque doBior.
JTabet hoc locum* Nam qui inter doUosnil valenty
^ratior apud vulgus eft eorum ratio.

And laftly know that this fubjeft is bed feen in a homely and plain drefs, and will
dot admit of a Romancial drain; for fo I fhould carry my Subjedl out of its own
fphere, and lofe my terms of Aft through extended diflocation. ^intilMb. tels you
Non ejfet in rebus humanis Eloquentia* My end aimed at herein is the common utility,
(to which I have been much encouraged by our famous Countryman MuLilly^ as from
whom I have received much affidance, and my loving friend (not to be forgotten^
Mr. Booker ) in thefe refpefls. 'As fird the fcarcity of this Subjcfl throughly handled,
this being the fird of Phyfiognomie, that hath appeared in the jEnglifli tongue in this
age; and the fird difeovering the Moles of the body that ever appeared here. Se¬
condly, to inform the Reader of that ancient adage Nofeeteipfum f of which Plato
affirms, Difticillima res e^, feipfum cognofeere. For mod men are a terra incognita
to thcmfelves; for

----^—!-Natura beatis
Omnibus ejfe dedit, ftquis cognoverit uti.

In which knowledge this book travails, by laying before your eyes mans Inwards by
his Outwards, and the harmony of parts in the fymmetrical proportions of the body.
Thirdly, that all perfons may perfpicuoufly in their own mother-tongue read and un-
derdand their proper peculiar deflinies,and (if poflible) avert (at lead wife mitigate)
the evil threatned them j or with comfort attend, and (by humane prudence) cherifli
and augment the good portended, whereby they may greatly be enabled to give
God thanks for his infinite mercies and goodnefs in fetting before their eyes thefe vi.
Able natural warnings; at the leadwife glorifie him in the midd of their greated
afili^fions. Hominumgenus arte & rationibusvivit^ {ix^Ariftotle.
And ladly, that Pfayfitians may by the fymptomes of Phy fiognomie and Chiroman-
cie, be enabled fo to judge of the temperaments of their Patients, that they may ad¬
vance a rational cure, and laudably difeharge their duties, as the famous Phylitian
Crollius ^hiromantia cognitio quantopere medico rwceftaria eft ? nam ex Chiro-
manticis
fufHcient to plead acceptance with them, and to prompt them on to this Itudjr. I know
there is a generation of covetous idle drones, of whom T>Uto fpeaks,

Who like a dog in a manger, will neither feed themfelves, nor ('by their good wills^
fuffer others. But I leave thefe, wifihing all profperqus fatisfadion to the Ingenious,
defiring to hold forth this one rcqucft tpthofe who'fliall have the opportunity of
perufing this Subjedf, that they condemn not, before they have throughly and under-
ftandingly read it; which if they then do, that they rather do it in friendly writing,
then corner whifpering; for 1 will alwayes be fo avidfts of learning as to fiiake hands
being convinc*c j hut (o(nif fa/ior ) have I fortified this building with grounded
pillars, that againfl: the mofl: hofiile (hafts of envy, I (hall not need much munification.
I quedion not but here and there in a corner may peep out an Arifiarehm or iMomns^
and bark againd the Moon, traducing that which their lazinefs or infufficiencie will
not fuffer them to mend: which invites me with patience to hearken to Euripides^

Dicentihus dfiohuSi irato edtero ^

^ui non repugnat dibits ej} fapientior* ^
. ' ■ . '

I (hall not feek revenge; ' /

^ efi pojfe tmarejotju.

Ifany.Critick (hall upbraid me with infufSciencie, and (light my pains, if he can do

more, I envy not; s. .

Nam fi vel parvum per gasfuperadder e parvol

Et crebro id facias fingens exifiet acervHSf,

If he will fet too his hand to encreafe the common dodk of Learning, I, haye my
end, the ultimate.of my emulation being to promote the common good, which' I
(hall always (God afliding) endeavour to do by enlarging this hereafter (if I find k
acceptable,^ or demondrating feme other ufeful Subjedl beneficial to the common
utility* In the mean time let him have thy hearty wel;wi(hes, whofparies not his
pains to ^dicate himfelf to thy welfare.
 The Catalogue of Au HORS confulced with in thefollowing W6 RK.

A A
Lbertm Magnut.
Adamantms Sofhifla
Heraclitus,
Hermes.
Heredotusi
Pererius,
Philippus ^danHhon',
‘Philemon.
ty£tiru. Hefiodus, Philo VudauSk
Albertus TeutonicHs* Henricus Corn, zAgrippa, Philo/lratus. 4
Alcihiaies, Helenus Priami. Philoponus^
AmbroJtHs Param. Hippocrates. Phinella,
Antiochui ^Barthalomatis, Hieronymus Mercurialis, Picciola,
Alchindm, Homerus. Plato,
Andreas Laurentim, Horatius. ‘Plinius,
Andreas Corvm, Hugo ViUorinus. Plutarchus,
Alexander Traltianus* 1 Polemon.
Arhaldns Villanovanus, lamblicus. Ptolomaus^^
Aphthomus. Jandunuj. Pythagoras,
Antonim CermifonHS, facobm Hollerius.
Argenterim, , Jacobus Martini,
. ..
^uintilianus,
Artemidorm, Job, • ' K
Afpharabitts, Johannes de Indagine, Rhafes. ■ '
Auguflinus. Johannes Rothmanus, Realdus Columbus,
Arlfloteles. RMpfjus li^fpinlanus,
Avicennas, Juflinus Philof. ^ Mart. S
Ahionim Cremenfis, L Samius.
Alpharibius, Lampndus, Savanarola.
Aljledins, ' LaUantius, Scaliger.
B Leonicenus, -y. Schola Salernitana,
5. Hieronymus, Leophritus, ‘ Scribonius,
Bib Via, Lemnisss, .■> , Seneca,
Bonaventura, ‘ • Livius \ . Simachardust
Belott, Lucius Scjlla, ‘ ^ ; Solomon,
Blajius de pamta. Loxitts, Socrates, ('
C LucuRus, Strabo.
Cafmantis. ^ Ludovkus Vives, ': Suetonius',
Cafar Dictator. Lud. Mercatus, '■ . T ‘
C^fpar Bartholinm. M Taifnerus,
(^icero, ' .' , . LMagirus. TerentiuSi
Collegium Oonkrtbricenfe* Macrobius, Tertullianus,
Codes. Aiantuanus, Thaddaus Hagarius,
Confiantius Africanus* Manilius, Theodor us ^aza,
D Martialis,. .. . Theophraflus,
^amafcenus, Maternusi . ; Themiflhius,
Hemofthenes, Matthaus Drejferus, Toletus.
Democritus. Michael Scotus, Trifme0us, ^ .
D. Thomas, Morbech,^ ’ v ; ^ TricajUs, •■
Daniel. LMofes, ' Timpierus, '•‘
E N V
Empedocles, Nicolaus Taurellus, Valerius Maximus,
F O Vale feus de Tor ante,
Fernelius. . Occam. Varro.
Fluddr Ovidius, Vefalius.
Formica, P Virgilius.
G T*alemon. VidorTrincavelius,
‘Qalenus. Paufanias, X
Caudentius Merula, Petrus itApponenJis. Xenophon,
^oclenim,'
Gregorius Nicenus',
Petrus de area. z
Petrus VijfenbacBus, Zabarella.
Gerard ofCremond, *Perjius, Zopyrus,
H CPoucerust Zoroajles,
mij. Tharaotes^ r#
 To his Honoured Friend Mr. Richard Sanders,

Upon publiping his exqutfite fieceof^ hysiognomie

afid ChiRomanciE.

Y prefcnt condition renders me incapable of

any pleafing ^oetick Jirain , whereby I might
gratifie theinduftrious Author for his inde¬
fatigable pains; who from the beft and moll
approved Writers of either paft or prefent
limes, hath fo ingenioufly and learnedly
compoled this accurate piece of Chiroma?jcie, Metopojcepie^ and
other unknown Sciences he now.makes publique in the Eng*
lifli tongue ; as in very iruth, the SubjeB of his pen judici-
oully conlideredp I know not any thing in this nature more
confiderable, df better meriting the courteous acceptance of
the Learned. . ,
I wifh his labours may find civil refpe^l, according to the
merit ofhis.pains; my felf cannot fufficiently commend ei*
therthe he writes of, or the rareM’tW he preferibes
in his whole ^rogrefsion ^ iu exceeding cither the long-win*
ded Genm of Qocles ^ infinite contradidlory Jphorijms of
Taijnerm^sbvu^t and ruflick confiderations of Indagtnes^ or too
much brevity of Goclenm-^ not a man of all Europe comes near
him ( Tricajfus exxepted *.) yet is he more copious and figni*
ficant even then that lharp Italian*
What fhall I lay ? Nothing czn be added’ to make a more
compleat <volumn , then what is performed by our Author*
What he hath brought to light is candidly effeded, faithfully
delivered, and by Gods mercy may prove effedtiially helping
unto all who lhall lerioufly confider the Suhieli-.^ and ratio*
nally pradfife it. And this I dare affirm , there is not in'"any
one Soo^ or Folumn yet extmt ^ in^any language of Europe
that comprehends fo many rarities, fo neatly couched, fo jii~
dicioufly Methodized, as are by our Author corn prized in this
- his Labour. The Author for his pains, the $ook for its merits,
I commend to this unthankful Age. -
VViilidm Lillyy
’ , Studeritin Aflrologic.
. To
 To his approved friend Mr. ^chardSanders^u^oa
thefc his excellent Labours.
o thee that art Arts lever^ Learnings/r/>if^,
\ thj fains jufi merits I in right cmmend,
I Like te the Bee then everywhere doefireme,
g And new at Uft hafi brought thy honey bme»
ffendefithj ff irits in labourious care
To findthofefecrets which indeed are rare.
Thou view'[I the Stars, their influence doefl unfold^
which they beflow on man fo manifold.
TBou jhowfl the wonders in the hand of many
Bis Lines y Molesy Feature thou dofl truly (can.
Then of thine own defervings take the fame; ^
ihofe that love Learning will renown thy name.
But ethers {who might better) yet foreflow it,
Will fee their Jhame, and times heteafter knew it, '

John Booker
AflrofhiU

Flexanimo & Sagaci Affiiii

Kichardo Sanderfo Aftrologo 6c ChiromantiGO
Carmen Acrofticon & Encomiafticon,

R %areJlof Englijh Men Jhallbehisfame •

I In Marble halves written JhaU be his Name.
C Can but the world now underftand thefe Jrts^
H How will it honour Sanders for his parts!
A Mrts mojl occult and fecret he deferyes •
R ^ach but thy handy and he will read the skyes-^ f
D Delivers knowledgefrom its iron chainsy '
S Searches for A and its redemption gains.
A AjpoWo now will take him to his hill
N Nurfe him within hisTemple for his skilly
D Virefl him toth' A ^QJ.N A. Natures ca^es
E Enter he Jhalf and open her deep graces.
R RICH in the A of Nature he /hallbe^
S SANDERS he Grand^ to all ^ojleritie.

R. L. 3^bilis cjt" cfAFedim.

' the deferving'Ladies Satirically.
I

' AdieSjbe careful of your hand;

For here doth a bold fearcher ftand
That will fee how black*s your he
By the great cunning of his Art.
Fairer s your hand your Lover faith,
Then the white Lilly by his faith.
Fair hand, foul heart; this Art can tell
By the fair hand the fpbts of hell.
Have a great care; for heres One writes
Thofe fecret characters; indites
Your pafsions at the center^ by the lines
That crols the palm; nay he defines
Whither white or black’s your foul
By the .dimenfion of the Mole
That’s on your face, not your black patch, .
Which if you leave not the Devil will fetch.
The Haberdafhers for the hand
VJay be L. Maiors • for now the Strand
And Ladies of the great Covent
To white their hands, and to prevent

The curious eye of this llrange Art

Which doth anatomize the heart.
Will buy all gloVes, and fome.will fear
That the frtiall Iheep-skin .will grow dear.
Be careful Madams, wear your glebes.
And let not wife men feeyour loves. . -,
Veil your naked panting brefts, ] i vv\ ■ \^V.'vf.
Where thefubtilcferpentnefts. "
Put on your'Mafqucs, not, for your face,
To keep its painting, but your, grace. /
And hide your eyes, aiid'do not role,"
For here’s one judges by the bole
And magnitude of all the parts:
Now keep pure and fincere hearts.
If nature’s crooked, ftreight your fouls
By heavenly vertue that controles
 And gives miftake to thofe of skill.
Not by inclination, but by will
You vertuousarc. So you fliallbe
Free from the Laws of Palmcftry.

On thiVIngenious Work,
* Ln TITULEP

l?hy(io^omie and Chiromande.

H<? would unvail iDante Natures watchlefs facCy
And Paraphrafe on each fair written Grace 5
Expand the bodies Syinmmetric and find
When vertuou{ly,)i;^^» vi^ioufly inclin'd f
obferve its rign^imcSyand underpand
The proper Lznguzgc of the Brow Hand.
How Lines concury touchy cuty and range apart,
Protrad Angles, and furvey.^^f Heart .*
who would {by hallowed fteps and circuits)
the Thtone where bleft Urania/^x,
By Chara(5i:crs and force of words fublimCy
Tranfport th'Affms or Follies of the Time :
Aud {though as Chriftians^r4»fforgivenefs, yet)
Inftru(5led be hew they fhould not forget:
who would enquire the length of David s Span,
And tell fair Ladies when they dream c/Man .* "" ‘
Near what they have a Mol^y 'and where a Mark
Expos’d view, i>rfhrowded/;i^/;&e dark.* .
Who would (/ fay) on fuch Arcana lopky ^,
Forbear thy pxcjudlcQ^ perufe this hook.
And pay the Author thanks, who thus imparts - '
Rare 4 MixtureMyfterious Arts. " ^ . J i'
Whilefi 1 (Malignant /) count the meaneft page " •
T00 much, too good, for this ingrateful Age.^

G. Wharton.
i

I* • ' .
r ri.
 I

V • ..
• • ^ I

c HAP. I.
Jf^hat mufl be knmn for to difcffver the fmft Science
^Chiromancy. /
■
: y. Ii ■ ' i jI
.li-U D lul e;:
O R our more orderly proceed into the body of this Work/ it is'In tHCt
firft place neceflfary to be obferved, thafthere aic fcven Planets, calledi
StelU errantes, wandring Stars, which have each of them its feveral
Charafier, as they are ufed in iAftrologie; the whichlitars have great
power over the Inferiour Bodies, ind do each of thenJ^OVern fome
part ot other of mans Body, and efpecialty the Hands. The Charters of Marks ac¬
cording to are fuch j \ - n\ ■f.
v; , .7 .
Saturn •bl r Venus '' \'''
jhI '
^ fupiter V, tJMercurj
’■ tJMars ^ Luna j iL' ii.-.
cf‘ J.
I 'y U oj hriK
Sol (S) : ] T., ?'■ jfij idv.iid 1'= i i3;jn;.i
’ Icis alfoto be known, That there are twelve Signs in the Zddiadk;ihdtejr fihi¥a-®
Sets whereby they are known, and where they are placed in theFiahdi'^^Tliou ttijtf
know what a Zodiack is, that it is nothing elfe but an imaginary t)irdfe in* khd ffeaWh^liat the Zo-
regulating the Years,Moneths,and Seafons,which the Greeks tair^i^#W<7x,that
hy,Bring life,bec3iu{e the life ot all Creatures depends on this the Siift^
afeending, and moving in it, towards us, brings with him the Generation of
things; and in defcending, the Corruption .* The Latins call it Sigmferiihut is to fay,
SigH'Carrier, becaufeitisdividedinto ii parts, which are called Signs; andthefe
12 Into 360 parts. The Sun'^never wanders in it, but aJwayes follows his courfc
through the Line, which the Greeks call EcliptiquCi or way of the Sun, (ituatein
the middle of thcie 12 Signs of the Zodiack, which by us is imagined oblique, 01
crooked, and mnft be fo for two reatons. The fitft is, that the Planets may the better
refift the rapid and violent motion of the laft Heaven. The fecond is, that the faid
Planets f b efore mentioned) may fometimes be in the North, fometimes in the Au-
B “ ' ftral
 i_

2. Chiromancy,
firal parts; which.! .t were not, there would be no viciffitude,change,oreommu-
ration of things, net Summer, nor Winter; for fiomfuch conveifions and changes
of times and Itarons, caufed by the Zodiack, proceeds the generation and.coi tuption
or ail tnmgs fcnhole anii snltnliblc, which are under the concavity of [he Moon We
alto divide the Zo.diatk into four principal parts. The fi.lt from the headofJfWea,
to the latter part of Ceawv., which the Arahia»s tall The lecond from the
head ot Cx^cer, to the eKtf mity of tailed .t^liena. The third from the head
oi L,ha, to the lad part of Sagitury, called The fourth from the head of
Cafr,m». called to the lalt degree of P,/eca.,called by the ArMmTMin.
1 aKe the pofition ofchele Signs according to SMrohofco, in the Verfe,
Sunt Aries, TcUrus^ Gemini, Cancer^ Leo. Virgo,
Libra Scorpius, Arettenens, faper. Amphora^ Pifees.

Let usalfo place them according to their Seafons, with their Charadlcrs,as wc (hall
make ufe of them in this bufinefs of Chiromancy.

y Spring. Summer.
^ Artu 'P pc Cancer
Taurus ^ Leo
Gemini II i C Vir^»

Autumn. Winter.
Libra ^apricornus rp
Aquarius
‘oHVM SagmartHS Pifees. K

It is not neceflTary to reprefent here their qualities and influences on bodies • but
as for what (hall concern the hand, youfhall have it in the firft,fecond and third Fi-
gure?,^Jlovving i;The names of the feven Lines or parts of the hand i which is the
pc i^icipal p„ar{; a^ cq ^ hiromamy > arC)
' nji'ht
'jL Xi M • I• ^Line, or Line of Fortune,
jciioi middle 2{atural Line.
OB c>i • 3* of or of the Heart. >
4. The Line of the Liver, or StomaeJ^,
5. 1 he Sift tr Line of the Line of Life.
6. The Percuffion of the Hand.
7. The fVrift. Of which Lines, four only arc principal.

In Ckiromancy'lw thefe Lines ought to be known and diffinguiihed one from ano*
ther; and to facilitate this knowledge, I give you three Figures. Thefirft for the
flanert and Lines; the other Figures you (hall find in the latter part of this Work,
as moltn^e^ary there to be inferred . before 1 give you the other two, you
Tai>ie, vvhich will let you fee thecorfefpondence between the Planets and
-cS ;nj of,the Hand. In the lecond) the Signsof the Zodiack- And in the
lame Signs polited in ocher places, with the Silvers relating to the lines .•,
*wroei' uiltru^ion) you have the Demonftracive Figure here infcrced.
L n-' , . 3 .>d .
j : , ! . :c I
3il'jdj i . ; L ‘ ; i » j. ■/ * i i; , :i/ ■ t ^
'5htJ03 ^ Jtw IJ . * -
t;
-nt'JlBIJ -i , \i .t\ ’ It 4 > \' f It
10 ^ ■<; 1
< «
' V ' ^ , The
i!33i:'d5d.7 yi-'fifed '■■cr; • 'Sdl fl^i- .-.r : ,. s :
b’s'} yri ir/f j hit;;; li ji'l If? ' ■
uA Til - Tk ■ !l I Jli'.*.:
‘nf\

f
 Chiromancy.,
Zenith

Vt/Vt-'
vW^

VOOfiHj roo4e^
rnmi- mount V

Nadir
The Explanation of the fore-going Figure.

H ErevlJibly appears (in the foregoing Figure) the general divifion of the Hand, ac^
cording to Art, as alfo the appellation of the parts thereof from the roots of the fin¬
gers, to the Line dividing the Wrifl and the <i/Arm ; the Tuberciilum is aterm appropri-
utedto the Afounts, being pojited under f%e Roots of the fingers, and is that part "^hich is
higher then the ALount: Sometimes it is found towards one finger, Jhmetimes betwixt the
fingers, andfometimes in the middle of the Mount. The bach^ of the hand is the oppojite
part to the Palm ; the back^ fide of the fingers are in the fame manner underfiood ■, the
^l^adr angle of the Table, and the Jpace between the natural and vital Lines, called the
Triangle, are all here obvious before jour ejes in the Figure, and plainly demonfirated.
The Confiitution of the Planets and Signs in the Hand, are demonfirated in this and
the following Scheme, as alfo the fignifications of their places ; As in the Mount of LMer-
cury are fought Thefts, A&ions, A^s, and all fignifications propfir to Mercury. In the
Mount of the Thumb, belonging to yenus are found concerning Venereal alls, and Mar -
riages. In the Triangle, belonging to Mars are found hurts by Iron,or Fire, mifchances,
and all things concerning Strength and Fortitude, andfo of alt others, as is more fully mU'
nifefled in the enfuing Subjell.
The

(
 4
The wore f articular Explication of the tines.

S CIENCE, which is converfant about the knowledge of the humane body,

ought not only to be imployed -about the intrinfccal parcs,but rather to ferutinize
the exteriour. From and by the extrinfccall parts of the body, we may know the na¬
tural fortitudes and debilities of the fame; as alfo from thence we difeern the fub-
ftantial form and qualities thereof, for which reafon, Necejfeejlfapientem^de omnibus
his agere & trablare: Wifdom ought to be pradlique in the handhng and unfolding
thefe Myfteries.
Amongft other accidents of the humane body, moft admirable are thofe which are
obfervablein the hand, which not only difeover the whole natural condition of the
body prefent.but alfo defign the events of future aaions; which being rightly known,
would lave us much labour in tracing thofe dark and toylfome paths, through the
Ifecies of afl other Arts to find out the events of future anions : ^id opm efi Att-
rufpices adire, faith t^ntiochns Tiberius, What need is there to conlult with other
Sciences, when as every onebeateth his Index of Fortune, good or bad , in his own
hand ? yet man is ignorant, not knowing of this treafure. In the hand every man
may fee the properties ofhis Life, and the accidents thereof, as in a certain perfed
Table there plainly delineated and painted, and in reading whereof he, may decline
or further his good or bad, through divine Grace aflifting, and apprehend his future
Lott.
If with a ferious mind we throughly confider the works qf Nature, we fliall find
nothing more excellent, more pcifcd then Man, in whonrNature hath fas it were>
Mans dignity, epitomized all her glory, and to the generation of whom, Nature hath conferred all
her power, and hath,in mans formation been more acurately diligent then ordinary
by which means (he hath produced him perfed in all his dimenbons, and hath given
The Hand to him a Hand, the Organ of Organs, that therewith he might iuoply himfelf with alf
Organ' ncceffary, tending to the ufe of humane life; with which he writes La^s and
Ordinances for the People,vvith which he defends himfelf from the violence of favage
Creatures, and the hoftility of humane Enemies j as alfo therewith be is fitted to Till
the ground, and in one word, to execute every needful! humane office. In this fo
Noble, and fo ncceffary a member, Nature hath engraven certain Lines f though man
The benefit of be ignorant thereof^ which demonftrace the events of his whole life, that by the in-
Chlromancy. fpexion and obfervation of the fame, a man might be able cofhun his dangers, and
avoid many unneceffary mifhaps, nature fpeaks in this language to us : From hence
it is that Infants at their firft approach into the world, when they firft behold the
light, open their right hands, properly holding forth their Fortunes to their friends
Nature thus decreeing. This renowned work of Nature,and thefe noble figns of events
are the fubjed of our endeavours in this enfuing work; we are not to think this Sci-
ence altogether the fame with thofe the Greeks call-mV and
How Chiro- or Difciplinabiles, which is a learning treating of Lines feparate from all fenfible fub-
mancy con- fiance; but this Science of Chiromancy confidereth a compad concrete fubftance Ac-
Ehemadcal , the Mathematicians define a Line to confift in longitude, viith-
Definition. latitude, wanting profundity or depth; in this fence we think ic improper
to ufe the term Line in our Science j for our Lines admit of latitude and’profundity
aswdi as longitude, as we (hall obferve in the enfuing-fubjed; for we will not con^ .
fidcr them according to length and brevity only, but according to bredth and depth-
As alfo in their appearance and colour, and in many other particulars, fenfibly de*
monftrative; fothat our Lines are rather Natural, then Mathematical | for che Ma-
themacicalLine is invifible.lcarcely imaginable; but leaving chat, the Linewedif-
courle on in the hand, as it admits of a certain longitude, fo likewife it hath lau
ticude and profundity; but as amongft the Mathematicians the Lines are confiderw
ed under divers Species, as Right or Straight, Oblique on Crooked, Bowed, Cir-
cular; as alfo is confiderable their Incifion, Intercifion, their Application and Sejun-
aion, their Conjundion and Separation, their Difcontinuance, Difproportion &c
So we agreeing with them, find our Lines under all thefe jpecies- and moreover *
we
 Chiromancy. 5
--- i ^-■:-^

weconffder themin reference to their Afpeft, or Coiour, as Pale, Wan, Blew, Red, xhc ag-gAio^j
Inflamed, Darker Black, in their Carnofity, Levigation, and Afpetity ; we find in of the Lines,
our Science, feme natural, feme accidental; thofe are called accidental, which come
in the hand by Labour, by wounds, by nafty ufage, through infirmity, Cold, Famine,
Pear, or the like; butof ihefe we take little notice : but of the natural'fignatures or
Lines, feme are univerfal, others particular; thofe we call univerfal, whiclv arc natu¬
rally incident, elpecially fpecifically, and particularly to man, and fudi are found in
the hands of all men well difpofed, who have not altered, or defaced Nature, by the
acccfiion of any accidental misfortune ; The particular Lines or Chara6iers>are thofe
which concomitace and adhere to the proper temperament of any perfon individu¬
ally whaefoever; and fuch Lines in divers perfons diverfly appear; and of thefe, efpe-
cially the moft noted, we lhall very largely treate, as occafion is offered in the fe-
quel.
For the proper fubjefi of Chiromancy^ about which our whole fpeculation is con- The fubied of
verfanc, is, A Lincy or Lines exifient in the hancls^ demonflrating the fujjions of the Chiromancy.
mind and body y as alfo the events of future aElions • Chiromancy, as th-^ word im¬
ports, Scientia eft cognofeendi inclinationes virtutum & pajfionum naturalium, & cu* The definiti-
jufihet hominisfortunam,perjignafenfihilia manusis the Science of knowing the on of Chlro.
inclinations ofthe natural powers and paffions, as alfo the fortune of any man, by maucy.
the fenfible rational figns of the Hand, Cvhich principally are four, having divers ap¬
pellations in Authors, by reafon of the diverficy of their fignifications; which names
(hew the feveral properties of the fame Lines, and may amufc thofe who are not yet
well read in this Science; for whofe fakes 1 will deferibe the variety of names, in a fa¬
miliar manner, for the benefit of the Ignorant.

The fir ft I mention (according to my former method) hath thefe feveral tAppedations,

'Afenfalis, The Table- Becaufefrom one part it conftitutes

Line, the T able of the Falm.
Fortune. The Line of As having the mofi general fignifi'^
Fortune. cation of the good and evil accident s.^rem
ferring to the temporal eftate.
T^ecejfaria. The Nccefla- Becaufe it is chiefly concerned in the
ty Line. opening and exercifing of the Hand and
Fingers.
Martis. The Lintof Becaufe it hath the fignification of
Mars. evilSf envjy and treachery,
Linea Veficalisy feu The Line of Becaufe it demonfirates the pains
Renalis. the Bladder, anddifeafes belonging to thofe parts.
or Reins.
Generativa. The Line of Becaufe it hath fignification of the
Generation. po^er of generation,
Epidimalisy The Epidcmi- Becaufe fometimes it denotes death
' feu *Pefiifera. cal, or peftife- by the Peflilence, or a contagious Dif~
rous Line. cafe.
Thor alls Te- As having the fignification of the
fticulorumy fcu Tefticlesy Seed^ andinfif-umentsofGe,,
Spermatica. neration.
Thus you fee the Table-Line hath all thefe feveral appellations, referring to the
different fignifications thereof.
Secondly ^you may obferve the feveral denominations of the
(J^'ledia naturalis, . The middle natural Line.
Cerebri. The Line of the Brain.
Capitis, feu ^ephalica, The Line of the Head.
Linca Vtvifica, Signifying Aiffivit) & Vivification.
Trojperitatis, The Line of Profperity.
Simjira triangttlu The Line conftituttng the left An¬
gle.
B 3 Thirdly,
 Chiro mangy.
%

Thirdly ithe Line of Life hath thefe fever d eAfpllations.

VitalU, The Vital, or Line ofLife.’
Cordis. The Line of the Heart.
Cardiaca, The cordial Line, the fame with the
former.
Lihea < temporalis, The Temporal, or Line of Time.
Dextra triangnli, fnpremi The Line of the right and fupreme
Angles, or the Line conftituting
thofe Angles,
Tomhljithe Line of the Liver hath thefe appellations.
(‘Hepatis,ve\ Hepatica. The Line of the Liver, fignifying
the conftitution thereof.
Stomachi. The Line of the Stomack.
Bajis triangpili. The bafts of the Triangle j for this
Linea
Linejoyned to the other before,
conftitutes a Triangle in the
Hand; and this is the bafts, or
foundation thereof.

Thus you fee thefe four principall Lines have fix and twenty Appellations.

firjl Table ofChiromancy.

fi. Quantity, in Longitude, and Pro-7 JCrookedncfs.

fundity, viaj. Length and Bredth. J 7.Straightnefs.

In all the 2. Quality, in Colour, and Figure, in? Jeu i •

reference to ^^Shape and Complexion.
Lines of the
Hand, '^^earej^^, Aftion, in reference to other7rAs Touching, or
elfecially to 1 Lines. J "
Cutting.
obfervetheir j 4 Pafljon, in relation to other 7 fAsbeing Touched, or Cut
Lines. s\ by them.
5. Place and Pofition.

f I. The Line of the Heart, which is that of Life, and is referred to the
Sun.
2. The Cephalique Line, and parts, which is the middle natural Line,
to the Moon and Jupiter.
The Lines of 3. The Line of the Head to Mercury.
the Hand are 4. The Table-line, which is alfo called the Line of Fortune , to Ju-
T^rincipallj, piter.
5. Venus Girdle, to Venus.
6. The Line of Death, or ftfter of the Lineof Life, to Saturn,
7. The Percuflion, to the Moon and Mars.
The Wrift to T , and is referred to Mats,

The lefferr I. The way of th^un, or Solar Line.

Lines t "^hich^
are not gene- ^2. The milky way, or Via eombufia,
rally in all}
HandSfOre, Ug.ThcwayofSaturm
The
 Chiromancy. 7
The Scituation of thefe Lines.

I. H E Line of the Heart, or of Life, enclofes the Thumb, and fcparates it from
Jithe plain of Mars.
a. The middle natural Line begins at the riling of the fore-finger,near that of Life,
and ends at themount of the Moon.
3. The Line of the Liver begins at the bottome of that of Life, and reaches to the
Table-line,making this triangular figure A. '
4. The Table line, or Line of Fortune begins under the mount of Mercury, and
ends near the Index, and the middle Finger.
5. Venus Girdle begins near the joynt of the little Finger, and ends between the
fore-finger, and middle finger.
6 The Percuffion is between 2 and <l . Alfo called the Ferient, ^/mV»^/(s>,from
finiting.
7. The Wrift contains thofc Lines that feparate the Hand from the Arm , called
Rafcetta-
As for the judgements and fignifications of the faid Lines, we (hall fee them elfe-
where; Let us now fee our other Figures.

11.
Ofthe Qelefial Signs, of their Qualities, Bfinds, Sjm^
pathies, and aydntipathies • of their harmony tpith
our Science^ and the other Sciences ofT^iDinatign.

Lthough we have in the firft Chapter treated of the twelve Signs of

the Zodiack, and of their fituation , according to the feafons of the;
Year ; this being not fufficiently inftxuffive. According to our dc-
(ire, we add this Chapter to demonflrate particularly the Acci¬
dents, Qualities, and Faculties of thefe Signs, they being referred to
Chiromancy, and the other divinative Sciences; and to make appear
their concords, difeords, and harmony; It is then to be noted, that of our twelve
Signs before mentioned, fix are feptentrional, that is to fay, from the head of ydnfy,
which the Arabians name Salhaji to the end of Virgoy called Luatem : The other fix
are meridional, that is to fay, from the head of Libra^ to the extremity of SPifees,
Further it is to be noted, that the Line which pafies through the head of ArieSf into
that of Libra, is the Circle we call Equinoffial; which is alfo in the Hand, between
the rifing of the Thumb, and below the rifing of Mtreury, towards the extremity of
the Table-line. When any one of thefe Signs afeends into one of thefe parts, the op-
pofite fign is oppofite to that place, that is, from Eaft to Weft ; And this diverfity
makes the length or flaortnefrof the dayes, that is to fay, the diminution or augmen¬
tation, according to the hours or afeents. Of thefe Signs,fome are fiery,fome earthy;
fome aiery,fome watery ; there are fome of humane form, others of favage crea¬
tures, others of bcafts, or reptiles. Some are mute, others rational,others generative,
others barren, fome entire, others broken, fome mafeuline, fome feminine, fome for¬
tunate, fome unfortunate, fome fweet, others bitter, others (harp, others fait; fome
increafing when they afeend, others decreafing.fome oriental,others occidental, fome
meridional, others feptentrional. r £l and ^ are fiery ; ^ ng and vy earthy ;
IL £5 and aiery ; s ni and X watery; the mafeulines are fiery and aiery; the
Feminines earthy and watery; the Mafeulines are Fortunate, the Feminines unfortu¬
nate ;
 f

8 C H I R O M A N C Y. .

nace; thofe that have humaneform, are jl ixs and nj; and the fii ft part of
thofe of animal form , r b' vy and the latter part of ; of fierce and ciuci
form, 51 , reptile s ni and X : The imperfed or broken, are T 51 and K, the
reft are entire. The rational Signs are ji and nx , they that have voyce
T 51 b r? and ^ . the unfruitfiill, according to 7to/of»ie, are T b — vy
and ^ ; the fruitful s til and K : the ftenll H a and itk : the oriental are
a : the occidental R ^ '• the meridional b ^ and vy ; the feptentrional
s iTL and X : the fierce and cruel T a and the mild n ng and sw the
fordid s ttl and K : the feeble and weak T and vy ; theftrong a ni and ck.
Thediredare from the beginning of s to the end of : the oblique from the
head of vy to the end of ll ; thofe Signs, according to their motions, change their
nature, and according to the places of their circumference; for thofe which are hoc
become cold,and the cold hotjthe moift become dry,and the dry moift; b in the Eaft
is tepid,in the Weft cold; E is hot and dry in the Eaft,in the Weft cold and moift; s
in the Eaft hoc and dry, in the Weft cold and moift; 5l is in the Eaft hot and dry, in
the Weft cold and moyft; in the Eaft is hot and tepid,in the Weft cold and moift;
in the Eaft is cold and moyft, in the Weft hoc and dry j top in the Eaft is cold and
dry, in the Weft cold and moyft ; zs and K when they arc together in the Eaft and
Weft, are cold and moyft. So have they their terms, which are five, as they are in
every Sign. Eour relate to the four qualities, viz. hot and dry, cold and dry, hot and
moyft, cold and moyft; the fife is ofamixe nature of the other four, according to
the commixtion and complexion of Mercury^ who is fometimes dry, fonaecimes hoc,
cold and moyft, according to the term he is in , and the fign which is fubjeA to ir,
which we put in this Chapter, becaufe of the fympathy of the Celeftial bodies with
the Terreftriai, all being referred to our bodies, as fhall be feen hereafter by the num¬
ber of 12. which reprefents our whole, fubftance both Chiromantically and Phifi-
ognomically,.
To enter then into our difeourfe : The term which is hot and dry, wherein there
is a Planet that is cold and moift, the heat and drought changes the Planet, who then
becomes hot and dry. If the term be fortunate, and that a fortunate Planet enter
into it, it becomes more fortunate : abd if the term be unfortunate, the unfortunate
Planet that enters it becomes more unfortunate. But, if in the term there be a benign
Planet, all things are in fympathy. If the Planet be fiery, and the term fo too, all is
well ; So in an earthy fign, and the term fo too, all is in fympathy. In the
fame maner they change Qualities. If the Quality or colour of the fign agree with the
term, they augment their colour. Example, If the term of C^ars be in r 51 or
v* , both their rednefs, and that of the termincrcafes. If the term of Saturfibcla
TIL or Ty , the blacknefs or obfeurity of Saturn encreafes bccaufe of the term.
If the Planets are in divers Signs, divers are their accidents, and they are fortified or
weakned by the force of the figns and terms, and diverfity there, caufes diverficy more
or Icfs in the inferiours. The Lord of a term being in his term, is more powerful,as a
fign with another of its quality, as where there is a friendfliip without any difference,
but the figns being different, the Chiromancer may infer divers accidents according
to their diverfity; for their different ficuation in our hands difeovers unto us the di-
verfity of our fortunes and misfortunes. Nay, we can fee rhefe here rather then the
changes of the other in Heaven caufing them, the one being placed feme dayes before
the change, and in the other the fwift moments are to be obferved for to build a fo-
lid judgement upon. Which moment yet is better known in the Hand then in the
Nativity; for Chiromancy comprehends, and hath fuch an harmony with all the
other divinativQ Sciences, that without it they arc nothing, nor it without them. The
Harmony is allperfe6l,ofthe twelves Signs of the Zodiack with the whole humane
body,and thofe placed as is feen in the Figure reprefenting unto us thofe parts and the
Identity of fympathy. And by it we know the number of twelve accompliftied in us,
in our 12 parts,but every, one of them hath it.So out body is naturally and- artificially
compofed according to the Signs, reprefented in the Figure, worth thy peiufing,thou
whoever art defirous of the perfedioa of Chiromancy and Phyfiognomy, for the one
And other are under the fccret of the Figurt.
The
 . "" , '

Chiromancy. 9
The twelve Signs of the Zedtack^ which contain the
whole Body of Man.

Many things of the fecret Sciences are referred to this mafs of Humanity, and
we fiode mote fecrets in it according lo lYit Ceomancy of the then any
other Sciences; particularly C/^r/tr^of Crmonct ‘m\\\sGeomancyf as well as other
Geomancers,makes the Gcomantical Figures to be referred hither; and we draw
thence divers judgments, accommodating them to our Natural Aftrology, as the
twelve Signs of the Zodiack to the twelve Gcomantical Figures. ^

Geomantique Figures.
ys 31
o o 0 a b
o 0 0 0
o o o o o 0
o o o o o
Acqmjitio Latitia Rttheus
S SI
o o 0 o 6
o o o o
b o o
O ' o o O O
Albus ' QonjunUio
in.
o O O O
O 0 o o o
0 0 o 0 o
e o o o
fuftitia Ptter
V9 %
o o 0 o
O O o o o o
o o r

0 o o
o o o o
^oyulns SPueUa Career

C Ihe
 A

10 c H I R O M N G Y,

The four other Figures, which are 'Draconis yCanda Draconu^ Fortum Mx~
jor.^uAFortmaCMiHory are r^ferfed to thefe 5ignes, buticcorrding to of
the fignification is uncertain.

a
0fU
r
0 0 0 O ’ 0
, 0
b i 0 Q X 0 ) 0
0 -j 'Q b c
0 0 ■ 0 0 0 c

Cap. Draconis. Cauda Dracon. Fort. (JMajor. Fort. tJHinor.

Thefe fixteen Figurci arc referred to the feverv^lanctsi and are attributed to them
by our Science 'of Chiiro'm'ancy and Geomanc/in this manner ^hac every one may be
inftrudted, T? SaturMelTrififttadind farcer yfftpiter, Acq^ijitk ^v\d LatitiaMars^
' T’ueHa & Rubeus-^ihz For.Maj,8c.For,AFf,Fenw^Uer 5c AmiJfto-^Mercttry^oiu.
jmSlio Sc AlhmyVt M^on Popuinf,ScFia.Somc;0thefe Signs ire dirctSjfome retro¬
grade,as SaturK,Carcor;which is properly H dire^tKe houfe is retrograde,
and is Triflttia'y fo of the reft. Somuchas toGeomancy. Wefhallnotenter into
the fignifications of itjbecaufe we referveit to another place. Let us now. fee tlyrjreft
'of the Diyinative Sciences, relating to the number of twelve ; and then we 'ftiall
briefly deliver fdmewhat as to their particularicifs.Asfor^'^w^^, you have the 12.
'Spirits ox Angels which govern iri'eVery Si^ne,. and the' Regions, Gountties aind Ci-
,ties fuhjefl to thofe Signs,as the Ancients'have obrerved. "^ries to M^fvhidiel,
}N\i\Q\iSSiltii:tiS. (jermanyyFranceyEnglandf*Brittanyy&v. •
JL ' \ S' "'"' SI '
Afmodelj Amhruly Muriely Verchely FlumdUely Zuriely Barbiel^ Admckiel,
V9 '• ■. . L-' 1

Huntidy ^dbriely Barchiel. ,

^ '3 Oj
All which Signs and Angels, govern each of them feme Country , which the
Student may fee in the Table of the Ancient and Modern A^rotogers. In the fecrec
Caball of the they kept the 12. Anagrams of the grclat four Lettered Name
of God, and according to the change.of the colour of the ftone whereon they
were graved, they judged of the future. Which twelve ftddes and ay/mgrams were
referred to the 12. Tribes of Ifrael, and 12. Signs of theZ'j>^i<^c-^, as the SardomXy
whereon was engraved mn^ was referred to ^yfyies; the Fopaz, having engraved
inn^ was referred to ThcCha/cedon nnV to C/f mini: the fa f}ar ;
to Cancer : the Emerald n’lrl to £l ; the Beril to JIJ • the e^methifi
»nnt to Libra: the facinth 10 Scorpio :\ the Chrj[elite y ’HTn to Sagitt oryx
the (\yflall Tri’D to Capricorne: the Saphire HVIl to Aqttaritis ; the Sarde n*)“in
to Pifees. The curious in fuperhacural fecrets,; havCgiven to thefe Signs 12. Cha-
raflers, 12. intelligences, with their whichas much in nores,as a
number in Arithmetick^ 'The which Charaftersir^de and i^ompofed in the moneths
when thofe Signs govern, and the Sun enters jnto the^ at certain hours, heal many
difeafes, and do fupernatural wonders. Jhe forjgics of thoife -Charaders are to be
feen in the Magical Archidoxes of Faracelfm } the Clavicular of Solomon, and
other Authors who have fearched into fccrets niofdihem ordinary; although thofe
Authors, as to the making of them, have referye'd themoft, particular fecrets, and
the facred and compendious words, being unwill^pg to pr<^liiute holy things, which
arc only to be communicated to the Curious Lesjrirjcd, and^reat Princes, which yet
I (hall elfwhere truly reprefent. It is plain then,; that in alLthcfe Sciences all goes by
twelve Princes, or Spirits under every .^rincipaf; thereoare twelve under ArieSy
whereof ours which governs,£»?/»W, thefecondof this firft
- power,
'■.4^
4>1 & '
a
 Chiromancy, II
power, which ought to be known of thofethat govern this Monarchy; foe
by knowing him they may govern all with an extraordinary power and facility,boch
as to the principal in general and particular, wherein Religion is concerned, which
in it felf is altogether fpirit^al, whereof the affedations of fome are but difeafesof
minde, which turn into madnefs or hypocrifie, wherewith thefirft caufe is not pica-
fed, notdefigning any more for the inward man then a found carriage, and an ani¬
mal government for Che exceriour, which cannot fubfift in health without it, unlels
the mifehief encrcafing, we would erflave our reafon ; for the Law is fpiritual, and
is only jurifdiaive as to the fpiritual, and to the whole man, in order to fociety,
that the ftronger may not wrong the weaker, and fo violate the Law of Nations,
which unices us in thefirft caufe ; fo chat all is referred to the number of twelve;
Our body confifts of 12 principal Members,the head,neck, arms, breaft, heart,belly*
reins, privy parts, knees, legs, feet, you fee all in the foregoing Figure, referred
to the Signs according to the form that is given them j twelve plants are attributed
to them, twelve biids, twelve animals, twelve trees, and twelve Hierarchies of An-
geh. Briefly, all is referred to thefe twelve, and zy^ries which hath twelve Luminous
ftars, and one obfeure, hath more force ("becaufeof the proper and known name,
wherein there are twelve lettefs; then the reft, or Acquifitie among the Geoman-
cers, which hath fix, and is referred to Aries, doubling that number ; fo the half of
thefe dozen, where twelve are, is the (acred writing, whether it be in the plain of
<JM.ars or mount of V , or 9 , all happinels is to be expeded. Of the(e rencontres
and fagred writings, we fliall treat at large in the fourth Chapter, as alfo of their fig-
nifications. Wherefore leaving our duodenary number, and digrefling no further •
let ns now defetibe and reprefent the hand, and by it finde out one of the moft par¬
ticular fecrets of our Science.

Chap. 111.

The true and ferfeB T)efcription of the Hand, yehkh

mujl be h^mn for to attain to any thing in Chi¬
romancy , vpilh the Deferftion of the tm lajl
Figures of the firjl Chapter . -

H E Harids are the principal parts of the Body .* The Anato-

mifts divide them into three principal parts, that is to fay, the wrift,
the body of the hand, and the fingers ; the beft defeription of
them is in the Theology of Hippocrates ^ but by Chiromancers thefe
three parts are called the Palm , a word which Apukyus ufeth
in his Golden AlTe, calling that part TOea Palmarisy which we in Chiromancy
call the Plain of ^ars. The fecond is called, the hollow of the Hand, which is
from the extremitie of the other fide of the thumb towards the little finger, which
we call the mount of the Hand, or of the Moon. The third are the five fingersj
which are to be noted by their names, which according to the Phyficians are fuch,
P olleXi Index y^Medius^ Annularis zyAuricuUrisy which I have reprefented before
in three Figures, and not with any more, becaufe I would be guilty of no confufion^
as Indagincy Cocles^ Corvtts, and many othcrs.You arc then to note, that the thumbs t. t. C'
asbeingthefirft,greateftandftrongeft,is fo called, and dedicated to Henus, and -
hath fuch a mark 5. The next is calledthe indicative or demonftrarive fin-h t h '
ger, becaufe with it we point at any thing; the old Philofophers have called it fo, or fo^efinger
and among others Socratesj who for that reafon is Painted, pointing with that finger
C i at
 JZ Chiromancy.
at a woman, that reprefented nature ; and this finger is attributed lojaftterj and
fignated with the Charaf^er of Y . The third is called the middle finger, bccaufe in
‘ the middle, fome call it Phvfitian, becaufe that with it are touched the privy parts,
Of the middle when fomcwhat is amifs. The Latines called it VerpHs from the word verroy which
finger. fignifies to rub, becaufe as fuvenal fays, the Jews fcratched their Privy parts there¬
with when they had the And(i^^pelU\n}\{% Hieroglyphick, r«pre-.
fents an infamous petfon by that finger. But in old time this finger with the thumb
and fore-finger reprefented the Trinity, or the hand of Jiifiice of our Kings. It may
beyetfeenin fome ancient Edifices, and particularly at Plaify xw^alie, whereof
the Prefident Fauchat^ in the feventh Book of his Hiftory of the declination of the
Houfeof Chsirlemaignetttzi^ at large. This finger is Saturns^ the mark h . As
for the Ring- finger, which is fo called,becaufe commonly a Ring is worn on it, efps-
Of the Ring cially on the left hand ; the Phyficians and Anatomifts give the reafon of it, becaufe
finger. in the finger there is a finew very tender and fmall that reaches to the Hfearti where¬
fore it ought to wear a Ring as a Crown for its dignity. But b^-fides obferve, that
in the Ceremonies of Marriage, they firft put the Matrimonial Ring on the thumb,
whence they take it, and put it on every one till they come to this, where itlslefr.
Whence fome who Rood (^<3 Durand in his Rational of Divine Offices^ toDif-
coutfe on thefe Ceremonies, fay it is done becaufe that finger anfwcrs to the heart,
which is tbc feat of love and the affeSions, Others fay, becaufe it is dedicated to
the Sun, and chat moft Rings are of Gold, a Mettal which is alfo dedicated to it: fo
that by this Sympathy it rejoyces the heart: this finger hath for the Sun this mark © •
Of the li tic called the Ear-finger, became commonly we make ufe of
finger;^ it to make dean bur ears, as if it were fome inftrument. We read that Dionijtus
' ot Denisiht Sicilian Tyrant, would never make ufe of any other Inftrument to
cleanfe his ears,fearing they ftiould give him fome poyfoned Inftrument, as being a
Prince very fearfull and deftruftfuU, whofe life was mifcrable in his Tyranny,becaufe
of the fear imprinted on his Soul. This finger is attributed to Mercury, the fign
. 5 . In thefe Verfes you have a fhort and learned defeription.

Pollex veneris^ fed % indice gaudet

h ^Medium, Sol mediumc^ue tenet •
: ! 2 Minimum; ferentem Candida Luna,
Toffidety in Cavea Mars fuacajiralocat.

Thus Engliftied.

^ZTx\k%the^humb, in the Index joyes,

the Middlethe yomhfulltoyes:
Stilborn the Leafi^ Luna the Ferients,
In Cave a\Mi% delights to pitch his Tents,

N Ow all thefe /ingers have certain rifings at their roots or bafes,which are calk’d
Mounts,attributed to the Planets,to which is added that apparent flefti, whicli*'
,
is and belongs to the percuffion of the hand ; the four principal fingers hare twelve
joynts or ligaments, to whxb are attributed the 12 Signs of the Zodiack^ (as it may
be feen in the precedent figure) and to each finger one oS the Scafons of the year .♦
as to the Index,which is Y , we give it the Spring, and to each joynt one of the ligns
of that Seafon, to the higheft Aries, to the middle Taurus, to that of the Root
Gemini, which arc thus marked, r « R. The little finder, which is Mercury's
hath the Autumn, and conforms to that of Jupiter, becaufe they reprefent the two
Seafons, which are equally milde and temperate, whereof the two fitft Signs arc
Equino^ial (that is to fay make the nights and days of a length) The Signs of the
^ feafon of Autumn, which are attributed to this finger, and placed as the others arc;
Libra,SQorpus^Vi^SAgittary,\\mmzx)fx.^i, ^ m The middle finger, which
belongs to reprefents Winter, a rigorous Seafon j hath Capricorn, Ayua-
not and marked thus rp cs? H. The Ring finger, which is the Suns, bath
for figns s -fl IK • And thefe two Seafons have in their firft moncths the two Sol ^
ft ices,

f
 G H I R O M A N C Y.

fticesjthatis, when the Sun neither defcendsnorafcends, but (lands (lill in the ex¬
tremities of thcZodiack, in the Zenith, as to its elevation, and in Nadir forks
' declination. Thefe two Angles being reprefented in the hand, we mu(i imagine the
Zenith at the end of the middle finger, and the Nadir neer the wrift, where ends
the Line of Life, fo it reprefents an ovall Figure.
We may reprefent it according to the Third following Figure, imagining the Zo* The Locall
diack from the fore-finger about the thumb and mount of 2 , which (hall be com- difpefitionof '
prized in the Oval of the Zodiack; and we will alfo imagine our Signs placed^ Aries In
on the rifing above the wrift; Taurmon the mount of ; Gemini on
branches of the Line of Life ( which denote our life.) On the (irft joynt of the fore¬
finger © ,on the fecondfl, on the third m , leaving the Thumb apart, as being an
imperfccT finger, becaufe it hath but two joynts, which is the firfl: number according
to the Arithmeticians, called flat,and hath not fo many perfedfionsas the Ternary or
Three which ktbe fecond number. This half circle we call Arctick. As for the other
. half circle Meridional, which we call Antartick, webeginit at the top of the ring.
fingcr,and place the fiffl fign, which is on the firft joynt of the finger; on the fc-
pndiTl, on the third ; At the extremity of the Tabic-Line, Capricorn i
inthe middle of the mount of the Moon 222 ; and near the wrift on the other fide‘Pi- ■
yre/; fo that the feven Planets will beenclofed within the Zodiack.
It is to be noted that every mount f as I (liall iToew more at large in the rules of q
the Science; fignifies and denotes fomething worthy of fpecial confideration; as that
off Love,that of ¥ Honors,that of h Misfortunes,thatof © Riches,that of y bedtotL
Sciences, that of c? Military atchicvements,and that of the Moon Affliaions and di- Planets,
feafes of mind. I (hall pals no further in the notion and figniffcations of thefe mounts
icferving it to another Chapter : But ere I conclude, I will fay a word of the Lines
and obfervation ofehehand, as much as fhili bencctflTary in this placed
In the enclol'ure of the hand there are fix lines or cuts (. as hath been (hewed al¬
ready ; whereon depend the three principal parts of man, that is to fay, the head"
the heart and the kidneyes,on which depend the three worlds j that is to fay the In-
leliedual jCeleftial, and Elementary; they are thus placed. ^
I

The Inte/ieStual ✓
TheCeleftial ^ o the heart ^^To Heaven,
The Elementary^ j ISTo thekl^nejs J ^To the Elements.

So the Lines of the Hand.

't

/
To underftand thefe Lines, you muft know firft,that the Table Line takes its force
from the whole head, and that it begins at the percufliion of the Hand (where is the The Tabic
mount of Aferc«ry,fituate under the little finger; and reaches with two or three Line,
branches, and commonly without, under the fore finger where ipends; andfome-
tiraes it is joyned with the middle Natural Line, both of them anfwering to the
head, and with that of life make an Angle, which ends between the Mounts pi
Yenustn^ Jupiter. xy, ‘ » ■ i

The fecond Line of theHead, called theraiddle Natural Line, i that which'fie-

between the mount of Mars and the and advan^ebs'hoider Chat of* $ ' aS Line,
commonly to the Table, as hath been faid before. ^
The
 14 Chiromancy.

The third, which is the Line of Life, called alfo the Line of the Heart, begins at
tmuviu. . f u c c j j ’ L. n. r • •
the mount of the forefinger, and ends near the Wnlt, feparatmg the mount of Fenfts
9 from the Triangle or Palm. ’ ^
tinea Epatica. The fourth, called that of the Liver or Stomach, begins under the mount of the
Moon, and makes the triangle of Mars, thwarting the middle natural,or ftraite Line
joyning with that of Life, above the mount of Ferns. ’
RefePta or the the Wtift,which are thofe fpaccs which appear in the joynt of the Hand,
wrift. ’ ^wo Lines at leaft, and four at moft, and divers cuts advancing to¬
wards the mount of
Sifter of the As for the fixth, it is the fifter of the line of Life, which ever follows it whereto
Lmeofiife.i we adde the perculfion, which is the outer part, which moves when we ftrike any
thing. Thefe are the moft remarkable parts of this Science,which are to be much ob-
Thefe Figures ferved in matter of Divination, as being the Principles of Chiromancy. And the bcc-
you have in the ter to comprehend the fituation of the Lines, fee the firft Figure going before, and
SlrS^Book, following, which I have placed hereafter, as an Abridgement for t6
noVd with the whcreto each Line is referred, and to which of the Planets.
Numbers
a.J.4. ^ ----—-

Chap. IV.
Ofthe facred Letters which are found in the Hands
and the Correfondencies which they ha^e with the
fwlejlial Ladies, and how by them may befound out
thefecrets ofgood and bad Fortune.

^g;S|^5ggHere are in our Hands, in divers places,certain Letters well formed,

apparent, which according to the places where they are, have’
great and admirable fignifications. Patricia Tricafns in hh Chi-
hath treated of them, but not fo particularly as he ftiould
have done for the true difeovery oftfiem , having not allowed
them that concordance which they have with the heavenly Bodies,
•c • • r , 2nd concordance the perfeaion of their fig-
nihcations might be known, for without that knowledge, the Judgements which we
draw from them, are as doubtful! as thofe we fbould draw from the Signs and Pla¬
nets, if we knew not their fituation • for they have fuch a fympathy,that fomc can do
nothing without others,no more then geomancy can do without Aflrologie • both
which do beft, when they accompany each the other.’ *
Thefe Letters which are found in the Hands,are called Cceleftial.and are eighteen
LSCoti, 2”*^ the twelve Signs of the Zodiack, and the Figures and Charaders o( Geo¬
mancy ; there is a correfpondency between them and thofe Signs, «nd their Capital
Letters, and thofe of Geomanej.

Gemini
G

) Cancer CapricornHS
C C vp
ConjunfUo] Career,
•C^4^D,

I
 i^wa ir

c H I’R’O MCA'NlCiYv)

I (hall herein follow the opinion of an ancient Rabbi, and fay that they arfcibuhd
rather in the form of thefe Charadlers and divine Letters; and thiefe Figures breing
found in the Hand, they have more power, being rcferr&d to theTeVen Plaheits. ‘ The
formisfuch ; the Letters of Saturn C H M i the Letters of fufher S T' A ; The Ancients
the Letters-of A/rfrx zyf C $ .* the Letters of BAT: the Letters of the have honoared
SunE b: the Charsidets of Mercury n 5 ; the Letters of the ..thisfecret.
Being thus attributed to thefe feveft Ccleftial Jodies, they hafe^great etfedts, and be¬
ing found on divers Mounts, or other places, their fignificatiohs are'various. It is to j
be noted in the firfl place, that in our Hand' we imagine the four Quarters of the / ‘
world, in this manner; at the ends of the Fingers the Eaft ; ae-the Wrift the Weft;
the North on the Thumb ; and the South towards the mount of the Moon, under
the little FingenNow as we have faid,that the Signs and Planets do change their acci¬
dents and qualities with their places, for fas hath been faidj a fortunate Planet in the
South, may be unfortunate in the Weft or North; another may be well difpofed in
the South, and ill m the Eaft ; As for Example, which is the firft houfe
of Mars, being found about the Mounts of Z.^»^,and Mars, as being an enemy of
the Moon, reprefents all ill, as Sickrieftes, Hurts, Misfortunes, lofs of Goods,Fricnds,
Banirhmcnts,.and other wofull things, if he be there in the South part ; but being to¬
wards, the mount of under the Thumb, to wards the North part,becaufe of the ti, T r
friendlhipof^^rx and this fignifies quite contrary j as Fricndlhips, ad-•
vantagious Marriages, the love of handfome women, the delights of Love, the ba- airiest ^
nifhing of Jealoufie, many rieband good Wives; briefly, all facisfaftion as’to Lov^.
If that be on the mount of i’<^/»r;r,Eaftward,it is benevolent enough • the worfi
it doth, is the lofs of a Suit in Law, Imprifonmenr, or Sicknefs. But if in that place
there be that which is referred to Aquarius^ which is the fecond houle of Saturn
being oriental, and near thefirft houfe of the faid Saturn, which is Capricorn^ itpro-
mifeth a mediocrity as to riches, but not much healrh ; for were it not that Saturn
himfelf did fomewhac moderate the matter, it (hould denote fome ill end, and a1il§ ' o *-ri
of one and thirty years, which are the kifer years of Saturn, But the fccond A.hemk ° y-
in the lower part of the Plain of Mars, Weftward romewhat,it indubitably denotes
Death by Arms, or in Combate; but if there be a Triangle above the Wrift, it de¬
notes Deac.h by aflfaflination ; and if this Letter be near the mount of Venus ,* it fig-
nifies Death caufed by a woman, either by Juftice, or Poyfon, or fome great note of
Xnfaray : If it be towards the mount of the it fignifies great weaknefs of
^ir)d and Body. Briefly, let him that hatflthis Letter on one of the mounts of the.
i^boon, and il (he be his Alfridary, affure himfelf, that before that Alfridary be ex¬
pired, he will fall into fome great misfortune, both as to the outward and inward
man ; it may be into fome extraordinary Madnefs.
Let us now confider r. which reprefents Taurus, and is next to Aries. Taurus is The Letters
the fiift houfe ol Venus : if the T, be on the mount of Venus, a thoufand Lovfes are^rekting to
repxefented; but it muft be obferved in what place of the mountVior if it be near the f.
Kne of Life, and that one of the branches of the T, cut it,> it denotes Death for Love- ^
or ruefull enjoyments; 1 fit be between the Thumb and the forefinger,good Marrisr
age, and advantagious, as to Beauty, Riches, and ^bdnefs of Nature.J Ifit be in the '
midft ol the mount, it fignifies all forts of Loves, that.is to fay, thache that fhall have'
the 7. fo, will be beloved by many fair and rich Women, and by their means'hd ftiall
taife himfelf a Fortune, and nothing will oppofehim'. If ft be in the extremity of the
mount, towards the Wrift, that place is dangerousbecaufe of'Incefts and'fliicib
Loves: Upon the backfide of the Thumb it denotes Sodomies^ and beftiktib / ^ihe
moft

V
 l6 Cl H I R o M A N C y.

moft dirhoneft thsr may bf, as they are defcribed by Buchard: The curious may fee
them in his Book Jf the 7“. which fhould be on the fecond
joynt of the forefoget be on the little one, or on the mount of the Moq»^
there hath been fome great afflidion for women, great quarrels, defires or Re¬
venge, poy Tons, and fecretenterprifes, death of abortive children, and odious fins.
If it be on the plain of ^lars it fignifies fome good hap, but a Huel for fomc Love
occafion.wherf in the party overcomes,and befides is loved by the Ladyjand through
this Love he fhall attain to riches and contentment, and fhallbc feared by all his
neighbours. If that happens on the Ring finger, it denotes the quite contrary,
thoughbe well in the Eaft, and it be her fiift houfe whxh is Tanrhs. If hap¬
ly tber^^ in the hand that Line which we call Vtnu* girdle i which begins'(ss we
bavefaid elfewhere j between the fore and middle fingers, and ends between the
, fourth an^ bulc one; that 7". or Z. which is the fecond houfe ot Vennt, called Libra^
I believe him or her that hath it,guilty of all manner of unci anncis, nay of that fin
which isagainft nature, and mote then ordinary, which hath been obferved in fome.
Attached and Convidedof this Crime; wherefore Judges and Jurors ought to take
sioticeof it, and confequently be fomewhat acquainted with our Science.
refpeain<j**^* which hands for houfe of Mercury^ it is ind fferent; for it is
Qmmu places,& bad in bad i as upon Venus it is good under Mars bad, fo alfo
under; ; but under the very good : b rif the be under the .$>», and
that he be J/fridarj, he to whom it happens may affure himfelf of Riches, which
, fhall come unto him by fome more then ordinary way, by Treafure^i found out cafa-
ally, or by induftry, which 1 obferved in one of my Friends who had a G, in this
^ place, to whom I gave the alTurancc of that bufinefs, which happened fhorcly after
through ^orilimancj, in which Science he did wonders, but not without addrefling
hitnfelf to the Aratron of Arbatel. But the Miracles of that Branch were wor-
. thy corifideration, as alio the thing found by the great fymparhie which there is be*'
precious Mettals; for when it is gathered with the Ceremonies and
finlecreafure ol>fcrvacioos requifite, as that It be gathered in the Summer foiftree, and be a fprig
difcoTcrcd, of one year, forked gathered with cl^anhncfs, there is difeovered an effedof the
fecret Sciences. Therefore let himotJrer who hath in the Hand the G, or an
which tefembles the Rod,affure himfelf that he fhall finde fomething precious in the
earth. I will fo far digrefs, as^ toinflrud the Reader how to gather, and make ufc
of the Wand, that 1 may not leave any curioficy unfathfied; and after this inftru-
ftion, I fhall purfue our Sacred Letters, and their fignifications.
It muff be gathered oft a certain day of the Summer folftice, and muft be chofen
the Kod?f or in the form of a T. which is I. among the greeks. It muft be t
CoYilim/mey. clean Hafell, and red for it is to be noted, that when the Sun is encred Cancer, the
Woods and Plants in our Climate have more force then in other Seafons: It being
gathered Aftroiogicaliy, when thou wouldft make ufc of it, hang ac the forked end
a piece of what metcal you will, and let it be made faft at the end of a little cord;
take the two ends of the fork in both your hands, and holdicftedfaft towards the
Skie, and the other end towards the earth; and in this manner, when yoii are in a
place with defign to finde fomewhat hidden, be it gold, filver or ocher mettal, if
that which is in the earth be more noble then that which is made faft to your Wand,
that on the Wand will bend towards its lupeiiour, as. acknowledging inferiority;
then in the place where the inclination fhall be, is the Mineral ot Mettal, but all thi^
happens more likely to him chat hath this Cekftial V. appertaining to or (7.
in the hand necr the Sun.
The letters He that hath the of Cancer, under the middle finger, in the enclofure of Ve^
of Cm&* ms girdle, is extreamly fordid and filthy wanton. If that of Capricorn be in ibac
place, and chat Saturn be Alfridary, and Chronocrator, there arc great vices hidden
in the foul of that man; he fhall come to dilgrace and be fhunned of all honeft com¬
panies, and look'd on as an infamous petfon. But If that of Cancer be neer the
Table Line towards the Mount of the Sun, itfignifies great riches and pofftflions,
the greateft part whereof fhall be obtained by unlawful! and difhoncft ways. Un¬
der the Mount of it lignifies honours rccewed from Princes and great Per-’*
fpns; if icbetluicojt Capficoru, it will be the contrary j-but if there be the {f. of
fc , (Capricorn
 C . H; I R. ;0 M A N C Y.
*7
Capricor»bf:\wgmg to the branches of the Line of Life^ it fignifies the ravishing of
a Maid, great lechery; if be a woman that hath it, (he is not to be thought chafte
defirous of many men,^iever wearied with the Aa, but feeking outiall forts of un-
cleannefs, though Ihe appear much given to Religion. f ‘ '
Heorfliewholhallhavethci. of ^ in tbe timt under the,Tl.eLmc«
Mount, on the Ring- finger,, may be affured of abundance of riches, and that all apFopriated
things Oiall prosper with the.m according to their defire ;Syhcn it is-Ofiental • but if
it be to wards the wrift, which is the Weft ; it promifeth nothing but mftfortunes de
bates, fuits,(parrels,and.othcrafSiaions. ^ -^^*oicunes^^^^^
. If this • which is that of ^^ond houfe ofr;/^;?/s#jj be at the top'of the
Line of [-ife, neer the mount of Venus ^ \i fignifies Adultery , Marriage followed Letters
with miferics, asieabufc poverty, and the begetring of many natumfchildren. S"^
whereof the m(;)fttpart (hall be imperfea in their Members. If it beJn thewrift ad^i
vancing without the thumb, it denotes unclean love,as Incefts, Sodomies and agaihft
Nature; if it^ be m the time of the Alf^id^ry of an.d beiathe middle of
the thumb^. «(ignifies great Fornication, infinite luftfulnefs, andabeaftly filchineftf
i^that aaion .* briefly, it cannot be good as to any thing that depends of Vent^s. But'
If It be on the little finger,Its good enough, it denoces^Subtilty, - Wifdonn Oecono-
my; and he that hath it is able to govern the affairs of a Monarchy; and. if a Kinsl
or Prince hath it, he is able to fubjed to.hjs Laws the, whole World; ihe;i$ringenious
ftout, couragious, valiant, and redoubted of his enemies ; nay all hts adiOns are MiJl
racks, and excraordinaty. AcertainRabbifays, thatit wasfoin the.hand'of Mo.
fesmdqideon. If it be under the Ring-finger it is inditferent: it is good under
piter, ill neer Saturn j and in the plain of UiUrs and, the mount Of tht Moon it fig-i
nifies gteat fiekneifes. ' v i-- °
If the J.«f Sc^pio be towards the triangle of the Litie of life, and the Table The letters
Line, and that under that there be two little triangles.; he that hath it mav affure
bimfelf he will be vidorious in all Combats and Duels: tis buthis mark rLr rh/»fig-
good and ftout Souldier may be difeovered. If this .y. be in the otherTriangle to
wards the wrift, it denotes little courage, a quarrelfom perfon,yct al'ways beaten*
it IS commonly found in the Meridionals, for which reafon it is ill; towards th^i'
mounts of the^(^(;» It is nothing worth; the People of .the Climate are indeed-
audacious,boafters, proud, arrogant, but in affairs of confequence,Cowards and
pufillanimous, having a majeiyck garb, but comes to nothing.
If theLetierof Sagktary, which hath that form S, ^ beon the Line of Life
and that Jupiter be Alfridary, it fignifies a happy life,accompanied with all forts of of
pl«fur«, of . good length end much heahh, without any infirmity. If it be on the SSS
mount of the faid Jupiter, it denotes the fame felicity. But being on any thina at '
tribnted to b . it will be quite contrary. The fame upon what belongs to the M<,o»
and Mercury j but being on the Mount ol the Sm,k denotes great riches bellowed
by tome Prince, as alto great dignities both as to the Military and Civil Affairs of
that Prince, with a peefeaion of all happinefs and content, in the Government of
a Cuy, Country or Province. If it be m the plain of Off are. it denotes all forts of
yiaoiies.and that all his aaions are acceptable to his Prince or Principalities where ■
he lives.
In lite manner, if the <7. of Pi/cer be in the fame places, ic fignifies the fameTCe Letters
thing. <?/«/being the fccondHoufe of f«p„er. So rauchforthefe three Sacred of piAr"
Letters, but if the which we attribute in Ceomaacy to ‘Pue/U and Pop^lm be in
thofe places, it will be quite contrary; for it is altogether evil; the form of it is be¬
fore. The /{. of Rubern ii z\fo \\\y and portends no good, if it be not on fomewhac
appertaining to
F. and .1^ of Fermna Major, mcvttjvibm good; on the contrary, thofe The Let,e«
of Fmuna Mtnw%it everywhere ill,whetheric be as to Lovc,Honours,Riches,&:c. of ■F ortuna
In like manner the C» of Cauda Draconis^ Chiromancy 3S Geomancy con
rradids all, and is inimical and prejudicial to all things, which let it be obferved fo^
conclufion of the fignifications of our Letters.
But before I conclude this Chapter, having divers times fpoken of Alfridanes I .y
will inform the ftudions Reader what it is; for iris neceffaryfot thofc4at would Sewr"'
■ leatn
 Chiromancy.

\ttxTi^flrohgyXhiromancj,l^hyftoinomy, Geomtincj, &c, AlfridarjotFridary, is

that which the call ^ which is a certain time or namber of years
of the Planet, Lord of the Nativity, who in thofe years difpenfeshis benevolence
or malignity according to his nature. It is to be obferved, that each of the Planets
hath his one after another, with a number of years during which they
govern us. It is further to be noted, that in all Diurnal Nativities, the Sun begins
the firft Alfridary, and hath ten years of Government; Venw fucceeds, who hath
eight years of Alfridary. Then Mercury ; fo the reft of the Planets according to
their Orbes: Thofe that are boro in the night have their firft Alfridarick years from
the which are nine, arc followed by thofe of b : All the years of
riex are 75. V/*. thCtS'irw 10. the Moon 9- b II* Y la, cT 7* 5 8. 5 tj.
Caput.Dr4.^> CaudaDra.i. Thefe two laft have their Alfridarick^ years fepara-
tcd from the others; and they are they that exceed 70. which as they are not refer¬
red to any figns, fo are they weak and feeble, for they do not enter the Alfrida-
number, till after the feven Planets, when they have accompbfbed thejr 70,
years, when the party is 7a. years old. They have no proximity nor focicty with
any of the Planets, nor they with them , nor have they any hou(« attributed to
them as to matter of fignification. We (ball treat of them elfewherc j this (hall
fuffice for this Chapter,for the ioftruSion of the Lovers of Chiromancy.
For the benefit of the ftudious I will affix inAlfridary Table, for the demon-
ftration of the former Rules,
.The Planetsin this Domination are by the A Syrians and called Domi^
nos Alfridaricos vel Fridaricos, by the Greeks Decenniorum Dominos j but we call
them Septimorum Dominos, as ruling feven years joyntly with the other Planets; for
every Planet hath a certain,determinate, fet, definitive period of time, wherein he
hath the prerogative of Rule with othirs, and alfo claimethby priviledgethe fe-
venthparcof the time to himfelf: Asiorexample^ the in a Diurnal Nativity,
governs the firft ten years of the life of the Native, with the participation of the
other planets J yet the Sun claims the foie domination of the (eyenth part of that
time, which is one year, five moneths, and four days, after which time the other Pla¬
nets fucceffively have their Alfridarian power with the Sun, as is vifibly demonftra-
ted in the following Table.

Two

1
 \

- - _■ -> „ , ^

C H I R O M A N C y.

Two ^niyer[cA Fridarj TABLES fcrving for

the Nativities of all Men. .
This is the Guhernation of the D ] and the other
This is for a diurnal Nativity^ “Tlanets, as they are Alfridaries, for a Nom
ginning with the @. ^fsrnal Nativity^

Teers. Days, Teers, Days, Days.

I
I
o 1 i?6 T? 41 208 D
2f
104 40 156
o 2 z 313 T? n 43 5^ D , Tj 2O8
1G 2 41 313
o 2 4 104 T? s 44 260 » 5 313 G 2 43 104
o (L 260 T? G 46 104 D 5 5a Qf D 44 260
o T? 7 D G 6 156 & 46
f? 2 47 1^3 . T? 5a
o % 8 208 T? 2 49 156 D 2
7 260 0 ■ % 47 208
o S lO 0 T? ' D 51 0 D 2 9 0 0 .$ 49 i
IX V to 2o8 ^
2 52- T? 2 50 1 5a
12 104 156 12
2 2 $ 54 T? 5a 2' ■ 2 51 1104
1 j
D ij6 G 56 13 260
2 5a / T? 2 * ■ D 5a 1156
2 T? 14 208 2 57 3»3 1? 0 15 104 208
53
2 V' iS 260 V' 2 59 208 2 16
T? 3^3 2-- lA 54 260
16 104 18 ■--
2 $ 313 ¥ D 61 T? ■ 2 156 2 55
2 G 18 0 T? 6z 0 D 20 0
T? 2 G 57 0
1 64 0 21
2 313 260 2 ■ 58 31?
2 D 21 260 S G 0 ¥ ^3 156 60 260
2' T? 208 $ 2 66 0 . /
■■ 1- ■
¥ - G ^5 5a 2=' h 62 208
2 15^ $ 2 67 0 ■3f 2 •26 313 64 156-'
2
2 S 21 104 $ D 68 0 i ' 2
28 208 2 $ ^6 104
2 o 29 52. $ ■h 69 0 D 30 104 ■is G 68
---
5a
2
5
2 ! 0
104
$ 70 0
0
lA L 3^ 0
y
2^ 70 1 0
3^ 1 a 73 $ 1 53 0 a 73 0
D 208 ‘tS 0 G
T?1 3? 75 $ 34 0 If 74 0
D 34 313 0 76 ij6 $ 2 35 0 76 104
D . $ 3^ 5a 0 2' 77 3»3 2 3^ 0 > b, 77 208
» o 37 156 0 2 79 , 104 D 37 0 > ia' 78 3t3'
D 2| 38 260 G D 80 260 1? 58 1 0 80 a5
D 2' 40 0 G T? 82 5a lA 39 ' 81
0 G 260

/
 ZO Chi R O M A N C Y.

Wherein thefe\)en Tlanets, and twelve Signs ofthe ^

Zodiackjtre necejfary in Chiromancy.

Efore I advance any further to refolve this queftion, and to inftrufl the
covetous of this Science, I would fatisfie the Learned, and make a lit^-
tie digreflion concerning the Planets and Signs of the Zodiack, and
(hew how Antiquity hath difpofed them, and accommodated their in¬
fluences to the Sciences, Arts, and dilpofitions or Bodies, The Jews,
from whom we have our Faith and Creed, and are our elder brethren, both
as to the knowledge and'.worlhipofthe true God, have from the beginning accom¬
modated the feven Planets to their dayes. But fince time brought diverfity and cor¬
ruption into their Religion, fince that time have they the more exalted thrfe Planets,
and addrc(Ted themielvee cothe Greeks, who wcie ihc fiifl. that Knew their fotces
and influences moft fully, and who have given them their names. The Compofersof
the Talmud in the firft part, called The order of Semences„ in the fixth Trcatife called
n’DiatS? P1DDD (Jl^i^Jfechet Schehomith, that is tO fay , The Treatife of Seven
have very much accommo'dated them to their Myfteries.Thc R.eAbraham Abenesunat
in his Commentary on tha t Book, Sy mbolifes the ten Sephiros of the Hebrews, and
the ten Sphears to the ten C'ommandments; the firft whereof Qiews the moft fimple
unity of the Father which is as it were the Bafe and Foundation of all.
Thus the pi- I am the Lord thy God» ^hich brought thee out of the Land of Sgypt, out of the houfe
ous intent of of Bondage, is referred to the L^enth immovable Sphear, as which fuftains the Throne
the Hebrews of God; Cesium fedes mea efl, terra fcabellum pedum meorum, Ifa. 66. who from
ceUc% bring *”Oves the prmurn mobit'e, and confequently all the reft. Gaudent omnes mo^
Into our me. ^ fa^h S.Denis in bis iHierarchy, fpeaking of the Intelligences,which being
mory, and to moved, move the Sphears and Cefeftial Bodies over which they piefide : fo thac
fet before our Trifmegiftus defined God to be a Circle, whole Centre is every where, and Circum-
thereb\?o^im’ where, becaufe he is particularly reprefented by thefe two’Notes ('even
print in us '
according to the Rabbies themfelves in their ) which are lo. i. without
true piety, as the Cypher is one, which is an indtvifible point, where the Centre is every where •
alfo the Com' for there is no number where there is not an unite, in fo much as al] partake of it,*
Se riTof'*’ nothingelfe but a colledion of unites filed together; and the o. or Cypher]
duty, that tomd, in form of a Circle,is faid to be in no place, becaufe of it felf it makes
might not for. nothing, for which reafon it is referred to the Enfoph, not finite, or infinite,
getourobc- The fecond Commandment : Thoujhalt not make to thy felf any graven Image^
nor the likynefs of any thing in the Heaven above, or Earth beneath^ or in the Water un¬
der the Earth, for to v^orjbip it; ((torn the v/oxdTefel) relates to the ninth Sphear,
and primum mobile, which moves and promotes all under it in 24 hours j and to the
Son, who is the firft motion of all things, proceeding from the immovable Father •
To this purpofe I remember what Boetius faith. ’

Terr arum coeli^ fat or ^ <jui tempus ab avo

Irejubesfabilif^ manens dot cunSla moveri.

The which Son hath baniftied and extirpated all the Idolatries of the world there
where his Gofpel hath been received and preached. *
The third Commandment .* Thou (halt not take the name of the Lord thy god in
vain, for the Lord will not hold himguiltlefs that taketh his name in vain.; to the eighth
Sphear, where are all the fixed Stars, and the Zodiack, with the twelve Sigus, which
concern our Science; befides there are the 48 principal figured Stars, as may be feen
in Hjginus^ and divers other Aftrologers.
The
 c HlROMANGt; ZI
The Fourth Commandment, Rememhr that thou keep holy the Sabbath-day^ to the
- Spheatofi’4r«r»fwhichisreprefentedto us by the middle finger ) which Sphear
or Planet is unfortunate, malignant and hurtful!. Whence judged that nothing
ought to be undertaken or done on that day, but reft, and be difpofed for divine fer-
vice; becaufe he governs the firft hour of Saturnsday j as Mars doth at the laft *
who alfo is pernicious as to his part; and that is not found in any of the other days j
for which reafon the ^oar,wd other Cabbaliftsconclude that cvill fpirits have more
power to hurt in the fourth and feventh nights,wherein theife two Planets govern,
then in the other nights of the vveek.
,
The Fifth , Honor thy Rather and ^Mother that thy dayes may be long in the Land,
cfrc. is attributed to the Sphear of Jupiter, which is a benevolent Planer, and repre-
fents Peace, Love, Piety and Clemency ; as doth the Sphear of numeration , Chafed,
and the Divine name which is attributed to him.
The Sixth, Thou [halt do no nmrthery is attributed to Mars, the God of Wat and
Murthers.
The Seventh, Thou [halt not oofhhsit Adult ery^ to according to the Brack-
manezxid Cjjmmfophijls^ becaufe fhe anfwers to the numeration Nefach, or Viflory,
to reprekne unto us the viffory which we (hould have over our Concupifcences.
The Eighth, Thou [halt not flea^, is attributed to the who ravilhes and fteals
away from ail the other ftais their light and elcamefs , which he estinguiflies and
darkens.
The Ninth, Thou [halt not bear falfe witnefs againjl thy neighbour [\s to
Mercury, the Patron of all fubtilty, craft, cheating, cozening, deceit and fraud.
The Tenth , Thou [halt not covet thy neighbours'^ife, nor bis hou[e, fervant, beafi^
or any thing that is his^ is referred to the Moon^ tte lowelt of all the celeftial bodies,
as Coveteonfnefs is the loweft and moft abjedi Paftion of our fouls, and which dc-
bafethusmoft. Somuchfer the Jews.
As for our Theology, The feven Planets are tccommodated to the feven Candle-
fticks in the Revelation. And this Dofirine comes from Rupert and S.Cyprian in his
Sermon on TentecofifViho learnedly moralizes on the number feven,with much more
enlargement j fo much for our Evangelical Theologie; He that would fee fomewhat
rare on the feptenary, let him confider what H. Agrippa hath written of it in the
fecond book of his Occult Philofophy, which is now in Englifh, where finifhing his
Difeourfe, he faith, Deni^ hie numerus & in bono ^ in malo omnium ejlpotentiffimus\
and Linus an ancient Latine Poet faid of this Number,
■ Let not the
Septima cum venit lux cunEla abfolvere ccepit, Judgements
Omnipotents Pater, atj^ bonis eflfeptima; ipfd of Chaldeans ,
Arabians, A([y»
E(l etiam rerum cunUarum feptima origo,
nans or Magi
;
Septima prima eadem perfedla & feptima[eptem, found harlh M
XJnde etiam Coelum[iellis errantibus ahum - the ears of any
Volvitur circlis totidem circum undi^fertur. one, for the
Church of
God is much
The Egyptians, Arabians^ Magi and Chaldeans in their occult Sciences, have at¬ beholding to
tributed to them, Angels, Intelligences, and Numbers, both to the Planets and Signs them, for their
of the Zodiack. Let us fee how they are accommodated to the Sciences. In Logick, excellent
the ten Celiftia! Sphears are appropriated to the ten Categories, or Predicaments, Comments,
and Readings
which are thus accommodated j the ElTence to the immovable Sphear; Subftance on the Seri,
to the primum mobile: Quality to the eighth; Quantity to Saturn : Relation to Ju¬ pture, to this
piter ; Situation to Mars: Aiftion to thtSun-. Paifion to Venus: Habit to ^Mercury: day, as witnefs
and the other predicaments, which concern all, contained under the concavity of the the chalde Pa-
raphrafe,the
Moon, are related to her. And thus thofe Predicaments are accommodated to the Syriacli, and
Heavens and Planets. As lor Mufick, the Tones and Voyces, they are alfo attributed Arabian Read¬
to them; and for that appropriation, you have it in thefe verfes, taken out of Galliad, ings likewife,
or the revolution of the Arts and Sciences of the learned Guy de Feure of Bodery. which the
Learned well'
know.

THE
 2Z HIROMANCY,

T H E courfe of the Voice^ continuance of the Ajjre

By marches and degrees k^eps its careere
The Spherical Till "t come to Seven; there (fod '^ho doth this all
Harmony of Eijpofe, hath ordered that it then foouldfall
Muljck, Into it felf and reji. But thofe of old
' Have not th'opinion, for the) hold,
. That as there are feven voices in the shie.
They thought that to the Sphear o/Saturn high
The great anddeepefi note, as the low efi Ut
Were due ; Re higher to the next Sphear; But
W The Jhriller Mi mufl take the happy chance
Of Mars’s Sphear,the Fa that doth advance,
Phcebus doth challenge, '^ho makes bis daily round^
But becaufe Venus Mercury are found
F erfebl in the fame time, and almofi the fame dayes^
Some thought that Sol doth there renew hislayesy
That in the fame unifon it might revie,
And that the La which is of all mo (I high,
tJffigbtrejf enctojed in the Lunar Skie,

'Alchlmy hath "Akhimy hath alfo a (hare here, for the feven principal Metals of that Science, are
its relation to attributed to the feven Planets j as Lead to Saturn, Brafs to Jupiter, Iron to Man^
the Planets. Gold to the Sun, Copper to Venus, Quickfilver to ^Mercury, Silver to the Moon ;
and from the Charafters of the Planets,they derive their fecret writings. The Abbot
Trithemius in his Polygraphie, fife Book, makes of them his moft hidden fecrets.
Mofes himfelf ordained among the other Ceremonies, that a Candleftick fhould be
made of molten Gold, of the weight of an hundred Mines which was according to
the Hebrews 70 Cinchares. And Mofes had it compofed fas Jofephus faithj accord¬
ing to Mathematitians,vi\\(i divide the Planets and the Sun, to have 7 Branches
feparate. NumaPompilius Saltan VneAsm the honour of Marsi
they carryed on their Feaft day every one a Buckler, one of the twelve they faid was
beBowed from Heaven, He had alfo feven Flament, all which were inftituted in imi¬
tation of the Hebrews. But to end this digreflion, let us fee how the Anatomifts acJ
commodate them to the members of the Body, conforming themfelves to the Aftro-
logers. ' ' ' ~ ^

See
 G n l IRj Q H A N Q Y

See here the figure pf theitCorrefppnd^ncie,

According to fomc Aftrologers.

* The feven Planets.

0 The Suune^ CThe Head,
j) The Mean \ \ The right c/frm.
2 Venus j \ The left ^rm.
% Jupiter iV \The Stomach,
(f Mars \ \TheGemtals.
5 Mercurj \ \ The right Foote ,
Tj Saturn J \The left Foot.

)r according to the Circles of Agriffa^ Mars the Head, Venm the right Arm,
liter thedeft, the Smthe: Stomach, which is the Center of Mans Body,, the Moon
Genitals, Mercury the right Foot, Saturn the left.
 Chi R o MANC
14-

The Domination of the twelve Signs.

Y' tAries Th^ Head,

Taurtts The Neck-
II Gemini The ^rms and Shoulders,
’ •' s Cancer The Breafi and Heart,
Si Leo The Orifice of the Stomackt
' lyt Virgo iTheBelij,
Libra The Reins and Buttocks-
nt Scorpio The Privy parts.
^ Sagitarim The Thighs*
1^* Capricorn The Knees,
^ yjcjtiarius j The Legs,
K Pifces J [The Feet,

Chjromancie and PhjJiognomie exceed all thefe Sciences; for the one comprehends
all thisin thecompafsof the Hand, the other of the Face; therefore to come to
the propoficion i if it flioulUbc asKcJ, Wliciclu ait, the feven Planets and tWeltC
Signs of the Zodiack^ neceffary in this Science ? We fliall tell them that they are the
principal parts of it; for by the fituation and sffignation of places to them in the
Hand or Face, we difeover the Fortunes or Misfortunes which may happen, both as
to Life, Love, Riches, Military Exploits, Sciences and Arts, unro Traffick and Com¬
merce, Marriage, and other Accidents to which this life is Tributary. It may be al-
fo known when that will happen, and in what Seafon or month j as for example,
it is to be noted, that when there rifes the form of a Star or half crofs on one of thefe
mounts if there he ««« of the rays of that ftar, or one of the lines of that half crofs
How to make reaching to one of the figns of the Zodiack.^ imagined by us in the Hand, deferibed
ufeof thezo- in the firft and fecond Figures, 'where this Line of the demy crofs, or ray of the
diacii imagin- reaches, is the month (fignified by the Sign) wherein the Fortune or Misfortune
cd In the hand .
The cafe is the fame as for what Fortune is denoted to us by the crofs or line alone,
^ or by a branchie line, not at the top, but at the lowcft extremity thereof, which An-
' * dreu^ CorvHs and Jndagine approve alfo. The Cardinal Alliaco, upon the death of
Julius Cafary telsusthat he was warned by a Mathematician, to beware
the Calends of Mars, feeing in his hand a demy-crofs rifen in the plain of U^lars^
r the extremity whereof reached to Aries, which we place near the Wrift, in the ri-
fing which is above it, reprefenting the month that depends of that Planet. He
rued the day of thofe Calends, for not having regarded the predidion of Spurina,
It is alfo to be obferved , that ifa ftar or demy-crofs rife on the mount of
whereof feme extremities reach towards Aries or Taurus, doubtlefs fomc misfor¬
tune through the love of Women will happen in thofe months to him that hath luch
a thing in his hand ; if they reach to other Signs, it will be in thofe months. If there
rife a line by it felf in the plain of Mars, teaching towards the mount of Venus in¬
to or Gmiw, it denotes avidory which the party (hall obtain for fome
Lady, whether in Duel, or otherwifej but if the line fall through the Mount of
Venus to Taurus: the Lady for whom the Combat is undertaken, is an Adulterefs,
and unconftant; This was obferved by of in the Combats between
MeneUmszxs^ Par is iox Helena. In like manner he that hath a line under the mount
' of Jupiter reaching to Qemini, Cancer, or Pifces; doubtlefs in the months of thofe
Signs, they ftiall receive honours near Kings and Princes, and thofe months are for- -
tunate to them. But ifinftead of a line there be a ftar or demy-crofs, it fignifies
misfortunes, and the dis-favour of great perfons, and lofs of honours. If upon the
mount of there be any of thefe marks, as a ftar or demy-crofs, extending to
, fll, or X J beware in thofe months fome ignominious death: upon the mount
of beware cheats and abufe through Upon that ofthc Sun take
heed of Richesj for if they look towards vy or IK and the lines are ftraight, reaching
towards
 Chiromancy.
i5
towards Venus, itfignifies a rich Marriage which (hall happen in the moncths gover¬
ned by thofe Signs, according to the courfe of the Sun. If on the mount of the
Moon there appear a ftar, whereof the rays reach towards V9 , beware in that
month a violent difeafe, and fome danger of death; if they reach towards which
is OSiolfer ; take heed of fome madnefs ; if towards ?::: which is fanaary, beware a
Melancholy not much diftant from defpair. Let him that hath fuch a ftar not venture
too much into the water. And this is it wherein the Signs of the Zodiack^ are necef- i-jie
fary in this Science, fortoobferveptecifely theTime, Seafon andMoneth wherein accidents: A
the Fortune or Misfortune may happen,;which is one of the moft confiderable key toopen
points that are to be known, and not opened by any before,to the end that be who ‘katLodg.
fhall be forewarned, may prevent the unhappinefs that (hall be portended to him by
thefe marks.

7a •srdp'TO. ct
’Ap^ni *V ’'AfKfjf, 8cc.

For to promife a facile and fimpleinftrudlion,and do the contrary,is to imitate that

Poet, who was fo obfeure that St. HiVro»^ingeniouflyconfeflesheunderftoodhim
not. ’ To avoid that fault, I will briefly, and nakedly fticwhowto proceed in this Which of the
Science. It might be demanded which of the hands is to be looked on for the lines Hands is to be
and Marks; it is truly anfwered, the left hand; though a man may look on both,fee- In
ing in the one the length of Life is known, and in the other Riches and Honour, as .
the wifeman fays. But the left hand is that wherein the Chiromancer ought to lay
the foundation of his predidions,as rekhing to the heart,and is governed byjand de¬
dicated to Jupiter* By this hand,faith Avicennu, and the thumb the Pbyfician (hould
Lnow theftate of his Patient; all the veins and lines of this Hand and Arm go to *
the moft noble parts of the Body, and particularly to the heart, which is the feat of
all defires, affeflions, and concupifcences,whence proceed all the concep'dons of ouc
adions. The Anatomifts, who have difeovered in mans Body 248. orgop. accord*^ -
ing to 105. and 5 20. Mnfcles, have divided and diftributed them into fe-
vens, in relation to the feven planets, and have attributed all of this Hand and
Atm, even to the Heart, to that Jovial Planet: And Galen gives the rcafon of it,
faying, that it is becaufe the Heart is the Magazine and Arfenal of Life, that ac¬
cording to its difpofition the other members arc governed; and that it gives greatee
demonftrations of the paftions in this Hand then in the other, as being neerer it.
Wherefore the Chiromancer muft by all means draw his judgements from the hand,
which he muft Axedly look on, and obferve the difpofleion of the Lines, their poft*
tion, accidents and colours,though he may withall look on the right hand, and Spe¬
cially the Wrift, which is the place of life, and whence maybe known the years,
and the difeafes which may happen, and in that Hand thou needeft not look for any
thing elfe. Only before thy infpedion obferve the temper, and conftitution of the
body at that time ; as negatively, that the body be not defatigated with over much
adion; for adlion through heat draweth the blood from its due Centre unto the
Ciicumfeience, and excream parts of the body, and fo by extenuation the natural
E heae
 z6 C hiromancy.
Tke conftitu- exhaufted; be cautious alfo of the Callm brawny condition of the hand, ac¬
tion of the tfa^ed by labour or othcrwifej for this clouds the Lines, and makes them not per-
body is to be ceptible j forbear to obferve the hands of Children under four years of age, or acn
obferved. cording to others, fix years, forafmuch as that time being governed by the the
fubftance of the body is fluid , unpercepcible, uncertain, and apt to receive divers
' and various forms, by reafon the temperament and coofliintion is much fubjeft to al¬
ters it is not fafe to judge when the body is fafting,nor when it abounds with glutto-
' ny and drunkennefe; and when it is overcoyled with labour, you are likcwife to for-
^ bear; your judgement fayls, when either the party judging,or judgedjs diftempered
'through Lears, Paflion, infirmity, overmuch Joy, excefs offorrow, wrath and fury ,
and the excefs of re»«iifor in thefe cafes the body is alterable, and receives a difor-
dered impreflion, therefore oblerve a fit temperament, and you may fafely conclude
your Judgement.

Chap. VII.
V-'^' ' ^ . • ...
».

Jim tpe may kyio'pp the day of our J\(jtivity^ by the

draughts and Lines of our Hands, our tempera¬
ments^ and vehom w rfemhle, and horse more ofthe
Humour ofFather or fTsi other.

Aving difeourfed of the choyce of the Hand, we will add this Chap¬
ter, by tho) Hand rto know the dayes of the Nativity, andtem-
perament, and to tell what is mofl: to be obferved in the eleflion
oftheHands. But to difpatch the firft head of the Chapter, When
thou wouldft know the nativity of fome one,cake the Hand where-
in thou findeft the Lines are moft fair,clear,and diftind j above all
^ ^ "'4hou mud confider the middle natural Line, (which begins at the root of that oflifcij
How the time J whether there be fome crofs, Qr,,oth.er line, draught or cut, and
of a Nativity what part of the hand they bend towards; for if the Line ends near the mnnnr nf
may be known (JlLoon^ and that there be a crolsjdoubclefs the party was born the tenth day of June
by the hand, ^ Mmdaj ; if there be two erodes, it was on a CMundaj the twentieth day of
thefaid moneth of foofthe other numbers according to the branches.^-The
moft are three crolTes, and a line to denote the number of the dayes of that moneth,
which are thirty. If the Line end in the Plain of CMats^ the party is born in March]
or OMer, on a Tuefday j you muft obferve the ctoffesand lines, as they have been
called before. If it end towards the mount of Mercury , the parries are born on a
^ednefdaji in the moficths of May or Hugufl, If it ends under the mount of
it is on iThurfday in November ot February. This middle line fayling towards the*
mount of Venue^ the nativity is on a Friday, in iApriloi September, and there are
erodes and other lines to the number of the dayes of the faid moneths. If the Line
fayl towards the mount of Saturn^ it denotes the nativity on a Saturday, in the
moneth of December and January. If it fails at the mount of the Sun, it is on Sunday,
in the moneth of
But feeing five Planets have each of them two Houfes, and confequently two
moneths, it may be asked, how it may be known in which of the two the party is
born ? '
I anfwer. That that muft be known by the colour of the Line^ for if it be fak,and
well coloured, it denotes the perfon born in the firft houfe of moneth; if pale, oc
Qlive coli^ured, in the fccond. As for example, if the middle line of life ends under
the

I
 * 1 I ■■■■■' I i I . _■■■■- .. .,1 ■■ ..11 ■ ■ f

CniROMANCt. Z7

the mount oiVenui.^nA be fair,the party is born in Aprils if difcoloured and Leady,
it is in September, the fecond Houfe ; fo of the reft ; except thofe that are born un¬
der the Aloon and Sun, for they have that Line alwayes fair. That is not all, but he
that would find out a nativity cxadly , muft do it by that way Which is very certain
and infallible, that he may know the age and the hour 5 which two things cannot fo
certainly by known by the Hand, though the fitft haply may by the Wrift, but not
fo affuredly as by the Phyfiognomy; for thefe two obfetvations depend,one of Me-
and the other of as I (ball fhew anon j but as for the Wrift,
the Lines fignifie thirties of years; but as our age goes on, thefe lines go out * and if
thefirftcutor line be half out, it denotes fifteen years expired ; if the fecond be fo, The fianifica-
it is twenty nine, fo more or lefs; but this is not certain,and depends on obfervation; btion V the
and there is required much exafttiefsin thefe things by the other Sciences, which arc Lines of the
moreaffured.
Firft, we fay that the hour is known by the eyes, which none before me hath fo The hour of
fully and truly fought after, which yet tflay be eafily known of all. I. Bap. Porta, in birth is know
his the third Book, hath faidffomewhat of ir, but not come near the by the eyes,
truth; nolc hath he beftowed that curiofity in it as I have. For it is to be noted, that ^
he that is born diredfty at midnight, hath his eyes all black ^ at one of the Clock in a
manner all one, unlefs it be a little more (hining : at two arid three it begins to in¬
cline to an Olive colour, and black about theiAppIe ; at four and five they arc white
in what enclofes the Apple; and for the Apple it felf, it is of a whitifli blew; at fix
and feven the Apple is half blew, and all about wall-coloured ; at eight and nine the
circuit of the Centre of the Apple is blew, and the Centre of divers colours 5 at ten
and q|even they are all blew, With fome little rriarks; at twelve they begin to be
green; at one and two they are half blew, arid half greeri; sit three and four they
are of a pale green; at five and fix they are green and black at the centre of the Ap¬
ple ; at feven and eight they are of the colour of a Cats eyes; sit nine and ten they
are of the fame colour, but they have red Ipots j at eleven they are red and black. By
thefe colours well obfetved, may be certainly known the hour and minute of the Na¬
tivity. As for the Age, it is feen in the forehead, which is the principal and only place How the age
of (^Petopo/copj; upon the Lines which appear are the Ages, and on the firft years of man or wo-
there appears but to feven years, where upon the left fide, the Ear coming to the man is known
Temples,there is a little Line which denotes that age j and if it afeend bn the fore-
head, it is between ten and twelve years * if it feem to cut through the forehead, and *
be fomewhat apparent, it fpeaks twenty five years, and according to its length are
gueflfed the years under twenty five. It there be a third, it denotes thirty years, and
according to its length are judged the years. If three, they fignifie forty, fifty,
fixty years, provided that with the three there be half a fourth ; if there be to five, of years fignL
it is feventy years; if they exceed five, they are according to the Alfridaries, vvhich' fied by the
are not certainly known, unlefs it be at the extremities of the eyes, where you muft Lines,
reckon fo many twenty years as there are Lines. Yet commonly thefe Lin6s appear
not in young folk, and cfpecially in maids and women, unlefs it be when they are an¬
gry, or laugh, a thing worth the obferving j and thofe who are curious to know their
Age, may take notice of it.
So much for that part of infttu6lion ; we come now to the fecond head of this
Chapter, which is. To know by the Litres of the Hand,oi what temperament or com¬
plexion any body is. , The complc-
In the firft place it is to be noted, that this knowledge depends wholly of the.X/»^ and tem-
of -Ls/f, ofitsgreatnefs, breadth, and colour; Iftheperfon be Cholerick, this vein
or line is ruddy and broad ; aj for the other parts whereby vVe might know the com- knownby the
plexion,we fhall difcourfeof them in the Treatife of Pbyfiognomjjotc^yxft thofe parts lines of the
depend on that Science. The Sanguine perfon hath that Line of a moderate breadth', hands, and
hath many branches at the extremity, between the mounts of Jupiter and Venus j as
for the colour, it is very Red and Citron. Thofe of a Phlegiriatick complexion, have
the Line narrow, long, and of a pale colour. The Melancholickhave it fhortand
broad, and of a pale and leady colour, having the face alfo of the fame colour, and
eafieco be dilcovered. Now by thefe fame Lines we may knovy whom the party fe.
fcmbles, whether Father or Mother; for when we would fay fomewhat to him that
E'a defires
^r

z8’ C H I R O M A N C Y.

defircs to know any thing, we ought in the firft place look on both his hands, and
choofe that which hath the Lines moll apparent and fair; if it be the right hand, the
party refembics the Father, and is of the fame temperament, and hath tL features of
To know by the face alike, and they differ not much in their geftures and aaions. It is to be noted
the Hand,
that the party is born in the day, and hath for Lord of his Nativity, fome mafculine
whether the
party refemble Planet, as T? Y cf or © ; and many times 5 is the caufe of the generation of
father or Mo¬ Hermaphrodites. If it happen that the Lines of the left hand are the faireft.we thence
ther. draw our judgementsi for as I have faid in the precedent Chapter, that is the hand
ought moft to be looked on, as to Riches, Honours, Loves, and Misfortunes, and the
ught for the length of Life. If then the Lines of the left hand are more fair, the par-
ty rcfemblesthe Mother, having the fameaaion and incIination,being of an hutnour
delicate, or fomething feminine, and for the male,more then ordinary^but as for the
undetftarvding,icisfufficitntlygood; as for the nativity, it is Noaumal, and the
CMeoK or Ferns are Ladies ol the nativity, and fometimes Mercury, which partici.
pates of the female nature, being with female Planets, and of the Mafculine with the
Mafculine; And if it happen that at the nativity of any one the afeendant be femi.
nine, as Virgo, and the domiratrix feminine, you may be certain the Lines of the lefc
band will be cxtreamly fair, and the temperament will be fanguine, and in that hand
there will be two croffes, at the extremity of the line of Fortune,towards the mount
of fupiter, and in the firft joynt of the Thumb, there is the form of an 0 But if it
happen the Lines ofboch hands be ofthe fame proportion, and equally beiutifull of
the fame colour, breadth and greatnefs, the party participates of the Father as to the
body, and features of the face 5 of the Mother, as to the humour and aualificatidns
How a Nati¬
ofthe mind : It may alfo happen, that at the break of day there maybeanatiXy
vity may be (which IS to be obferved; where the Lord of the nativity is mafculine and ^e a
known that is feendant fo too, and yet the right hand (ball not have the Lines any thin-r the fairer"
about break But the reafon of it is, that it retains fome what of the ndflurnal feminines • that i*
of the day. known by a double incifion on the mount of the Moon i you muft a ^
to the left hand of him that is fo born. And fo much (o/ tL tS
confider the changes of the Lines. * ciusnow

H A VIII.
Ofthechangingofthe Lines of the Hands, and thei,ir
Significations.

H-E Heavens and the Celeftial Bodies, and all that is fnblunarr
arc fubjea to change, and thefe laft change according to the muM
tion of ihofc Celcftial bodies; the experience of it is tiivial and
common j for the Analogic between the lefler bodies called
croofmc, and the great one called Meg^ofmu,, is fo ftrong that
the peat one feeling any alteration, the little ones feel it affo as
thofeparts Which the feven Planets .nvem ,.1_ • ^ lall^
^es, as I have fliewed before, in the harmony of thefe Celcftial bodies with the ani
and motions and fome chanl'
in their accidents, beauty, force and vertue : As when the Sun is eccliofed thf*
which isyetinthe Mine tumspale, and is as it were prepared
time; and It IS never foftroDg in colour and weight a« whpn rhr ^nn l-

oAt Ca 'n* "1^ In like manet the Silver, when the Moon is^ccclipfed k
not fo well coloured, but it very fair when (he is in Cswcc, her own Houfc The
Lunar

4
 Chiromancy. zp
Lm*r herb which is dedicated to her,is then in its force} and in tfaofe days may cer¬
tain operations and admirable Secrets be made of it. The water of it di-
ftilled ffr tAlemh. doth thofe effedls which the fimple think fupernatura!, as to
break Iron, make Philtres, written withall fo as may be read in the night,
and that at fome diftance, which is a Steganographick fccret. But when
thefe Celeftial Bodies are in their great ^yflfridaries , Gold and the other
mcttalsdepending of each Planet are multiplied, refined, and become moreperfedi
in one year of the faid Alfndaries then in fifty,when thefaid Planets tc whom they
are referred, are not Alfridarick nor govern the years; nay, according to the Solac
Cycle in the year wherein they govern, the bodies, plants, and trees grow, increafc
in beauty, and have more force then in other years j and when the Planets to whom
they relate change their domination, they alfo change their flowers, colours, beauty,
weight, and form; Therefore were the general Alfridaries of the world rightly
known and obferved, the way of judgement would be cleared in reference to fu¬
ture contingencies. In like manner we fee it happens to himiane Bodies according
to the motions and difpofitions of the Heavens, they change in colour, features,
force and difpofition, and efpecially the Lineaments of the Face and Hands ,• for
with the change of the Alfridaries there is a change in the Lines of the Hand, and in
the humors, and thefe Lines flourifh both as to colour and proportion,when the Al^
friiary is favourable to them, and that they depend of it. And it is obferved when
the Alfridarj of the Sun reigns, the Line of Life which anfwcrs cothe Heart, and is ^1*® Alfridu-^
referred to the Sunils fair, and encreafes in greatnels, quantity and variety ; and in pP
that time may be eafily known by it the fiekneflfes which may happen to the party, as tbeirrelated^*^
alfo the accidents which threaten him; its greatnefs diminifhech nothing ail that fubftance^.
time, but its colour may change; if it be pure, it is a fign of health; if red, of a
Fever; if it be clear, it is a fign of much fickpefs; if pale, it denotes fudden death}
if blue, a Plurifie, or other difeafe through corruption of blood. If in the time of
the cy^lfridarj there happen incifions, or lines that thwart it towards the plain of
CMars^ it notes quarrels with him that hath fuch Lines. When Mars is in Alfridary,
the party (hall be in danger of his life: by the branches which rife towards the wrift number ’
may be known the number of year?, and length of life; the plurality of branches of yeers and
fpeaks many years. If thefe I^ines bend toward? the mount of 2 ,they denote mif- length of life
fortunes in^ive. The Table Line is almofl: loft when Saturn is in tAlfridary; but known^How ?
when JufiterWm power,it comes to its perfe^ion, yea even when he is Lord of one
year according to the Solar Cycle. If it be divided in two, at this renewing,and that
one line reach unto, or be joyned to the Line of Life, and the other having bran¬
ches feparate the fore-finger from the middle finger, it fignifics a Fortune good
enough; but if there be two croftes, it is a fign of Honours and Riches,which will
happen in the of if thefaid crolfesdifappearprefently. If there be
ftars, or that any rife in that time, doubtlefs he or (he that hath the hand fo, fhall
receive fome mrsfortiine both as to Honour and Riches. If thofe Lines which fepa¬
rate the two fo'renarned fingers make a part of Venus girdle ("for that happens fome-
times) it denotes infamy, corporal and publick punilhment for Sodomy, Beftia-
lity, or other infamous, unclean, and ftiamefull Love. If towards the Ring-finger
there rife a Line, and that at the end of it there be a crofs, it denotes abundance of
Riches j but if one part of the crofs be forked,it fignifies Riches, but unjuftly acqui¬
red. If the fame thing happen under the little finger; or if there be a ftar at this
renewing, made by a Line iffuing out of that of life, it denotes the perfon given to A perfon apt
the fecret Sciences, and particularly to Alcbymj^ wherein if he playfalfe, Alchymy,
and the Laws of his Prince will take bold on him. If there be but three or four
Lines, the perfon will receive fome honour through thofe Sciences, but that he fhall
not much ftick to abufe the credulous. If the middle Natural Line, which begins in
that of Life neer the Wrift, and ends at the mount of the Moon, be thereto refer¬
red, it is loft in the of but in the other years of thtMoon^ it is
in its fplendor and beauty ; but in the Lunar years it is better coloured then in the
others; therefore in that thefignifications and demonftrations of it ought to be the
more obferved; for if it be pale and leady, there is a corruption of blood in the
perfon, and confequencly difeafes.
__. . —" .
_ . i , .■ „ , —___i ^ ^ __ _ ■ __ ,_
t
_

30 Chi r o mangy.
Vt'" Stotnack which begins towards the Wrift, and traver-
n Tabiebe plain of Mars, and ends at the Table Line, change in the Solar years,if it be.
foregoing apalc colour, itngnifics ficknefsand death. But wheh cMars comes to reign,
which fs very ^^6 recovers her Beauty, becaufe that at one of the ends of it,is the fierce feat of the
cafie^andth^n Choletick temperament,or the Seigneurjf of Mars. If when it recovers its beauty
wUI Aphorifms of the Chiromancers, it be ftraight, and end towards
fane ^ jhe extremity of the mount of the Moon, it denotes much health, a found brain, a
• quick fpirit, and a ftrong memory,and the fiomack well difpofed. If where it ends
it makes an angle with the Table- Line, it fignifies a cholerick and quarrelfom perfon^
who fhall have many enemies and envyers; but he fhall have the better of them ; if
How toob. j the plain of Ai^r/with the Line of Life, it make neer the wrift fomc* tri-
ferve the chan- angles or quadrangles, it denotes an impudent, malicious, foolifti and quarrelfom
ges of the perfon, who fliall have the worft in his quarrels; but if thefe Lines or Marks change
body. in the years of % ,be aftured that that humour will change, and the perfon become
honourable. If this Line renewing become deformedly cur, being not fo great as
requifite, it denotes the perfon will be fhortly Hepatick, his blood diftempered fhall
have obftruSions in the Liver, theDropfie, or Confumption. This Line being
cut in the midft of the plain of Mars\% afign of Combats and Quariels. bo much
for that Line.
As for the Wrift which ftiews the Age, it is referred to Saturn the Father of ma-
nyycars fas alfo to the which are commonly ptJ. becaufethe Wud refers to
. the mount of the Sun, and that from it commonly the Line of the Liver reaches to
• ,i the faid mount, we dedicate it to thefe two Planets, as alfoco Venus, becaule her
The terms of thount limits it on one fide, and becaufc thefe three Planets give many years. As Sa-
yeersherc turn 6^. Sun $6, Venus %i. The Lines of the Wrift change in the Alfridary oi
conffdered. fhefe three Planets. If in the Alfridary of T? there be no more renewed then a
Line and half, it fignifies the party will not live but 44. years; but if both be large,
itisjS. If two pafs over to the Solar years; tis45. bnt if the three Lines arc per-
fe6I, Tis 96. years, or if thefe Solar lines be ftender and pale recovering in the years
of Venus, it'fignifies 45 years ; if they arc clear and ruddy,82. If in the renewing,
the Lines are fair and lively, itisafignifieationof good health. If it happen that in
thefe lines of the Wrift, there be fome lines that cut them and go towards the plain
eA Mars, they threaten death by Arms; if they bend towards the Mount of the
Moon, they are ficknefles; if towards the mount of $ Lovedifeafes; if there be
any Tradls or Lines looking towards any of the Mounts, they have the fignification
of tholeMounts. Tisto be noted that every year under each mount according to
the dominion of the yearly Planets, that there arife Marks and Lines on every
mount ;a$in the year 1651. thofe that were favoured of Fortune, had under the
AgeneralRuIe (that year being governed by him) certain crofl'es, through which
worth noting, fign their honours did cncreafe; if they did fall into contempt, there were ftars and
lines, or half crofles.In the year 1(55 2. there will rife under the mount of $ , about
thefirftdays of that year, if they be favoured of Fortune and Love, the fame
marks that abovefaid, in that amorous Mount; if they be difgraced as to Love, ftars
will appear there ; but becaufc in the Biffextile Saturn governing her mount, if
there be ftars,they fignifie only poifons and afflidlions; if there are croffes or ftraight
lines, they are only afflidionsand mean Fortune. In theyear 1653. the tenth of
the Solar Cycle, the Sun being Lord ; if on the mount of the Ring-finger, there
arife, or there be a change of a ftar into a crofs, tis an infallible mark of Riches; if
there are only lines, it will be as before. In the year 1654. let thofe that are curi¬
ous beware their Chronocation. If the lMook , who is Lady of theyear, caufc
croflesto appear on thofe mounts, it is a fign of health; if ftars, they fignifie weak-
nefs of minde and folly; if they are fimple Lines, they are ordinary Difeafes. In
theyear 1655. wherein reigns; beware death or wounds; and to Kings the
Stgnsof death, ^<^1® Provinces, Kingdoms, Majefty and Glory,if they have ftars in the plain
of Mars. The Triangles, above towards the Table Line, fignifie Viftory; towards
the wrift, Lofs. By thofe years may be known the reft, according to their annual
Government; and the curious will confider it,as well in thofe.yearsas in the change
which is caufed by the revolution of the Stars, which govern the lnferiour Bodies,
There-
 c HIROMANCY.

Therefore I fliall conclude this Chapter of the change of thejLines with the words
of the Chiromancer fohn Taifner, who makes the Stars the Motive caufes of this
mutation. Cnjus mutationis caufa (fays hej efi varia variarum PUmarum
reSlio. All here below being Governed by them.

c HAP. IX.

Hoin to knonp the Dreams that Drimes and other

Derfons have Dreamedy if extraordinary ^ by the
Science of Chiromancy,thereto the Se^
cmr ^Geomancy. ■

HE HoJy Scripture mentions many and divers Dreams of

' tian.'Bahjlonian, and other Princes, and erpecially thole of '
2\[f^«cW»«^^r,wbich were as foon forgotten as Dreamed :
which was the rcafon (as we read in Dainiel) that the King
afferablcd all the Jfirologers, ,and thofe that profeflfed the Di-
vinative Sciences, for to reprefent unto him the Dreams
--— which he had forgotten; the which they knew not, becaufe
they were not expert enough in the feerct Sciences; for there was abundance of Ig-
norants (as we have in our days; that profelTed Divination in thofe times,as may be
feen in Hiftories from the time of Samttef\Nho made it common, nay debafed it to
the meaneft things. Thofe did not much Hudythe matter, but ^Daniel and not God
his Companions became perfed therein by their Afliduity, endeavouring to exceed
the reft and know all; whence it is faid, that they perfedJy knew all the Sciences of w f
the Chaldeans, and were ranked among the Aflrologers and Magitians,, as we’ read honoured thf
that t\i\s Baby Ionian King would have had them undergo the rigour of his Sentence as fame ; Daniel
well as the reft, for not being able to call his Dream into memory and interpret could not have
Which when Danielcimt to know, as alfo the Decree againft them, defired to fee
the King, which having done, he required fomc time to think of it. It is here to bf prorpelltv
noted that this fight was for to know his temperament, and the time for to invoke ^ ^ ' *
the Eternal, and to labour to know the whole by the Sciences. He alfo obferved This is proba-
theadionsof the King; and informed himfelf from Arioch the Captain pf thp ^"PPofe^
Guard, who was ordered for the execution of the Ma<^itians, what was tbegreat^ft
defire and affedfion of his Prince j this Captain told him, it was to know who flio'uld tion k no?aT
be his SuccelTors (which we may infer by thefe words of Daniel, who coming to tl^ an Article of
King, faid, Thj thoughts are lifted up) that fo he might know what fhould happen, ^aith^ but
&c. All this being known by him, he imployed the other children of the tranf
migration in the fearch, which being received by Revelation, and the Science he had ^oicThis^^'
acquired among the Chaldeans, he furpalTed in knowledge the moft exquifice of the People by tire
Aftrologers. Some Babbies hold that he came to know it by certain Figures of geo- means of Na-
mancy, and other fccret Lots, whereof he had acquired the perfection, by bis lei-
fure, ftudy, fobricty, and folitude. Among the ancient Rabbles, Btnezya\siAt\ pre- This was the
fumed to affirm that he lighted on the fixth houfe, which is the Cadenc houfe of the opinion of the
Weft Angle, wherein Dreams and their Interpretation are known, (farcer which is =*"ciem Kah.
referred to Pr/ce.;, which is referred to V, and wherein Saturn governs, fionifies^^^^^“'^^
according to the Geomancers, that the Dream is of fomething exttaordtnary,
and of terrible representation , and becaufe Saturn governs in that Houfe, on from God''
it denotes the Ages, T: being the father of the firft and other Ages. In the as the Text
 C H. I R OMAN C Y.

cighch houle was Cauda Braconit^ which denoted the Prince inclined to require
fecret things from the ty^firologers, CMagicians, and others. In the third houfe,
■Wherein are confidered the hands, and lineaments, and lines thereof, was Fc^ultu^
the firft houfe of Saturn, wherein fupiter governs, which fignified a long hand, the
lines red and pale, which denoted pride, ambition, curioficy as to the future; and all
joyned with the fecret Thurgick Revelations (for without them a man can do no¬
thing^ made Daniel judge of the extraordinary figure of that great Statue in that
terrible Dream. Saturn, becaufe of Topulm, made him fay it had the head of Gold;
Alhus reprefented the Silver of the breaft and arms, Lsitia the Brafsof the belly,
Triflitia the Iron; and the Clay of the legs and feet, was the fecond houfe of Saturn,
which is Aquarius. Fortuna major fignified the firfi, called the golden Age, as the
Greeks and Latines have reprefented it; called alfo the Government of Saturn; the
divers figure? which they draw thence, being found in the hands aforefaid : And thofe
figures being attributed to the Celcftial figns, reprefented a dreadfull vifion of a pro¬
digious extraordinary Statue, which could fignifie nothing but Kingdoms, and
Empires, which fhould be great and terrible for their Martial forces; whereof
iriie namesthat fhould be, and the Climates where they (bould rife, were unknown to
thofe Children ('though they had the afliftance of fupernarural Grace ) who were
not yet accomphfhed in the Aftrological fecrets; as 1 fhall fliew,that this knowledge
Prayer an^I might be attained, if we difpofe our felves laborioufly to ftudy chefe fptculatJons,
Holinefs of which have in them fomewhac Divine. Therefore 1 (hall conclude thishMtorical Nar¬
life, is a good ration with this Argument: "
Initiation to
fuch operati¬
If. thefe Children which were learned in the Afirological Sciences could difeovtr the
ons. 'Bream of Nebuchadnezar:y^»<j he that is verfed in the fame Sciences as thej'Jball attain
the fame knowledge :
Therefore, &C. , ^
This may be done by joyning Chiromancy to Geomancj, in this manner, which I
have done my felf for a Gentleman, at the requeft of fome of his friends; The Gen¬
/ 't.
tleman was difquieted about a Dream he had dreamed, dreadfull and unpleafing ;
which Dream he had fbrgotten, and the only remembrance of his oblivion gave him
A true ftory matter of affliftion and fear. My Proceed in the bufinefs was thus; I took the houc
according to of the queftibo, which being the hour of CMercury, I obferved ; that done,I ereded
Art accom- my Figure, drawing from my points and lines, a Mother; according to the true (jeo^
pliihed* mancy of (yerard of (fremone, there happened Topulus, which is referred to Capri¬
corn, and that fign to SatUrn, and is his fitft houfe ; In the fuccedent was ^Aquarius,
or Fortuna minor, which is the fecond houfe of Saturn; in the cadent Pifees,tL Car¬
eer One the Earth; Aries iAcquiftio,of Mars : the fucce¬
dent Taurus, Latitia, the houfe of Fenus > the cadent Gemini or Puer: In the Weft
Angle, f'ancer Alhus, the houfe of the Moon’, in the fuccedent Leo only houfe.
of the Sun’, the cadent Firgo ConjunElie ftcond houfe of (JMercury. In the South An¬
I gle, Libra PueUa to Venus; the fuccedent <iAmiffto, Scorpio Mars; the cadent Sagit.
tarius CaudaT)raconis, the houfe of Jupiter. This is the form of our Figure, accord¬
ing to Gerard of Cremone,iktt the fafhion of Aftrological Figures, wherein f'hriflo-
fher de Cattan was deceived in giving it another form, in the firlt Book of bis
mantj.

Tiui
 G H 1 ROM A N 9 33

I. 2. 3-
% vy MM*
K
■ 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 Q 0 0 0
0 0 0 a •
0 0 0 V 0

5- 6,

cf T 5 R
0 0 0

9
0

0 0 0
0 090 0
0

0
0

0 0

7* 8. P.

\ ..]) S 0 SI HK

0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 , 0
0 * 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
- »"
10. 11. 12.

Ul 'If ^
0 0 0 -
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0

1 0 0
0

-
®

This Figure thus erefted, I proceeded in judgement. In the firft place, coofi-
dering the third houfe, which relates to the Hands, Arms, and Humoars, which
Houfe being Cadent, fignifies things paft, and is the fecond Houfe of fttpiter, which
KPifces, and is referred to C4rrw, I judged that the faid Lord had the hands long,
lean, with the veins apparent, and confcquently was of Melancholick humour, be-
caufe alfo the Queftion was made on a mdnefdaj after three in the Afternoon, in
which hour SAtnrn governs; as alfo that in the firft Houfe,by the Lots of our points
there happened T>ofnlHs, the firft Houfe of Saturn^ which caufed ^at the faid Lord
was of a middle ftature, had a long and ftragling face, wrinkler in the forehead,*
and the veins indifferent, being 3 2. years of age or thereabouts; as for the Lines of
his Hands, they were fmall and pale. As for his Dream which he had forgotten, I
found that it muft needs be ill for two Reafons. The firft, becaufe I found in the
ninth Houfe, the Figure which is referred to Virgo xixQ fecond Houfe of
Mercury; and that in the eighth Houfe, fuccedent to the Occidental Angle, winch
fignifies things to come, as do the other fuccedent Houfes as well in eylfiroUgj as
CeofMney, there was Tm, the only Houle of the Sun i I judged that the Lord had
given credit to the vain words of fome flatterers, who promifed him Grandeurs and
Soveraigntiesby fome extraordinary wayes, and fo brought him to violent courfes,
by which means he had his imagination troubled with thofe foolifh proiflifes.
The fecond Rcafon is, becaufe the firft figns C>dpriccm and Aries in the firft and fe¬
cond houfe, gave me occafion to fay, that becaufe was in the houfe of
Dreams, our Dreamer in his Dream had feemingly carnal copulati^ with a womaoi,
^\xiPueU4 in the tenth houfe,which is the houfe of Dignities and Prindpaltties,&ewed
that the fruit of that Conjunflion was fome great aud ugly monfter, having but batf
ahead, one arm; proper enough as to his lower parts; but as be Chewed bimfelf in
a threatning pofture, this woman who had conceived it, and baought it forth j rifca
 ^ Cut R O M A N C Y.
rii . .. .. .

up againft it, kills it, and puts his father to a cruel flavery. I fay, becaufe of Career
in the third houfe, and Caudtt Dfftconis in the twelfth, that in this captivity there
was no fear of his life. All this Dream being revealed,my fignificationscame to pafs,
How Dreams which I need not put down here, Andfince,the Gentleman acknowledged thefe
forgotten may things which I had faid to one of his friends to be true; which was too late after he
be remembred had run through all the misfortunes that a perforr of his quality could.
You fee now how by thefe figures may be known the Dreams forgotten j yet
this is not for all ,nor for light and ordinary Dreams, but for the extraordinary,
which deferve the pains, as being fuch as by their vifions havecaufed fome terror to
the Dreamers, whether by the l^ht of fomc extraordinary and dreadfuil monfters,
©rftatues, living creatures, or apparitions,portents out of the courfeof nature, and
deformed Into fuch diverfity of faces and forms, and fuch monftrofity of bodies and
member?, as were the Dreams and Vifions of the Prophets, and others, as Empe¬
rors, Kings,Princes and great perfons,whereof we read in the ancient Hiftories. but
for more ample inftruaionfor their interpretation, I fliall give thefe Rules; which
carefully interpreted, you fhall, if you are curious, infallibly find the knowledge of
Dreams forgotten or not forgorten,and their fignifications.
I. As if in ihe ninth houle, by the means of the Lot of the four lines of the
Certain Rules Points which are referred to the four Elements, and to the four Angles of the earth,
tofind the fig- there be the figure and chara^er of Acc^uijitio, which is referred to Arles the firfi:
nification of houfe of ^<2rj,in the firlf houl'e there will be r^Wjthe^oufe of the . in the third
Dreams. ^^j|j Puella or Libra.xht fecond houfe oiVenm .-All which together will denote
that the per fun is hath a white countenance, flaxen hair, the body fomewhac
fact, aiid efpecially the face,as fays (7. of Cremone^ Lufia vero ibidem reperta. qracili-^
ter facie, and of a flegmatick humor, which is referred to the water, the third houfe
or figure of Amifio; the hands round and white,with the lines apparent and whitifh,
. demonftratcsDieams of waters and Sea-monllers, fifh greater then ordinary dra¬
gons feen in the Tea, rivers, fountains, fens and watery places, they denote a’lfo in¬
undations, agitations and perils at Tea or rivers,and'tempcftuohs winds • briefly fuch
Vifions and Dreams as are reprefented in Darnel. ’ ^
Rhle 2. If there be in the ninth houfe which is Scorpio,ihc fecond houfe of
Mars, in the fiifi according to the lots of the points, there will be Fortma major
which is referred to A^fSarius,ihc fecond houfe of Saturn ; and in the third houfe
c^cquifttio Aries • z\\ together fignify that the Dreamer who defires to recover his
Dceam forgotten, is of a Martial nature, which is of the quality of fire, and his rem-
peramencischolerick; wherefore he is of a good ftaturc,red hair’d, havingolive-
cplp^ed and lparklingeyes,all notes of choler; great eyebrows, the nofe great at
lheend,the hands big and long,the lines great and redjfor which reafon thefe dreams
are of great Armies,the combaces of dreadfuil creatures, and furious violent deaths,
ruines and combuftions, monfters of cruelty and rapine. The Dreamers do alfoofc-
timesfeeDragonsfightinginthe Air, and Rivers of Blood. . ; . *
7f»/e3.Ifin the houfe of Dreams,which is thc.nimh, there hcFortuna major, who
hath for his fign ftyi^uarius, the fecond houfe of Saturn, in thc-firft according to the
points, will be Rubeus, which reprefents Gemini, the fiift houfe of Alercurp^ in the
third Via, the only houfe of the Sun; all together denote the perfon Mercurial, of,
a great ftature, his hair more inclining to black thenchefnue, the eyes red ftrac-ling
and deep in the head, a leady colour, the hands long and lean, the fingers cuniim*')
back, ana mounts rifi'ng up, in which aftion the veins and lines appear, which are nar^i
row and wanne.. Whence it is to be inferred that the Dreams are of hidden tteafures,
iiversof gold, pains-taking, andfccHing after Minerals; the Dreamer feesthings*'
go out of gold and filver mines; and encouragements to make him feek after them
being ofa flegmatick humour; hefees on the waters fliips laden with riches - he
dothnoti^maginenorreprefenctohimfelf any other things then the Defcriptions
made in the Dreams of fPoliphile, and the curioficies of Ftamel and others.
' Rule 4. Fmuna minor being in the ninth houfe, which is referred to Taurus fitft
houfe of Venus, in the fitft will be Caput Draconu, which reprefenrs Virgo,x.h^: fecond
V. houfe of Mercury ; in the third Trifiitia or Scorpio, lecond houfe of Mars, which
denotes the Dreamer cholericK\ of the nature oi fire, having a fad and frowning
 Chiromancy. 35
countenance, the eyes red as a Cats, of an ill prefence, the hair rough and curled,and
of a reddirti colour, the hands long enough and ftrong, the nay Is fhort, the fingers
as thofe of Alenurj and the to, crooked and imperfeft, the lines great, cfpecially
the Table.line,and that of the Liver, having three or four Triangles in the plain of
Mars, the line of life not branching at the mount of Jupiter^which denotes that the
Dreamer dreams of nothing but Emperors, Kings and Princes, Riches, Honors
and Commands; he commonly dreams that he is raifed to fome dignities and com-
mands,that he fights with Monfters,that he fees furious Bulls fighting with Lyons,Ty-
gers and other bloody crearurcs, who he thinks take him; fometimes that be over¬
comes them,and fometimes that he is overcome and devoured by them. To be fhorc,
he dreams nothing but great and terrible things.
Rule$. being in that houfe which is referred to T4»y«/, the fitft houfe of
yems, there will be in the firft and fecond the fame figns and figures, as in the
fourth Rule. Wherefore you fliall judge of the Dreams according to the fore-
laid Rule. . . /• j
Rule6.\TriJiisiahcingln the ninth houfe, which reprefents the fecond
houfe of Mars, in the fitfi: houfe of the figure will be Topulm, or (^apric«rn, firft
houfe of Saturfiy and in the third Career or Pifees, which teprefents a great man, of
a moift nature (this figure being referred to the water J having a Hawks
nofe, a great and moift eye, of aleady colour, the hands long, and the principal
^fingers crooked, the veins apparent, the Lines fair, but of a whitifh colour, the Line
of life almott divided into two from the mount of Venus. As for the Dreams, they
arc of nothing but .PrifonSjplaces of execution, lean things and attenuated, Serpents
frightfully ifluing out of obfeure and fearfull Dens and Caves; of devils, and featfull
and cruel torments. . . ‘
Rule 7. PuelU, which is referred to Lihra, being in the ninth houfe, Portunx
major which is ^ will be in the firft, in the third T , or elfe the fecond figure,which
is Puer, the firft being Saturn, the third that of Mars, and the ninth the fecond of
Venusy fignifies the Dreamer to be of a low ftatuce, having no majeftique port, but of
inconfiderable prefence , having an effeminate countenance, flaxen hair, a white
complexion, a mild feminine voice, a greenifib eyCj a trouc-nofe, a great mouth, the
upper lip thick, the hands little and lean, very different as to the Lines; the Line
of life fhort and narrowjmany ftars in the Plain of Marsytmx\'^ lines on the mount of:
f>;7»j,being withal given to the vice of fenus.Ks for his Dreams,they are commonly
of the embracings of women and maids,to be in the company of his mother and kin¬
dred,though dead ; and it Teems to him, that of thefe embraces proceed deformed
monftets and hideous bodiesjfometimes they dream that they fee Goddeffes defeend*
ing from heaven, and embracing them, and imagine a thoufand Ixional phancafms,
iheif brain and affedipn being prejudiced with unchaftity.
Rule. 8. If P’uer be in the houfe of Dreams,Draconis or Sagittarius will
be in the firft,which is the firft houfe of fupiter: in the third tAmiffio,the firft figure
which is the fecond of fciiWjWhichreJates to the firft, which is CMars's:
it denotes that the Dreamer is fanguine, Venetial,of a good ftaturc, the body well
proportioned, the hair reddifh, and white, the veins apparent, the Phyfiognomy
like that of a Lion,the mouth fomewhat great,a great blabber and boafter.efteeming
himfeif always the beft man. As for the hands they are little, and the nayls great,
the veins and the lines little; he hath a double Line of Life; the Table-line, which
begins under the little finger, ends between the fore and middle fingers; he hath
three Triangles a little above the Wrift,at the entrance of the plain of Mars. As for
the Dreams, they are commonly about feeing fire burning, quarrels, combats, raur-
tberSj Affaflinates, Armies ready to give battle,: that he is in vidonous Combates;
he feems to himfeif to fee a thoufand Vifions in the Aire,that heflyes like a Bir4,aad
fees things great, out of the courfe of Nature that would fight with him. ^ ,
Rule 9.Rubeus being the ninth, which is referred ton ,fii:ft houfe of 5 , in the firft;
by the Lots of the points, there will be one of the two figures of Cibrx ; vix.
mijpo or PuelU the fecond houfe oiVenm ; in the third Cania Drtuonii the hou^
oi Jupiter \ which denotes the Dreamer of an humor temperate enough, having
fomewhat of Fite and Aire; Mercurial, tall mote then ordinary,of a tender adion.
Fa floviT
^6 Chiromancy.

flow tofpeak, yet difeourfive, truly prudent; he is Hawk*nofed,as was the Emperor
Ser^/us Gallia,yet not of a Hawks natiirejordinarily -.he hath a very fmal hair, and af-
moit haul'd, blackifh, and the complexion almofl of that colour; he hath his na¬
tural mark on the arm; his hands are ofamiddIefize,not proportioned to the great-
nefs of his body, the fingersmuch cut between the joynrs, which we attribute to the
flgnsofthe Zodiack* the lines great and apparent, thofeof the left hand more
then thofe of the right. His Dreams are to fee Senators aflembled, he himfelf in the
middle as Prefident, to be in diapred and rich places, to be advanced to Honors to
have great herds of cattle>to fee diverfity of creatures under his power, nay to com*
mand rnen;he feems to fee Kings and Monarchs in their royal robes, to fall at his feet
to receive him.that the Clergy honor him:he fees Prefents of fair fruits made to him'i
he fees on the Waters fhips laden with riches, which come into the Port for him. *
1 o. If there be in the houfe of Dreams, which is the ninth, Mus or Cancer
the only houfe of the in tHe M will be or Scorpio the fecond houfe
of Mars,in the third F^ps^/us the Saturnine; which reprefents a man of a white com¬
plexion, flaxen.hair'djof a decent flature: ofaflegmatick humor, theeyeand face
like an Ape,but the neck long as Folixenes; the hands Jong and fomewhat fatr,as the
body, the veins and lines fmal. The Dreams are fantaftirjue, as to fee extraordinary
Mcteors,fights on the water, Sea.monftersof hideous form,to hear violent and im¬
petuous winds blowing,to fee bodies of ftrangc forms iffue out of the water, to fee
imperfea bodies grow up in moift places,to fee things rifen in a moment, become
prefently moll great and terrible. v
Rule II. If in ,the ninth Houfe there be Co^jmElio, which is Virgo , which is re¬
ferred to Mercury, in the firft and third will be the figures of the precedent, whence
will rife the fame judgements as to C^irorrsancy and T^hyfiogmmie i but as for the
Dreams, you are further to note, he fliall dream that there are born of his wife, or
other women that he hath known, fine Children, Viaorious, great Princes, who fee
things appear out of the courfe of nature in the woman which he hath known as did
the Father ofe^/^jvWcr the great, or the Mother of Cafar. Thefe perfons
for the moft part dream of nothing but kifles and copulations, whereof iffue extra-
ordinary things. ' ’
Rule 12. If in the ninth Houfe there be Caput Draconis,one of the figures of Viroo
Mercurial, there will be the fame events as in the eleventh Rule, ^
Rule 13* There being in the Houfe of Dreams Cauda Draconis, which is referred
to Sagittarius, firft houfe of Jupiter, there is in the firft the figure of Aries, that is to
fay, Acyuifttio, according to the lot of the points, and in the third \u[;ew, or Gemi
ni, Mercurial; whence I judge the Dreamer to be a great Lad, Sanguine and Chole-
rick,who ofhimfelf is Jovial, though he have an afeendent of Saturn he hath a full
face and white, with a little rednefs, the hair half red, and flixen, the countenance of
a Stag, given to benignity, he hath the hands fomewhat long and’thick, the lines fair
and much cut; his Dreams arc terrible, as to feem to fall from fome hig’h place to be
in defart and wild places, in cifterns and ruined phees, to meet Serpents. and vene-
mousandnoyfome Creatures. ^
Rule 14. Career, which is referred to T^ifees, being in the ninth houfe Saturn
commands there, and in the firft Alhus or Cancer, and in the third one of the two fi¬
gures of Virgo, ConjunSlio, & Qiput which belong to Mercury,Vifficfi things
reprefent the Dreamer Saturnine, having black hair,of a leady colour,as for the face
the Thyjiognomy of a dreaming Ox, flow of fpeech,with a hoarfe voyce; the hands are
big,and of a pale colour,rcfleaing fomewhat on the ^Ethiopian ; his Dreams are no.
thing but Phantafmes, Ghofts, Gallowfes,Horrour,Poyfons,Racks,Irons,Breakings
thevifionsofuncleanfpiritsjtheftudyof to addrefs himfelf to and
mock the dead, and trouble their reft. V
Ruleiy, Ifin this houfe there be in the firft, by the lots of the points
will be one of the figures of T'aurus, which are Latitia, or Fortuna minor, and iit the
third ty4lbuiy the fignificacions whereof are the lame as before in the other hoiifcs of
Saturn,
Rule 16. If in the ninth houfe there be 1^/4, which is the Lion, the only houfe Of
inthe foft there is Sagittarius, or CaudaJ)raconis,ini\[ei\(\i^FertunA
major
 Chiromancy.
M
thajoTt Aquarifis; it denotes the perfon of a moft neat body.of a hair more red then
flaxen, the nofe like a Hog, thick lips, a forked chin, long arms, and hands proportio¬
nable, the lines thwarting one another, and the mounts of the hands very much rifing
up : his Dreams (hall be of waters, about which he feems to be in fome danger to
fee Fountains ilfue out of dry places, to fee the waters of the Rivers run up fome
Mountain, nay, to fee all things befides the courfe of nature. As for the waters,he fees
Deluges, Inundations, and fuch like things.
Thus you have what is moft particularly to be obferved concerning perfonsand
their humours, and dreams, fearchiefg by Geommvy joyned to Chiromancy, As for
Dreams, and the diyerficy of them, with their fignifications, we (ball be more large
in our fccond part, when we fliall treat of fomniating Phyfiognomy j but in the mean
time confider thefe Rujps, and their interpretations, for they are worthy the obfer-
vation.

i, P^^epared a fubjefi of one whole Chapter,teaching every man rightly to know

his Oenius; but it being a Learning too high for the capacity of moft, I ^all refer it
to after.opportunity, " ~ -

* i \'
O’ ■^

o
-V
/
\ X
ghapj

I'

0
'r \ v/'
^n,-;
xOi i/\ .VV.>.Au-V^ 1^1,1

• i. il
iii,:iiu jf{ :.! ..i ^
'lijAio ■‘

SOVTH
\ff\yiy^

TlteWinsHlic <^e

WEST
 Chiromancy.

Chap. X.
Ofthe TrediBions ofthe Hands in general, andparti--
cularly ofthe Hand-ttcrijl.

0 U have already known the feven Lines of the Hands, anfwering

the feven Mounts, ot feven Planets; now you are to learn the
judgements which you are to draw from them, that the prolixity
may not difpatience any man, and that every one may be eafily in-
ftruded. 1 give you fiift of all this Hand before the Chapter,where¬
in is comprized a great and true part of the Chiromantick judge¬
ments that I have found infallible i that hand alone can inftrud any man whatfoever
to make judgements, and to tell pa;ticularities and rarities,to make himfelf to be ad¬
mired in the eyes of thofc that affed this Science, which he will thereby render much
defirable. After the meditation, and the leflfon of this Hand, I will give you Rules
and Tables upon every line or pare of the Hand, and demonftrate the whole Science
in divers Figures, and vifibly unfold the fubftance of the truth in near feven hundred
Aphorifmes, for your better inftruiaion , to make you able to judge of things paft,
pcefent, and to come, with all aHurance : which Rules I have found true; yet I could
not pcflibly comprehend them in this hand, becaufe of theif number and diverfity of
accidents, both good and bad, which they denote and fignifie ; therefore I will take
them by particulars, in fueh confpicuous maner, that never was prefented to any
Englifli eye before this.
1. When there arc four lines in the hand-wrift all alike, and well coloured, they Obfervations
fignifie to him that hath them, that he fhall live eighty or an hundred years j if ‘**5.
there be two little boughs above,making a (harp angle,it denotes that the party fhall *
have the fucceftion of an heritage fall to him by the death of fome one; and in his old
age he fhall rife to Honours according as he is capable; he fhall be of a good difpo^
ficion, and healthy.
2. It muft be noted here for a fecond Rule, that we allow to every line which is
upon the hand-wrift, which feparaces the hand and the arm, fo many thirty years, as
it may be fecn in this Figure. We may alfo comprehend therein all the ages of the
givers of years, as the fifty eight of SatHrni and by this means alfo may be known the
humour and complexion of the perfon. The forty feven of eighty two of
the Sm, the eighty three oi Venus ^ the eighty of Mercury, the hundred which the
CMoongmi, and the forty nine of Mars, all which may be known according to
thefe Lines.
3. When there are but three lines in the hand, wrift, if they be fuperficiafand
broad, the life fhall be fixey years, but abounding in riches in youth, and declining ^
poverty in that age; if the fitft line be thick, the fccond thin, and the third fmall,
that fignifies in the firft age riches, in the fecond diminution, in the third augmeti-
tation. I
4i If there are but two lines, the life will be but fixty years at moff, and fubjedl to
difeafes.
5. To have but one, fignifies death not afar off; but when the firftTine of the hahd-
w rift is crooked, and the reft ftraight, with a right angle and continued, it denotes
weaknefs as to temporal things.
6» If you find the lines fcattered abroad in the hand-wrift , it reprefents a man of
little underftanding, but couragious enough, and fhall not exceed forty years.
7. Let him that hath lines croffing one another in his hand* wrift, cake heed of the
fword of Juft ice.
8. When the firft line is grofs and thick, and the fecond fubtile, and the third thick
and broad, it portends in the firft age great riches,in the kcond diminucion,and much
misfortune:
 Chiromanc Y.
misfortune, for then will reign in in the third age he will recover
himfelf again in riches and good fortune; and in the fourth again,misfortune and po¬
verty ; if the fourth line be ftnall, death, with the penury of all things, is prenoted.
p. If the lines of the hand-wrift lie fcattering and fpread abroad , fo that they
touch not one another, but crookedly palling divers wayes, they (ignifie a man of
a greiil iilgehoity, atlfd guiky of much curiofky ; chat he entertains high cogiucions,
and is of a heightened courage, ay ming only at the higheft things; ealie to violate
the Lawsofhis Soveraign.
10. When a line crolfes the Wrift, and crookedly fpreads it felf towards the line
of Life it (ignites a licknefs; ifit be pale, it fignifies death near; if it be black, it de¬
notes the approach of a difeafe, wherein the party fhall lapguifh long, by reafon of
the corruption of blood.
11. When there is a crooked line traverfes (after the mancr of a Bow} the lines of
the Wrift, it denotes the man (hall be of a fervile relation, or that he (hall be a flivei
if there be two, it reprefencs, that he that hath fuch a thing, (hall be by Juftice con¬
demned to the Gallows, or (hall end bis life miferably.
la. If the litres of the hand'wrift are doubled towards the mount of Ltena, and
if one lirie ifeetid towards the line of the Stomach, and be uneven, it portends great
tribulations arid advetficics, nay fecrec Aftallinacions, Cheats, Hofttlicies, and all per¬
nicious adliotiS.
13. If chofe lines are ted and pure,they denote the party Martial,and that he (hall
raife him a fortune by the Wars, that he (hall be fortunate in ail combats as much
as he can deftre, and chat heftiall nor want the honours ofCHari.
14. If yon find the lines of the Wrift in the maner of a Chain, efpecially the fiift, it
Hgnifies i laborious life,yet not unfaccersfuli; and he (hall by his labour get cogcrbec
much wealth bv his commerce both by Sea and Land, and efpecially by $ea, if thefe
lines be fed ana whici(h.
15. When it happens chat many lines fpread themfelves abundantly, and end to*
Wsitds the mount of Luna, it demonfttaces long expeditions, voyages by Sea and
Land, perpetual peregtinacions, and a vagabond life.
16. Among the lines of the hand wfift if there be one chat cfa warts them»and all the
plain of Mars, and advances even to the mount of the Su»$ it prefages unexpeded
honours and riches,which will come fuddenly,as alfo the favour of fome great Prince,
and Dignities.
17. Moreover, if any lihe of the Wrift fall down to the Palm, and the hollow of
thehand, through the line of life, and ifit be red, it denotes a debility ofunderftand-
ing, and weaknefs of body, and one He to be made a Cuckold.
18. When there is a Triangle near the mount of the Moon, beginning at the lines
of the Wrift, ifit be on the hand of a woman, it denotes (he is corrupt,cven from her
tender age, and (hall be given to all forts of unclean aflions in the flowre of her age,
and (hall be infamous, and a common Whore, which I found true in the hand of a
Gentlewoman, who hath (ince been (een in an odious Bawdy-houfe.
Ip. If there be crolTes upon the handwrift of a woman, it is a (ign (he is (hamefac'd,
chafte; and if there be one in the middle, looking towards the field of Mnrs, it de¬
notes that certainly that woman (hall be a vyiddow at twenty nine years, and in her
widdowhood (hail take fome religious habit', and (hail live the reft of her time in
great devotion.
10, When the lines of the hand come to the flat of the hand, it (ignifies diverftty of
opinions, and a great inconftancy in refolution.
 CoH /I R Q »«) A;iN| Qi 1©

A Table or Abridgernent of tjiefe Rules for the

ealier com^teheiifidii of them,

.\' vj;' : i^.'vThe ‘oiuA \0

The Long Wrift without ***'7 r Strength of Members andcon^

terfeSions fignifies;;" ii .i c^di ' r^riW >iH
>r.''’ijtc.'.i ,
>y
<-r“^ "V*

3 ,y.,v;: The Short wrifted, cut, and tnoriuljno^^

-•'iru i!. : diffedte^,Signifies ’ ,.> X.kO.l OW.£Uj
j W '.* » 'J V i V < ani J c.fb
If the Lines of the Wrift look ,. V-.- I.. .i->i itulf
.M o . towards chofe of Saurny Vanity, vUht-gbryy and tyif^>
'ji they denote- . ■ ), .. 1' ; /iu- IodL r-^c/lrt zna jioi3 '
ir iio'ii) V .^ i , ^ ' -31'?.!' ’ ! r • :i •-» *1 M ji ’udj
: ^. If that Line branches it felf to
I b u\ awards the Mount of ]ffi>ndurs,Di£mtieSi and Riches] '
itjdenotes t I. (!'jlam
M . .-' . ’ : r- q 3i3n - ^mb ioi3£

.L, .^hen it caft its branches be^’jTrii The man [had betwhnded>tH>i r^d
tween the fore-finger 7x\A^^Y\ }\’his Headi the WomfttifhaU’
lhatot ‘ 3 jlc ui' dieinCh%ld~bed» ^ 8
J i 7^; 4 . 'i u ; 7. '; *';;;i ;pr| qu b^v
If there be croffes orifiars in7 r Tranquillity <nf~ tife^ h
thefe Lines, they denote-!* Tvmy/\{.
, , I ,4'm.4 l-. -'■ urt; ,1, ■ , , .4 -M.ajin'y^

J..-; wta
.. ^ ' "ji :• . M ij) ' ' .fi li;7/ yir;"^
;i 4 T .-J^VhenthcLineswydiJooktoO lo Tlo.dool
; ^ wtitdstht lAomt of. Penus^^/ncefi^ndother fins ofdi/laHefij^^^n^i]
■ ; fnakeaTciangkjitdcnotes^i C'-'b—‘3-i “4 rr rri 31

i / If thofe Lines tend towaMs*^ r J'" Ci : ho"ii 7il:i

, , the .Hepatick, -Lifts , \l^>^IntbgH^ef Life fund that
(hews .03£ntJi
U....I
': !''.p 4.!' r zidt
.1*
• I'.-itj o'j: ^ .^ir l ‘;;h criiSJiiO'J 3£dw
,’^fStV, -iio. c i;iJI .j-i- Z.Z.ij ,'..i'Ul t ,, ji .rjvj.voH
.'jlJiiT ciill ni 3013
til ; -’j , ' ! 3lE37?^d[3n7dW .1 -noa n353tiOo5
>;?0o l n br £ M '7f/ V t(' " '1 ^ib hfJE ynmol^D *3loialdEiibil
dlliji ?: :n nirj llrffl ,M;no-iD jd3v.fi; H .c
, 3U., b rn^roif'e .' t m {i'j'fivj j <\d l3 fD^nEb fv ;od ifii3fil ^jij
MMjno 3t'J lo 3riU zifij d:£fl Jcdi qH .£
•s
";;;4i I) (b;:...G;-t b.'Jfi ,V,5:i3 ;iJoH3i7;Cf|32|jf^
11 ,
in; ,. y;) <? iX:42 3d; Li;i ,dd ;3rl to djodaiii

j
 4^-
OH f-rv6^ M a n^c y.

arfj ”^0 i:r r/;^'bz ::^ ', "o ^Id:;;'•" /

4ffl3rb lVrS>4i^*;z.v-^4r: j 7:':;r,-.,

Of the Line cf Life ..^ 'y and‘the yfudgement thereof.

•XI, 1
His line is talle4 the line of liky Ot of the Heart, becaafc the
’ heart is one of the parts whence our life depends, being the firft
Conclufions
. 1 Sh atldthplaftdying jrtierefore in this Line alfo we difeover
drawn from n foiriewhat of the ko]gth.of our days, of our health and infirmi-
the Line of ^; and we draw our Judgements thence, as the following
Life. Rules (hall reprefent it to us.
^ - ---

. • y Wben the Lim of Life is well dilpofed^ as to a right propor-

tion, and of a good colour, well anlweringthe Wriff, it denotes a long and quiet
life I but it is to be noted,that if there be a Itar, whofe beams fhould reach the mount
of ^ufitcr, tit Mars, &c. it p6rtends a misfortune to him that hath that
Markot5tari<’ieicher1nmatter of.Love, or Honour, or tn the Wars, &c And you
muft take good heed in what moDeththatgnighc happen by the Signs of the Zodi-
ack. according to their poficion in the hand difeovered.
3, He to whom there happens a double Line of life,may affurc hirafelf of many
years and fortunate, thathetRallbe in the favour of Kings and Princes* and if a
King or Prince have fuch a Line, he may go to the Wars with all alTurance that may
bej fothcRjaUbeiViaoripus without a^qiisfortune 5 and (ball dilate his Kingdom
and CQUntry.byRisX^TQWefeand ’Vertiie. y ,, r . ®
3. If itbeawpmahi ftie may afiTure herfclf of a Fortune, and to be much lo¬
ved by her husband j if (he beunchafte, they (hall be great men that (hall court
and di^ccrtiin ; Lais sttid bqth'of thfem thefe lines ahke.
4. When the Hand is fomewhat thick in the middle,and afterwards ftretched out
it fignifies a changeable Perfon, and of an ill life, if he receive no afliftance from’
iu® ■fwn^.e of j aod jrardteg to^e g^odnpfs ot tnjiignity of the TtUngle,
I hold his life in danger. Hethae hath thisXme of Life pale, or of the colour of Lead
it (hews Fury will be the caufe o( the (hortning of his life.* if it be temperate’
look well to the Croflfes, Lines or Stars that ufc in this Line, > and remember their
hgnihcaWon ^K.tbWe^rt anfwcrs to the fialilick vein. If when
it (huts it fell up between the Mounts Of Venm^and fttpiter^ there be'anybran-
ches,itisa(ignorperfeaion. Riches in his life time with Honours: If there be a
Star, take heed of Difeafes, and efpecially in old Age.' Look well all along
this Lineif thete,: b€ not fome. Lines that thwart it . Tor they are nnfor-
lunate. , ' •:
Briefly, this Line fignifies the Quality and Centre of Life, and by it we learn
WhM concerns the Life, and its continuance, and teacheth to the Hand-wrifl. '
ttBehi*th?s''Table"°''* Reader, mark thefe 14 , Rules following, which iitemoft
¥oarteen con-
I. Whenthetearethreeftatswithin this Line, they fignifie the manftiallfuffetby
(iderable rules
concerning
calumny and difgtace, becaufe of Women, and (hall be odious to great men
the Line of a. If there be ctqfTes, women _^fliall love him, and he (hall be fortunate among
Life. them, but in danger of his life, which this Paftime (hall caule unto him. "
'o«g. elear and ruddy, he (hall live a
J^^^e,, w,thoHC imy gtief, and not much difeafes. but he (hall live a happy
lire both in regard ofhealth, and the goods of Fortune, "
 C H 1 R O M A N C tV

4. If there be upon this Line a Circle thus © ,or one in this form,
it lignifies that he that hath it Ihali lofe an eye; and if there be two,
he (hall become blindc; fohn Ind^gine^v^%\un^\%.CJ^iromAncyf
fpeaking of the Line of Life, an accident which he thought would
happen to him, and he bad, aahe fays, this figure inthis Line.
5. If the Line of Life clofe with the Menfal Line under the mount of p»^»V«*,and
make an Angle, it fignifies that the party (hall gain credit and reputation with the
People, and (hall come to great Riches by lying and cheating.
6. The Line of Life being cut at the top, that is to fay, between the thumb and
the mount of fffpiter, it is afign of ficknefs paft; but if on the fide of the plain of
Afars, the middle Line of Life be found, and there appear in it a Triangle, it fig¬
nifies that the man fhal I be miferably killed. If there be two, he fhall die by the
hand of Juftice i if he havealfo a wry Line between the firft and fecond Ligament
of the Thumb, it fignifies the fame.
7. When there arc Lines which coming from the Mount of Venfis cut the Line of
Life, it denotes a man unfortunate in the love of Women, nay lofs of. life, whether
by ficknefs or otherwife. ' .
8. When the Line of Life is forked at the loweft end towards the Handwrift, it
fhews the party foolifhand without apprehenfion, a runner up and down, and a
Vagabond. x!
9. A Woman having two croffes at the upper end of her Line of life,neer the Li¬
gament of the Thumb, is unebaft, unbeidJed, and fliamelefs-
10. When there ate three/flats or three points in the Line of Life, they fliew
that a man hath been calumniated and traduced by occafion of women; but
•when thofe fUrs are without the Line', the man tpeems difgrace^ but he re¬
covers it. ^
11. If that Line be divided in the middle, it denotes great ficknefs to come^
and towards old Age a languifhing Difeafe, which will at length give way to
death, =. . ’ i
12. If this Line of Life appears grofs and red, it (hews the man to be proud,
haughty, and cruel!,and expert in thofe things which tend to cruelty.He hath a good
ingeouity, but jmpioys lc toevd putppfe. j
13. If attheti3id.Qf thehipeof Life^ whichis towards theWrift there be a Tri¬
angle, it is a fign of much Loquacity and Falfhood, and chat man will prove impor¬
tunate in his DifoqipTe and 4^^ ' , t ’
14. y Vhenffere israccols.bctween the Line of Lifc,^and the Menfal Line, it de^
notes the man l^obl^, V Vife, and Liberal, bach eafie accefs to Kings and Princes,
whereheis well received. ;

■ ,‘vo)

v’l ji

G 2 A
 Chiromancy.
44
' K""/ .
A^a^ile of Abridgement of the Significations
.r of the Line of Life.

iHc Line of Life being of

lively colour and large, fig- lo»j^ Ufe^ and littleJickneJs.

* ; V , Ial (liorf, of one that hath y^<7rr Lifci Jfck>iejfes and in-
‘ feftions,without colour, denotesjl firmity.
! T . > - -

. the Line of cJ^4r/,or fiftet ofO C r a? j r rr

' " ■■ the liBe dfLife.be,ng pat.Hel ,A\H‘’"‘»3;,f^'>r<‘lGcodnefs, E-
p: .that of life,having a crofsjfignificsj id

VVhen it branches towards"? y Honours y Riches, and t>iyni-

, , . t^e Hepatick, it fignifiee X L ties^
■ ‘ ■ ■* ' e
, If it branch towards the Hand-7 f Povertyt Calumny, and ivfideliti
'wrift,itfignifies Xl of Servants.
:.o J ici'jrnuv/ ° .
If this line be diffufedintodi-^^i’rt/^»^jf« in the thirds Age^with
vers fmall Lines, itfignifies neceJJttjf.

' >> ■ ’ yq hjye in this Line of Lifep C

the Charaffer of the Sun, fig. ><^The lofs of one eye. dr both.
-^'^■nifies - -7 Sd " • ^

^ If there be croffes in it looking^

i f f towards the Hcpatick,it fignifies fX fftdden ‘Deaths
■ ' i..
-rr.: V / - ii'.iM',
I
A
■
,
‘ ,in
.r .. If this Line be forked , and7 C Honours by LMah’iage, Riches
^ . “^thatoneofitsbranchcsbendto-O given by a great T^amti
wards the mount of the,y»», itC^ and favour amdnz Wo-
fiignifies men. .'. I i: J'f-r •• -j I . «i »

If the two Boughs of it bend" Sodomy , Incefi, Seafllinefs ^

cowards the Mount of Ve-[ fVantonnefs y Formcationy A-
nusy it fignifies dultery,

'Shamelefsnefs ^ Impudence, Vn-

If that be in a Woman,it fignifies| chajinefs, a great Luf, and In¬
famy.
t
xl<

CHAP.
 Chiromancy,
fir rfii ■■ ii
4’

Of the Menfal or ’TaUe-Line, and the fudgemenis

thereof.

H E Latines call a Table A^enfa, frotfi which word this Lind

hath its name; To we call chat fpace which is between this Line
and the middle Natural, a Table; This Line an fwers to the^able-
head with the middle one. In the hesid is the Magazine of linedifcouVrcdJ
Senfe, and of theperfe^lions of man, as the Fancjr, common
Senfe, the Imagination ;)the Cogitative faculty, cftimation,
and memory; You muft therefore know that from this Line
we draw one part of our judgments; as for example, if it
ftretch beyond one half of the mount of fupiterf it is a fign of a violent and.vehemenc
fpiric. It is to be noted!, that ifi this very line eonfifts one half of all our Chiremancjn
and the reafon is, bccaufe this line runs along the four mountains j for if there be up»
on it a Star, whether Saturn, the Sun, Or Mercurj/fTn'tsfonones are fig-
nified ; in in regard of Riches; in as to Health; in the as to
Honour; and in ^Mercury., as to the Sciences; if there be a crofs, it fignifies a good-
fortune in the fame things as the other did evil, '
But for the mOre perfpicuity, obferve thefe following diftind Rules*
*

I. He that hath the Table-line broad, and well-coloured, he is jocund and coura- Eighteen parJ
cious, but all proceeds from his difingenuity. • tkular Rules
2.11 there be croffes in this lineto ward? the little finger,it fignifies that death put: menftf
‘ fues him that hath fuch a crofs* ■ ,
5. Whoever hath lines thwarting this line, mayaflfure himfelf of fo many affli-
aions and fickneffes to come 5 but if it be a young man or maid,thofe afflidlions fhall
becaufed throughlove. If thefe fines or iheifions happen 6n the fide of the middle
finger, it fignifies the man to be a flatterer, yet his flattery fliall deceive him thrpugh
his own inconftancy. If this line go beyond the forefinger, it denotes felicity; but if
it pafs it not, beWare poverty5 and in a woman debauchtnefs, given to all pleafure.
4. If this line be double, or divided into three, in one of the extremities,it denotes
theperlon fortunate, at)dthat he fhall be jocund, couragiops, liberal,* modeft and
ferviceable to his friends. , • ' / ^
5. When it is forked in that end which is towards the mount of Jupiter, and full
of branches in its beginning, near the mount of. the t^Moon, it denotes difquictsiand
doubtfulnefs of mind, and Riches acquired by violence and deceit, though the perfon
himfelfmay be ofa good humour, and jovial, ,
6. This line being naked and fimple, near the mountpf Jupiter, or if th«€ bp in
that place a Star, it denotes Poverty. ; , r*
7. When the Table, line is crooked, it promifes the man fliall be killed by beafts;
or cafually, or that he fliall be hurt by forae mad beaft,which I have obferyeditvyice
to have happened to two perfohs who had this line fo qualified. ‘j
8. Ifthere be upon this line two crofles, it promifes Hcclefiaflical dignities, as Bi>
(hopticks. Abbacies, and Prebendaries, &c.
p, Ifin the extremity, near the mount of , therehe an bi whichlsonbof
our facred Letters, and if the line be double,it fignifies wounds both by Iron weapons
and Firebrands: let fuch a one take heed of Combates, for he fliall not be fortunate,
neither in War nor Duels,
10. When you find chefe figns or marks . . . fair and well coloured, they fliew
the man {ball be wife and knowing, defirous of the hidden Sciences, and attain a per-
fed knowledge of them.
It. When
 Chiromancy.

IT. When the Table' line ends between the middle finger, and the forefinger, it
fignifies a nature very weak and fickly, fubjeft to bloody flaxes: and a woman that
hath it fo, (hall die in Childbed, or clfe by lofs of blood.
12. When two branches go out of the Table-line,after the fafhion of an bend¬
ing towards the little finger, it denotes the man over-covetous of Science, even of
thofe that are forbidden, and whereof the ftudy is prohibited, wherein he may haply
lofe his honour, or his life.
ig. Ifrhere appear vifible points in this line, it fignifies luftfulnefs, lafcivioufnefs
and incontinence.
T4. The Tablc^line having a branch towards the forefinger, and another towatds
the middiefinger, which if it be blunted, or obtufc, it fpeaks the man fortunate, and
(hall by his induftry come to great riches.
15. When in the hand of a woman there is in the extremity of the Table-line, to¬
wards the forefinger, the one of out facred Letters j it fignifies, that in her youth
(he hath been very Chafte, and had feme inclinations to become a Religious woman;
but that fince (he hath run into all Scenes of wantonnefs, wherein fhe will continue,
even to her decrepit age; and if there be the it denotes the contrary,which I have
obferved in many.
16. If in this line there happen a cutting between the Ring finger, and the little
finger, which feparates the two mounts, thwarting thislinc,tc fignifies a lofs and ruin
by a fuit in Law, and that the fuit hath been commenced for the fucceflion of a Patri¬
mony, or having found fomewhat extraordinary hidden in the Earth.
17. Whofoe ver hath two branches iffuing out of the Table* line, and reaching to
the middle line, through the middle of a crofs, he will find treafures hidden in the -
earth, and it (hall be by the means of the Ring of Saturn^ if it be under the mount
of the faid Saturn, or haply by chance, or otherwifejand he that hath fuch branches,
(hall be fortunate through hidden things.
18. If there be another line upon this Table-line ( as Inhgine and Tafnerus fay )
it fignifies alfo much inconftancie; but I will fay for the woman that hath it,that (he
(hall take much fatisfaftion in the diverfity of company, but the report (hall exceed
iheeffeft.

ATable for the Abridgement of thefe Rules.

T H E Table, line large and ckii,\S^iherality, cardial
(ignifies SL

A little Star fignifies Co^arMfeand

Branches on the Mount of Jupiter,! ^Ecclejiaftical Honours , Dignities

" fignifie SL and Prelacies. '

Ifitbehayrieatthecxtremities, ^tn^LMisfortune^ tAnxietj^ Ul^tiferies

notes ; r, , . SL Dilfrofits. *
Ifit ehd near thfe Mount of Jupiter^
denotes Vanity and Lying,
,! ■ . f (► V ■)

Hit ,caft her Mnfhcs between the? Mufartuwtm

. forefinger and the middlefiniet,?') C‘>’«l’MY;aedta arrimM.dtatb
. itfignifiei, , oc “r tj faferfiaitjaf
Flowers.
‘ « I ■ C,‘

Ck A-p.
 Chiromancy. +7-

be between this line, and the Table-line, they ligoiHe lo|iii?u^yi

(icknelTes to happen in the 'firll agej but they (hall not be fiK)r-
tai. And wbeb the lines end neat the middle'finger,they (ignirf
fie, that thofe (icknelTes (hall happen in the fecond age. If they go as far as tfe forCft
finger, they denote that the (icknelTes (hall come in old age, and in the fif(^ beWits
death. If in any one of them thete is a half cro^, or if it be branchy, if there be a
branch ilTuing oat of the Table-line, and that it thwart it, tending cowards thefotfi^.
finger, and the other towards the middle-finger, and lhall be bluncand obtufe, it
(hews the man will be fortunate, and that through his own induftry. gj
2. When the line of Life, and the Table* line joyning together make a little Angle,'
and the middle line is not found, the man (hall be cruel, couragious, and beafiial,and
he lhall be in danger of his life till the thirtieth year of his age; he &all fall out wifib
his Father or Mother, or with his Wife ; Heisalfo threacned withdefpair, and ifip-
ftcad of the middle line he hath Xome Star, let him beware the Gallows j fuch none
1 have known.
3. When this line lhall be cut in twain, and difeontinued, and when certain clefts
(hall fo cut it, let the man avoid Princes and great men, with their fervices,; for he
(hall be in danger of lofing his life when thofe lines are pale. , \
4. When thoufindeft any clefts iffuing out of the orbicular line, and that they be
of a good colour, they (ignifie bruifes, wounds^ and imprifonment* ^
5. When the middle line is retorted,and toucheth Ae Table^ine, it; (ignifies fome
great lofs chat will happen unexpededly by fom'e extraordinary accident, j :} '
6. When this line is great and broad, it fignifies many years, and an age of eighty
or ninety years, and in that old age, poverty.
7. But if this line be obfeure and thick, it denotes a weak,dull mind, and unwife;
but if it be little with this obfeurify, it fignifies folly, ridkidoufncfs,. and abundance
of idle words, tedious to the difefeet and learned, arid plea&g to the uncdnftanti ^
8. If this line be ted and well Coloured (in a man} with fome branches, making
an angle, it fignifits the man to be warlike, cruel, pictilefs, given to all hoftilities; If
it be a woman, (he is at enmity with her husband, and likely to kill him, or caufe him
to be killed, without any caufc of reafon whatfoever., > tr; J ; y
9. When this middle line is double,|c fignifies fucceffions, and heritages (hall fali
to the party, when be is middle-aged.
ro. This Hepatique line fbeing twice forked) looking towards the Hypothenar,
it fignifies hypocrifie, zealoufneTs, arid deceit in Religion, all ‘vyhich l have/pv^ true
in divers devout perfons that have (hewed me their hands, nay fome who arc ranked
among the chiefeft of this fort in this age, and who in appearance will be fuch, fo
confident are.they in the reputafton df their devotion../ . ioD Ibwsc - ‘ > i '
II. This line being of a pale^cpldur, it fignifies a nature ill difpofed, and fubjefi to
all forts of difeafes.
II. A woman having this line hjtlfdpub ledy ijt deApte^ urtto, h^i gr^t agfcil and
that (he may marry five husbands, yet (he (hall not have many Chil^en, as
being of a nature too much enclining to the adl of generation .• So in PhjJiognomy, it
may be known by her great raowb^and |beh^b*^h (he
denotes her virility. .. 1"
Ij.If
 C •H » © M At Ni C

13. Ifin this line there be any croffes, or between it and the line of life, where
though the angle be obtufe near the mount of Ventu^ it fignifies in a man, goodnefs,
gentlenefs of lpirit,anoble codra^ej agood qdialificationjbut in a woman malice,and
an ill underftanding between her and her husband, and fuch as (hall encline them to
afeparation. ^ , .
14. But if » in ?his line,near
the Table-line, and the line of life, it denotes a man tal)e an'^Heretique, and carryed
away by many foolifh,fottifli curioficies in matter of Religion,and that he will believe
albmm arijTu^fljgprfdijbv^hatb&iOWn imaginatiobfuggidftsuntoihim,. I ^ . ..
?'?*!j*^"’’^“2di!y,ruf4!hefbl)ielafty.’crofres upon it, or haply ijht half croiTes, it fignifierthc man
ig/y "i, bei«^d»by fome'eminedt Church-men,Bifhops, &Ct,be preferred by them.
.imtuorigA ^^‘^^J^Ift’hete'be^iictKrei'cd in the fame middle line certain points anil ntaiiks, it is a
($y#fhat his encmib (hail carry on feme bloody defign agaiiif his life, ^s aljfo chat itf
(fcldlWh5dtfe,§*bTeAtodifeafes ofthe'Liver. /
Tciangleberng juft between this line and the line of liftf^
hifthd pldto OiiMars^ fignifie Combats,’ Duels^ &c. As. fot thefc Triangles, they are
fi^iddri^oimd itRhi^h'a^sofi^oble perionSjWhich 1 have ddijgently observed; and
thd ^sadec may«akenatice tl^t myjRuks arc notordihary, nor vulgar,Vnor tak«i
ki^ftmcatidn of^mitntfttola-^Corvtfs, Indaginesi Taifnerui,Trkaffus, Mdldenattts^
'and others, Atc.buc that I have found them true by my prafiile and ex<
jfcrkttce j iMherefoft being a'ffured of them, I communicate them to the curious.
18. If there be a iCrofs in this. Hepatique line, near the middle finger, it denotei
A vidfeiwiddatb, and chat likely happens by a dolefull Aflaffinate.
biiipV the nuttiwsr oC^he Croffes between it and the mount AfooHy fignifies
fhefavor of great menybut with afear of prifonj feme gifts, beftowed, but employed
Tln^rofitably. l‘^b> !V7
- or: -asp;'there beany knots, fomanyJtnots as there are, fo many mur-
thers (hall the Party commit that hath them. ...
&)' kfIfa womsn'^ye thefeknots,it fignifies (he (hall kill her husband, of fome of
Hefjchitdreni Which {' fayth the famous;.5eA?f )1 have known to have happened
« to a woman which had two of them, who accordingly killd two husbands .' th^ firft
wliercdf(heiumbled into.B Well; the otherf being the fecond time married )
** (he killed with his own fword. ^Thc woman neverthclefs was not pUnilhed
-^•though;alI this was fully, proved; (he was alive then when I writ this, and
“ for my - own-»Tatisfa£lion deficed to know Ae fubftance widUruth bf this
• by. the fight of her bands. . -1 v'e
L , t - •'
I r»

.S’
ifTabie'^rAl)tidgement-of the
:.i .'.U il .0
'■ • .-’I"

I F it be right,continued, and with*7

mt thwarting lines, it fignifiesi St
Health, Sttength, Magnitnu
Courage,
»

I tittle VnSlerfiandtHg, TVeakneJs^ •

i.M ii If icbe itnperfeft, it fignifies ^
^^yiiugjickne^es, and Fover''
Ol , 3'I :iiy/ , uloLrL.i:
If this line be well coloured <; k^^%^^i>MofMur, Rkhes, -afine andfuBtilf
03 2x-:/.jiifie8- .Lvloq.iLil. ■ i.r;£n 1engeniMp- 0 .ju-.uil ..iril .11
1 .7

WSodoimite^ dn tn(4^'
!. §®s Sl fiwffiperfonfatfdunJfiM,^ - ^
~ CHAF
 f

Chiromancy.

ty Venus Girdle i and its fignijications.

Hat line which we call Cingulum Veneris^ C. the Girdle Venus Girdle
of Fenus^ hath not been much known by the antient Ma- judged,
fters of Chiromancy j therefore they have given us no
greataccountof it; but the Moderns, as Taifuerw^ P.Tri-
have briefly fpoken ofit, and advanced Rules wd\
grounded, and found out to be true; yet not fuch as
thefe, which are not layd down by Conjeflures, and with¬
out alfurance: but I my felf have feen and found them
true; asbeingnot willing(asfome others^ to propofe
things in this Science, without having feen and known the
truth of them ; to the end to make appear to thofe who are enemies and CenfuretS
of this Science of Chiromancy, the infallibility thereof: and that thofe who are
acquainted with the Secrets of it, may fay things mofl: certain, and give judgements
that may render them admired of all. But indeed thofe that are Lovers of this Sci¬
ence, ought not to content themfelyeswith the judgements and rules of many who
have prefumed to write ofit only byConjeflures,which render their Rules doubtful,
not delivering any thing they can affure by their own Experience ; which is the
Reafon that thofe that follow their Dodrines and Rules, find not any thing found
or to the putpofe; which thou (halt not do f dear Student) in following the Rules
which I have here fet down.
Now to enter into" the Difeourfe of Girdle, We fay that it is a Semicircle
that begins between the fore-finger and the middle finger, and ends between the
fourth finger and the little one; which Semicircle includes within its femi-circum- rv
fercnce the two mounts Saturn and the Sun. and paifes near the Table line. It
is to be noted, that this Line or Girdle is npto»>n found in hands'; for among
a thoufand men or women, there are hardly fo.:. that have it; for it fig- »
nifies a raonftrous uncleannefs, and fornication, as you fhall fee by thefe Rules.
1. He that hath the girdle of Venus on both hands, it fignifies that that man op
woman is extremely given to the fin of the fle(h, even to beftiality or fin againft na¬
ture. See what a learned Chiromantick faith ofit; Hahns fororem yhominem
“ impuriffimum, & cum hejlm coeuntem. They are of mofl: impure life, and beltial
“ conditions.
The learned ('I mentioned before J confirms this. “ I have pay felf (
‘‘ he^ found it true in t^o men; whereof the one was burned by the fentence of a Judge
“ at Villepreux , "Which fentence Was confirmed by the Court; and before his fin was dif-
covered, J advertifed him that he Was threatned fame punijhment, which that fin
“ fhould caufe unto him, becaufe upon this girdle, on the right fide of the middle finger ^
“ he had a halfftar, which fignifies the reprehenfion or punifbment for this fin. As for
the other,he received great dfgraces of fortune for this Vice\ but the Jbadow of Re-
‘‘ ligionproteUedhim: though 'it hath notyet exempted him, ifbytheexercife ofVer-
‘‘ tue he do not tame and mortifie his unbridled defires.
2. When there is fomedilledion or cuttings in this girdle of on the part ■

of the fourth finger, it denotes the lofs of goods, becaufe of a Venereousadl ;Orif
thefe cuttings be under the middle finger, the perfon fhall be affaflinated in going
to, or being with women or difhoneft mayds. Ihave obferved that in men ^at
have been barbaroufly killed in thefe foolifh and vitious adventures; but their quali¬
ty obliges me to filence, though the thing be moft certain ; and having found itttrue
in fome, I fpeak boldly, to give others notice to be ware that misfortune. i
3. When there are two Croffes upon this line, and that one is on the fide of the/
H fore#

/
/
 50 c HIROMANCY.

fore-finger,and the other towards the little finger, they fignifie that Vertiiehath
quenched the Vice; and that Piety and the Fear of God keeps him from being viti-
ous, and that he hath gotten a Vi^ory over himfelf.
%
4. Briefly, for the laft Rule j Whofoever hath this girdle oftnewy of
women; but further, he will exceed the limits of Honefty,unlefs it be that the Fear
of God, and Vertue refiriin him. But there are few that have it, which are not ex-
ceffive Fornicators, given to Sodomy, Bcftiality, Inceft, Chambering, and fuch dif-
honefl; afiions as Bucbardvc!LttitXot\% in his Somniary. For to conclude this Chapter,
fee what an antient Mafler of Palmiflry faysofit; Siigitur uppareat in hominibus
ciyi^ulnm Veneris, hominein falace)>n, libldinofum, ^ injigniter pyurientetHy fordidftnt
praterea ^ in eongreffu Vmereo abominabiUnt denotat .TKmis underfiood of either
Sex, but rather ot the woman, who if fhe have that, may be called a CMe^alina,oi a
Fauftinaf rather weary then fatisfied.

Chap. X V.
Ofthe Line oflho Lhcr, or the Hepatique, her (tfler
. And ofthe ]\idilhte tvAj/j And of the fud^enients of the
,
fame.

HE Hepatique Line is a little line that appears not in all hands-'

efpecially the men that take great pains, have not any , though it
hath appeared in their youth, their pains taking having blotted it
out. It begins at the root of the Line of life, and extends, making-
This is the o- an angle, through the middle of the palm of the hand, pafling
pinion of al ftraighttothemountofthe A^^>o»,orto the Brawn or ferienc
moft all ami part of the hand. From the fame vital root near the hand-wrift
cne Authors. do alfo take their beginning certain divifions or foial lines, which fometimes come
to the number of five or fix, which we commonly call the Milky way C. And thofe
Lines advance toward the mount of the Olfoon, conformable to that which is in
the Heavens, fo called by the antient Aftrologers j from thofe lines we drawthefe
Aphorifmes and Rules.
The Liver- I. If the Hepatique Line be firaighf, and not diftinfl, but be thwarted by other
line confi- fmall lines, it denotes much Health, a ftrong Underflanding, and a great Memory •
dered.
but an hairbraind humor, and changeable in the moft ferious Affairs, and hardly to
berefolvedin any thing. ^
3. When this line of the Liver is vyinding up and down, and waving, it fignifics
Theft, evill Gonlcience, and an inclination to ail forts of Cheaceries and Mounte*
bankifm; if it be otherwife, it denotes good Confcience, honefty, and around car¬
nage in all actions.
3. If together with the Cephalick it be forked , or make up a Triangle or Qua-’
drangle, it denotes a covetcournefs of Wealth and Honors, which the Party will be
all ways, right or wrong. A great number of thofe who goto
the Wart, and many Noblemen, have thefe Triangles and Quadrangles. It is a cer¬
tain Rule that by thefe marks the Noble may be known from the Ignoble; for
few Country.people have thefe Triangular marks; which I haveobfcrvedin above
hvc hundred, even in fome who would fain be ranked among the Nobility, and dif.
gulfed themfelves to me, thinking to furprife me in my judgement.
^ When this Hepatique line as well as the line of the Head, beginsatthehand-
M the other,it fignifics a weaknefs of Brain, nay a fimplicity of life fubiedl
^ ^ M V dotage ; Andifa vyoman hath this Line thus qualified, it denotes
(hefhall have great Throws in Childbed; nay that fhe may fall into a folly
whi^ may continue with her the reft of her life,»or a good while with an ex-
 Chiromancy.
51
5. When this line is forked, or when there is above it a figure in
the fafhion of the part of Fortune reprefented in Aftrology,
which is made after this fafhion, it fi^ifies great Riches and
Dignity, which (hall be acquired by Sciences, Arc and vivacity
of Ipirit..
5. As for the Milky way, ifit be entire, and that the lines of it are parallel and
proportioned, it fignfies that a man (hall be very fortunate,in all his Voyages, wbt-
ther by Land or Sea j and as tocomm^^. all things (halifall out to his fatisfaiSion;
that he hath a judicious mind, a good memory, and eafily comprehends thofe things
that concern his. Traffique.or Negotiation. ^ ^ ,
7. When it happens that the lines of the Milky way bend towards the mpunc
of or the mount of the Thumb, the man (hall be beloved of women, is of a
gentle humour, amiable, officious and full, of complyance; very refpedlfujj, efpeci-
ally to the Femal Sex { and by flatteries infinuates himfelf into their favor ; fo^ the
forefaid mark denotes plenty ofLangpage, and the giftnf Eloquence.
8. If there be upon thefe lines of the Milky way,certain ftars looking towards the
mount of dMercuryy they reprefent great and rich fortunes; And he that hath fnch
marks and ftars, is very wife and fortunate, and all his defigns (hall fucceed to his
own contentment. , ' ,
9. if this Milky way appear noemuctf inxhe hand'ofauian’, itle » fign'‘of great
fickneffes, as Headaches, Defluxions, Catharres, Gouts,&c. ' ^
10. When the lines of this Milky way be unequal and cut, it is a fign of an infir¬
mity of mind, flownefsinall adions; if there appear wel 1-formed croffes, it de¬
notes that the Party (hall be a Monk, tha^t he (hall much love Solitude, as being of
a melancholick and lunatkk humour 5 ahd in this retired way of life he (hall per-
fwade himfelf that he fees yifions of Angels, and Phancafms, and a thoufand Chi-
mara’s which form thcififelws in his difeirb’d imagination; Suchferfons are alfq
hnown by their Leady cdlbur, and by th6 (hining of their eyes. ** JseVd r a

.vlv( ■•3^7l\L-'
♦- *

• V-o; ■V.' ; ^ { twdV;

. • ^ r St ^benoinog
} ^
111-*.'

H z

I
 /V

52 Chiromancy.

A Table of the two Lines contained i n

this CHAPTER.

For the Hepatique Line.

Jfitbeftriight,UCgnifies Healthful , ani'Prt.

IfitbecrOO^diUfignifiet '^^Stckl'tfi,amifiertHeft rfzife^

•Or,
Being forked in the extremiciei, klSTovertyt C^umft^ ) and an
' fignifies J L oUage9rtwhtlm‘dwth cat
cares.

When k if crook«4,«n4 4iYcr« . Debilities I

lourf} it (ignifies heart^** f^lpkatim cf the

. If il be well €olonred« ii (ignifks jovial attd fttb»

i ... »{ * •• ;■ r
* *
i^lBotwheo ie angtes towards the line? w<W,<«743
of the heart, irdenotei O
^ C ferfon* • ■

If tbere be x croft ac one of che extrrZ Robberies,and

fiities, itfigoifics

For the Mil!^ rnaj.

yfr\m the Milkie>ay is well ^to^l ^Happy vojagatittgeMuitj, thefavoter

porttohedi it denotes St of domett,

SVhen it ft Cttl, it fignifies ^^nhappinefs^ Falfheed, and Poverty^ \

HAP,
 Chiromancy.

Chap. XVI.

Of the Lines of the Sun and Saturn, thefudge--

ments ofthe fame,

LL the antient Mafters of Chiromancy have not fpoken of thefe lines^ ,

.which yet were well known j but in their Significations and Judge¬
ments they treated of them together, with|the Mounts, or with the Conc«hin|
Tabic line, without any further particularizing of them. But I think
fitter with the Modems ( feeing*they are lines feparated from the -
reft ) to difpofe them into a Chapter apart, and to treat of their particular Judge¬
ments,as of the reft that follow.
We will therefore begin with the line of the which takes its beginning out
of the line of Fortune, and afcends, dividing the mount of the Sm ftraight to the
ring-finger , which is dcdkaictd w C2> , mnd in fomc ic vficnds cv«« to the third Li«
gament very apparently, being moft commonly branchy, or having lines in an equal ^ *
greatnefs. Asfor thelineof.y4r»r»,it alfobcginsat the bottom of the Palm, and
croffes the Table* line, and ends at the firft ligament of the finger of Saturn; and in
fome it is forked upon the mount; others have it double in two parallel lines, and
it paffes the, mount of Saturn, reaching to the third ligament of the finger.
Jo underftand the Significations of which lines, we give thefe Rules.
As for the Line of the Sun,
I. When it is not at all in a man, that doth not take much pains, it lliews he is
of no great Authority, and that he (hall never arrive to any great Dignities or
Honours, but (hall continue low in power and command.'

a. If it be apparent, and double, it fignifies that that man or woman (hall come
to the higheft Dignities and Offiecsj that he (hall be in favour with Kings, Prices,
and Great men, who (hall put ;nuch confidence in him, and (hallraife him to the
cheifeft Charges of their Houfes and Kingdoms. , {
3. The line of the Sun being clear, and fomewhat ruddy till it come to tif« Table-
line, fignifies Offices of Judicature, which (hall be acquired by a gentle conditi¬
on and knowledge; but if it be pale, it fignifies the contrary, and a fimplicity of
Ipirit.
4. If it be thwarted by any lines,fo many lines as th^re are, fo. many (hall thejffbe
that envy his Dignities or Offices; which enemies or envious perfons ftmllfjae fuch
as fecrctly endeavour all means to prejudice him; but if this line be fuch as we have
deferi^bed in the fecond Rule, all this Envy (hall not hurt the Party, but heffi^Uiover- •
come them; and the more is the Envy of his Adverfaries, fo much the moj^e (hall he
advance in Honors, Dignities and Wealth.
5. When the Girdle of makes a c^t ^ this line of tha Sun, whatever)»and it
be in, it fignifies great thwattlogs^nd misfocunes that (ball happen by the means of
women; for there (hill not be any ktnde offleflaly fin which the Patty (hart not be
fubjed to, with an unfpeakable and moft filthy wantonnefs.
*15

J^or the line a/Saturn.^

€. When the line of Saturn goes with, or begins, or feparates theHcpatiqae line,
it denotes honefty,goodnefs, and a great fubtilty of fpirit; and that a man is very cace-
(uli in his Domeftique affairs, and that he is therein fortunate.
. 7. if this tine be wanting,or be winding,and that at one of the angles thereof to¬
wards the middle finger there be a ftar, it fignifies Calamities, Prifons, Lofs of
goods i let this Star be well marked; for 1 have obferved, that many who have been
ptifooers had it : Nay, faith a learned Author, I my felf hid it before I was im-
piifoned/
 Chiromancy,

“ ptifoned, and had obferved the time of it, which was in the moneth of lannnrj;
“ this Star appeared in the fecond joynt of my middle finger, which joynt is attri-
“ buted to Aquarius^ the fign of the moneth oilamary, as it may be feen in the forc-
going Figures; that itnprifonmcnt was an honour to me,and a fhame to mine enc-
“ mies. Mark alfo (Reader) wher^thefe Stars appear, whether on the third, fccond,
otfirft Ligament or point 5 the fiifi is Pifees, the fecond Aquarius, the third Capi--
coni \ and the accidents and misfortunes will happen the moneth when thefe Signs
govern.
8. When this Line of Saturn defeends from the middle of the finger, to the brawn
of the hand, or the Hypothenar, and divides it, there are the fame fignifications as in
the foregoing Rule, Prifons, Tribulations, Affiidions, Slavery, and it more particu¬
larly denotes theflavery of a Galley, which I have obferved in the .hands of many
who have been condemned that way.
9. Ifthis line go towards the line of Life, defending through the middle ofche
middle finger, cutting the mount Of Saturn, it fignifies the fame as above, and further
threatens an unhappy death.
10. It is to be noted, that when this Line is forked iri the extremities, and that
they pafs the Hepatique line, or the natural, it fignifies candor, fubtilty, fortunate-
nefs in Agriculture, Oeconomy, and Hunting.
I I. TKi* line being fail aiiU eiuiie, figtiinea ticaliti, with all happincfs and tran¬
quillity. - ; , ;

A Table for the Abridgement of the

. judgement of thefe Lines.
i V 4 f** i ‘ ^ ‘

.0 C.'iiiiiiJiK.L V
The Line of the
it. '**
J f It be entire aftd fair, it fignifies .“^^avour, greatnefs. Riches^ Honeurti
Dignities*

If it be diffe^Ied, cut, and unequal^ Poverty, Bafenefs^ Envy^

■ it fignifies - J c fortune, and Slavery» -
.'1
ijqis! It The Line of Saturn.
When it IS full and entire,lituated InlJCounfels, SecretSf Felicity, good For*^
• , tbcmiddleof the finger,it denotesj 7. tune, ’ s *

' If it comes quite to the Brawn, it? f Prifons, Trihlations^ Slavery, or^f-. 1 *
fignifies ’ j C ^
• - it'-.

' If it go towards the Line of Life, ^^-7 f ^Jhatneful death, an unhappy death,
ing divided, it figmfies an afaj/ination,or felfmurther. (
■' f . J . : . f - . »r
,* . '> ' f '

j
a.i -..i4 .
; ■ . ■■ ’''id;
'.Cl ^ . 1 . ; ^ ! V. * ■-
0 .; t .i! ■ !’■ ; f r" v C H AP,
, i'vSt. * : /y ■ i • • - : • % /4 -2
i 1 . i 1 . 1 . Jfj . ....

. . . -jtnl ■ .T . . ,1- .. d .id

? .V ! "T'fl ' ’d ; ' ^ ; J») •

.. ‘ -f / V* ^ '
 f
Chiromancy. 55

■Chap. XVIL

i ' . ‘ *
Of the line ofthe Head called Cephalica, and the
judgements thereof.

Hough I have in divers places of this Book mentioned this line, >
yet do I think it fit to give thee yet this Chapter / dear Stu- the CephT.^
dent J that^thou mayft be more particularly inftrufled in thelique, or line
Judgements and Significations of this CepRalical line, or line of the Head,
of the Head, which begins at the Hand-wrift, near the line of
Life, and afcends to the line of the Stomach', or middle Natu* ^
rallinc. <7o67rw/wj cheyuuiigcr, isnocuf this Opinion tn
Chiromancy, that this is the line of the Head j an Error heisopSc ° ^ ^
guilty of by relying too^uch on his own Opinion ; but he alfigns it another place therefore have
near the mount of Venus; wherein he is deceived. Moreover, it is this line that ^ generally
makes one part of the Triangle which is in the Plain of (..^ars • the line of
being on the one fide, this at the head of the other, and the line of the Liver on the AntiquitV
other part; which three lines make a natural Triangle, which is in almoft all hands.Of placing the
this line we finde in our Judgements thefe Rules. Cephalicain
I. If this line, neartheHand-wrift, be not divided nor interrupted, but of a de-
cent proportion and colour,and ific afeend up to the line of the Stomach, making >
with the line of the Stomach and the line of Life a perfcdl Triangle, it fignifies a pru. my oifinlon,
dentperfon ,full of vyifdom, fortunate, upon all things to profper according to his fo far as I
defire, and it feems that he is the Favorite of Fortune. have experi'
а. When this line of the Head is broken, or divided, and winding, it denotes'm'if- ^
fortunes, weaknefs of Brain, and of the fpiritual and animal fundions; the perfon hre be?nT’
is not very amorous, as being fearfull. For the Woman, fhe is fubjeft to folly , unwilling to
having this line thus qualified , and brings forth with great Pains, and dyes in Rancoumer
Chldbed. ... . . X the whole
3. It is to be noted, if this line being in the Plain of thercbeinitany
flats, they fignifie Quarrels pkked out of lightnefs of heart , and denote the 20 years expe.
man furious, audacious, alwayes-ready to quarreH and fight. But if there be a ftarriencej yet
in this line looking towards the brawn of the hand , it fignifies a perfon fub^ed to
Jheft, Robbery, Fraud and other ill aflions. ousbe obfer-
4. Whenthis line begins without any breaking at the hand-wrift,it fignifies a h\T letter”^
quiet old age,honeft:, without trouble s It denotes alfo Glory, Prudence, Wifdom, fearch tlie In.
and much Wealth which (hall be liberally employed. dies for found
5. If this line be forked towards the Table- line, it denotes a perfon very aiflive
in all affairs and a6lions.It fignifies allb much ingenuity in Mercurial Secrets, whence
(hall arife to him fome fatisfadion and pleafure.

б. When in the extremity, in the middle of the field of Mars,

there is this Charaiflcr made after this fafhion, it fignifies Ho¬
nors, Dignities, Riches; but if there be but one half of this fi¬
gure, it fignifies the contrary.

7,If there be one of our facred letters in the extremity of this line of the head,as if
it be the A of aAries, it fignifies Riches and Honors; if it be that of Aejuarius^i fig¬
nifies Adverfity, Poverty; ific be (f. X. fo that it be of Cancer or Leo, they fignifie
good i but if it be of Capricorn or Lii^ra, it is ill and misfortune j the S. of Sagittary
k
 Chiromancy.

is good ; th2t of Scorpio ill; the P.of Tisces good ; lhfr(7. ofGemimiil; the T, of
Taurus is good; for croffes hereabout are good ; they fignifie a good foul, and that
the perfon is devout and pious, having the fear of God before his eyes. There are
fome, who according to thefe facred letters, when they begin a journey, are curious
to l(how the names of the firft they meet,that by the Capital letter thereof they may
ghefs thegood or ill of the journey ; that is, whether it fliallbc fortunate or not;
which thing I have obferved my felf, and It hath happened according to expedfation.
3f therefore ( that I may difclofe to thee this Secret) when thou goeft in the morn¬
ing out of thy houfe, thou meeteft one whofe name (hall begin with either of the five
Vowels, A,E.1.0,V. it fignifies a good voyage. For thefe letters are referred to the
five principal Planets, which are good and benign; if it begin with L. and T. thou
(halt perform the Affair which is the occafion of thy journey; if with C. B.T. thou
(halt be in danger; if with .y.iV./?. thou (halt find great delay in thy Affairs; ifby
' F,g. thy Affairs will go againft thee ; if the name of him that is met, begin with
MSP.%, thou (halt have all fatisfaflion that may be of thy journey. Behold what
i
k
hath been obferved by the Ancients and my felf; all which I have found very trucj
and that happens through the relation which there is to our facred letters which are
themfelves referred to the figns of the Zodiack and the Planets. Now Jet us fee an
Abridgement of our Rules.

THE TABLE.

, If this line of the Head be Ihort, It") f FoHji T>roii^ulity, Stggerj, Ljwg;
fignifies SL JhortneftofLife.

If it be ftitty towards the Plain o^SBeU»efi,CcKrage,Premptitude,Steiit-

(JHm-s, it fignifies

Chap. XVIII.
Ofthe Plain ^Mars, and Mount of the Moon,
E E allow to tJUars all that fpace within the Triangle, which is made
by the line of the Liver, that of the Head, and that of Saturn; arid
we call that place the Plain of Mars,not the Mount, as fome vvould
have it; and becaufe this place is the ftrongeft place of the Hand, it
is attributed to Mars, as being the Paint 5 and this Planet being one
of the moft powerful, of a hot and dry nature, of a fiery and cho-
lerick Complexion, which things ate difeovered in this Plain of Mars* hi for the
place which the Moon hath in the Hand, it is between the Valley of ^ars, and the
Sndwrift, and that place we call the brawn of the hand, or Hypothenar ;_And ot
thefe two places we (hill give thefe Aphorifms and Canons.

Of
 ChiromAngy.

of the Plain ofhJitts,

I.TF it happen in the Plain that the fifterof the line of Life be clear, and The Plain of
Xwel) proportioned,not too long, it is obferved the perfon will be, very fortu- Mars.
natc in Martial exercifes, and that he (hall come to honourable Imployments in the
Wars i it denotes alfo Honour and Courage.
а. If this Plain ofUHars be hollow , and that the lines therein be oblique and
crooked, it fignifies death in Combats and Conflids, or fome great wound in the
head, or that the party (hall receive fome loofenings, or diflocations of members, by
fals from an Horfe back, or from Precipices.
3. When the line ofiy^r^mdefeends into this Plain, it fignifies Prifons, Captivity
and Slavery which (hall happen in War by falling into the enemies hands, and great
affliSions (hall enfuc upon fuch misfortunes.
4. When the lines within the Plain of Mars are long, beginning at the handwrift,
and going towards the brawn of the hand, it fignifies much Travel in relation to
Arms, a reftlefs life, that the party cannot reft but in Arms, nor live but in the
Alarms and hazards of ......
5. When the fifter line of the line of Life is (hort in this Plain of^MarsM fignifies
misfortune in War, audacioufnefs, avarice, deceit, theft, unfaithfulnefs, idlenefs,
boafting, (hamelcfncfs, fedition, fufpition, impatience, murther, vainglory, choller,
folly and treachery. .... r . •
б. When in this Plain there are in the middle of the Triangle other little Trian¬
gles, if they ate towards the handwrift, they fignifie Duels, which (hall caufe to the
party (hame, and fometimes lofs of life; if they are towards the Table-line , or the
line of the Stomack, it fignifies Viflory and Honour; few Rufticks have fuch Trian¬
gles, a thing 1 have much obferved.
7. When there arc in this Plain one crofs or more, it fignifies the perfon fhallgo
to the Wars for the defence of his Religion, and that he (hall thereby gain renown,
and berewarded with the honours of the Church. If thofe croffes are towards the
line of the head, it denotes the party (hall not be much fortunate, neither by Arms,
nor otherwife.
8. When there are ftars in this Plain, it fignifies Poverty, misfortune by the war,
and danger to be aflfaflinated, having many open and fecret enemies, which he hath
raifed to himfelf by fpeaking too freely j which I have clearly found true.
*

The jadgements ofthe Place of the Moon.

Lines being pale, and enclining to black in \ki\i Lunar Region, denote ihc Moons
1 the perfon (hall be unfortunate, both in his journies, negotiations,commerce, pofition con-
and in his Politique affairs. lidered.
2. The fame lines being well proportioned, diftinfl, and well coloured J fignifie
the contrary to the foregoing rule; and further, that he that hath them fo qualified,
(hall be fortunate in ftrange Countries, and in his Ambaflfages. The woman (hall
have happy deliveries, and (hall bear many Children.
3. If there be a circumference, or roundnefs upon this mount of ac- ^
cording to Indagine, it fignifies the lofs of an eye; but I fay it rather fignifies, that the
party, foon after the appearance of it, (hall fall into a great ficknefs, as the Falling-
ficknefs, Palfie, Epilepfie, or other difeafe whereof one falls; which thing I have obr
fetved in fome, who before they had thefe marks, were not fubJeS fo thofc things.
4. When ftars appear in this place of the tJlfoon, it (hews the perfon is in the de-
fign of fome greatTrcachery, and that he is ready to accompli(h it j the ftars in this
place fignifie nothing but a perfon wicked, infamous, perfidious, contumelious, dif-
f^mbling i briefly, unfit for to be converfed withall. , ^
 58 Chiromancy.

5. Ifthere beCroffes, it b the concrary of the fore-going Rulej moreover it

fignifics mwch Devotion, which is not fained, but found, but it promifes little health;
he that hath five of them is alwayes fickly. It is to be obferved, that when he is near
death, or the year that he fhall die, one of the five Croffcs fhall vanifla away; and thp
greateft age 6f him that hath the five Croffes, is twenty eight, which are four Cli-

mafterical Degrees, and in the beginning of the third Alffidary,when the Moon goe^
out of it, which ought to be well obferved by the Phyfitians.

Chap. XIX.

Ofthe’Trianglej and Qmdrangle of the Hand.

Owever we have fpoken of the Triangle, in treating of the Plain of
The Triangle
and Quadran¬
MarSi which is compaffed in,and environed by thofa d Triangle,
gle of the I have thought it fit neverthelefs to beftow this Chapter upon ic
hand. and the Quadrangle, lince thev have fignifications and judge¬
ments particular to them, and different from thofe of the Plain of
Mars; and though 1 have deferibed it before, and aifo repre-
fented the Triangle, I fhall not ftick to reprefenc it alfo here.
This Triangle then is made in the hand, by the means of three Lines, viz,, that of
Life, the middle natural Line, and that of the Head > they are fo difpofed, that they
reprefent the form of a Triangle, and there are three Angles, the firft whereof is
made by the line of Life (fomc fay that oi Saturn) but 1 (hail follow the common
opinion in this defeription ; I will therefore, as to this particular,obferve the lin§of
Life although in treating before of the Triangle, I took that of Saturn ; but ic was
becaufc of the Plain of Mars, whith is enclofed by that Line, and not for to exclude
that of Life out of this Triangle : The line of Life therefore, and the middle natural
Line make the firft Angle, which is called the higheft or fupream Angle .• the fecond
arifeth from the joyning together of the line of the Head, and the middle natural
Lifte, which in the right hand is called the left angle, and in the left hand the right
angle, which is to be much confidered > though the Ancients and the Moderns have
neglefled ic, calling it the finifter angle, without any confidcration had of the hands;
The third angk is made towards the hand wrift,and is made of the lines of the^ead.
Life, and the Stomach, and that angle we (hall cfll the loweft ; So thefe three angles
make out Triangle. *
The (Quadrangle is a fpace fo called, which is between the Table-line, the middle
naturaCthatofthe .S';/;?, andchat ofJ’4r«r», where there are four angles. Of thefe
two fpaces we fhall draw thefe Rules and Judgements. »

The judgements of the 7 riangle>

i.TF the Angles of our Triangle be equal, and the veins well coloured and ftraight,
Rules of the
Triangle. ' I it fignifies a good nature both as to mind and body, as alfo much health, good
reputation, and a long and happy life, not thwarted with affliaions. '
When in the Angles of our Triangle the lines o| veins feem to be obfeureand
unequal, and the triangular form deformed, ic denotes a ruftick, unmannerly, dull
perlon, one that undeiftands an Afs better then a Man, of a mind altogether incapa¬
ble, though his Pbyfiognomy be good and fair enough, and well proportioned, and
enciining to laughter. » . • r 'c c
2, When the Triangle is ofa decent form, fair and apparent, it Ugnihes felicity,
profperity, abundance of wealth both fpiritual and temporal; bunhere will be feme
difficulty to preferve them, as being fubjefl to envy.
4<. When the Triangle is fpacious and large, it fpeaks Liberality, Magnimenc^
 Chiromancy. 5P
and Courage, being little and narrow, it fignifies Avarice, Niggardlinefs, Fear,
Sufpeafulnefs, and Poverty, &c. ;
y. If this Triangle be quite wanting in the hand of a man, that is to fay, if there
be no form of it, fome of the Lines being wanting, it portends all things evil, as a

double minded man, a Lyar, inconftanr, a fhort life, and much ficknefs.
6. If the right Angle, which is between the lines of the Head and the Stomachy
not far from the brawn of the hand, be decent and well formed, it fignifies a good
underftanding, and a ftrong memory, which I obferved in fome to whom I gave the
fecret of local and artificial memory, who by the afliftance thereof do wonders. .
7. When this right Angle is little and fharp, the perfon is provident, fparing, and
defirous to heap up riches; but if fo be this Angle is obfeure and thick, it fignifes ig¬
norance, incapability, and a flownefs in all refolutions.
8. When the left Angle is pointed, it fignifies Loquacity, Sophiftry.and a perfon
malicioufly induftrious, and one that (hall cake great pleafure in deceiving, and do¬
ing fome fmall Knaveries and Cheats.
9. When there is a brawninefs in the middle of this Triangle, it denotes a man
vvratbfu!l,crafty, one ready to argue and quarrel with every one, and takes a great
pleafure in quarrels and difputations. ^
10. If there be a certain rednefs at the extremities of the Angles, it denotes En¬
vy, Infidiation, a man given to ill- fpeaking. a Sycophant and a Parafite.
11. If in the hand of a woman there be a ftar within the Triangle , file is ah
Adulterefs, impudent’ proftitutes her felf publiquely; and her End will be fad and
fatal; nay let her beware the place of Execution. ^ But when this ftar is hairy, like a
Comet, the woman that hath it, fhall have four husbands before (he dye,if the fore-
faid mark happen in her youth.
12. When there are four lines in the Triangle,in the form of a Crofs, in the high
Angle, it fignifies an envious perfon, aDetrador,andan ill Report, grounded oh
a fufpition of Theft.
15. Ifa ftar appear about the right Angle of the hand of a man , it denotes hiiii
perfidious, turbulent, a Deceiver, an Evill-fpeaker, a Detradlor, a Thief/given to
Rapine, who feeks out all means to enrich himfelf by. all Inventions and Ways, juft
and unjuft. I have obferved it in many.
14. When in the left hand of a man, at the right Angle, which looks towards
the mount oiMerenrj^ upon the Angle ,or near it, there be three little parallel lines,
they deraonftrate a great vivacity offpiric; and he chat hath it, is infallibly given to
the Study ofChyniiftry, and will arrive to the perfed knowledge of its Secrets. This
number of hath great affinity and Analogy in that Arc j for every thing in ic
almoft is done by Three, and by three times Three, as the fcparacion of the pure
from the impure,which is effedled by Calcination, Sublimation, Reverberation, Cir¬
culation, Putrefadion, Digeftion, Diftillation , Cohabitation and Fixation. Sohe '
that would harden he cafts it three times into a water compofed of whites of
eggs and ftone-allome diftilled fer Alembic, Venpis her felf is whitened and made al¬
moft paffable, and is caft three times into a water made of Sublimate, Salt-peeter,
Mineral fait, Arfenick,white Tartar. To be ftiort, the moft perfed work of this arti
according to Arnoldde Vi/lemfifueiis effeded by Three,according to thefe Verfes

A^aria mira fonat^breviter qu£ talU fonat^

Gummi cum binii fugitivum fugit in imis^
Horis in trinis tria vincula, fortia finis:
Maria lux roris legem ligat in tribus horis, ■
Vilia Platonis confertia jungit amoris ;
Gaudet majfata quando tria funt fociata,

Sothen,this Triangle being fair and well proportioned, fignifies all things good,
and a great vivacity of fpitit; So much fhall fuffice for the Triangle j now will I di-
ted my fpccch to the Quadrangle.

I 2 Ths
 6o c HIRO MANGY.

"The Rules of the Quadrangle, '

THenthe Quadrangle is broad) and well proportioned in its cjuadrature,

V V it fignifies a liberal and couragious perfon, who afpires to^ and will attain
the higheft dignities through his noble and liberal heart.
2. When the incifions, or lines which make the Quadrangle, are lively and well
coloured, as it were ruddy, they reprefent a perfon extremely rational,who imparti¬
ally obferves equity, and carries himfelf very prudently, and hath a great reputation
of honefty towards a/1 men.
3» He ot Qie that hath the Quadrangle little and narrow, is a perfon extremely
covetous, cruel, furious, and in all adions incompaffionate; and if the hands of him
that hath fuch a Quadrangle naturally (and not by accident) do tremble, be is quar-
relfome, mifehievous, and a drunkard , yet a Deceiver, and given to rapine and co-
vetoufnefs.
4. If there be aftar in the middle of the Quadrangle,it denotes the perfon a lover
of equity and vertue, and that he (hall arrive to thofe Honours, Dignities and Offices
whereof he (ball be worthy and capable. ^
y. When there is in the Quadrangle a crofs, or more, and that they be very ap¬
parent, they lignine Devotion. Piety. Pilgrimage, and much change of place where
there (hall be profit and advantage ; but if thefc croffes are crooked, or thwart they
fignme the contrary of what hath been faid. ' ^
6. If upon the Table-line, which makes the upper fide of the Qu^adrangle, there
be aftar, it denotes Courage, Juftice, a free converfarion, and a good Confcience*
and he that hath this ftar, may through too great liberality and goodnefs fall into
Poverty, and want the goods of Fortune, who will yet foon raife him again, and he
lhall recover the favour of great men which he had in his former eftate.
7. Ifthisftar appears upon the line of which alfo makes one fide of this
Quadrangle, and looks towards the mount of Venusy it denotes a man much given to
women, and fuch as by their means becomes fcandalous j and decreafe in Fortune 5
if this ftar be on the line of the Stomach, it fignifies Difeafes, Poverty, and misfor¬
tune in all fort of negotiations; if it be on the line Sun, the fignification is
contrary ter that of the line of the Stomach. *
It is to be noted, that upon every line which makes the Quadrangle, there may
happen incifions or cuts, to the number of feven, though fometimes there may be but
one, two, or three, &c. to the numbers aforefaid, and on every fide the fame num-
ber of feven; which happens but fcldom, but many times one or two, according to
the approaching accidents; Thcfe four times feven, which makes twenty eight, rc-
prefent unto us the twenty eight Houfes of the CMoon, their Intelligences, Proper¬
ties and Prediaions, which are infallible, as I have found true by experience • I ftial
put them here for a laft Rule, and inftead of a TaWe, which I think the more worthy
W be obferved, becaufe it is ari Abridgement or Epitome of the true Magick and
Altrologie neceuary for Phyfitians, if they would know whether Difeafes be mortal
ot not, according to the dayes which they take, and the Houfe wherein thtUHoon
was at that time, and the Intelligence which governed her, all which being referred
to the Hebrew Cabaliftical Letters.

T HE

.V
 Chiromancy.

, T H E TABLE.

The feven incifions or cuts that may happen

. Upon the TABLE LINE.

Houfes. Intelligences. Predidions.

I ey^/uath T The ruin of his cnc-

Genie 1
mie.
2 ^yilhothan X Reconciliation , a 3
Enediel (hort ficknefs.
Profperity, good a'
3 Athoraye T (syfmixiel
Fortune.
Enmity , Revenge,
4 Aldeharan Ai^ariel Deceit.
The favour of great n
5 Alchataya b Qabiel
perfons.
Fortunate Love, and
6 eyAlchaia H Dirachiel
Marriage.
Good for to acquire 3
7 Alarz^dh IE Seheliel
Riches.

The feven incifions of the Line of the

Sun, and their Significations, which Line
makes up one fide of our Quadrangle.

The Houfes of Intelligences. Significations.

the CMoort. »

m* ' *■ Vidory to him that n‘ 1

I eydlndz4 S zyAmaidiel undertakes the
Combace.
■
2 Alcharph $ Barbiel A mortal (icknefs. D

Riches, happy Deli¬ 1

3 Ageph a Ardefiel veries.
*
Reverence and Fear, 3
4 Ardaph SI Neciel
Death.
,
Separation of friend-
5 Alzarpha a ^bMzicel
Ihip.
Peace and conjugall » :
6 Alhayre r»K Zaxeniel Unity. . , t

7 Achureth Brgediel Divorce. 3

6z C H I R o Kf A N C Y.

The feven incifions of the Line of the

• Stomachy which rcprefent the (even daycs of
the full Moon, and their fignifications.

The Houfcs of Intelligences. Prcdidions.

the U\doon»

I ^Lgarpha Obtaining of D
friends.
2 Azubene A^eriel.
Gain by Merchan- p
dife.
3 Alchil ni Adriel Theft, Robberies. n
--T

4 Altob ni Eztbel Sickneffes, Death.

5 Allatha TIT, , ^matuel Health recovered. P

6 Abanahaya Kyrkl Hunting. 1
Alberdach Calamity and AfHi-
1 Bethnel
dion.

The feven Lines or incifions of the Line of

which Line reprefents the laft "
Quarter of the MOO N.

The Houfes of Intelligences. Significations.

the LMcon,
N.

I Zobelholaeh vp Gelid Flight and Banifh- n

ment.
2 Zobrach 'V? Re^uiel Dedrudion and mi- n
fery.
truicfulneis of all n
3 Sadubath vy ay^brinel
things.
4 Saladachia Aziel Affluence and Pro- 1
fperity.
5 Alpharg zss • Tagrid Addirc accomplifh p
ed with doubt.
6 ^Ichyja H tAlheniel Sicknefs and certain V
DeathT
Albochum K ^Amnixid. Pains , and then c
7
Death.
Here
 Chiromancy.

Here ate two things to be noted; the fit fi:,that in the lines of the Sun and Saturn^
the incifions which ate above, are the firft numbers, as one, two, three j that which is
in^he middle is four, and thofe below five, fix. feven.
The fecond thing is, that in the Table, line, and that of the Liver, the firft incifions
begin towards the mounts of Saturn and Venus ; as for the line of the Liver,towards
the mount oi Venus, and for the Tabk'Iine, towards the mount of Saturn; having
obferved that, you niay cafily know the predidions of each of the incifions and cuts.

Ofthe Adomts ofthe Hands, and their TrediBions. /

T ' at the root of each finger there is a little rifirtg, the which we call
the mounts of the Planets, or the Thbernacles to which they are
referred; as chat which is under the Thumb, which is attributed
• to Venus^ and called the mount of Vemu^ with which we will be¬
gin this Difeoarfe.
This mounter rifing begins at the Wrift, and is enclofed by the line ofLife^
which ends between the Thumb and the forefinger , all this enclofed fpace is com- mount oi
monly called the foftof the Thumb; from the faid mount we draw thefe rules fol-
lowing, befide.s thofe obfervarions which we have madeuponourChiromantiquepirticuUrA-
hands which are exhibited in the work. ’ phorifms.
1. When this mount is fair, pretty ruddy, havingfew incifions or cuts, oriftherc
be, if they be clear and diftind, they fignific the man or woman very amorous, and
defirous of the ad of generation, as alio delighting in Dancing, Playes, Mufick, and
all manner of pleafure.
2. If there be in the middle of this mount a ftar, clear and appaMpt, well formed,
itfignifies the party (hall be fortunate in Love, arid chat he fhall r^eive fatisfadion
from all his amorous purfuits.
5. He that hath hair upon this mount, or upon the Thumb, or many cuttings, is tu- .
ftick, uncivil, (lovenly, and of little underftanding.
4. If there be a Crofs near/he firft joynt of the Thumb, it Signifies in that place
Adultery, Luft, Inceft, and afl the lewd and abominable adions, as to that fin.
5. When there is a Line in the upper joynt or ligament,that thwarts the firft joynt,
and comes towards the line of Life, it fignifies a violent death that (hall happen
through fornication,nay I will fay it m ay b^about the day of Marriage,or foon after.
If a woman hath fuch a Line, we fhall find that flae (hall perifti by fome inceftuous,
ad ; for,whatever Indagine faith of it,this cut is never good, and ! have obferved it
. in many ; I grant that it denotes riches, but there ftiall attend them diftionour, and
a wofull and ruefuli end.
6. When there are three or four cuttings under the firft joynt of the Thumb, if
they be broad, they fignifie riches by Marriage which ftiall happen in youth; but if
the lines be above the faid joynt, the faid honours and riches will happen when the
party is mote aged; and if thefe incifions or cuts are nearer the fecond joynt then the
firft, it fhall happen in old age, and upon a third marriage which I have obferved
to have fallen out in many.
7. If a woman hath incifions, or crofs-lines on the out-fide of the Thumb, near the
nayljic is a fign (he is mifehievous, crafty, deceitfull; and wife is he or ftie that ftial!
avoid hercompanji.
8, When
 6± Chiromancy.
_ _* ___■. »

8* When a woman hath an O. ( which is one of oar facred Letters ) in the mid¬
dle of the mount of Venus^ it denotes her a Strumpet, proftituting her body to all.
yet never fatisHed.
p. When there are two or three croffes on the firft joynt of the Thumb near the
mount of Venus^ efpecially in women, it fignifiesthey are litigious, hard to plcafe,
contentious, difloyal, perfidious, evilhlpeakers, and great Talkers and Scoffers!
But if thefe three Ctofles arc near the fecond joynt, it denotes V Vifdom, Humility,
/ Devotion, Piety, and an ardent Zeal towards God and Religion.
lo. When there are incifions, lines or ftars near the upper joynt, it fignifies to a
woman that (he ftiall be married yong: but fhc (hall not be very fortunate; nay ,
(he is in danger to be killed by her husband. If there be a ftir near the nail, and that
it appears afterward that the woman is part thirty,it denotes a great jealoufy, which
(ball make her moft furious; nay, a defire to kill her own husband.

Vf the Mount of Jupiter.

The mount E mount of Jupiter is under the root of the fore-finger,which in Chirotnan-
X cy we call the finger of Jupiter j which mount is limited on the one fide by the
iar?irnil^c Sutum .* OH thc othcc ,or below, by the line of Life, From this mount and the
^ * finger we flhall draw thefe Aphorifmes,
I. If upon this mount of 7/^;>/rmherc be a Crofs or two, they fignifie Honors,
Dignities, Authority, the favour of Kings and Princes, Fortune by marriage, with
much loyalty. IfthcCrofsbenear the firft joynt of the finger, if it be towards the
outfide of the finger, between the extremity of the line of Life, it fignifies Ecclcliafti-
cal honors, dignities, and means, nay thc chiefeft Prelacies.
3. When there are four or five lines between thc firft and fecond joynt in thc form
of a gridiron, it fignifies fome difpleafure that (hall happen by the means of a great
Lady; nay there may be danger of life.
5, If there be a ftar upon this mount of Jupiter^ it fignifies difgrace, infamy, Io(s
of fome Office or Dignity, through Cowardife.orfome Error malitioufly com¬
mitted and voluntarily. But if there be two ftars, they fignifie the quite con¬
trary.
^ 4. When there arifes a line out of the Table line, that (hall cur the mount of Ju¬
piter ^ it fignifies a fodain and violent death. Itmuftbc carefully obferved in which
' joynt it is to be found;for having reference to the threeMoheths of the Spring,quetti-
onlefs that death will happen in the Moneth where that line endcrh, wherein there
' ought to be a very punflual oblervation,
5. If upon this mount there be a figure like a Lozange, and that a line pafs through
the middle ofit, it fignifies Felicity, an irrcproveable life, Honefty, an honorable
Old age,and aconfummationofProfperity, Honors and Wealth.
6. When a woman hath two or three Mnes between the fecond and third joynt,
if they be red, and fair, they denote the woman to be ingenious, very joviat; but (he
is in danger to dye in Childbed.
7. If upon thefirft joyntofthe fore.fingerofa woman, there appears a ftar, it
denotes her (hameface'd, chaft, balhfulUnd honeft. If there be a ftar on the fecond
joynt, the woman when (he is five and thirty years of age, (hall come to fome great
Dignity. If (he be a Religious woman,(he (hall obtain the chiefeft honors and o&es,
as to be Priorefs pr Abbefs.
8. When neat the firft joynt of the fore-finger there be two equal lines, of the
fame bignefs, they fignifieCoodne(s,Strer)gth, Vertue, andanoble and vertuous
Courage.
9. In the fame joynt, if in the hand of a woman there be Parallel lines, they pre-
fage many Children, but more Males then Females.
I o. When between thc two firft'joynts of the fore-finget there is thc form of thc
Charader of noted thus by the Aftrologers V , it jprelages that great riches
and polfefiion (hall fall by Inheritance, and by the death ornear Kinsfolk, which he
(hall poftefs with all joy and content. But if the faid mark be in thc extremity of
the finger, it fignifies fuirs of Law and quarrels againft his neareft kindred, with much
. difpleafurc
 H I R O M A N C 6<i
liifpleafutc ind misfortune. If this Charaaer be upon the mount of ^npiterM GgniHes
great Honors. Nay, I fay, that if it begins to appear about the age of Twenty, it de¬
notes Royalty, Principality, or other great Dignities, to every one according to his
cxtraaion, or rather more.

Of the mount of Saturn.

T He middle fingerf as we have faid elfwherejis dedicated to SAtum.iw:^ is thence The mount of
called the finger of SMurn^vcA the fwelling that is under it js called the mount satum confi.
of Saturn; which mount is environed by the lines of Saturn,Sun^ and the Table-
j. ^ ten denomi-

From the firfl joynt of the faid finger, andfrom the finger it felf,and from the marks
we (hall find upon the faid mount, we draw thefe Rules and Canons.
I. When the mount of Saturn is full and evident, without wrinckies or incifions.it
denotes the perfonfimple, weak, having no craft or deceit, but induftrious in Do-
meftical Affairs,employing himfelf according to the capacity of his mind,and ftrength
of his body. ^ ^
a.If there be upon this mount aline that begins at the firft joynt of the midle finger,
and that the faid line be thwarted by two other little lines, like the form of a double
Crofs; it denotes Prifons, Captivities, Slavery, it may be among the Turks, and
that the Party Iball be put in,tnd reduced to the Chainjbut if there be but one Crofs,
it fignifies the quite contrary.
3. If from the Table line there ilTue a line reaching to the mount of Saturn, and
feparating it, it fignifies the Perfon to be in great anxiety, that he is much in
care and difquiet, for to provide for this life, and yet that he is.alwaycs poor and

in want.
4. Whena woman hath on the firft joynt five or fix lines afeending towards the
fecond joynt,or though fhefhould have to the number ofeight, it fignifies fo many
Male Children which fhe fhali have without any Daughters between^ but thefe Boyes
Ihall be for the moft part unfortunate, and all poor, and as it were the dregs of the
people, living miferably.
5. If a man hath a ftar in this firft joynt, it is certain he fhal be affaflinated, or mur-
D thered; which fayth a famous French Author; ‘‘ I have k»o^n the truth of this to
mj great grief i for it happened to a. gentleman that was mj good friend,Vpho was
“ murthered in his own Wood the 24.0/ ^uly 162^, He had fuch a markjr fiar, and I
‘‘warned him that he was in danger offuch awofuU Death. J gave him that notice a-
“ bout the 20. of February the fame year 1623.
6. Thofe which have many lines upon this mount, arc fubje^i to Penury, Neceflj-
ty, Beggery, Panick Fears in all their afFairs,fmal imprifonments for civil Debts, and
that procured through the circumventions and devices of fome fubtile and malicious
perfons.
7. If there appear two lines ( after the age of Thirty ) upon the mount of Sa- "
turn, and that they be unequal, let the Party, if he know the ftate t)f his own affairs,
defift, and convey himfelf away ; for he may affure himfelf otherwife of a
fhamefuU death at the publique place of Execution; and his Offence is Coining, or
fome ocher ad of high Ttealon. If it be an Ecclefiaftical Perfon that hath thefe
lines, they fignific to him perpetual imprifonment, forfeiture of his Benefices, with
infamy and fhame, becaufe of Rapes and Incefts.
8. When from the fecond to the third joynt there are three lines,whereof two arc
acrofs, to a woman it is a great mark of infamy, and that fhe fhali be put in prifon,
and be reputed a Strumpet; fhali be in danger of her life, if fhe feape not with the
whip. To a man alfo tis a certain note of infamy very foul, as the whip,fhackles, or
banifhmcnt.
9. When from the Plain of <J\Fars ,or haply lower from the wrift, there iflues a
line, half apparent, paffing through this mount of Saturn, and ending on fome one
of the joynts of the middle finger, it fhews that ibmc great afflidionor impri-
fonmenc fhail happen in one of the three months of Winter, whete that line ends;
for if it be in the firft joync, tis 'Tifees, which is the moneth of February > if on the fe-
K \ cond,
 66 Chiromancy.
cond, tis in fanttarj; if on the third, tis in December, as may be feen before, the fiift
hiving PifceSfX.\it fecond the third Capricof-u.
10. V\^cn on the fide of the nay! of this finger there are ftars or croffes, whether
it be on the right or left hand, the ftars fignific imprifonment for fome matters of
State,orofgreat confequence. TheCroffes figfiifiedeath for Religions and there
have been few Martyrs who have not had this Crofs. The Crofs in all places doth
hot fignifie felicity; which the Student of Chiromancy ought to take notice of; It is
not only my Opinion, but allb of fome of the Ancients* Crux in omnibus locU non
femper bonitatefn naturefignificantis retinet^fed interdum malitiofam s^ualitatem indu^
&c, fays a moderne Chiromancer. That is the Reafon that a Crofs in this place
fignifies death in a place of publique execution, yet honorable, as being- for defence
of fome Religion or Doftrinc that a man hath fworn to, and that a mans own honor
obliges him to maintain, and to dye for the maintenance thereof

Tor never Jhame the juji mAns death attends:

Andhe^hodjes for Science, wifely ends.'

of the mount of the Suno

The mount of ^His rifing or fwelling lies under the finger which is commonly called the Ring-
the ex. k finger, attributed to the Sun, as we have deferibed it before; which mount is li-
plalned In elc- mited on one fide by the line of thei’/<»,on the other fide by the mount oiMercury•
Ss. °* Ring-finger, & at the other end by the Table line*
Of the predidfions of the faid mount we give thefe Rules,
1. If there be fome lines beginning at the firft joynt of the Ring finger, ftretching
it towards the Table line, wherein if there be no intetfedlions or cuttings,they figni¬
fie goodnefs, a fqbcilcwir,that devotes it (elf to many Sciences and Difcipline5,yeE
arrogant and full of an importunate Talkativencfs ,* and by the means of his loqua-
. cious Infinuations, he fhall arrive to great riches, with Relation to Kingr, Princes
and great Perfons.
2. But if thefefmalllinesbe crooked, having divers feflions or cuts, they fignifie
the contrary of the foregoing Rule, and further great Penury andPoverty with Infa¬
my , and fome great Danger that (hall caufe Beggery.
&
3. When there is a Crofs upon thismount, it denotes that the Party is an Idolater in
, his mony and riches, and will not take any benefit of them , fo much is he afraid to
diminilb them, and hath no other care then how to grow richer.
4. If a woman hath fuch a Crofs, it fignifies that Qie (ball raife her i great fortune
by the ufe of her body j if flie be fair, fhe Qiall allure many yong men, and Iball en¬
rich her felf by their ruine, beingofancatfpirit, cautious and coveteous. To be
fhort, fhe that hath it, is an allured ^crumpet j if fbe be not handfom, fhe will be a
Baud, and fhall debauch many wenches by her flatteries, counterfeiting fimplicity
i.. ^ and devotion; nay many times going to Leflures and places of devotion , and will
there do the bulinefs.
5. When fome fmall lines begin at the line of Fortune, and afeend tovyards the
. joynt df the Ring finger,if they be parallel, and join not, they fignifie felicity, with,
much imaginary latisfadion, as fome OJficesjor Dignities, to which rhe Party (ball
afpire, and purfue , but ail in vain. I have obferved it in many, whom I would name,
but that Civility forbids me, many of them being perfons of good quality,but having
that difeale of the mind, which is nouriflied by the wind of Hope, and makes them
believe themfelvcs already polTelfed of thofe Charges and Dignities, which are buc
promifed them. It is in this Rule that D/dagines and tJMoldenairtts have been much
miftaken,ptomifing to thofe that had,fuch Imes and figns, all Dignities and Riches.
The truth is,could not but be miftaken, if Jndagines for he hath
not faidany thing,norgivcnany Rules of his own Invention, but taken and ftollen
all from Indagines, which Gcclenius hath done as well.
6. when there are certain lines between the firft and fecomf joynt, if they be
ftraight and parallel they fignifie a good nature, and that the Party by fome fecret
means
 )

Chiromancy.

means and ways (hall enrich himfelf, as well by commerce as by labour, and raifing of
Cattle.
7. If between the fame joynts there be a crofs on the hand of a woman, it fignifies
(he ftiall be rich by her mariage and her Dowry,and that (be fhall be much honored;
but if at Twenty, fhe be not married, and have this Crofs, it denotes that that
Mayd will not be married, but (ball be a Nunne, or live in Continency, Chaftity and
great Devotion.
8. If thefe lines are from the fecond to the third joynt, they fignifie honors, but
attended with poverty ; and that the man is efteemed for fome good parts he hath,
but is unfortunate.
9. When upon the laft joynt^here is the form of a ftar or crofs, it denotes the man
rich by Patrimony and Succefliohs, but extremely unfortunate; nay, fo as that it
fbould feem he were born for no other end then to lie in prifon, and to be turmoild
inhis a6Fairs. /

10. If above the third joynt,towards the end of the finger or as I fball call it
hereafter the mount or riling of the nayl ^ there be certain lines, they fignifie Bufi-
nefs, Neceffity, Poverty ; and he that hath fuch lines, raoft commonly applies him¬
felf to fome fecret Arts, and mines himfelf thereby, as I have my felf obferved; they
are very liberal of their words, but the beft part of them are vain and unprofitable.
II. When there ifiues one onely line from the Table-line, towards the joynts of
the Ring-finger, tis a fign of Riches which (ball happen by fucceflion, in the moneth
that the line ends in. This finger reprefents to us the Summer; the firlt joynt is Vir-.
^0, which is the fign into which the Sm enters in Jugufi ; if the line ends in that
joynt, it is in that moneth that the Inheritance fball fall; if it ends in the fecond, it
fball be in July; for the fign is Leo • if in the third, it (ball be in June; for Cancer is
upon that joynt.

Of the Mount of Mercury,

W E E attribute to Mercury the little finger, commonly called the Ear*finger; m un r

and the fwelling under it, is called the mount of Mercury^ which hath on uenwrt ia °
the one fide the line of the Suu, on the other the outer part of the hand which looks nine particu-
towards the place of rhe Moon; at one end there is the firft joynt, and at the other explained,
the beginning oftheTable-Iinc, or the line of Fortune. From the fpeculacion of this
mount we draw thefe Aphorifms.
I. This mount being well proportioned, of a decent height,and well coloured, fig-
nifies Conftancy and Perfeverance in grave matters, all foolilb love being banifbed
from the fpirit of him that hath fuch things; but he is a great Obferver ot Chaftity ,
and a lover of the Sciences, whereby he fhall come to fome dignity.
2. When this mount is half filled with lines which are unlike and unequal, but
ftraight,the Psrty is of a docile nature, fortunate, a Fornicator, faithful!, not given
much to lying, a lover of new Sefls, a hater of fuperftitions, and new and external
Ceremonies; a jeerer of certain difciplines, not believing any thing of them,;bo^iball
ftudy the fecret and obfeure Sciences, but (hall not attain to them; for his fortune is
not limited, nor advanced by thofe Sciences.
3. When upon this mount there are certain lines iflfuing from the root of the little
finger, it they be crooked, it denotes that the Party fhall never attain thofe Sciences
which he pretends to,but ftwH be more apt to rob and deceive his neighbour.
4. J f there be upon the mount certain lines which come from without the hand,and
reach directly to the xS'««-linc, they denote the perfon given to lying, and hath no
other then fained knowledge,wherewith he abufes every one by vain promifes, and
efpccially as tp fecret things: If thefe lines are crooked,he (ball commit fome felo¬
nious adl, deceiving People under pretence of knowledge. To be (bort, he that hath
fuch a thing, deferves to be a Scoggin^ an Vlefpiegle, for he knows all the Tricks of
knavery.
5, If upon this mount there be one of our facred letters, as the of Ariesy it fig-
nihes riches acquired by Learning ; if it be that of Aquarius y it is the contrary,
through Ignorance. When the C of Cancer is there, it denotes the knowledge of Al-
K ^ ebimy
 <58 H I R O M A N C

chimy and Chiraiftry; if that ofCapricornfit is the falfification of thofc Sciences, and
an ignominious death. ’
6. If in the firft joynt of this finger there be the letter, or charafler of Jupiter,
which is thus V » it denotes a knowledge full of vanity and arrogance, which con-
fifts more in pretence then any thing elfe; and he that hath thofc Lines, thinks him-
felf fome holy Father, or fome great Rhetorician.
7. If in the fecond joynt there be a or the Greek x, it denotes the perfon very
inconftant, learned, and yet a fool, credulous and fubjedi to all paflions.
8. If ineither ofthejoynts therebeacrofs, it denotes the perfon to be without
any Religion, living in all without any great affeflion to any, though he may feem
to retain fomewhat of that he received from his mother, yet without any great ear-
neftnefs, believing that God delfghts to be ferved divers wayes.fo that no other then
himfelf have the glory, and that it be not given to dumb things.
9. When in the third joynt there is a ftar or a crofs, it is an infallible fign of po¬
verty, though the perfon be learned 3 he fhall be very likely to be deceived and
robbed, and he himfelf Ihall be fubjeft to theft and deceit.
10. Although fome think that the lines which iifuc from the Su»-line, and go to
the Table-line, fignifie Children, yet it may alfo be that it fignifies a curious mind,
given to travel, and that by his fubtilty (hall be imployed.in the affairs of Princes, by
way ofAmbaflieototherwife, for all relates to his Mercuriality. As for the other
Mount, fuppofed or called fo, as that of the Afoou and of Mart, I have fpoken of
them elfwhere; and by the leave of the modern Chiromancers, they were never rec¬
koned among the Mounts by the Ancients j for the one hath been called the place of
the Afoen, the other the plain of LAfars; therefore 1 have not put them in this rank
or Chapter. Now for the fignifications of the Nayls.

C H A P. X X I.

That the ^J\(ajls belong to Chiromancy, and not to

Phyfiognomy • and that the' Sciences ofOnu
mancy and Cofcinomancy, and others, depend of
Chiromancy. The fignifications of the S\(fiyls,
and their TrediSions.

The Nayls
tOme of the Ancients would have the Nayls to belong to Phyfiognomy,
confidered.
and have accordingly placed them in their books of Phyfiognomy,
without making any diftinflion between thofe of the feet, and thofe
of the hands, though fome not very great ftudents in Chiromancy,
when they tell fome people their Fortunes, ^ will fee their feet as well
as their hands, and thence give their judgements,which is a fooliffi and
irrational thing. As for the nayls of the feet, my opinion is with Baptifla T^orta the
Neopolitan, that they fall under Phyfiognomy, and thofe of the hand under Chiro¬
mancy, as the lines of the forehead fall under Metopofeopy; feeing Chiromancy. (as
we have faid in its definition) is a divination by looking on the hand, the nayls that
are contained in it, ought therefore to contributeto thefe judgements,and ought not
to be fepatated from the body of this Science; but thofe of the feet not fecn at the
firft fight by the Chiromancer, he refers them to Phyfiognomy, though there cannot
any great fignifications or judgements be drawn from them, becaufe moft commonly
there is fonlie deformity,through daily travell,ftraight (booing,and the weight which
they
 Chiromancy. 6'p
they fuftain, and other accidents which happen to this low part, as being the boc-
tomeoftheBody.
When we would draw any judgement from them, we.are to obferve thefc things,
vizs Whether they are broad, white, narrow, long, oblique, little, round, flefhy,
pale, black, yellowifli. red, and marked. The nayls were made for the defence and
ornamentofthefingers, as being made, as C/a/. faith Defubfituntia came efi du-
• rior, ejfe tnollior. But before I enter intotny Judgements of them, I will treat firft of
fome fecret and divining Sciences which depend of it, as Onimancy,which from them
hath its denomination, and is commonly called the fcience of the nayls, fome call it
the obfervation of the Angel Vriel. It is done in this manner; you take a young
boy, or a young gitle that is a Virgin, and upon the nayl of her right hand, or on the
hollow or palm of the hand you put fomeoyl of Olives? but the oyl of Wallnuts
mingled with Tallow or blacking, is better.
I am willing to communicate to the curious ftudent of this fcience fome particula¬
rities of it, which arc not ordinary nor common. He muft therefore know in'the firft
place that the girl, having the nayl or the palm rubbed with oyl, rauft be turned to¬
wards one part of the world, according to the thing that he defires to know ; If it
be for money, or other things hidden in the earth, if it be required to know where
they are, youmuft turn the face of the Virgin towards the Eaft , where is obferved
the Angel VrieU which is the chiefeft of the Angels which are obferved in this Sci¬
ence. If it be to difeover fome perfons that have committed fome fault, or if it be for
fome perfonihat you would know out of affetftion , you muft turn the face of the
Child towards the South, where is obferved the Angel Vriel^ which is the fecond.-
Ifit be for a robbery or theft that hath been committed in the night, and it be de-
fired to know the robbers or thieves, and where they have hid the thing ftollen, you
muft turn the Childs face towards the Weft, and there obferve Afiriel^ who is the
third of this Science : But when a friendfis murthered, and that you would
know the murtherer, you muft turn the Childs face towards the North, and obferve
the Angel Gediel^ who is the fourth of this Science. But you muft further note, that
for to do wonders in this Science, you muft caufe the Child to repeat the 72 verfes of
the Pfalms oWavidzhokn and colleffed by-the ancient Hebrew Cabalifts for their
Oracle DIpnOHDl Vrim^ Thummim, which was nor contrary to this Science,when
God had recalled his more particular favours from the Hebrew people for their fins
and Idolatry j we find in fome of the Rabbies,that towards the end they anoint¬
ed the ftones of the or pedora! of the high Priefts with oyl, whence hath
arifen the fcience which the Greeks call , 01 ChryftaU^mamy, which
hath been exercifed among that people, and reverenced as their Oracles; and from
them came thefe two, OnimancyCatoptromancy, Now thefe 72 verfes are faith¬
fully collefled byin the third BookoftheCabaliftical Art, and in theTrea-
tife de verbo minfico, where in every verfe there is the venerable name of four Let¬
ters, and the three lettered name of the Angels, which arc referred to the expo-
fitive name Schemhammaphoras, which was bidden in the folds of the lining of the
Tippet of the high Prieft.
,The firft oTthofe verfes is, Et m Domine fnfeeptor mem gloria mea, exahane
which is referred to the fiift Letter, which is ti? , and to the firft high
name, Eehuthah.
The fecond verfe, Et tu Domine ne elongaveris auxilium tuum a me, addefenfionem
meam conjpice, which is referred to the lecond letter 3 , and to the fecond name
Lehel; fo of the reft, which he that is curious will find out in the Books before men¬
tioned.
We find in the writings of fome ancient Rabbies, among others, T^hemanides^
that before Davidh^^ compofed his Pfalmt, they had no other aftiftance but this
word Schemhammaphoras, which Mofes by the Commandment of God put fecretly
into the lining ('as 1 faid before) of the pedforal of the facerdotal ornaments, and
taught by word of mouth the fecret manner of making ufe of it, with the other prin¬
cipal! myfteries of the Law,to the wife and difereet Elders of the people. Moreover
this ancient Rabby fayes, that that Oracle Vrim^ni Thummim was the work of
God, as well as the Tables of the Commandments, and were all given at the fame
time
 Chiromancy.
70
time to Mdts on Mount Smai. As for Vrim, it was graven as the facred names, by
vertuewheteofthc hidden letters appeared, and Tivaswaw was that which inade
them legible- for the fpitit of the Pricft which w« employed to enqui^te of the
Lord bv the means of this Oracle t/'Ww and Thummim, being enlightned by the
Af4,fr<.U,whichisoneofthe degrees of the holy Spirit, infetmut to Prophetical
Vifions^but fuperiour to that heavenly voice, which they called ? riHj , phavocts^
the dauahter'of the voice. The Hebrews hold it for certain, that this voice foretold
what was to come, iffuing from between the two Cherubins of the Propitiatory;
and the place where this voyce was heard, was called T>ehh%r, as "inch as to
fav, Oracle, or familiar difcourle with God .* That reigned, as laith Rabby Salomon^
from the fecond Temple till our Lord Jefus Chrift; the letters which did appear m
fieht might be compared to Miztarphoth, or joyning of words, whereof feme fenfe
cL\d be drawn, as when David asked God whether he fhould go up into one of the
Cities of fuda, they fay that thereupon there appeared thefe three letters n7|;.which
fignifie gI up : thefirft, viz. ^ of that oiSimeou the feco nd that of the hird
of ^uda. fo that all that was but one divine Oracle , which they ufed in great and
urgent affairs, as we read in Numbers, Ante Bleazarum Sacerdotemfiabu ^mtnter^
roqet pro eojudicium Vrim coram Domino. And there was none admitted to addrefs
themfelves to this Oracle, but the King or Magiftrate, asjnay be feen at large in the
Jewilh Talmai.'m the Tteatife Majfechtah pmah^ofihc dayes. from this Oracle
and fectet communication is fptung this fcience ot Onimancy ; foi as the Pntft who
Was ordained to confult, ought not to be polluted, and lliould forone moneth ab-
ftain from the ufeofhis own wife; fo the confultat.on m th^ Science is to be per.
formed by a Child that is a Virgin, the one upon tranfparent ftones, the other upon
a tf^nfparent nayl, and upon the chryftal or glafs of the fame quality. In the fitil
Apes of the invemion of this Science, it was received by all, and recommended, but
rim- hath call fome fufpition upon it, becaufe fome have abufed tt.adding to it fome-
IhL that was fupetftWous, and making it too common, and nfing it m the vileft and
tningTria p .uinoc. hefides that the compendious words of this Science have

billowed rav endMVOurs in this Science and fectet of the Nayls, and that the ra-
thel becaiJfe I wLid convince a fort of men who will believe "“'hing. but call all
Sinis into queftion, which comes not within the capacity of their fh.llpw appte-
henfionrand by that means fall into a damnable Atheifm, thinking that Spicits, Ge-
Ss and Angels do things mote then ordinary, and that in this Science, and others
k ! fouX there arc feen things more then natural and ordinary, when they ate
tne b knol!lng menlXn"0«Oy,in the name & feat of God.I fay this.wi^out any
conttadiflion of ;he Laws of Chtiftianity, or any violation to the Church of Chtift,
Xdet the Gofpel, of whom by thegt.ee of God, I have had the happinefs to be .
^nown member .In the faith of which I hope I have lived, and in the fame I defire
L rdeavorto live and die. without ever fttaying from her Ordinances. As for thee
XousTurnrido whatlhavefaidbefore.andthoufhalt fee wonders, and^
f ?h„ he means of the great names of God,which ate y*.let os now confider Cv/.
latiy by ‘h'^ " of rcfcmonMucj is ptaaifed with a Sack or a Sieve,wherein a
rro™ me put in tL m^^dk of a Circle, which Tongs the Latins ca I Forces
& eachfideffXele Tongs is put upon the Nayls of the Thumb of two perfons which
Lk one uDon the othet(fot becaufe thefe Tonges or Pincers muft be upon the Nayls,
r attribu?e this Science to Chirm^mc,) yet fome put them upon the Nayls of the
Ldle finLer- and when they are thusplaced, they call by ihe name and firname
^ofc whom they fa tpea to be guilty ol the theft, ot other thing done, and after they
r ^ oA rtipm t-hpu fav thefe wofds Dics mtes lechet, benedoefet,douuima

enetemans,^T^(x cne if of the two which have been named, there

b:nXhcr'’gu': y." sXv movcfnoE'a^ all This is it yi^aiih of it i 1 have
f fXe S have Ptaaifed this kind of Divination, but not ufing thefe words.but
f /XXarnmartSd wondcB i which proceedings I will never commend,
fome f (oDciftition thereof. Above all, Acre mull be great cate taken that the
Ss ot Shears be placed upon the middle of the Nayl. and confidered whethei tc
 Chiromancy.

be round, or good, or long; but if it were mine own, the nayl of the middle finger
is more fit then that of the Thumb. But feeing the Lots were anciently permitted,'
even in the infancy of the Church, as we read in the Afts of the Apoff les, that they
call Lots about the Apoftlefhip of Juda^, to know who fhould have that dignity^
Barnahai^ or Matthias i and this cuftome they had derived from the Greeks and La-
tines, witnefs the Homcrical and Virgilian Lots; I hope it will be granted me by ouf
Matters in imitation of Antiquity, as alfo bccaufe it was a thing permitted to the an¬
cient Gaules^ vU, their hot water and cold, for to difeover the Chafticy of a man or
woman, CO allow the Lots of the Sieve without fcandal, and fiich as our ancettors
have exercifed, cfpecially In J^rance, as Belott witnefTes in the Reign of Charle-maign^
^nd his fon (Charles the Bald, nay in the Church it felf without any quettion,as it may
be feen in the French ancient Rituals, in this manner. When there was a queftion of
fome thing, whether it were of Theft, or other matter, they came to accufe them that
Were fufpe^ed guilty of it, to him that knew how to caft the Lot; then two being
together, and holding the Sack upon the nayl of the Thumb, or midd le finger, the
matter prayed thus. Dens qm beatam SufaHnam de falfo ertmine Uberajii : Bens qui
beatamTeclam deffeHacttlis Uberajii : Bens quifan^um Banielem de lacn Leomm
liberafiiy&tres fneros de camino ignis ardentis eripuijiijtH libera imocentes & configna
faUores,per Bominnm nojlrum. 1 hat being raid,the matter naming the firft iLifpeded
or accufed, faid, N. by Saint ‘Petert by Saint Taul thou haft it; the other anlwered
by Saint Peter, he hath not. That being repeated thrice, if the accufed had
committed the fault, the Sieve turned, if nor, it remained fteady, without moving at
all, and that was a demonftration of the innocency of the accufed. All this was anci¬
ently derived from the Jewsjand Vadianus in his Commentaries upon the Pentatesich,
that the water of probation was but a falfified thing, meerly to frighten the fimple,*
who through fear admire thofe things they underftand not, efpecially when they are
done by thofe who are their Leaders, and chief Pillars in Religion, who make ufe of
that means to retain them in their duty, and unite them to their Prince, as well by
the feat of the Eternal God, as the Magiftrate, there being added to this all thofe fe¬
rret things, which as Ckera faith, depend of the gods. Now the moving or turning
of the Sieve, denotes the acCufed guilty, falling on him, acciifcth him, and its im¬
mobility his innocence.
So much for this Science. ,
Let us now examine that Science which the Greeks call %yileVtrb^
manejy or Divination by a Cock; which depends of the Nayls, and confequently of
Chiromancy. He therefore that defircs to know fomething, whether it be a R6b-
bery. Theft, or the name of a Succeffor, 6t the name offome body in any other Cafe
mutt in a good clofc place make a Circle, which he mutt equally divide into fo many
parts as there are letters in the Alphabet. That being done,he mutt take wheat-corns
which he mutt put upon every letter, beginning at and fo continuing faying this
,Ecce enimveritatem,&c. ’ **
It is to be noted, that this is to be dono when the Moon is in Aries or Leo» or the
Sm muft4)e in either of them. The wheat being thus placed, he mutt take a yong
Cock or Cock^chickin all white; he mutt cut off his claws, and caufe him to /wal¬
low them together, with a little feroul of parchment, made of a Lambs skin, wherein
fhall be thefe words written, , and holdmg this little Cock,’ he mult
fay O Beta Creator omnium,qni jirmamentumpulchritudine JielUrumformaJiiyConJiitu-
ens easinjigna & tempora,tnfundevirtHtemtmm operibus nojiris^ut per opus in eis
confequamur efjeBum. • Amen.
This prayer ended, in putting the faid Cock into the Circle, he mutt fay thefe two
Verfes, which aretaken out of the PfalmsofZ)4W. Dominejilexi decorem domus
tUA^ locum habitationis tHA, 2. Bomine Bests virtutum^ converte nos^ ^ ofien-
defactem tuam, & falvi erimus. Thefe two Verfes are in the middle of the Ti.cho-
fen by the Cabalifts, as I have faid before, they are juft in the middle, having 25,
of each fide; and it is to be noted that there is nothing in thefe 72, which is not of
fome uieinthe Cabalifticai Secret, as an antient Rabbi affirms.
Now the Cock being thus placed, it mutt be obferved from what letters he eats
the grains, and there put others irficad of them, becaqfe that in fome names and
words
 __^__ /

7^ C H I R O M A N C Y.

words the fame letter is ufed twice or thrice. Having obfetved or written on a pa¬
per thefe letters, they muft be put together, and he fliall find the name of him he
defires to know, whatfoever be the occafion. So we read that the Emperour Valen-
tins being defirous to know who fiiould fuccced him in the Empire, had recourfe to
this Science. Zon^ras reports that the Cock eat only the grains which were upon
thefe letters, ©.e.q.^. for which Reafon he caufed all thofe to be kill'd,whofe names
weteTheodorfiSjTheotioJtffs^ 7heodatesy a.hd Theodnles : yet he could not hinder but
that TheodoftHs the Great was his Succeffor.
This Science was much pradifed in the Times of the firft Emperours, even in the
Church, as well as Clidomancj, derived , wherefore the Greeks call
Glidomancy.
it Wherein was ufed a Key, about which there was written the name of
him that was fufpededof the Theft, or other thing, upon paper : which Key was
eyed toa Bible, and all was born up upon the nayl of the Ring-finger of a Virgin-
girle, who held all hung by a thred, which (he had fpun for the purpofe , and faid
loftlythis Verfe three times, Bxurge Domine^djuva nos^ & redime nos propter nomtn
fan^umtuHm. Thefe things being performed, if the Key and Book turned, it was
certain that the accufed had committed the thing ; if there was no turning, it decla¬
red him innocent. Some Antients add thereunto the Seven Pfalms with the Letanies,
and the fecret prayers ,which were pronounced high, and were formidable becaufc
of the repetition of fome Hebrew words conrained therein, with the names of God.
And when they came to pronounce therein the name of him that had committed
the theft, the Key and Book turned jand there was an impreflion found upon him
thatwas guilty,in theform ofaKey,or elfeheloft an eye j whence came the Pro¬
verb, Ex ochIo ^uotjfne excftjfo Hodiefur eognofeitar. This was to be performed when
the Sun or Moon were in Virgo*
Daftilo^ BaSiilomAncj was performed by Rings put on the nayls of the fingers,made when
mancy. the Sun entred Leoy and the Moon was in ^emini; or elfe the Sun being in Gemini^
and the in Cancer, her own houfe, and^/^rc^r^ alfo \nGemini or elfe
I

V they were to be made when the Sun T»as in Sagittariusy^tid the Moon in Scorpio^ and
-.*■
CMercury in Leo j they were made of gold, filver, copper, iron, ■ lead,.
The Loti alfo of the holy Scripture were much in requeft and ufe, all the time of •
the Primitive Church, with Ceremonies concerning the nayls, which I will not bring
upon the Stslge here,becaufe I would avoid prolixity. There is fomwhat yet to be
feen of it in the hiftory oiGregorj of Tours y which hapned in his time upon the Tomb
of S. Martin, when cJlLeroveas being in perplexity what fhould become of him
for the future, went and confulted after this manner.
But we have fpoken fufficiently of thefe Sciences; let us now advance to the pre¬
dictions and fignifications of the Nayls. Although we have at the beginning o< this
Chapter laid down the forms of the Nayls, iris ncverthelcfs neceffary that in this
place al(o I fhould exprels them by lyayof a Table, that fo .1 may render them
more eafy to be undciftood, and make their Significations more readily conceived.
The Table follows, wherein I fhall briefly handle their fignifications; which, as this
knowledge is of much ufe to Phyfitians, fol (hall hereafter ( God fparing life and
health ) more particularly difeourfe thereof by way of addition to this, or in fome
other Treatife.

The
 f

Chi rom ancy. 75

A TABLE. ' ,

r. He 01 (he that hath the nail thus,.is of a gentle nature, .and good enough,
' ‘buteetauiltyof fome pufillanimiiy, and a feat to fpeak beforegteat per-
Kafing not his fpeech at command, and being guilty of a ceitam balh-

a «"abontthe(e nails there happen to be an excoriation of the flelh, which

is commonly called points; in thefe large nails it (ignifies the party given to
< luxury . yet featfull, and commonly gnilty of (ome exceffe at hisotdi-

, ^hen there is at the extremity a cetuin white mat^,; it fignifies rnine as to

^ means that (hall happen (or want of providence, through negligence j the
^r" hath mote honefty then fubtilty. and fears more a froft in the moneth
ofthen the lofs of a Battel. ^

-I Hethathath nails whiteind long, is fickiii'iihdkj^ to.muc^'fit^w^nd

efnecially to Feavers;he is rieatsbut not very fttong,becaufe rfhis indifpofiti-
ons^Sb/ea to the ufe of women,who (hall deceive and abufe himi.though

1 Ifloon thifwhfK^theteap^a’t at the extremities fomewhatthat is pale,

that denolcsa lhoti lifef-tbaT&all happen by fuddendeath, at may be fhe
A,.rfnfls ire fat and ol aaovial humour, yet participating

rWhen the nails are fo, it notes the perfon well natured.butdiftruftfnll that
i 1 will not confide in any man, as being from his youth convetfant with d^
I ' ceits, yet not praaifing them, and that becaufe the omgoodnels of nature
f ^ ifvhi^ is in him doth rather love reconciliation then differences.

1. Signifie
74- C H I R O M A N

Signifie deceic, and that the perfon is given to over-reach his neighbour, to
make deceitfull bargains, that there may be matter of circumvention and
deceit; he hach no courage,; nor any greater defire then to fee a full Parlia¬
ment, and when he fees it, thliikshimfclf one of the greateft Law-givers of
the world.
When upon thefc crooked nayls there are certain white little marks at the
extremities,it fignifics a flothfull perfon, of little judgement, yet defires moft
to be heardj though he hath offended no body ; there is an infeparablc co-
rt iL wardife in his minder and that through the avarice which governs it.

• \ • i ■
r I. Little and found nails denote a perfon obftinately angry,of a diffaftcful con-
rr I vetfatipni thife is more tnfelining to hatred then otherwife, believing all
Z ’; things to be fubjeft to him.
*■ ^2. If the little nails be crooked at the extremity, it denotes the perfon fierce
and proud,'Wdentertains ho defire which doth not fpeak Pride and high
dignities. ' i 1.
■« i c-

'Signifie a Cholerick Perfon, yet of good nature, and foon reconciled;

Round ‘3 defirous pf, and loves the fecre^,Sciences, yet with an honeft minde,
Nails. ^ wiAout anydefignto hurt any body, doing what he doth for his own
" fatisfaftioni ,,

s
’Signifie a calm perfon , given to idlenefs, and will rather fleep, cat and
and drink, .then take a Town by fome warlike ftratagem, or have any
Nails ^ evil defign againft his neighbour.
•'cirmp.. J ■ >1 L.lj • '.4 rdilo . ■ j „
fubjedltii't^y direafes,and wrthall guilty ]!
Blackeof many cbeatsand tjrlckf to d^eivenwiieighbourjfor thefe accidents
l^fls «fc49i:iyedjfrom ¥ -iiJiw :)r .
oib .mr'; . ■ io. .4^ j ,v.:. j
Signifie a Cholerick and Martial Nature, given to truclty; and ,
. „ , asmany little marks as there are, they fpeak fo many evil dc-
Red and marked^ ~ which tetid rather to the hurt then the good of his neigh-
'trails
‘ ^ails A' . thefehails have the nature and complexion of cf, and
df^2 for their variety. . ^ •
-a 9i-i; ^
let ns now coefider the Hand inge-

-ill (j 3110 j U vTiJ * 1. *! I.^.V *

-ub fijiw 01 rl;ucv ' i ino;* .

'jiU 'Cn lO 3i-3[i!jvop, r.-'io tjil > 'j ai Kij- t

.SJ-iroijiiiL fi'j/iJ 'ui^ciiiDiiOw. i •1

Ch A Pi

.1
 Chiromancy*

c H A P'. X X11*

Particular Pulesfor the Hands.

t

[S foi the general PrediaioBs of.the Hands, what my judgement is

^ of them, I (hall deliver with as much Brevity and Truth as I can
poffibly; the Hands being as it were the Looking-glaffes wherein
we fee the Soul and the Affeaions. m i
I. If thou findeft any lines at the top of the fingers, beware
drowning or falling into the water; and obferve in what finger it
is, that thou maift know what moneth this misfortune will happen

7f tholffi^wo under thejoynt of theThumb, it denotes great Inheti.

tanies and PoffeflTions; but if there be but one. it denotes no great weakh. If t^fc
Lines be great and apparent, the perfon hath fome Riches, about which be is m De-

If be^twcen*"he joynts of the Thumb there j>e^wo lines ftreached out and well
united the perfon will be a Gamefter: but by means of his Gaming he (hail be in
danger of his life ; but if they bedisjoyned, or winding and crooked, he is like tP
fall into Thieves hands, and be robbed. . j l 1 n
4 If there be a hand that hath two lines joyned together, within, under the laft
ioviic of the Thumb, it denotes danger by water .• but if they ate pale,it fignifies that
it Lthhapned in Childhood, or that it will hapen late; but if the fe lines are with¬

out, they threaten fome lofs by fire. - . Y I. /.rr

V A woman that hath lines at the root of the Thumb, upon the mount of Hestui,
fo manv lines as there are, fo many Children (hall (he have: If they verge towards
the outfide of the hand, fo many men (hall Have to do with her, or marry her.
6 Ifthoufindthefitftjoyntof theihumb havingaline that joyns to it within
from the part of tlie fore-finger, he that hath it (hall be hangedand fo much the
more certain, by how much the more the (aid line reprefents it, and defeends from

the Table line; but if the (aid line be united without, and not within, it is a fign the
perfon (hall lofe his head 5 if it be environed all about,the man (hall be hanged.
^ 7. When the Table- line is crooked, and falls between the middle and forc.finger^
it fignifies effufion of blood, as I faid before. , n j l rrr
8• When thou findeft upon the mount of the Thumb, called the mount of Fmust
certain lines thwarting from the line of life to it, the perfon is luxurious,and for that
icafon (hall be hated of his Friends and Superiors; but when thou findeft two lines
near the Thumb fait and apparent,they figinfie abundance of Temporal Wealth.
9. The mount oiFcnns (welling up and high in the hand of any one,fignifies luxu-,

ry ^ jhat hath a cleft, with three fmall branches, the perfon

that fo hath it, (hall be hated of great men; but he (hall be a great diflfembler, and for
that reafon (hall not fear them much. ...... . ,r l r n. in
11. If thou find the line of Life feparated, Of divided into halfs, the perfon flhalf
be wounded with a fword in his body. . . c r
12. If a woman hath the palm of the hand fhort , and the nngeis rong,ie
is a fign.(he (hall bring forth with great pain and difficulty: the reafon of
it 1 is, bceaufe the piivy parts ate narrow ; for the one is femblance of the

I a When thou feeft a hand fomething long,and the fingers fomewhat thick, it ir
a fign perfon is fiow, idle, of a phlegmatiek Complexion, yet a good bo¬
that the

dy. and very rriodeft. . - e x

14. VVhenchoB findeft the palm of thchandlong,»u(lthefingereof*goodpro.
^ La portion*
 Chiromancy.
portion, and not fofc in the couching ,buc rather hard, the perfon is ingenious, but
changeable, given to Theft, and vicious.
15. He chat hath the hand hollow, folid, and well knit in the joynts, is likely to
live long; but if over-thwarted, it denotes (hortnefs of life.
16. He that hath the hand according to the quantity of his body, and the fingers
too Ihorc ,and thick, and fat at the ends, is denoted to be a Thief, a Iyer in wait,
and furnifhed with all evill, a Paragon of vice, the more he hath the fingers filld to¬
wards the ends.
17. When the Palm of the hand is longer then its due proportion requires, and
the fingers more thick, by how much they are the more fliorc, icfignifiesthcman
idle, negligent, a fool, and proud, and that fo much the more, by how much the hand
is more brawny.
18. He that hath the hands long and great, is liberal, good-conditioned, crafty,
hath a great fpirit, and is a good Counfellour, and faichfull to his Freinds
Ip. He that hath the hand Ihorcer then icfhouldbe, according to the propors
tion of his ocher members, it is a fign of a great Talker, and that he is a Glutton, infa-
tiable, injurious, and a Cenfurer of other mens adlions.
26. He that hath the fingers turning backwards, is an unjufl perfon, fubtile, ingeni¬
ous: and the more neat his fingers feem to be as being more dry ) the more mif-
chievous is he, and advances into all evill, as if he were at enmity with Vertue 5 when
the lines of the joynts are all alike, take heed of fuch Servants. *
21. He that hath the fingers well united and clofe.fo that the Air can hardly pafs
between, is a cutions perfon, and very carefull about his affairs.
22. When thou feeft one that hath the fingers retorted at the higheft joynt, and
turned backward orderly, as it appears here, it is a fign of an envious Perfon.
gi/ies and SavmaroU fay that he is envious .* but it is a vertuous Envy or Emulation^
and the perfon a profeffed enemy of Vice. -
2}. If thou find one whofe fingers are difperfed, and thicker at the joynts, and
between the joynts fmall and dry, as if the flefh were taken away, it denotes Poverty
and Mifery. The men that ate thns qualified, are great Talkers, andfuffer Poverty
by their over-great wifdom.
24. Who hath the fingers in fuch a manner as that they ftrike one another, as if Kb
were beating a drum, it is a fign that he is changeable in his thoughts, and hath ill
opinions of others.
2 5. He that when he is in difeourfe with others, hath a cuffom of fttiking with his
hands, and cannot abllain trom if.hath fome imperfedion in his underftanding, and
his mind being overwhelmed with many affairs, is as it were confufed.
26. If thou find ore whofe hands (hake when he rcacheth them forth to takefome-
whar, it denotes that he is no cholerick perfon. There are others that have this infir¬
mity through the too much ufe of winejtherefore caution is to be ufed.
27. Wnen you fee a man who when he eats, opens his mouth, and ftoops it fo his
hand, or to the meat which he bolds, it is a fign he is a Glutton, and an enemy to all
the World; and he that in the fame adion puls down his hat over his eyes, is a trea¬
cherous perfon, and given to ail manner of vice,and fuch a one as wife men avoid.
2 8. Obferve the finger of Mercury, or the little finger, if the end thereof exceed
the laft joynt of the Annular or Ring-finger, fuch a man rules in his houfe, and hath
his wife pleafing and obedient to him; but if i t be (hort, and reach not the joynt,
that man hath a ')hrew,an imperious commanding woman, that wears the Breeches*
if one hand differ from the other ( as it may do /having in one the little finger ex¬
ceeding the joynt, in the other (hotter,then it denotes one wife a Shrew, the other
courteousjand you may know how to diftingui(h by obferving the hands j for if thac
hand that (hews the lines moft confpicuous ,have the little finger long, pafling the
joynt ot the Annular, then the fiiff wife is good :* ifihat hand have the (horceft
finger, then the (lift wife is a Shrew, and foofthe other.
The laff of thefe Rules is worthy obfervation i for on it depends Chironomy, or
the Science of the (light of the hands, vcryneceffary to thole who defire to be
Gamdlers.
CHAP.
 Chiromancy. 77

Chap. XXIII.

That the Hands are an aUidgement vpherein are obfer^

tied the three fTorlds, aud certain fecrets of <iA'
jlrology andctAfronomj.
LL Antiquity, as well Divines and Philofophershave divided all
into three Worlds, that is to fay, the Elementary, the Celeftial,
and the Intclkaual j and each inferioiir World is governed by
its fuperiour, as the Elementary by the Celeftial^ arid that by
the Intelkaual j and the force and power of the one is commu¬
nicated to the other, as the great Archetype, and great Creator,
the only Intelkfl infufes his power into the Angels, Heavens and
Stars which make the Celeftial World; this again derives fomewhat to the Elements,
living Creatures, Plants, Mettak, Scones, &c. and all through the influence which
operates in all, and through all. Now thefe three Worlds are obferved in the hand
of man • taking, and fuppofing the Elementary at the wrift, as being the loweft
part of the hand, as the Elementary is the loweft of the three Worlds; And in the
faid Wrift there is commonly three Lines orincifions, which reprefent unto us the
three Degree’f of the Ekments, that is to fay, Ample,compound, and difcompound-
ed- and the four parts which concur to the iompoficion ol Bodies: viz.. Flelb,
Bones Veins, and Nerves are there alfo: and that reprefents to us this elementary
World and the four Elements; the Veins reprefent the fire; the Fkih the water.;
the Bones the earth, and the Nerves the airj their qualities, hot, moift, cold ,and
dry • the mixt bodies of divers kinds, as living Crcatures,J?tos, Mcttals, Stones;
thequadtuplicity; progredient creatures. Volatile, Aquatick, and Reptile; the
four Relations of Plants to the Elements, feeds, flowers, leaves; roots; the four
Humours, Chokr, Blood, Flegme, Melancholy : the four terms of nature, are fub-
ftance, quantity, quality, motion; the four motions of Nature, afeent, defeent, pro-
gre'flion,circulation : the four principal winds, Eaft, Weft, North, South j the four
partsot this Elementary world,Eaft, Weft, South, North; the four Angels, Theo.
phrites^ Antadkh, Sm^hiel, Damalech, who fortific the Elements, and whofc Cha-
ra(fters*are to be fecnin Ticatrix ; the four Angels of the Ekmmts,Siipbam,(^ereit
Nimphe Pigmees'. the four forts of Angels which hurt the earth,
tAzLeCcMahaz.Aels the four Angels which govern the four Angles of this Ele¬
mentary World, Orkno, Pajmm, Egin, ^w^ywtfK.As concernmg the Body of man,
the Spirit, the Fk(b, the Humours, the Bones; the four Spirits, Animal, Vital, En-
«endred Natural: the four Complexions, Impetuofity, Agihty,Idkrcrs,Siowners;
the four Seafons, the Spring, the Summer, the Autumne, the Winter ; the four Spi¬
rits which govern thefe Sealons: Talnii 9y4rdarttely PatIm. So there is
a number of other Quartenaries which anfwer to this Elementary World, and have
an Analogy with the other Worlds to which they are referred ; and all thefe. we
place upon the Handwrift, according to our Arc of C^lromancj. The Celeftial
World we imagine placed in the circumference of the hand, beginning at the hrlt
line of the wrill, under the Mount of palling under the firft joyncof the
Thumb, as alfo under the fiift joynts of all the other fingers, and fo upon the Mount
of the CMoon I joyn again this circle to the wrift, or the place of the Moon. Vmm
is upon the Thumb, under the fore-finger, Saturn under the middk.fingcr,
the under the ring finger, CMercmj under the little finger, and below that the
CMoony and in the middle of the Palm Mars; As for the i a. Signs of the ZoMackj,
they are as they are placed in the third figure of the hands which ace in the firft chap¬
ter. So that thus you have the firft Scars and Celeftial bodies placed; tor the others
 Chiromancy.

it is aseafie to place them, the Meridional neer the Mounts of the Moon, and the
Septentrional on thie fide of the Mount of Venns, or of the thumb according to
what lines, ftars, and croffes you meet with : the ftar called De/u figured thus a ,
is our Triangle ; upon the C^adrangle there is the Bear or ArRnrus which is the
Artick Pole, which hath feven ftars,which are the feven lines beforcmentioned, pla¬
ced upon the Tabic-line j fo the other Antardick Pole, and the other Stars upon
the middle line or Natural Line, the difcourfe whereof would be too tedious to re¬
peat, Wemay alfodothe fame as to Aftrommy, or fupputation of weekly days,
andEpaftsof the Sun, which begin every 28. years according to thefe artificial
Verfes. As for the days of the week, we note with thefe Letters AfBC.D. E,F.G,
which we turn backward in thisFalhion, G.F, 8,D.C,B.A. according to thefe verfes,

Gaudit Flaccus Squo^ Dorns Bo^horus

Contrary to the method of theEpadls according to the following of the Letters,

which goes according to this verfe,

Afira Btata Colant Dens office Fata gubernanst

In the fame manner we place the Thefes of the weekly Cycle; thefe two words
Gaudet Flaccus^ under the bottom or extremity of the Fore finger, the tbisd word
which is under the root of themiddle finger j the fourth word which isDo-
rus under the fourth finger; the fift word, under the root of the little- finger.
And thefe two words 'Boffihorus Agno^ in the middle of the root of the fore-finger;
fo running over them again, thou (halt finde on one fide the Epadls j obferve if the
Epadl this year be G, it is fevenj if it be B. it is two,fo of the reft. For the ufe of the
Epadls is fuch with the Letters of the Calends of ihemoneths, that it muft be found
by thefe verfes. it being fuppofed you fiift knew the Dominical Letter; as this year
1^52 the Dominical Letter is C. the Calends of January were on a Thnrfddy^ thofe
of February March Friday, The fiift Letter of thefe verfes (hews the
Calends of the moneths.

Acrt Danubtum Domuit Geta Barbarus Enfe,

Grandavam fugit Atys Dindyma Frangens,

tAcri \i January^ fo of the other words and moneths following * but being only a
nice curiofity 1 foibear.
■ This (hall fuffice as to thefe things j let us now Treat of the third world, which
is the intelledual, which we place on the ends of the four fingers, as be’ing the
higheft, and that which contains the other j thefe ends or extremities, reprefenr,
both by the nails and their mounts, the greatnefs of the Divine Intelligence5,which
asthey dobytheircompofieion, fo alfobythe number of four, the which number
comprehends aU the Divinity, and efpecially the great name of four letters mn%
which four letcerd'name, hath been as it were imitated in all other Languages, as I
(hall have occafion to mention anon. The Divinity is comprehended in it, Father,
Son, Holy-Ghoft, and foul; the four faculties of the Soul, Underftanding, Reafon,
Fancy, Senfe. The four principal orders of Angels; nay, it comprehends all chat is
nc€lkdlual and invifible, as it may be feen in the Cabaliftical Art of Xeue/in.

Chap
r

Jr
 Chap. XXV.

Chiromancy comprehends all theTDivinative

and <:^\£agical Sciences bj the %ules of its 'Prin¬
ciples. , , ,
1 i
Y our Science of Chirommcy, we can (as we faid before ), exerCifc
and know the perfedlion of all Divinative Sciences: Gsomtincy is
compri fed therein in its Rules and Figures,which are fifteen • the !ii;i4
terpretation of the principal dreams is compfifed in: it with thd /c-
ctets of Geomancy : Onimaney is a part of it beqaufe of the riatls and
£hrifiaUomancy^ and the moft excellent feccets of fttdiciary Aprology.. What, wants
there ? unlefs it be that which Antiquity efteemed a great fecrec araongft the Scicn^-
ces, that is to fay, the way of drawing certain conclufions fron| the hands of our
friends or others deceafed, which may be knoyvn by theiines of the hand; now the
manner of proceeding is thus, If we defire to know the ftate Of a dead body, for
with what defires he departed, if he died with feme difcontenc, or fot what/caufc
he is dead, if he intended to give any thing' to others, and what it fbouldbeV
if he concealed fome crime that he had committed, which he would not reveal , ior
if it be about money and riches which he hath buried in the earth, and being Tuf-
pedful and covetous, would not reveal in what place they were hidden, or of any
other things; In the firft place we take the hand of this dead perfnn, andobferve
the colour of his veins and lines. If the Lino of Life be red and well coloured ^ it
iignifies the perfondied.with a defire to be revenged lof certain enemies, whOtii he
would by no mean&forgive, becaufe they had greatly offended him. Bat if there be
fomewhitenefsintbe'extremities, it denotestbat the party died with fome.incltna-
tion to forgive, or haply leaving thefe things m queftion he died with fome fatisfa-
ftion becaufe of fome things that had anfweredhis expeSation Before his death.
Secondly, if this Line appear very black after death, it fignifies the party died with
great pain, and quitted this life with fome grief, becaufe of thepfeafures which he
received therein, and that he had an intention to give Legacies and Jay foundations
of Charity ; But if there appear certain white marks with the laid blacknefs, they de¬
note that he had a defign to do fome good for fome women & children, & give them'
fome of his riches, but that he wasin great pain at the hour of death, gly. When the
Line of Life is white, and appears not much, it is'an alTurance of a contented death,
and that the dead perfon-hathbeen free in his aftions, left his Diviner part to be im¬
mortaliz’d in the true Immortality, whichjs the good report of honeff aiffioits, and
a remembrance of hirafelf to poftericy, not dying like an Ox or Horfc without re-
nown, which being the fureft purchafe of time, makes us live, without life; yet a
life it IS of the memory, then which there can be nothing more temporary,better, if
the extremities of the line of life, or the branches of it be at their ends, wholly
black or pale, it is a figne that the dead party hath been given to covetoufnefe, and
that he hath fome money and treafureshidden in the earth, which he hath not re*
vealed; it there bh fome wanneff towards the mount of or certain marks
like the marking of the purples, it denotes that that money is hidden within rhe
compafs of a rod, brneer fomeplace where fome cattle feed ; for to finde ic,there
needs no more then cite Divine rod of Chiromaucy j for if it be about the time of
death, the bufinefs is done, and the Treafurc found; for it is not yet pofleffed, nor
obleffed ; but it is his vvho hath the fubtilty to finde it, as faith an Author of credit;
“ I have feen th£ experience of thefe thingst being At the death of one of my frknds i»
the year 1611. where hy thts Line 7 fottnd out the matter^and that eajily. Fourth-
ly,
, ^ - ■ .-- ■ _

8o C H I R O M A N C Y. /
iy, when the Line of Life is pale and of an ugly colour, it fignifies no good at all,
the party died in fear of fome future imaginary punifbment, overtaken by the fear
of that death, and of the affairs wherein he is at that prefent. It is to be further
noted, that he who dies full of affedionate zeal to fome Religion, what ever it
be, and that with conftancy, and that freely and refolutely, and chat he dies out of
no other motive then his refolution to defend it, hath a fair hand, the Lines clear,
and there isdifeovered in them foraewhac Divine or extraordiciry j for thai^^eath'
is glorious when a man dies for God, and is accufed of no other crime; to die fo, is
to be ftill among men, when a marl bluflaes not before the Ma^ilitate, but is inno¬
cent, ti$ no death but a privation of life, to live again in the rhemory of hemeft men;
CO die in the maintenance of an opinion, whereof the principles are derHe’t^^ from
the faith received, is to die vertuoufly. Fifthly, if the Lines of the hand leem to be
earth at the time of death, it firft fignifies a ficknefs that hath been long and lan-
guilhing, no great‘willingncfs to die, little refolution in the perfon/and one that
never was guilty of any courage ; if the Lines appear great and well marked, they
fignifie a contented and religious departure, that the party feared not death , but
died with much fatisfaAion, grounded upon imaginary promifes, Ipeakihg com-
forcable words to all fuch as were prefent at his death. As for the mofe fccrec Sci¬
ences,as geotia, and TurgU, they are alfo in the hands; for take at the hour bi death
fome blood of the departed petfon out of the Line of Life ; it is nceeifaty
for the unguent , whereof 1 (hall Treat hereafter, which is called V>igHen-
tnm Sympathetkum, or which the moft flout may ufe when they arc ra-
vifhed into extafies; nay the Ancients made ufe of it in their night entertainments,
when they thought they were with the hit Helen ot Herodias at fumpeuous Ban¬
quets. As iotTurgUy fomeby the hclpof tbofe hands have made things appear
out of the ordinary courfe of nature, which it is to no purpofe to advance in this
place, lead I (hould offend thole fcrupulous fouls that believe that thefe things furpafs
Humane power and the obfeure motions and conllellations of the Stars, which are
unknown to molt men, unlefs it be thofe who by long exercilexnd fpeculation have
attained fome part of it; which at the prefent is the principal part of all Divinacion<
and the molt certain, as having been by antiquity (as far as it poflibly could be dif-
coveted dilpofed into fuch an order, to facilitate the judgmenw 'of particulars redu¬
ced to the hand, wherein they have placed the Planets, and fixed flats, attributing
tothefeven Planets feven places from which the principal points of general judge¬
ments are drawn, which are as it were the feven principles of our Science of
romanej. If fome would attribute |t to that Science of Divination ufed'by the
Hebre^Stgreekj^nd Latiftesy C3,\kd Gematry^ and Arithmancyy there are the three
and twenty places where ate placed the twenty three Letters which are all numeral;
out of the which by vertue of their number, and from the place where they w«re
placed, the judgments are drawn, having before found out the fquare number of the
faid numbers, as finding the gamma y, or the gimel of the Hebrew ; on the firfl
joynt of the Thumbtor you mull b^gin at the end of the Thumb, and end in the
middleorcenter o/ the hand, which is the plain of Mars; which Letteraforemen-
tioned holds the place of the third; the fquar? root is nine,which happens at the end
of the fourth finger: he or fhc to whom this fhall happen, if the queftionbe, fup-
pofe whether he be richer then fome other that hath been named, you may give an
affured judgment he is richer, but thathts fortunes depend on fome great Perfons,
and confequently fubjeft to the revolution of Fortune. In like manner may eft thou
giveother judgments according to the places where thou findtft the fquare roots.
Lots were commonly ufed among the Ancients, and from them is iffued the Science
of Ommancj, or Divination by fight, the which is attributed to Pythagorasfome
Authors have endeavoured fince this invention to accommodate the numbers found
upon the numeral Letters of the proper names of perfons,and thofe of the names of
their mothers, having divided the laid numbers by 12. or 30. taking the number
which remained, andwhich was under the number 1 a. or 30. then finding out the
fign wherein that number fell: as if there remained four, the twelves being deduded,
that number happened in ^ ; if s* in S'l , if 6.in n£. il 7. ini^i:, if 8. in
111 , fo of the reft; and then they conclude tWpcrion unbridled that fign being
found,
 C H I R O M A N C Y. / 8l
and as forties complexion, in all their judgements they derive it from the Af-
cendent; but there is much uucer.tfiii^y if there’be not fomewhat in thele ,Scie£ces
oP Sweateraffurince 'dien the the He^^^r, and theft general tiuttbers
wherein there arc acloiraWerdcf^tiifcMrNaciviciiS; lhave madeu/eof to
finde out feme, wherein I have fortunately found out the year, the moneth,thcd^%
the hour and minute of the Nativity, which I have found to be true afterward, by
the notes which have been given me of the faid Nativities by the Fathers arid Mo-
thers. True it is, it muft be confefled that the Behrert>s have had, and have (till great
fecrets for Divination, for their principal ftudy tended not, nor doth not tend to
anv thing elfc. It was they that invented the Ceremonial Thepir^y, or the invocati¬
on of good Angels; Chnflatli>mancy ; the Lots of. numbers; nay Tiecromancy it
felf, which was at the higheft in the time of Samuel, all which Sciences were partly
effeaedby iomt Chiromancy and of T^hjftvmmanq
of I fhallfpeak hereafter. ^ .• , » . .u.w.
To beOiort, the hands of man arc wondetfuU, and it hith not been without
reafon that fome Poets have called them the Apes of God; the abridgements ot
the more perfea things of nature; the heaven wherein our good and rrii^s. fortunes^
are read, the Epitome of this All, and the ornament of this little World, whereof
I fliall treat in the other part ofj this Work, and confider the arpettsof it.
In the mean time for the compleating and beautifying this Science, you may lee
in thefoUowingTIgures ('befidesthe body of this Work treated on before; al-
moft feven hundred Aphorifms of confequence, plainly, and.confpicuoufl^ demon-
ftrated, fo plain and full, as hath not been before in the leaft meaiure the like in the

fqueftionnotbu^every man may finde the fignification of his Marks and Lines,'
for it is a wonder in ^ven hundred parcicu|^ar Qjaraiflers fas are noted in a delight-
full method in the following Figures^ any mark (Jiould appear .which fliould not
come within the coropafs thereof, you may obfetye the method lies thus, every ob-
fctvable Charaaet is noted with aFighte, which Figure hath its Aphorifm following
in orderly method. ^ ^ »
'i /

v ,

j.

• • Wa <
 I. •

In this Figure you have plainly difeovered the places in the

hand wherein the Planets have fignification.

f ^ . I ■ : ■■■

B Efore I come to the particalars of the hands, I Oiall premife fomc fpecial Obfer-
vationsjin which the Learned have much delighted, according to the method of
the Planets.
, . Tj Fitft note, if the Letter A be found in the place of Saturtt his fignification j
/ ' as in his Mount or Line, denotes a man that will be covetous and hold his riches •
the fame if V. otCM. be there found. *
If a: H X be there fjund,* denote the perfon laborious all his life, fliall '
/ ' gather money, heap up riches, and live well in old age, he (hall have the favour of
great perfons, and be counted wife, but let him take heed of his kindred,which will
endeavour to perfwade him out of his eftacc, and in the end be moft un¬
grateful.
V Fuffhermore obferve, if the Letter A or fuch a mark be found in the fignifict-
tion of ^ufher, the party abounds in riches,is honeft, and a friend to great perfons -
.\ if the Figure or Letter B. be found there, he is powerfull, rich, and fortunate, be¬
loved

(
-^59'
 c

CO
H 1 R. o M A N C y.

loved and a Favonrite of Kings; if fccha h be found, he is meanly rich, Rel.g.ons

and efteemed: if C be found.he is be loved of Kmgs, and is made General of an Ar-
mv if the Letter D, be found, he is moll perfidious in all his aaiotis. ye: ^a he

accompany great perlons. and with the Wife of hjs Father or ^

commit inceft; if the letter E o’r the like,he is rich by women, yet hated by his Pa¬
rents ; if the letter F appear in any form, he lliall have the managing of the affairs
of Stite, fiiall be beloved of Superiors,mod grave, wife, and fortunate in Counfcll;
if the letter G in any form, he (ball retain a good name and fame amongll h.s ac¬
quaintance, but in truth he will be luxurious towards women •• if the letter o, or luch > ^
i
aCharaaet A appear, the man is of noble quality, wife, anddi.creet, of ’Pene¬
trating judgement, underftanding all Sciences, and.fpecially fearching profound
occult Secrets, and (hall be loved beyond meafure of all petfons for his defervings;
(hali have trnfty faithfull friends from his youth to old age, and (ball be rich and ho-

d If the letter Ja (hall be found in any of the fignifications of Marx, ^2

Party (hall be unmerciful!, of a ftony heart, and full ot wrath and ire : il the li-
pme Bh be found, he (hall be rich, familiar with Princes, and have great command
in the Wars; if the letter C appear, he is an excellent maftenn the Sciencesi and
Geometry, and is very ingenious, yet (hall he fuffer prejudice by (ome fecret grief, or
a dangerous fall from on high: If the letter he will prejudice his fathe^ and will
be affliaed with the Spleen, defe^ in the Liv^, ^1! ' jf
ter E appear, he (hall be contentious, and fta fuffer.much by reafon thereof; he
willaccompany vile unworthy women, and (hall hydlf get a loving wife, which if
hehavehewillgoneertocaufeher death-; if the lettenF be hmnd,'it denot^^ the
petfonfalfe, crafty, a traytor, and a lyar, for which things he (hall fuffer muen evil ;
if the letter g be found , he accompanies with wicked perfons and theeves, and
iecretly will perpetrate wicked machinations. - ^
© If the letter A abt found in the places of the is happy^as alfo his father
likewife, butif it be not perfed,judge the contrary; if the letter be there,-the-
oartv is ingenious and of a good wit, beloved of great and fm'alfhigh and lowland
olttiraes preferr’d to Princely dignities; if the letter C appear, it indicates pain and
lofs of the eyes,as alfo weaknefs offtomaek, and hurts by fire or iron, ffudden death,
and he (hall do his Father mifehief; if it be like the letter Dd^ he (hall be great and
Dowetfull, and heap up riches gotten from ftrangetsi and often times the patty is
advanced to Princely dignities: if it be the letter £, he (ball be a lover of vyomeni'
he (hall abound in inheritance, yet will he be addicted to filthy luxury,and delight m
rooft wicked Sodomical adions: if the letter F, he Oiall be wife, and of good me¬
mory, adorned with divers Sciences and Arts: if the letter (? ^,>he fpends his time
in mirth in Piinces or great mens company, yet (hall he be fubjc(51 co furfet, and be
affliaed with pain of the ftomach and head; if fuch an O or fuch a one O be found
in the mount of the the manQiail beof honeft life, and rich all the days of his
life beloved of women, and (hall fuffer Tome lofs by them; he (hall be a/ubcle
cunning inventor ©T Arts, and be bebved of Princes and all men. ^
2 Moreover if the letter ^ ^ be found in the places of remts, he is unfaithfull,af-
feaing pdor, beggerly women, fick and unwbollom, from whom he (hall receive
hurt; if the letter^ be found there, he (hall have the good will of great petfons
and (hall be happy in marrying a noble woman, by whom he ftiall ^^eive Riches and
Honour; if The found there, he is an injurious perfon, much »
wicked Fornicator, committing wickednefs with his neer kindred, and (hall auatt
marry one he knew before, and in the end be hurt by fire or fword in the eye: if the
letter he will be an expounder of Dreams, a fearcher of hidden (ccrets, one
that fpeaks truth, and loves journeys; if the letter £ be found, he receives much
joy and contentment from women of qualiey, and (hall be fortunate in all things;
if the letter F, he (hali difpatch abundance of bufinefs, by reafon of which he (hali
receive much good, he will be a fearcher into Secrets? if the letter (7, he (hall re¬
ceive much joy and good by women.
5 Thefe Divine letters being in the place of fignihe many things:
As fiift, thofe which have the letter A a, thefe arc inqmfitious (earchers into all
M a Secrets,
 Chiromancy.

Secrets, or they ftudy the Philofophersftone, from whence they fliall receive Pt'"ac
prejudice CO themfelves; therc are flow of fpeech, of a perverfe minde- others flbafl
envy them and fpeak againfl: them,and they themfelvcs will be ready to imoofc thofe
burdens they would be loth to bear. ■ ^ ^
If B be found there,thefe are Merchantf, or Dealers who are faithful! and honeft
having much fubitance, and honoured of the people. ^
If C bef^nnd there, thefe perfons are negligent of their own good, loving PlaW
games and Sports, and goods gotten by unjuft means; they are learned in the
Tongues, Write well, yet ready to compofc falfe Writings, learching after hidden
Sciences, and performing divers excellent Conclufions by their own induftryv
If Z), thefe arc wife men, and delighting to do good, they are Dodors* in Set
ence, and chiefly in tAftrommy and ^Jhology, and beloved of their Parents • but
if that letter be unhandfomly found, and of an ill colour, then they are poor in'
youth doing great things, but after the middle age of life, abounding in riches
fuffering pain at the ftomack and other parts, and defiring Magick Arts. *
Jthefe are Religious, doing w'omens bufinefs, as Taylors or the like or bu-
fied in various PidureSj and loving to ftudy the Falliions and Ornaments of women.
If th^ele are molt expert, and moft excellent fearchers into Nature, and know*
mg the whole body of Phi lofophy. >
If Gg g, thefe are of good life, and great underftanding, loving little girls, and
little women, and affeding all things little and fmall. ^ ^
d Thofe which are of the nature of the \jHoon, and have this charader X in
the,Quadrang)e, fuch are poonn the firtt part of their age, but in the fecund part
of their age fo rich, that all fliall admire them • but in old agethey fliall be redu¬
ced to their firfteftace again, like unto the cJJZiio»increafing and decrcafing again-'
wherefore it is beft for thefe not to Marry, but to joyn themfclves in the Icrvice of
feme Prince or great man, becaufe by this means they Ihail prevent poverty j thefe
love a peaceable quiet life, and are cafie to believe and truft their acquaintance with
their fecrets..; ^ '-vviu
Now if the letter a be found here, thefe are afflided with many ficknefles and
confume their Parental inheritance. *
If 3 hi thefe are fortunate, religious, and jorning themfelves to fuch perfons.' ‘
. If it be C. thefe are noble, fubtle, and penners of profound Sciences, as alfo bold ’
being fubjed to weaknefs of the eyes, and either a long and tedious ficknefs or .
fudden death, may be feared. *
, If it be D ^ thefe men love to intermeddle,and put themfelves upon many thing?"
thefe are fubjed to the pain of the ftomack, and much afflidion of the eyes ^
If It be £ r, thefe are involved in filthy, beaftly luft, having little ftabilitv in all

Iff. thefe are ftrangers, fecking their fortunes. faitWull, and of good con.’
dition. ^ ^ -
If gp thefe will be noble and great, and receive much good and gain by wo-'
oSafef' be not fait and petfea, they (hall be vexed with many

The
 G H. r a b M A N <c

T he Sifters of the three Lines, moil; commonly (igniHe good, and as t^eytht^
ratbet confirm the (ignifications -of the principal Line, ft)' they adjuvatioufty "
fopply thedefcdN thereof, as if either of the four Lines be abrapt brokenMor'
impedited; as for example in the Line of Life, if it be abrupt and impedited/ the
lifter thereof, .which is called the»Line of cf ,oroi Death, continued or joyned
thereunto preferves a man from death, which otherwife was fignified by the Vital
Line. , ■
They have likcwife their peculiar (ignificatio'ns,^ which fhall be demonftrated in .
the fequcl.
There is often a double Sifter Line accompanies the Vital Line, interiour from the >
trine in the Hand,exterior from the mount of the Thumb.
This by its proper (ignification, denotes moft wicked luxury, as alfo riches accord^
ing to the length and pofition thereof.

e
 e n It R o (MJiAi w cjy. 'rr U

I*!-*
*>>
5/

J S! Iffi 5'iJ it ii'jfi‘12- ?

:(j Try a -.mi. «i,u ui inc i.iver, ano tRe Middle Natutai wne i
foas^e^tRe,pft^h.eIiver.wi^ Line, and tfte Naturat Lioewith the
^ areunderftood to be joyned together, /lo/tjn ^
4
The Vi£ te;p|lirf»^ deootes extrcain luxury j if.there be lines that thwart,or
cut itj thefignification is dimmiflied.
7
r.i < vf^f<^^^^»».notes Jevityof mindc j by reafon of luft, that beinir broken off,
or cut by others, is the better. ' ^
E.J^-.-.The line of thtpngh the middle of the hand; .according to its pofiti-’
 Chiromancy. ^7

ji, CO is the diftinaion of the times of life, the Line of Life is to be divided fay
i3 equal pirts or portions j fo difeafes, the times, and many other things are
hence to be judged.
Sothefirft, fecond, and third age is computed in thi^ Line by the Figures in
the Mount, and if there be alfo found the Figure of a Star or Gridiron, they pre-
dia things to come.
The abruption or breaking of the Line of Life is to be confidered, according
to the forefaid divifion of Times; but if the terms of the Line broken be joyned as
here you fee, itfignifies the term of Life through infirmiry and ficknefs,
£). If the Line of Life be broken (liorc,or fuddenly off, as here in the poynt D:
it fignifies fudden death.
£. Other Lines alfo may be divided into equal Sedfions,as the Table Line, the Na¬
tural Line, the Quadrangle and Triangle, which are all to be parted into equal por¬
tions, and according to proportion (hall (hew the time and age of life in wh.ch eve¬
ry accident (hall happen, which the Charaders (hall (ignifie, in their feveral Natures.
H. Ihisfpaceis called the Table of the hand, which hath on the one (idethe
Menfal Line, on the other the middle Natural Line.

r. The
I
 88^
G H I R 0 W A N C 5
inw——T II I I I. ■■■I I 11^ aMii—■*■■ ■ I. —n I 1

T ^"^®g*g»‘Hft themiddlefinger without branches fignifies

a man under peril of death, and that through hi» own negligence *
2. The Natural Line bowing towards the middle of the Table Line , fignifies a
. man to be the caule of fiitdding his own blood, with raanifeft peril of life ‘
^ 3. Little holes or trenches in the Table Line, fignifie infirmities of the Reins or
Matrix.
f <^<^vctoufnefs, a lirar, a
" . badhfe, andconfcqucntly a worfeend.
5. A vifible diftance between the Line of Life and the Hepatick or Liver Line, de-
■ notes folly, prodigality and a lyar.
. 6. Labors, afBiaions, and depreffions. , '
. 7* wounds on the head; if they be cut with another.
It iignines bccleliaiticaJ goods, or wealth gotten by Clerkfhip.
8. Cut oflf with a line in the left angle, fignifies a Patricide.
. P-This Charader fignifies an ungratefullperfon, and a thief.
|V ‘ Signifies riches in the time, according to its place.
II. Incheend of every Adit promifeth good j the fame in the beginning, but
lols of means and dignity. ^

. K

t
1. Not
 Aphorifms explaining the 7. Figurel
I.' I^Ke Natural Line not conftituting the angle, but coupled with two Lines^
X fliews a liberality againft his will, forthedefefl of fome duty or payment*
but being crofs cut by other two lines, denotes envy & oppreffion from adverferies!
■2. Denotes the perfon, perfidious, a thief, poor and loufie; and the deeper they
are,the more fure the prediction.
3. An eminent and excellent wit j but being cut crofs, impediment of wit.
4. Lines thus traverfed, fignifie good Parentage, more or lefs according to their
proportion; but crofling downwards denote inceft.
5. Clearly cutting, as XX,denotes Sacriledge.
6. The Liver Line failing, and difeontinued, denotes barrennefs, unlefsit confti-
tute a fanguine complexion.
7. The line forked towards the middle finger and the fore finger, fliews him to be
of a double face and changeable: but if both the branches point'at the fore finger,
it denotes labours and forrows. , *
8. Quarrels with vulgar people.
9. Thefe being ftraight, denote fo many wives; but being croft, prediCl a fingic
. life. °
10. Quarrels with Priefts.
11, Moregrofs then ordinary, the party is ungratefull.
12. Cut Crofsways, or broken off, the party will be much pained with the Collick.
' 13. To reprefent ^qmrim in the lalt joynt of the fingers,is danger of drowning.
. • t ‘ ^
N I. The
 _ 9>4phorifms explaining the 8 Figure.
I. '^HE angle imperfed, and coupled cogether withconnexiveLines,declares
1 the enmity of neighbors, kindred, and neer friends, as alfo exile; if inter-
feded with a line acrofs, denotes exile, with wounds or fljugbter. ’
2. Wounds by inftruments, hurting at a diftance.
5. Lines little and well formed, fignifies dignity: lines great and extended , he
hath honour by his Art of Profeilion.
4. A line going from the hollow of the hand, beyond the firft joynt, denotes im-
prifonment; if it be black in the end, it denotes pains and torments: but if it extend
to the fccond joynt, the life is finiflied.
5. This Charader is a certain predidion of drowning.
6. This line denotes, he (hall be defrauded by his Parents 5 if it come or appear on
a fudden,fo much the worfej and the more it appears,the oftner he is cheated.
7. A Star in the Triangle, he is the Heir of the houfe of the kindred.
8. The right angle long towards the mount of the Hand and the Wrift denotes
drowning.
9. The Natural line inclining equally, denotes a man worthy of Honour.
1 o. The left angle obtufe, or not united pcrfedly, argueth much wcaknefs of the
head.
11. Shews naturally a Fool; if it be in a womans hand, (he is a Strumpet*
2 2. Grofs and long, declares death in labour of Child* birth.
13. Ordinary andltraight he is expert, and apt to all things.
14. The Table Line extended beyond the middle ofthe mount of the fore'finger
fignifies the party cruel, and a murtherer, whichif it be without branches he ends
his days miferably. . _
I. In
 "^pheri/ms unfolding the 9 figure,
1. T F the Natural Line end in, or ncct the mount, prenotes lofs of fubftance.
a! 1 From the Wrift to the Mount, he is magnanimous.
2. He dies in his own Country;if cut or croft, perh^s he dangers hts hfe by a falL
4. The Satutninc Line, in this manner to the Index finger,(hews long journeys.
5. This Star intimates increafe of goods and fubftance.
6. The Table-line to the Index without branches, renders him unfortunate, and
in danger of death, by a blow, or ftab. ^ r t. r . ir
7. Holes, round, like rings, denotes the difeafcs of the fecret parts, as alfo a
louzie poor condition. .
8. Cruel, and quickly wrathfull, and of long continuance. '
9. Havingoneline.heisafcoffer, detidcr and repiner j if there be two lines, be
hath fortune with Prelates. , . ,, ^.
10. A ferny Circle, pointing towards the fingers, he is a troubier of his own
houfe.
11. The poynts being red. dec lares continence. z-
11. Not exceeding the hollow of thehand,demonfttatesaruftickcovetouftwls.
13. Like hairs cutting the Liver line, 4€elare infirmity of the Liver, and weakn
of the ftomack.

I. The

\
pz ChIRO MAN C-t,

'1 7

lo

80
/ 11 X

14
id 13

cr

Aphorifmt rendring the feme rf the io, Figure*

I. ^ J^HE Table line divided, and the branch inclining between the finger of %
X the Index, and the finger of i?, denotes the party much to love children.
2. ^Good from the death of fome one, and fignifies an age of 8o years.
3. Denotes one that extraordinarily loves children : and is infinite indulgent to*
, wards them; but if this be found in more places then one, and joyned to the Men¬
ial or Table line, the party is inceftuous.
4. Predifts a woman incontinently luxurious.
$i To have the Table-line cut withcroCfes over agaihft the mount of the Sun,
predifts perfecutions from great perfons.
6. Denotes wounds; if the interfefling lines be large, wounds in the headjifthey
- appear red, wounds in the breft; if fmall, wounds in other parts.
7. Perfecution from Ecclefiaftical perfons: let fuch keep therafelves from Pa-
pifts and Presbyters.
8. A Circle in the end of the Natural Line, Ihews the lofs of an eye j in the right
hand the right eye.* in the left hand the left eye: if there appear two, it ftews the lofs
of both eyes.
9. This neer the Table-line fhews him to be the death of a neighbor or friend.
10. The Natural line joyned to the Line of Life,denotes the perfon exadly ftudioas.
11. A crofs in the upper angle (hews inheritance by and from women.
12. Thefe obfeure indireft Sedlions fhew ficknefs neer.
^3* The Line of Life thus crooked in many places,declares hurt by fire.
14. Four parallel lines in this manner from the back fide the thumb to the mount.
promif« good from the fubftance of others; but to appear in the bottom of the
mount,uieW8 the good (hall come in the firft part of his age; but two or three only
appearing, diminilheth the fignification.
xj. Deferibes the perfon faithful, yet having unfaithfull friends j in like hianner,if it
incline from the mount of the hand towards the hollow,or palm. i.Bold
 Aphorifms denfonfirating the II. figure. i
1. *D Old and audacious, yet honeft in his minde. .. , n
2. D This Charafler, denotes a Whore. " »
3. A back-biter, and one that wounds or kills his neighbour and friend. ’
4. Double-tongued, a murmuring repining perfon^
5. The Table-line difcontinued, fmall in the Beginning, andgrbfsin theend, and
continued, fuch aperfon (hall have his enemies Lord it over him j but if it be groft
in the beginning, and fmall in the end, judge the quite contrary j for he,prevails a-
gainft his enemies. ^ • nr - : -
6. This Gharafler hath the fignification of a Parricide, aMurtherer..,^ . i; ,
7. The Line of Life forked or brancht, as in the Figure, the perfon is iovely, and
ol a Iweet and good wit/ ^w.ij u v
8. The left angle long and (harp, pointing to the percufllon of the hand, (ignifi-
eth drowning. ‘ ' ^
9. Thofe interfedions and branches ,;fignifie fo many ,difcafes and fickneifes in
the anfwerable time. , y; I..r . Hj.t a j r. ^
10. Such a lign indicates him to be killed by his own acquaintance.
! II. The Line of the Liver cutting the LinerOf: Ufie,' denotes long life and ma^ial.
12. Thefe hairy ftreaks in the percuflion or brawn of the hand, fignifics theheap-
ingupof money, in fuch an age anfwerabje to the rules of time. i ; -
^ Wriftto the mount of the hand, the party (hall
fuffer imprifonment for his own crime, ^ i ?
14. >ic A ftar in the mount of the thumb, denotes Infamy by reafon of luxury, keep¬
ing of Concubines and lewd company. ^ . , j
^5* |n like manner little ftars at the end of the Line of life fas it were.circling the
thumbj threatens infamy by reafon of women, yet he (liall evade itT
I. Vfiially
 V

' cy^fhorifms ex flaming the IJ* Figure*

I. X 7Sually fo many Lines as arc ftraight, we predifl fo many fons,and fo many as
V are crooked, fo|many daughters j yet by^reafonof the various accidents of
thefe lines, there is not always truth appears.
а. Crooked lines from the root of the mount of the Sun towards the mount,de¬
clare wounds' of the Reins. i
3. Branches between the finger of b, ahd the Table-line,denote the gout, and fo
much the more, by how much the more they abound.
4. The Table-line forked, one end bending toward the mount of the other
towards the Thumb, denotes the pcrfon fortunate, liberall and lovely.
^ 5i Such interfering crofs Lines from between the place of 5, and the ©, de¬
note the gout.
б. Circles in the middle Natural Line, denote fo many murthers ; if they are itir-
perfeft circles, they fignifie wounds and hurts > in the beginning, in the firft
age;
7. Branches or (hort lines in this manner, denote an angry, envious, beftial
Man. <
8. The Line of Life, grofs and bigin the beginning, (hews a man to be a Martial
(hedder Oif blood.
9. By fuch lines in the firft joynt of the Thumb, the titnc is fignified of Venery
adedjOr to be ared;the firft branch towards the Line of Life fignifies in the 16. year
of age; the fecond fignifies the twentythe third, the twenty ninth year of age.
10. Such a fign^in the mount of the Hand, fignifies drowning.
II. A
 Chiromancy. pj ^
11 A Line ctoffing the Vit>l, Natural, and Table -Lines to the mount of 5 , fig-
nifies death from a wound on the head; butjnt be cut or croft m the end. he efca-

pcth dMA^o^ three of thefe lines lignifie Lod to come after evil received. •
ij, Unufujil points or pricl^s in this n^spnctj denotes contentious insn, undone
that will filed blood by rcafon of ,womci& —i.
14. He (beds the blood of his own friends. i ^ , , . .
1C. A circle neer the Line of Life, iie lpfeth one eye: if two,hcloleth both.
16. Lines from the arm to the wrift,not joyned in the end, but beholding^ t^m-\
felvcs oblique, fignifies amanfiiall inhabit out of his naturaLCpuntry, and lhall
die therc;and by how much the greater they ate found in tlje begtfining,the foonerj
and the bigger they arc in the end» To much the longer ere he die. ■ .
 Chiromancy,
^ 0 ■ . t ?

. ij • aa

■ '"Tn-io .■ /
■•' >r 7(’! I.oold '»:■•: ;; / j*,dj
■■ -0 bonld r>fj3'ci '
iJ.toJ ft J.'J _.J i'i j?" .l 3ri.' 'idjf! -il y y) i,
;fi3 gut^ ' • • ' ifa:. s:-1j moil e J .^r
' lisrA bfic .;>■ If' ^J i?7n7;j - Ido "
'^< n<joisrii.: df: ‘7,ij J- . '/; V.od \;u bM-.vJved^
n '■ d. :v :

Aphonfms unfolding the i^. Figure,

I.. U Ight andftraight lines, fignifie a (harp and piercing wit; cut through or
-IV crOft, a wound on the thigh.
2, Wounds on the arm, right or left, according to the hand it is feen in.
3, Thefe Lines fignifie wounds in the feet.
4, Lines grofs and (hort, predifi a quiet life, but cut or crofs, fignifie labours,
troubles, and vexations.
5, From the partition of the Index, and the fingerof Saturn, ftretching to the
hollow of the hand, and there ending, fignifies death from a blow on the head; but
if the Table* line extend and cut it, he (hall be cured.
6, Two or three lines on the mount of , towar^fs the middle, fignifies good
Fortune from great men, and the longer the lines are, by fo much they (hall be the
more potent, by whom his good fortunes (ball come. . . , ., '
7, ho. many lines as arc clear to be feen yet little, fo many children he (hall have
of his own getting.
8, The Natural line being grofs and deep affociated with little Lines, denotes fuch
wrath and anger againft the mother, as may caufe effofion of blood.
9, The vital line crooked towards the Natural, fignifies a perverfe and luxurious
, perfon,
10, The Liver line drawn forth long, towards the percuflion of the hand,, de¬
notes a fhort life.
11 i Failing or bowing, as it were from the mount, difeovers a wicked fraudulent
deceitful! perfon.
12. Right lines from the wriftto the Natural or Vital Line, promife Travell, or
t^ayigation with gain and profit.
' • I. Such

I
 C H I R O M A N C Y. 91

A AMI^S V> Vk* V* JbB*VaV«

3. Two Lines fignifie a wii£4nan worthy of Honour.

4. Signifies fo many cuts or bruifes in the Head. ^
5*' Signifies a miferablc life and a weak brain. ,
6. Lines afcending towards the mount of the hand, fignifie the gout.
7. A little Line touching the Vital and Natural Lines, fignifie the party tobeaf-
flifted with Witchcraft, poyfons or a toxicated brain. ^
8. Lines neer the Natural Line, defcribe wounds; if they be conjunS or croft,
they (hall come by means of Iron. ^ .^
9. A Line from the mount of the Thumb, cutting the Vital and Natural Line', fig-
nifies wounds by a Gun, Bow, or Stone at a diftance. \ ■

10. and 14. The lifter of the Line of Life being divided and doubled in many pla¬
ces, denotes a lafeivious psrfon, poor and needy; but if it be divided without
doubling,it diminilheth the evil thereof.
^ I. A Line ftrong and confpicuoufly enlinfng the thumb from the mount,declares
aninceftuousperlbn. '
12. Thismarkin the mount of deferibes an inceftuousperfon. ^
13. Thele Lines from the mount of 5 cutting the Line of Life, declare hurts^and
wounds. , r.
15. Thefe lines denote Navigation and Travels, but if they extend far to the
mount of the hand, he Iball die by Sea. {
16. The Line of Life inclining much towards the mount of the hand towards the
wrift, prediQs long life. .
17. A line defeending from the wrift, and cutting the Line of life, prenotes the
lofs of a perfon or friend dearly beloved.
O ' A^horifini-
 ’■ c,

N .

98 H I'iR. Q M A N C y.

‘V

aAfhorifms explaining the 15. Figurct

‘r * . ' ‘y

1. ^^His line rightly continued, and ftraighf, deno|cs a good Genius.

A a, Thefelines denotea MelancholyCholerickperron".
*^*"3 Thefe'lines being right, declare a pcrfon excelling in wit,'and a ferious Inda-
gator of good and profitable Arts j but if they are cut, or crofsjexpefl impediment;
but ifthe lines arc little, and not absolutely cutting the hand , they nothing prcr
judice. ' •,
4. Thefe denote a (harp ficknefs from Melancholy and Choler; and by how much
more they are Acute in the end, by fo much worfe is the Difcafe. •.
.. 5. A branch from the Table- line, towards the Natural line, difeovers a prating,
babling, incredulons perfon ; this is in many perfons hands.
6. Lines pointing Irom the root of the Thumb, towards the Index and Vital line*
denote a vainyorious perfon.
7. Such a^mark in the C^adrangle, denotes a perfon apt to (bed blood.
8. A little crofs pointing to the mount of the Sun and Saturn, indicate a ftiort
life. '
p, Aline from the Vital line to the middle Natural line, denotes danger of
Wounds; if it be forked, or as branches, it comes' by Arrows or Darts from afar off.
, * ' 10. I he
 c H I E. O M A N C y. 99
^----- ---- --- - ^

10. Thelineof Life ,forked cowardsthe Natural line, fignifies the perfon faith-
full, much beloved, and of good Capacity.
< 4

11. Long and deep lines from the mount of Venm^ towards the line of Life, figni-
fieth fo many Wives; if they are crooked , a dilfemblmg fained love in reference to
•Marriage.
'.II. Thcfe lines from the Percuflion bf the hand towards the Mount, fignihe a fall
from a fteep place : by how much the more acute the Angle is,> by fo much the worfe
is the fignification. Another cutting the Angle,as in the figure, the perfon ftiallbe
delivered from perill.
13. Difordered lines in the mount of the Thumb, fignific a Lyar, and a luxurious

^ 14. A’ line from the mount of the Hand, pafifing by the wrift, to the Arm,fignifies
a man fhall always be a Debtor, and behind hand. v

r
A, •
■y. -v
- •

U ■-[ft

"K' :-a
• ‘ ^ "f). yU-f r= i
i . -•'

Jphorifms

^ Vv'

.11

; 'tr-
■
lOO Chiromancy.

I* /^Rofs lines in this mannec and form, diicover a Thief.

VJ 2. a Semicircle in the firfijovnc of the denotes nnhappinefs.
3. Lines cncting the root of Saturn, denote a man Martial and qnarrplfome.
4. One line cut with others, di/covers alteration and change of Conditions j ifit be
ftraight and perfcdl together, it is the worfe; bur ifit be abrupt or crooked, it is the
. better. ,
5. The Table- line ending betwixt the finger of Jupiter and Saturn^ fignifies a man
or woman fortunate,yet iub/ciSI io Flattery, and to be falfly wrong’a by their friends
and Neighbors.
6j Such a l-ne with branches, fignifies the Apoplexy.
7. Such a fign in the Quadrangle, in the end of the middle Natural line, denotes
Pride and Ambition.
8. Thf, Natural Ime crooked bowing,abrupt,and of evil appearance,denotes hurt by '
fourfooted Bealls. ^
9. The Siflerqfthe Line of life, high upon the hill of ftraight and conti¬
nued, fignifies lhame'ull Luxury.
10. Such a mark upon the back of the Thumb, denotes Drowning.
11. A ftarr in the back of the Thumb, denotes good by reafon of women, in the
, I time and age according to its pofition.
12. Two lines running along tranfverfe, in this manner, denote improvident and
unexpeflcd Death,
15. Points and pricks in the line of the Liver, Ihew Pain and impediment in the
belly and fhott ribs. '
14. The viral line forked in the end, towards the wrift, denotes a man lhall tra-
vell into two Climates or Countries, before he lhall receive good, or his good for¬
tunes lhall come unco him. he lhall not thrive in the place he was born : if there be '
th;ee forks or branches, he (hall not be happy till the 30 year of his Age expired.
/
Aj>horifmf
 1

Aphorifms demonflratingthel*J,Figftri,
I. \ Semicircle fin this placed denotes fudden death,
.Zx 3. A fair ftraight line, here fignifies magnanimity, noblencfs of heart,
thieving noble adiions, and fo much the more as it is extent and fair j if it be near-
eft the finger of the Sun, it fignifies good by friends (baft come hereafter to him;
but if it be neer 5 ,hc (hall have good, by his proper vertuc and induftry.
3. A crooked Line from the mount of the Sun to the root of h, denotes pre*
fumptuous folly.
4. Small unufual Lines denote labours, troubles and afflidlions.
■" $. The Table line forked, pointing with one branch to the Index, the othet
between the Index and finger of h , thews a fufficiency in worldly accommodati¬
ons, a quiet life, chafte, and moft commonly tingle.
6. Thefe lines ftraight, thews good to be gotten by Ecclefiaftical perforts; to
have them crofted, denotes hurts in the head.
7. A crooked warping line from the angle, above the hill of Jupiter^ denotes a
hafty furious quarrcKom condition.
8. Two lines cutting there, prediS blows, and a violent death.
9. A line defeending from the Quadrangle by the Table-line, predids a man thall
receive wounds, for the maintenance of his own goods and riches; if it be croft in /
the end, he dies forjthe fame caute.
1 o. Croffes thus, fignifie great ftrIvings,labours,and forrows,for the upholding
of his credit and honour left it Ihould come in difgrace, which if they be fmall he
dies for that caule, yet with reputation; if they be doubled, he is vain glorious.
II. Lines
 >

C/H I R p,M A .N,C,Y.

IQZ
11. Lines joyncd cogechec in the end, threaten imprifonment; the longer they be
fo much the worfe. •
12. A perfeft line circling the thumb in the fecond joynt, denotes hanging.
13. Like a ftar in the quadrangle, denotes the perfon liberal and faithfull,and that
of poor they fhal! become rich,- yet let the ppian take heed of women left he be hurt
by them. » '\
14. The Natural line ending in the Concave or hollow of the hand,and joyned to
the Vital line againft the mount of jb, denotes a bafe and tinworthy life, and (hort,
with greedy covetoufnefs. i
15. The Liver line at a diftance, and not touching the Vit^j line in the right angle,
denotes a prating,brawling, ridiculous condition with a (hallow brain.
id. This line denotes a perfon of an evilajpeft and fearMl.
• i

if
■ - 1

^ •

Afhorifms

• 7j.
 \
Chiromancy. 105

1. A Line thus afcending, denotes a perfon buiften j if the Line have branches, ic
is fo much the worfe.
5. Thefe lines predidl wounds in the breft.
4. A Line from the Table Line to the Index, to whom another Is joy ned, and con-
ftitutes thus an angle, declares a fudden death.
5. The Table Line ftraight, making a Triangle in the mount of denotes lofs
of fubftance.
6. This mark above the Table Line oppofite to the © finger, denotes travail and
labours.
%
7. A Line from the Vital line cutting the Table Line, the party will be either be¬
headed or hanged.
8. Little dents or Lines in this manner in the hollow above the Table Line, de»
notes an humble well mannerd difpofition, good conditioned, and one making con-
fcicnce of his aflions.
9. A little line defeending, touching the Line of life and the Natural line,making
an angle where they are dif-joyned, threatens poyfon, mifehief, and perhaps to be,
killed violently. /
10. A half Circle in the mount of the hand, towards the hollow fignifics a vio¬
lent death. * ,
11. This line denotes^afubtle, covetous perfon, which confents to the deceitfull
mifdoings of others; yet in youth it denotes Virginity.
12. The Line of the liver forked towards the wrift, threatens a violent death by
teafon of his own criminal aflions, as in the feventh Jphorifm,
iy4phorifms

/■
 Chiromancy.
104*

I.c Uch a Semicircle in the firft Angle above the joynt in the finger of C\iermri
L^disjoynM,as this, uch a perfon is in danger of being beheaded, or hansM for hL’
\ wicked perpetrations. • ®
2. The Table-line difeontinued, and formed with many little lines like hairs fas it
were ) denotes frigidity of nature and conftitution. '
3. The Table-line forked Saturnzxi^fnpiur a laborious and
painfull life.
4. Such a Charafterin the Quadrangle of the hand, promifes riches to come un-
unexpeded, and that in the Age according to the proportionable
dimenfion of the hand.
5. Thefe lines from the Angle above, towards the mount oi Jupiter, denote the
perfon liberal and faithfull. ‘ ^
6. The middle Natural line forked in the end, denotes a diffembling Hypocrite

mg7-Witt.
Little lines, concomitating
V the Natural line, denotes a prudent * oWforefee-^
T ♦

, - 10 Such
 Chiromancy. 1Q5

10. Sucharajrkintbc Triangle of a woman, denotes the bearing of a Male^

Child * but if they be croft, it fignifies abortion.
11. rhe line of life grofs and dull, in the Hjdlow of the hand, denotes a rude,
Slovenly dilpofition. /
12. TTiis line ftretching from the wrift, bt the i|oimPftnd Hollow of the hand
towards the mount and finger of LM&curj\ (pgnifiesjgpod to|the perfon from ill for¬
tune, and from a fall. j
15. Little linesafeending the brawn of tve han(i|, I detm|cjt9n^ and fliort jour¬
neys at his own charges. ij ij / ^
14, A line afeending from the Arm imii^diatelyto the v aft, de|dtes a^ivicy id
the perfon, in the difpatch of his affairs. f
j. -j/'~^

r I

\ I

^ 'i/:>

V \\ ; ] ' 7
■ (

-^1
■i-
, C

I' .7
■r:'rf} ; 1: .,
.
, -5
■ J ■ '7 u:v<-l ^
■ -» ..'j .• ' 3 .'. ♦

.1
i i *r i¥uri.i j, .,c V
•asri: '■io ■ ■v’f fjli-

■*.- ■-
■ b:!j; *‘i‘ tn.r. ■, i: ■
.?n 'J :
IJ- : - s o;*/T ,
o , -J ‘ ^ 'aaV .;h
m
* t\r ir- ‘ ; I i, ■ J ;

. - * - J ■

< r ,,
■, ' .‘,''v. ..••.■ /K. j ■ . ■ . ■^ ■
• *■ «

0 . ‘ ■ ' 7 ^7' * ).'■ ' , , ' l:. .c

f, I ■ ;■ . ' --I ;; '■ri ) /■

‘ n ■*■ :;i)u . • i.nL : 1 • ^ V.. .• ,
i ’ V ' . j' ’ !i ‘ . ".'-Jit, . ,

f’v ;■ , .

y . i
 'TSOV-/ t-

^Afhortfins exfUining the 20. Figttre*

I T^Hefe lines grofs and fiiort on the mount of 5 , defcribc a thief and a lyar.
X a. Thcfe lines thick and ftiort from the Table Line towards the mount of
- —— — —

^ A AAAAMBA
5, predid wounds on the arms.
2. IhefeLinesftraight and fubtle, inclining to the mount of the ©, denote wif-
dom and gravity j but if they be grofi and thick, theypredifi wounds or hurts about
the reins. . . . . -r 1
4. Two lines here ftraight, difeover a good genius, and apt wit; if they are
croft, they denote impediment, and prejudice by his own wit and contriving j if
they cut each other, and are grofs, really the wit is little, or nothing at all.
5. Many lines from the Table-line towards the Index or finger of , predifla

^ 6> The Table-line ending between the finger of i? and V,touching the Saturnine
line being joyned in the end, denotes wounds on the face,and to a woman danger in
child-birth. , , ^ , ,
7. A circle appearing in the Quadrangle of the hand, denotes a Angular good na¬
ture, and perfeSion of Science ; but if it be not perfe^, it fignifi« the lefs good; a
triangle adjoyning diminiftieth the fignification for good; two triangles alike afflifl
the fpirits in like manher,two being oppofite as in the f'p)
8. Little lines upon, or neer the Table line,denote difeafes according to the pro-
pottiona4 age.^
9. This
I
 G H I Fi. O M A N C^Y. loy

p. This fignifies an iticreafe of Science, as in the feventh iAfhortfm.

lo. Theraonnt'of 9 elevated, and lines from that ftraight towards the Index or
finger of , concludes theperfon loves another mans wife, or another womans
husband better then their own. , e vn -
11. The vital line long, and the natural line fhort, denotes a long life, but a foolifh,
as alfo death in a ftrange Countryjhe propounds many things,but performs nothing;
the party is a vain babler, perfidious, and of a flippery memory.
12. Such a mark in the Triangle denotes a bloody murtherer.
. 13. Such a line cutting the Vital and Natural lines,fhews a man able to bridle his

^*?4.”Lines from the thumb cutting the Vital, denotes ,wandring Travels.
15. A line or lines from the root of the Thumb to the wrift, denotes an unweari¬
ed covetous difpofitiori. , ^ ^

iT".-

■( i■

/ /

P ^ \4fhorifms
1_
d ' j .1'

- ‘V >^-
1 1. ^ u ^

.0
1'. '■ ' * .6 V r *

I i c

^ t
 IROMANCV.

V '

e;: >

^ 4
* ■»J
4
12
11
l4'

-I+>-
Jj —
ii
IS

j^fhorifmf rendring the fenfe of the 21. Figure,

1, /^Ne onely line in the joynts of the four fingers, denotes a violent deaths
2, \J Lines like poynts in the root of the finger of 5 ,denote a luxurious woman*'
g. If this line touch the root, it denotes great forrows'andoppreflions^ if there
appear many lines,it fignifies imprifonment j if they be black,they denote moreover
torments. . . '
4. The Table line entring the Index by a dired continued linej dj^notes an honeft
and an honourable perfon.
5. The Table line proportionably grofs and red, predicts wounds on the headf
moreover this threatens with the peftilence, or fwellings.
6. Red unufual fpots, denotes infirmity in the Genitals.
7* Such Chat afters appearing on the mount of ¥ ,and the thumb, crofling on the
thumb, declare the woman (although (he be never fo Religious) to be a whore, or
a great lover of the Priefts.
8. The Natural line inclined in the end towards the mount, notes an injurious
fooliih perfon.
9. Lines from the Natural line to the Table line, denote an honeft faithfull perfon.
10. The Vital line (welling big between thethumb,and % , fignifies the party of
a fpupous ofF-fpring.
11. This crofs in the upper end of the angle,prenotes perfecutions.
12. Such lines cutting the thumb tranfverfe in the fecond joynt, denote hanging or
heading. , r • .
13. The Table line forked in the beginning,denotes troubles and perfecutions,and
fo much tfie more as the branches are the more extended.
14. Thelc unufual points denote infirmities, after the proportional place and age.
I y. The lifter of the Line of Life defeending towards the Line of Saturn crooked,
denotes great weaknefs of body.
16. Otherwife if it be crooked and go from the arm to the wrift, and extends co¬
wards'the mount or brawn of the hand,is denotes imprifonment. Jphcrlfm
 109

^ .v-

Afhorifms explaining the "12. Figure

[, A Line ffora the root of the little finger to the third joynt, (hews the party
to be expert in many things.
2. How many lines at the root, fo many illegitimate fons.
2.* Ftom the root to the mount, denotes wounds and hurts on thebreft.
A. A Line from the Natural line to the little fingerj denotes modeft vertue.
5. A line to the middle of the mount, predicts good to come,or is the forerunner j
of good fortune. . . r . • • l
6. The fitter of the Table line, by how much it is the longer, by fo much it is the
more malevolent. > ^
7. Lines cutting the Natural line, denote the pradlife of deceitfull and falle Arts.
8. The Natural line cutting the Vital, and a little line defending; if it cut them
both, renders the party obnoxious to mifehiefs and poyfons.
9. The Natural line direflly cutting the palm of the hand, denotes a Inort life, if
it be deep and bowed towards the wrift, it denotes a laborious old age.
10. The left angle ftraight, denotes a (harp piercing wit, and a long life.
IT. The Line of life divided, predifls death at that age 5 but if the fitter of the
line of life be continued againft that fra6lion of the line of life, the life is prolonged.
' 12. T his X in the tight angle,denotes a good endj the more perfeift and plain it is,,
fo much the more good is promifed.
15, A line from the wrilt by the mount of the Moon, to the middle Natural Line,
confeding a Triangle with the line of the Liver,the party is a Necromancer,a fearcher
into fccret Sciences,or an Alchymift. ^ -r a c r c
14. A hollow in the Table line,againft the mount of the © , figmfies dilealessot
the reins. u
15. Right and ftrait lines in thefirft joynt of'the four fingers, overthwart the
fingers, denotes drowning. r-r -r r u
16. A line from the wnft to the I ine of life neer the end thereof, figmfies to luch
a perfon good by his Parents. Aphorifms
 C H I R O M A N- C Y.

2. A hollow or holes in the root of the finger of .denotes fo many baftatdfonsj

if they be fomething above the root, fo many daughters.
. Little fubtle lines on the mount of T? denotea lazy, idle perfon,
4. Like fcales on the mount of denote much weaknels and infirmity,
' 5. Hollow and little lines afcending from that towards the finger of the 0, that
hollow being oppofire to the mount of the @ , fignifie difeales of the womb and
/ privy parts. ' '
6. Lines cutting the Natural linc,difcover the wrath and indignation of the mothcc.
7. The Line of h cutting the Table line under the finger of T?, and the natural
line (hort, notes a greedycovetous pcrfon.
8. Lines grofs and deep from the Natural line towards the Table,threaten the par»
ty fo many times as there is lines, to fall into the hands of his enemies*
p. Like Crofles, in the upper angle, denotes perfecution.
10. The Natural line diftant from the Vital line, and extending upwards, pre-
dids danger by Combat, and hurt from fourfooted beafts; two lines there cutting
' one the other crofs, denote a drunken befiial condition.
■ , 11. A Line from the Vital line extending towards the mount of 5, proraifeth
good fortune after the 3 0 yeer of age.
^ 12. The line of the Liver ending io the hollow of the hand, and not joyned to the
line of Life, denotes a fickly weak temper, and death.
:■ 13. A line from the wrift, ftretching co the mount of 5 , and croft with Seaions,
prenotes lofs and dammage by women.
14. Many lines cutting thcmfelves crofs in the mount of the thumb, fignifie fu-
ti^rp inheritance.
, " Aphorifms
 Chiromancy.

Afhorifms explaining the 24. figure*.

i. lines between the firft joynts, and one between the fecond, fignifies thO
A lofsofaneye. • r « j i
2. Lines from the root of the Sun-finget, verging to the mount of 2, denotes
difcafesof the reins. . ^ l r .
3. The Table line forked, whofe branches tend one towards "h • the other to¬
wards , fignifies deliverance from enemies.
4. A right line between the thumb and the forefinger, croft in the end, denote

5. Two lines joyii*d,and cutting the middle Natural line, denote the anger df the
mother, and that the mother dyes firft. r ^ t. j 4 .u-
6. The natural line extending it felf in the palm of the hand towards the brawn
thereof, denotes, poor, needy, and infortunate old age; if it be crooked, the party
is a greedy covetous Ufurer. ^ ^ . a
7. Crofs lines neer the line of life in the upper angle, fignifie lofsof honour and

8. Lines in the brawn of the hand towards the hollow, deferibe a perfidious and
wicked perfon. ^ l /r* * ‘
9. The line of the Liver not conftituting an angle with the Table line, but palling ifj
and ending towards the finger or mount of T?, prenotes a Confumption.
10. Lines'afeending from the lower part of the thumb,predifts drowning.
11. This ftar denotes inheritance, after the proportional time of age.
12. The fame which the ^ fignifies in the former place. ' '
13. A little crooked line neer the wrift, denotes infirmity and weaknew.
14. Two lines in the mount of the thumb, about the end of the line of Lift, juft
palling over the mount or longer, fignifie death before the death of .
 lOZ Chiromancy.

Apharifrus explaining the 2^i f igure^

I. \ Line from the bottom of the mount of 5 op to the finger, denotes a
' fingle Lcvitical prieft; yet loving a Lemmon.
A hollow or hole in the root of the © finger, predifls infirmity of the €ye5.
5. A line from between the fingers towards the Vita! line, prenotes the native
tpfinifhhUdaysby amiferable death.
^ 4. Almoft like a femicircle from the Table line to the finger of b .denotes impri-
fonment. '
5. From the Table Line to the parting of the fingers of % and b .denotes death
by wounds; and if the line be grqfs and big,it will be by wounds in the head.
- 6, This charadler, acute and fiiarp,without a bafis in the Quadrangle, denotes do-
mefiiek enemies; but with a bottorn or bafis, it denotes them the more numerous and
I^qftile. ^
7. A crofs with little lines in the quadrangle, prenotes the perfon to be an exile,
hanifbedoutof his own Country, and perchance defervedly.
8. Two lines acrols from the Natural line to the Table line, promifeth good by
Ecclefiaftical preferments and petfons,
9. A line in this manner extended by the mount, notes a vile, fhamclefs, luxurious
jperfon.'
10. This line hot touching the Natural line, deferibes the party to be unfaithful!,
and of a fhallow capacity.
ii.Litt’e lines interfe^led or crolTed above theTable line,how many crofles there are,
fo many adulteries with other mens wives, or womens husbands (hall be committed.
12. A femicircle,neer the end of the line of lifejpredids hurts in the eyes.
f
13.1 he Natural line very grofs and thick, deferibes a natural fool.
1^. A half circlcdline towards the etid of the mount of the chumb,prediAs hurts
to the eyes by fire, or iron.
15. Many lines ending in the hollow of the hand, indicate death to be very near.'
zAphert/ms
 Jphorifms explaining the i6. Ttgure,
I. A Half circle in the firft joynt of the folar finger, the party fiiall be bittefl
by fourfooted beafts. •
2. This line fmall and ftraight, denotes a legal honeft man,to a woman it denotes
chaftity. ;• l’ i ‘ ‘ ''
3. This Charafler predifls a dangerous fall from an high place. ^ j
4. This line thick and grofs, denotes afflictions; the Imaller it is the better. .
5. Lines going along in the mount of the thumb and towards the angle ('as
herej prenote hurt by fire. ; ^ *
6. A half circle in the Quadrangle, looking upwards prenotes hurt by fire.
7. A Triangle in the Quadrangle neer the Table line, predids hurt from four^

^T^T^^Table line, joyning to the Natural, or fending branches thereunto, denote

a double tongue, a lyar, and a flatterer. : • i ■
9. Hairy lines, joyning to, or cutting the Natural line, foretell wounds; if they
appear in the beginning of the line, the wounds (hall be on the head. , • ,
10. Lines going along cowards the Table in the brawn of the hand, difcQver hurt
and prejudice by fouifooted bcafts. ^ ' i
11. A line or lines neer the Natural line towards the Table line, denotes wounds,
and hurts on the legs and (bins.
12. A triangle neer the line of life, foret'els'lofs of honour and dignity.
13. The middle natural line evil formed, and ('asitwerej fet in with many other
hairy lines, fignifics pains of the members, oftimes changing like the ftone* . .
14. A Quadrangle in the left angle, fignifies hanging. ^ . ,
15. A half circle in the mount of 9 prefageth the man to marry a whore to his wife.
Q^ Aphoriftnt
 vtss

taiaim

Afhorifms explaining the 27. Figure*

I. /^Nly one line in cither of the firft or fecond joy nts,prefage an incurable difcafe.’
2, Short lines from the root of the little finger towards the fecond joync
ftiefw abortivehefs. ^
3. Thefe lines vifible and deep/o many wives the party (hall have,or women equi-' ’]
voleot to wives j if thefe lines be interfeiSed with others, they denote a (ingle life if '
they be cut or croft with other lirjes towards the mount of S?, the man (hall die; if ^
towards the back of the hand, the woman dyeth. 1
4. This chara^ler (hews the party takes many peregrinations on his own head, as
alfo contempt of Parents. ;
y. The Saturnine line pafling and bowing towards the middle fomewhat, -
crooked,denotcs afflifliori‘s;if it touch the root of the finger,it denotes imprifonmenc j
6, The table line ending between the fingers of Saturn and Jupiter^ deferibe a •
man living without care, yet receiving benefit by others. 1
" 7. This charader denotes injury by fire, two fo cut in the nature of trigones. I
8. A crooked line cutting the vital line, fignifies paftions of the whole body^ 1
9. Such interfedJed lines above the line of life, denote a fall from a fourfooted '
beaft, the (horcer they are the worfe.
j o. The natural line difperfed and fcattered in the end, and of evil appearance,
fignifies infirmity and lofs of goods.
11. A line from the mount of towards the root of h , prediffs death by rea-
fonof a violent Feaver j the more acute it is in the point towards the root of h,
the worfe is the fignification.
12. A line from the root of the thumb to the natural line,denotes wounds & bruifes.
13. Such a cut character, denotes a whore.
14. A hollow, or fuch gonfufed lines in the mount of the hand like« round trench,
difeover abominable (hamefull luxury; if a woman have it,(he is a Concubine to a
Clergyman. ^ttAphorif-m
 2. If that firft line be only crooked, always all things go contrary to him.
3. Such a charafler the grcatcft part below'the mount of T?,denotes a flegmatick
conftitucion.
4 Ahefclmesftraight, thep^frfonis aloverof noble perfons his fupcriors j but if
crooked, then he loves ignoble fordid perfons, and afTociates with them.
5. The Table line fomewhac turvid or crooked, towards the triangle, denotes the
pcrfon jull and honeft.
6. A line afcending to the Natural line, the party dyes being mained with a woundj
but if it cut the Table line, the party efcapes death.
7. Such lines from the mount of the hand towards the Table line, denote fo many •
capital enemies.
8. A line circular in the Quadrangle, denotes difeafes in the fecret parts J if it be
overagainft the finger of the 0, prejudice and hurts from four-footed beads; if it
appear evil-formcd, the party will be flain.
p. A hollow in the Natural line, neer the upperraoft angle, denotes weaknefs of
the eyes. . J
1 o. One onely line between the index and the thumb, from above defeending to¬
wards the Natural line, notes hangiiag.
II. The Natuul line crooked, denotes hurt from four-footed beads.
I z. The chief angle ending in the hollow of the hand, denotes imprifonments by reafon of enemies,
1J. Such lines angular, denote an cxc<. f$ of R hewme.
14. This chiiader neer the nail of the thumb deferibes a leprous perfon^ a thief and an an adaltcrcr.
1 f. The line of ttraight to the Natural line denotes a long life. ^ .
16 Such a tharader in the mount of rhe thumb,denotes infirmity through flegm^as In the 3 -Apioonfm.
17. This charadcr found in the latitude of the triangle, is a fign to a woman that (he always keeps
her Virginity undefiled.
2 Aphorifms
 C H I R o M A [N Clt.
i

/
\

\ ay^phoriftns explaining the 2p, Figure.

T^Hefe lines deep, (hew wounds on the legs.
'' . ^
2. Thefe lines crooked, the party will be bitten by fourfooted beafts.'
3. A (hort arid grofs line from the root, denotes a thief.
' 4. Short and grofs lines, defcribe wounds upon the reins.
^ 5. A line from the fore-finger to the middle of the little finger, fhews a mofl ex¬
cellent wit.
Lines cutting the Table line in the beginning, defcribe benevolent and profitable
friends.
7. The Table line beholding the Natural line fand as it were) cutting it,fliews dan¬
gers and perrils of death.
_ 8. Right lines in the mount of % towards the Natural line, denote fo many mar¬
riages; he-friends, or ftie-friends.
p. The Natural line brancht at the end, denotes mofl: odious luxury.
10. A line fo fhort and deep, prenotes wounds and hurt in the reins,according to
‘
I
V the time in proportion.
11. The chief angle dif-joyned, two lines cutting the vital line which toucheth not
the Natural line, fignifies a drunkard and a glutton.
12. An Arch on this manner inclining to the backfide of the thumb, fignifies crofles.
13. Such a fign in the upper angle of the hand,fignifies the par ty apt to be enfnared.
14- Lines fo in the manner of a triangle,denote Virginity.
15. A line like a circle or half circle on the line of life, prenores wounds neer the
heart, according to the artificial proportion of time.
16. Such lines in the percuflion of the hand, denote drowning.
17. A line cutting the Vital towards the wrift, prenotes a fall from a high place.
Aphorifrxs
 I

Chiromancy.

-^^horifms explaining the ^Q. Figure,

4*’"T^Wo lines in the joyncs of the four fingers,denote a perfon faithful in fpeaking.’
j. 2.A line from the radix of 5 towards the mount of the © ^denotes a chnage
of the ftate and condition of life into better.
3. A line from the mount of the thumb, neer the upper angle, defeending towards
the Tabic line, fignifics death from the fuperfluity of blood.
4. Two half circles in the Table line fas in the Figure) in the beginning thereof,
deferyes difeafes in the privy parts.
5. ' As many bowed fines, cutting the Natural line, fo many infirmities expei^.
6. The firft or upper angle, being very acute, difeovers the perfon acute, but faith-*
full, and one that can keep fecrets.
7. Lines interfered and crofled by tranfverfion in this manner, between the in*;
dex and the thumb, prcdifl offence and hurt by fire, or fiery materials.
8. A line from the root of the thumb, running through the root,and inclining to*;
wards the mount,denote a moft fordid, louzie,beggerly bafe condition.
9. A line fomething thick and grofs cutting the thumb crofs, the party is threaten¬
ed, and hardly fcapes heading.
10. Lines cutting the mount of the hand in any manner, efpecially with a X, inti¬
mate rude unpolifhc manners. ' ’
ir. The Line of the liver fpreading with branches at the end,demonftrates the op-
pilation of the Liver and Spleen,and the dropfie.
12. The line of SAturn crooked in the hollow of the hand, denotes infirmity and
a dizzinefs in the head.

k.
Aphgrifms
^

I
 /

Afhorifms ex flawing the Figure',

I. QUch a thwart line, (bort and thick, threatens mifchief by poyfons, and other
i3 bafe means.
b. Tranfverfe lines between 5 and the indicates wounds and hurts to the eyes,
3. Thefe lines prenote a Qinrtane Feaver, and often imprifonment.
4. The Table line by degrees, or fomeihing indiredly, entringthe mount of the
fore-finger,fignifies honours to come by degrees gradatim; but entring ftraight and
"entire, intimate a fudden acet 0ion of honour and preferment.
5, A line from the upper part of the mount of % , verging towards the Natural
line,denotes an acute Feaver.
6, A line from the line of Life or the wrift, extending to the mount of 5 , pre^
notes long life.
7, The Table line branching at the end, denotes infirmities, or a difeafe on the ex-
tcriour parts of the privities; but if the branches be cut by any other lines, the in-
firmitie is more inward affliding the privities.
8. The Quadrangle long and large, denotes enmities, difeord, and wrath.
9. .l ines cutting the triangle about the upper end of the fame, fhew the prefent
condition cf good or evil, and have no future fignification.
10. The Natural line cut with one or more lines, over againft the mounts of the
i^Sun, and indicates a Ihort life.
ii I. One Oi two lines perfpicuous and afcHidm^g towards the backfide of the thumb,
let the patty beware of drowning.
12. Two lines jcyned thus, difeover infidelity. '
13. The upper angle neither ftrait nor fharp, prenotes fublimity of honour, and
dignity. -
14. A crooked line from the wiift, tending towards the line of life, difeovers a
weak and infirm body.
15. Lines iuterwoven in the mount of the thumb, denote extream luxury.
Afhcrifrns
 ^fhorijms exf Ulning the 3*. Figure.
i .T Ines cutting the finger crofs ways.denote aCholerick,MclanchoIick clirpofitionr
X-> 2. Two lines from the root of the Table line, pafling to the root of the fore¬
finger, indicate a fudden death.
3. Such a little line brancht in the end, denotes the Apoplexy or Falling fickne(s4
4. Little fmall lines cutting the Table line crofs ways, denote a weak iloniack,and
an infirm digeftion. . ; ,
5r The Table line, ending at the mount of h , denotes a Vagabond and ah exile.'
6. A line cutting the upper angle, fo as the greater part extends towards the Tablt;
linci prenotes offence by fire, and perhaps death thereby.
7. The Table line brancht in the beginning,prenotes fidelity and fuperiocity over
enemies, but if the branches be towards the palm of the hand, it denotes a Luna-
tick luxurious perfon,
8. Two or three lines here, denote fidelity.
9. Lines from the Table line towards the Natural line paffing the Table, fignifies
a FIux,or the like difeafe.
10. The Natural line forked in the end with large branches, denotes a weak head,
rude, and foolifli.
11. The fupream angle being ftraight, denotes a longlife.
12. Short lines in the place of the Liver line, prenote a fhort life.
13. The. line of Saturn like hairs in the hollow of the hand^ntimate many difeafes.'
• 14. Lines fo interfered, denote extream luxury. ^
. ' ' A^horifms
lao C "h I r o m a iN c y.

4. The Girdle of in both the hands, fingic or doubled, denotes the moll:
wicked, abominable Luxury with beads by him, or herfelf,
5. Thele lines from the toot to the mount of the forefinger, indicate wounds oh
the head.
6. This line large,denotes a liberal perfon, but the woman luxurious,
7. The fitter of the Table line fomewhat extended, denotes the power of Natural
heat, namely a ftrongconftitution. ^
8. Little lines thus upon the table line, denote much frequency in natural copulation'.
9. Threeprincipallinesjoyned,conftitutingthefupream angle, prenotefo great
perils and dangers, that death would be more wclcom, then to bear them.
10. Lines joyned together in this form,denote a Dicer and great Gamefter, but if
they cut each other, he will be in danger of death by reafon of play 5 if they be
crooked, he lofeth by,Dice, and undoes himfelf.
11. Lines thus joyned from the root of the thumb, prenote hurts by fire.
12. A line extending from the wrift toward the little finger thus.denotes luxury;
if it be cut or difeontinued, it intimates lighenefs and folly of minde.
13. the line of i? extending from the writt to the finger of h , intimates much
melancholy, efpecially if in the beginning it incline towards the Line of life.
14. Crottes in the mount of the thumb, denote Adulteries.
IJ. This charader in any angle, or the triangle^ denotes hanging.
Aphorifnfj
 I

m.

■^fhorifrtts exflaining the 34. Figure*

I. form of a Gridiron in the firft joynt of the fingers, denotes a Melancholy

а. Lines thus on the firft joynt of the finger, deferibe a juft and Religious perfbn.
2 Such a line interfering and crofting in the Quadrangle, predidis the party to
be flain for his money and goods j if it be dircontinued,ic fignifies wounds only j in
like manner if it be croft. i • * j-•
4. The fifter of the Table line much extended,and long,denotes a luxurious condition.
5. Something long and flender.predias wounds on the breaft.
б. The Table line joyned to the line of life,the natural line failing.intimates a vio¬
lent death, perhaps by the hands of juftice. . r
7. Like ftars in the beginning of the vital line,denotes an Honorable glorious perfon.
8. Infirmities through the excefs of Rhew'm^ . ...
9. A triangle in the quadrangle alone^. this perfon fnall be infnared and taken by
his enemies. ' ;
10. To be lojoyn"d,predi(fts prejudice and hurt by hre. .
11. This line denotes capital enmities; if it toucheth the vital line, he is overcome
of his enemies; if it be cut, the petfonis delivered. ,
la.Thefelines indicate Navigations and travails,tranfverfe(orcrofs;as well as lo g.
13. The line of the Liver much diftantfrom the Vital line of life, prenoceshurto
the leps, and probably the breaking of the b'onc.
14. ^The line afeending 10 the finger of L , m which many little lines
arc like wile found, denote a perlon of a thievilh, and rraughty difpofinon.
le This line indicates the perfon to be deceived and cozened^ chieny and pr»pc‘-
pally by hia own kindesd. R
 lit' -C H I R Q.M^A N C

c
V

/ Aphorffms explammg tie Figure, s

I. charaSer large and inclining towards the toot,defcribes a litigious cbhtcn*

2. If thefe lines touch not'thd root, they imply hurt in' the Arms.
3. This fignfe hurt of the legs.
hilto7^; > manner,fignific profperity and good fortune^fpecially in the

j. Ue Table line interfeaed over againft the finger of T>; extending a riche
branch to the forefinger, intimates a loufie bafe conditionj if there be a red or well
coloured poynt in fuch a line, it Qiews the condition not fo bad,,
A over againft the finger of b, fending forth little lines fignifics travell

- 7. Such a mark in the Quadrangle, denotes a cruel murtherer.

, line crooked or difeontinued, denotes a wicked arrogant oerfon'
dcvsfing thefts and all manner of evils.
‘>onor,eft«m & riches.

11. The Vital line (liott, indicates a lliort life, nnlefs the fitter line make it ud.
IZ. Lines thus joyned, denote mortal enemies ; if they be double and iwartlic

thefe eneraKs.*”"*^'^*' ’ ’”2'®’ ‘‘ ‘'8”'''“

fegl'a's the'gout “Ld hut.” «the

fon:'fo«utc”aLSSer„s':'‘””"‘'= P“-

lenVdJth bfhTng "g " fignifiction of , vio:

■ Aphorifm
 ‘ - ^ ^ _ _

Chiromancy; 115

(^phorifms explaining the 3 <5. Flgftre,

I, y^Rofs lines, and little appearing, denote theft. ,

2. The Girdle of re««/,wholeot divided, cutting the lines of T? or
the -Sm, impedes profperity.
3. The Table line divided at the forefinger, predicts wounds on the forehead.
" 4. From the beginning of the Natural line towards the forefinger, intimates faith-
fulnefs and honefty. c
5. The Line of life inclining ncer the end as a half circle, denotes pains and griefs
of heart.
6. The Table line, like as it were chains, denotes death in aftrange Country.
7. A crofs in the Quadrangle, between the © and b , fignifies labours, pains and
cares, for defending and conferving his degrees and honours. ,
8. The Natural Ime divided,part thereof inclining towards the Table line,denotes ^
aftiortlifc. '
9. Such a fign in the triangle, difcovers a treacherous, lying, wicked perfon,which
(ball fuffer punifhment for his demerits.
10. Thefifter of the Line of life appearing in the hollow of the hand, with a
crols interfering the lines, threatens-the perfon with a fall from on high to his great
prejudice.
11. The fupream-angle not joyned, and if'a femicircle cut it beholding the
thumb, jpredids Ipfs, or great hurt of the eyes.
12. Such a chararer ncer the nail of the thumb, indicates a thief.
R 2 13. The
 Jfhori/ms
)

, '. c
. /S.1 ^

-a':'.

/ /

1
 ''■ '". •/ -‘X. ' --■ ,"''\''-r ^

a 1

1
10
1

'■' ■ Aphorifms expUinwg the IJi Figure, ' ^ ^ ■

rj^ His line fmall and fubtil , denotes a man wife, of good counfel,and keeping

2 This line fliews the party ingenious,which ihall leave his memory to his pofterity,
*3. A line from the Une of life to the mount of Ti, defines the man to be an able
Diviner; and the longer it is,the more able he is.
4,. Such a mark afeending the mount, fuch a one fhall rule over others. ^
< This mark like a fliield or triangle, indicates noBlencfs, and a lofty minde.
6. Two branches here, fignifie moleftations at 20 years of age, and three branches
ficnifie afRidions at thirty. ,, . , ,
7. Lines arifing from the Natural line towards the Table line,vergmg towards the
mountof 5 , renders the perfon civilly modeft.
8. This line broken oft, denotes falfliood and deceit of heart.
9. The line of Life forked, if the branch extend and joyn with the Natural line,
it difeovers an honeft faithfull perfon. . ’
10. The Table line inclined in the beginning or middle to the Natural line, ae-
notes a (bore life. ... n *1 j
11. Lines crooked from the wrift cowards the Natural line, mew an evil and un¬
fortunate perfon. •
12. A forked line cutting the Vital, threatens wounds, or ulcers.
13. Lines inclining from the wrift to the Vital line m the hollow of the hand, de-
monftrate a fortunate and a happy v/it- . ’ . .u -
14. In the beginning of the mount of the Thumb, four lines as it were on the
backfide, indicate good in the firtt age, or young years.
Afhortjnts
 C H 1 R O M A N C Y.

^- Aphortfms explaining the 38. Figure,

I. A Crofs in the fitft and fecond joynt of the forefinger^the finger onublterx^vn
Jl\ mifeth the perfon the friendftiip of great men. ^ ^
2. As many Lines as are interfered, fignific fo many abortive fons.
3. The form of a^Griddiron in this place, fignifies mifery and poverty by reafon
of women. , y y
4. Thefe lines equal, indicate lolTcs and prejudice by women.
5. The line of afeending, by the middle of the hand, having at the end
certain little lines knotted, added thereto, indicates cruel imprifonment.
6. This Table line forked at the end,denotes a woman luxurioufly wanton.
7. The Table line Ihorc or difeontinued, having like hairy lines at the end thereof
''difeovers peril of Childbirth as alfo lafeivioufnefs. *
8. The middle Natural line (Lort, inclining to theTable line in this manner de¬
notes a violent death in young age 5 but if it touch not the Table line, it fignifies only
drunkennefs. ° ^
9. Thefupream angle dif.joyned, having little lines, isthecharaiSerof infidelity
I b. A line from the Vital line to the hollow of the hand, notes a lafeivious unfor¬
tunate perfon. "
11. Points in the line of Life, denotea Melancholique perfon, of profound and
deep cogitations; jf they are red points, the more be is obfervable.
12.Two on the back of the thumb,grofs & thick,denote a thievifli,perfidious perfon
,1^. A hne from the wrift to the little finger, interfeded with other lines, prenotes
ilHortune by reafon of women.
14. The line 6f the liver not joynd to the line of Life, and ending in the hollow
of the hand, ftiews unfaithfulnefs.
15. Branches in the end , and beginning of the line of Life, fhew an unconftant
unfecled brain. ,
16. Lines knotted together in the mount of the thumb,declare a dcceiifullperfori.
 t

Ch I R O M A N C Y. U7

\Aphorifmr readringthe fettfe of the ~

'l.THcfe tranfvers lines in the mount of y ,denote aperfon addi^!ed to afTaflinatjon^
2. More lines in the root of‘thc Sms finger then elfwhere, denote prejudice and
lofs by women. ’ ;
3. One branch to the middle finger, another to the mount of % extended, figni-
fies hatred from Parents, as alfo the evafion of enemies j if it be not extended, he luf-
fers evil for womens caufes. ■
4. Such a fign in the mount of 5, he fhall die in travail.
5. A line from the line of Life to the mount of the © , promifeth honour by
great perfons.
6. Thefe lines indicate lolfes, crofifes, damrriages, andperfecutions by great men.
7. The difcontinuance of the table line (hews unfaithfulnefs.
8. The table line difcontimied with points, difeovers a weaknefs of the body as to
procreation.
9. Lines woven like a net as in the fupream angle, and not Joynd,note a lafcivious,
fcornfuil, jeering perfon.
10. The Natural line cutting crofs ways, quite thorough'the palm, indicates a
fimple, foolilh, unhappy perfon.
I r. Branches in the mount of the thumb, arifing from the line of Life, prenote
perfecutions.
12, Lines croft,difeontinu^ed, and inclined towards the wrift, denotes fained.dif-
fembling friends; if the lines beftraightand continued, they fhew friends vyi.lling,
but fo weak they (hall do him little good.
1 g. A line from the line of Life or the wrift towards the little finger, fignifies in-
ftability, and principally if it be broken off.
14. Little branches,extending from the line of Life towards the wrift,declare want,
poverty, and ill fortune in old age.
15. Lines from the wrift to the hollow of the hand, and obfeure in the end, denote
the perfon poor, and of a vagrant condition; but if it be united, and feera one at the
end, it is the better, ' tAphorifm
 Avhorifms explaining the/\Q. Figure.
X I.' C uch lines in the joynts of the finger of 5 , indicate wounds on the arms.
O 2. Lines in the firft joynt of h and ¥ , declare fwellmgs m the bodjr.
2. A crofs neet the mount of 5 ,fignifies a journey or embaflfage with honour.
4. The line of h pafling to the middle finger, there being more lines on that hn-
ger then 09 the other fingers,refolves a Saturnine difpofition. j u «
5. The Table line extending a branch towards the mount of b , and another up-?
ward, prenote gain and profit, and fignifie a man delighting m l^nefics. ^
6. Lines woven together at the root of the fore- finger, predict drowning,
7. Lines tranfverfe there over the hand, (hew a perfon fpeaking truth.
8. Such a mark in the fecond joynt of the thumb, ftiews inceft. ^ .
9. Thefe three lines, as it were joynd to the Table line, pre^fignific fo great for-
rows, that death will be rather defiled, . , r ,- ,
10. Obliquelinesrtowards the Table-line, declare fo many friends, thofe which
' ate neareft the table line fignifie Grangers; thofe which are crofs (hew friends, but
poor, having no help in their hands. , . . r j i l
11. Two lines from the wrift, extending towards the litt^ finger, declare the
perfon to undergo travell in theTervice of others 5 but if they be cut off with crofs
lines, they threaten imptifonment.
' 12. Many lines in the mourit of the hand, denote luxury.
I A Une'from the percufiion of the hand to the mount of the , dilcontinued,.
interfededandaolfed, prediasdrowning. ^ j r -i.
14. A ftraight, fair line,rranfverfiy cutting between the wnlt and the arm,aelctibes
a man, or woman to be of raoft noted and approved honeftys
Aphorijras

I
 ^oy^^horifins expIatmngthe.^l,Flgur€%'
f. T^Hijlkie fignifies Honours by or with great perfons. ' v . i i
A a, Thefe lines (horc, ample and fair, fignifie a quiet, peaceabJe life* >
! 3. Thefe lines thus cut between, (hews poverty by reafon of women. . ’
q. The table line large and deep, extending even to the mount of fignifies au¬
dacious furlournefs. '
j.The tabic line right,cutting the mount of % ,denotes the perfon tobe irreligious.
6. Fair confpicuous Ikies, from the Natural line co wards the cable line, denote a
faithfull perfon. , ^
7. Thefe lines cutting the Natural line, fignifie this perfon fliallhave much trouble
by the mother.
8. A line from the triangle to the quadrangle, prediiJls a violent death,
p. The Natural line little differing from the line of .life, (hew a fplendid glorious
condition.
, .10, The left angle very acute, denotes a litigious, troublefom,contentious perform.
II. Branches in the beginning of the Line of life, fhew Honour with riches,
X2. Many lines by the mount, after the line of life, denote an effeminate perfon.'
13. A ftar in both the hands in the mount,i denotes drowning. •-
14. Lines dis-joyned from the wrift, ftretching towards the hollow of the hand,
and interfered, difeover rudenefs,
15. A crooked line difeontinued, cutting the arm above the wrift, difeerns a man
more wife, provident, and bufie in others matters then in his own.
S - t^phorifms
 ft

' ^Jphortfms oi^Uinlng the 42. Figure,

1.* I Ranfverfe lines as in the exaHiplejderiotc a perfon delighting hinifelf in thefts^
A 2. A triangle in that finger & /oynt,fliews the perfon infortunate in all things.
3. Line? overthwart, fignifie biles or fwellings in the body j if either be longer
'then other, it denotes profit by women.
4. A line from the Xable line to the Natural, in this manner or otherwife, predidls
loJs and prejudice by great perfons, with danger of life.
5. The table line in this manner cut, fignifics labours without reft, a continuance in
troubles. -
6' The table line not inclining towards the fingers, but pafling by, denotes a wan-
dring condition, and a fearfull temper. ■ fa >> wan
7. The Natural line joyn’d to the table line, indicates lofs of riches: and chiefly if
It fend not forth branches, the perfon is audacious,bold,‘and undaunted.
Lines afeending from the percuflion of the har^i to the mount, joyned in the
end,denote deadly enemiesj but if one exceed the other in length,he fliall overcome.
9> Two lines from the root of the thumb to the fecond joynt, denote an inceftu-
ous perfon. . ’
^ mount and brawn of the hand, denote drowning.
11. I his charafler, denotes honour with riches.
r 2. A line pafsing from the wrift, extending by the hollow of the hard,and incli¬
ning towards the line of Life, prenotes the lofs of feme moft dearly beloved friends
13. A line from the wrift, or line of life, to the mount of !?, threatens lof* by
realon of women,and imprifonmenc.
Aplmifms
 H IR OMAN GT*
f
131

jiphorifm explainmg the 45. Figure.

I. Wo lines Qiew a moft magnanimous fpirit^ if but one line, it hath the lefs of
good, _ . '
2. Trenches, or holes hke pores, fignifie drowning.
3. More lines there then any where elfe between the © and 5 , predift the party
to nave moft male children,
4. A triangle in the mount of % , denotes honours and riches.
5. A ftar or crofs, and ill.formed, difcovers fortow and mifery of minde, as
alfo a weak brain. r o . -r l n n l
6. A crofs, or interfered lines above the mount of Jupiter, fignifies he Qiall be
ffflitten or fuffer prejudice from Ecclefiaftical men, , . . ,
7. The Natural line cutting the line of Life, to which the Table line is ]oyned in.
the beginning, denotes a murtherer, a perfon crafty, and expert in all evils. ^
8. An arch in this form, denotes perfidious friends,who in the greateir and waigh-
tiell occafions, will moft principally defire.and indeavour to betray him; all things
will be difficult for him, and he ffiall furely be deceived by fervants. r ‘c t r
9. Many lines cutting the Table line, overagainft the mount of T?, ngnifie lois
^ol fubftance, and trouble with great perfons. ^ e 1 rn vc
lo. The Natural line inclining towards T?, fhews a wicked per ion,and of Ihort lire,
j I.The line of the Liver forked at the end, declares a violent death.
12. Tranfverfe lines, crofling the thumb, and not cutting one the other, denote ^
a prodigal, yet penitent in the end. .
13. A woman having fuch a fign in the right angle, fhc conceives a male Childe;
but if it be formed contrary, it will be a female. • , /'
14. An oblique line cutting the asm, tending towards the line of life, intimates
the lofs of a moft dear friend. - . •
15. Such a figure in the mount of the hand,denotes a man famous,increafing mere-
and riihes. . S j . ■

J
 ' zy^phorifms explaining theFigure,
11 ' I ^His charadler, denotes weaknefs and infirmity of the eyes.
* 2. A branch inclining towards the mount of h jpredids ill fortune by rea-
fon of women, by too much loving of them. ^
3. A line from the natural line pointing at the fore-finger, fignifies good aeainft
all ill fortune. ^
4. A ftar in the beginning of the Table,fignifies good to accrue to him in a ftranpc
Country. ^ £
5. A crofs denotes enmity 5 if it beimerrefled with liner, the difcord (hall be
with Parents.
6. Thishalfcircle,deciphersa man to abound in his own fence, and fuch a one who
negleding his Parents, fliall wander through divers Regions.
7. A hole like an cyein the middle of the Natural line, fignifies a thief.
8. The fupream angle not joyn'd, and the fpace brawny or ruggid, fi’gnifieth one
ufing evil meansj addidled to poyfons and evil aflions.
^ The Natural line thus forked,intimates a double diffembling tongue',and perhaps

10. Two lines running together", and inclining in the end together, indicate a
violent death,
^p-^wgge,i,

to.thc peecuffion of ihehand, denote fo many journeys be

o it* thelaftjoyntsof the fingers,prenotes drowning; Gtiiey
and Coch/n^ the little finger or next, he is drowned in youth } if on the^middle
L”'dr.aS:piroid‘Js? ‘^'f«'fi"Ser,inclda|c.- A„d if it be on .h, .b;„.,b, .ben bond

phorift.ms
 Chiroman cy
>3?

& ■ ■

, This is a fign of a pidling beggerly condition. y’

3. Two fuch branches fo drawn forth, is always a fignc of a contentiousquarrel-
fomperfon.
4. The line of ^ forked in the end, predifts irhprifonment* for wicked deeds
committed. . ,
5. Such a mark in the Tubicle of the fingers, prenotes death intraveil.
6. The Table line thus forked at the end, denotes a diffembling hypocrite to¬
wards his Parents.
7. The quadrangle thus ftraitned and narrow, denotes avarice.
8. A half circle in the fupream angle, in this manner conftituted, implyes the
party to become the ruine of his own houfe. '
9. Lines interfered in the beginning of the line of Life, denote a fall from on
high; but if "they be not cut with other lines, they denote death by fuch afalL
1 o. The triangle ftraighcened, denotes pravity and avarice.
11. Obferve a man having a crooked line in the mount of the hand,from fuch a one -
eafily may you wreft his money by fraud and deceit.
12. The fifier of ^he Natural line in the be^ginning appearing, gives the hope of
inheritance; the longer it is, it hath the better fignificatiort.
13- The Girdle of from the root of , to the toot of $ , extending, de¬
notes lafeivioufnefs, yet impocency in the aft of Venery.
i4* The Vital line divided with one or more lines in the form and manner Of a
crols,denotes the perfon very temperate.
15. Thefe angular lines in the fecond joynts, or joynt, denote muchficknefs and
weaknds, and moft commonly the Convulfionfits, ^
Jphorifrs
 C H I R o M A N C'Tf,

‘I,.'
Si
P

A -
' ij--.
10 1 4lo
/

’ V.

i «f

'Aphorifms explatnhg the dfi. ^ igure,

i^i-|^He table Hoe ending thus, and cutting the root of fo, indicates a wound
A on the head. n.,
2, A line ample and fhorr, cutting the table line, fignifies a danger of an Epide-;
mical difeafe,as thepeftilence, &c.
5. The Natural line ending in the hollow of the hand, the filler of which Tearing
it felftowards the table line,denotes the fradion,and breaking of fome of the bones;
but if another fiftet (hail accompany it in the hollow of the hand, he hath many
wives in aQ.
4. A hne from the fupream angle to the root of T?, to whom the line of Satur»
is joyned in the end. denotes impiifonment.
5. This line fignifies power to overcome a refolute, though not a powerfull enemy.
6. Lines from the wrift to the mount of the D , indicate a treacherous fool.
7. Such points upon the line of life,intimates a man to be a Traitor to his affociates,"
8. Two lines cutting the fecond joynt of the thumb, and thofe iriterfefled,indicate
a perfidious perfon and an infidel.
9. Lines from the nail to the fecond joynt of the thumb, fignifie a faithfull trufly
friend. ,
I o. Such a charafter m the fecond joynt of all,or any of the fingers,denotes a great
Gamefter at Dice,, by reafon of which his life will be indangered.

Jphorifnis
 \

‘ ' ■ —■■■" ■ ■..

ChiROMANCX

'Aphorifms^expUinlng the 47* Tigure,

i Uch a fign in the beginning of the Line of life in children, if Itbcperfeflly

* O fecn, fignifies the childe ftiall be choaked, or killed with worms; but if it be .
imperfeft,it implies extream danger of death from the Miw-worms, according to
the proportionable time of age. , ^ j ^
2. In thefe lines it is diligently to be noted, whether they be fuch really as we de¬
clare them to be; for they may often deceive and feem fuch when they ate notj alfo
the fradlion, and difeontinuahee is to be noted. ‘ , r
3. In thefe lines it is to ba obferved whether they go by the mount or brawn of
the hand from the wrift,or otherwaysjfor thofe fignifie the accidental goods of For¬
tune, but thefe denote the gifts of Nature, Natural good*
4. Between thefe lines there is alfo difference; the Scheams of the hand are ih the
39 and 13 Figures of one manner, in the 32 and 12 Figures of another; alfo there
' are other lines placed in the place of the Liver line, but broken and difcontinued,
and that not rightly ; fo as the Line of the Liver often feems to be wanting; but we
may not fo pronounce as if it were indeed wanting, but Teftimonies ought to be
gathered from all other obfervations.
' ^ jy. Such a charader in the quadrangle neer the end of the Natural line, denotes an
ambitious, proixi, felf-conceited, evil perfon.
6* Such a fign in the m ount of the hand, denotes drowning. '
7. If fuch a charafter turn about the end of the finger towards th^ nail, m any 01
. the fingers, it fignifies hanging, ftrangling, or the man to be aleaper, an odious
thief, and an adulterer. -- -
tyfphortjms
-
 Aphorifms explaining the 48. Figure,
I. ^He line of Wedlock fo formed, lignifies Marriage amongft his Kindred ot
■ Friends, and fo much the rather if it refemble the Figure in the line of Life
©r that neec the fiift joynr of the thumb, or in the line of Saturn. *
2. This line fignifies Ineeft in this place, that is to fay under 5 , and the rather if
the line of Life be fo formed.under '
3. Thisisanote of Iticcft, asalfo fuchothers in thelincof Life.
4. A line (as it were j falling neerthe line of Life in the’mount of the thumb,
large and Ceded from another oblique line, intimates griefs and forrows, fay rcafon
ol fomeof hispofterityj and the more, by how much the more large and crook¬
ed it is. j ' • "
5. Thefe figns in the hand, pointed by the charaders, 1,2,3,5. denote Marriage
withthofe who arc left in the ftead of Fathers or Mothers, to overfee, and are Su-
,perior, or elfe Natural adion with them \ this is coroprobated by moft certain exi»
perience* . . •
6. Any^yf thefe charaders in the mount of the hand, threaten death by water.
^7. Such a charader neer the middle of the fingers, Ifaews the party Ihall be quefti-
oned, and puniflied for Theft, but fhall always peremptorily deny it.

f
t

Trhe tnd of the Firjl the

^ Chiromancy.
 THE

Second Part?
OR

Second Book/ ,
"Wherein is I Treated oJ^
HYS I 0 g 3^0 M%
^ ET OT 0 S COT%

0 1%0 C^'

With many SECRETS thereunto

belonging.
* * . *

Sapientia Hominis ita illuflrat Faciem ejm, ut Firmitas fVuU

tu6 ejm duplicetur. Ecclcfiaft. cap. 8. ver.i.

LONDON,. .
Printed for 3\(athamel ‘Broo!^, 1653.

/
 /

i;9

THE -
ACE to the %£ AT> E %

IS not without rcafon ("gentle slnd courteous

Reader) that I premiftthis Preface before this
fecond Book, that I might recommend unto
thee the Sciences of Thyjtognomy ^ Metopo/copy,
and Oneirocracy. All which Antiquity hath
thought worthy and honoured; even the Eternal by his Seers
and Prophets, hath revealed and taught them us; and he
hath made ufe of the laft to reveal the myftical Secrets of his
Commandments and Promifes to his Church ,• all the An- .
cient Prophefies confiding altogether in Dreams and Vifi-
ons. As joxThyfwgnomy, you fee the holy Scriptures full ofExod. 34.^ ■J
Phyfiognomical exprefiions. God himfelf in Exodus for his
Wifdom among the eleven Properties hath called himfelf,
■i
Great=Ko/e^ Longns Kariuifi: as if he fhould fay,
Wile,Mercifull, and Long-fuffering: The ftout Men and
Worthies of Ifrael which followed Da^vid^ are repfelented in
the Chronicles, 0rorum rohujlorumfades dicuntur fimiks fade-
hm Leonum^ Valiant men whofe faces are like the faces ^*-*5‘^*
of Lyons : Solomon in the Proverbs , reprefenting the
Wifeman, fays, In fade Sapientis lucet Sapientia ; ocult y?«/=Eccief.8.i.
torum in finibus term' and farther, forhominis immutat
dem ejus. We fee the defcripcions of ftrong men in the
Book of Judges^ as of Sampfon^ Gideon^ lephthah^ and others by
the lineaments of their Phyfiognomy. Some are Couragi-
ous,Cholerick, Patient, Forefeeing, and Wife, having theit
eyes fhining like feveral Fowls; others having great eyes and
marked with drops of blood : fome being crooked-nofed, ftiateihein. ‘
others fhort-nofed, others great-nofed. To be fhort, this don of
Science hath been fo much recomrpended among the An-**^^"'
T2 cients.
_THE T^EFAQE_
cients, that no man pretended to any cfteem that was not
acquainted with it;, fo much was it exercifed among the He¬
brews y (jddeans^ Egyptians^ Arabians, Greeks and Latines. Of
the affli(5tion, intemperance, difturbance,anddifta(es,as well
of the Mitide as Body, known from the onlyafpedt of the
Face , the holy Scriptures have made, in many places,^ plen¬
tiful! mention, from whence it is mofl: evident to us, that
Thyjlognomy is one of the chief principal Sciences of the na¬
ture of Prognofticating, although the ignorant vulgar feem
to afperfe and deride it,- from hence it is that the Socratian,
and Pythagorian Philofophers have recorded fo reverently
thereof: Hippocrates^ according to the teflimony of
Galen^ by fcafon of the utility thereof, ('^Lith^QmThyfiqgnomi^
Junt ignarij animaeorum errore defatigari confici jotetx thole
ufiially Gonfumeand defatigate their minds through errour,
■who arc ignorant in this Art: and this I attribute thereunto
will feem no wonder, if we rightly obferve the Etymology
thereof, according to the wifdom of the Ancients, who ren-i
der it derived from which is a figure, and that is
Nature(that is to {:2Ly)ThyJiognomice^z fign or Index of Nature'
from whence is manifeft, that this Science (which by exte¬
rior figns and evidential tokens, difeovers the interior dif-
pofitions of the minde as well as the body) is approved of,
and juftified as well from the Records of Divine Writ, the
Dictates of the Holy Spirit, as from the fulnefs of Humane
reafon and wifdom; from hence it was that King Jrtaterxes
ft id to ISlehemiah^ Why is thy countenance fady feeing thou art not
fick ^ this is nothing elje but forrow of heart. Neh. chap. 2. ver.i.
As if he had laid, I fee plainly by the fignificant Characters
of thy face, that thy foul is vexatioufly perturbated, as So/o*
moHy Prov.i J.13. A merry heart makes a cheerful! countenance^ hut
by forrow of the heart the fpirit is broken : no wonder then if the
troubled afflicted foul alter the Fabrick of the countenance,
as witnelfcth Darvid^ Pfal.Cp.20. (Reproach hath broken mine
heart\ and lam full of : and'elfewhere he complains
his firength failed, and he was a fear to his enemies,
11,12. From whence M alfo, /^ce is foul with weepings and
on my eye-lids is the fhadow of death^ Job \6.\6. Laftly, how
vehement and powerfull are fears, cares, and horrors to alter
the alpeCt of the Patient ? no man need doubt, when as the
Plalmift
 TO the T^EAT>ET\.
Pfalmiftfaich, tearfulnejs and tremhling are come upon me, and
horrour hath o<veru>helmedme, Plal. 55'5'
From whence is fully argued, that the pafsion and vexation
of theminde affecfts and aftliifts the heart, and the affedion
of the heart neceflarily appears in the Face and the whole
body, faith Job, Tim lifteft me up to the wind, and dijfolvefl my
fubftance, Johio.ti. Infinite are the prognoftick fymptomes
by which the nature of man exprefl'eth his inward pafsions
by external figns, which pleadeth a necefsity for the fubjea
of ^hyjtovnomy, of which more fully in the enluing W^ork*
Nay,thofe that have in all Ages been the fevereft Cenfurers
of thele Sciences, have been forced to admit and commend
it. One of themfpeaking of it, fays, fphyftgouomiacmfiftens
intra cancedos naturalis 'ThilofophU , licita eft , isr habet aliquid
probabilitatis ■ yet this good man makes diftinitions as he
pleafes, that fo while he approves a Science according to his
defire he might diflike the method and principles which o-
thcr men hold j being unwilling that any Science'be received
in this Age, i’f it hath not'paffed the fearce 'of Cenfure,
at leaft that of thofe of his own ptofefsion, is being ambiti¬
ous for the title of llluftrators of fome Sciences, and of de-
ftroyers of thofe which pleale them not. Tis an abufc that
reigns at the prefent, and which caufes Antiquity in its fim*
plicity to be extinguifhed and maim’d by thefe fexpurgators;
Ld oood Learning, and Sciences banifhed, or kept in flave-
ry wuhin the minds of fome Learned men kept in awe by
thefe men, who endued with a monftrous power, ruine the
ancient Sciences,and introduce Novelties both into Religion
and Policy,to enflave the'fouls of fimple men and women.
But how comes it to pafs ? Tis ambition is the lource of
all thefe evils. And this qualification principally appears, in
thofe whbfe fcandalous lives, orpeevifh, wafpifh Natures
have rendred them unworthy efteem in the eyes of the ho-
neft peaceable part of Gods People ; then to draw after fi^cen
fome Faiftions, and to-raife themfelves in the opinion of the
fimple • like malicious, ignorant Dolts, they to their own
fhame befpatter thofe Beauties,which if they were not Owb
eyed would amuze them to look upon. But it is the will of
tliet^oftHighthatitfliouldbc fo, that the words pronoun¬
ced by his Apoftle might be accomplifhcd, ‘ That in thelajl
1^1 THE E%EEAQE, &c. '
dap p')all r'tje Up infolent and proud ?7jenj layers of pkajures more'
^ then louvers of Ood^ having a JJ^ew of godlinejsj hut 'denying the
^ power thereof^ who Jhall enter into houjes^ and take captive filly
‘ wojnen^ laden with Jins^ and who are carried away with many de^.
^fires. Are not ailthele things fully accomplijChed in thefc
meh;, who certainly are thofe meant by the Apoftle ? /Exciife
me ffriendly Reader) for this digrefsion ;biit it is the zeal of
the Houfe of God (as the Royal Prophet laith) that hath ur¬
ged me: and when, the calumnies of thofe that hate Him
fhall fall upon me,I will bear them patiently,even till death-
feeing that out of his goodnefs toward me he hath given me
the quality which 1 have (though unworthy of it) amongft
his people,
But leaving off thefc Difeourfes, my fuit to thee (friend¬
ly Reader) is, that thou wilt entertain theft Sciences of Thy^
fiogmmy^Scci The which in themfelves are fufficiently.re¬
commended, and for their profit, very neceflary toall, that
fothey may know the humours one of another, and conft-
quently be more cpnfident or diffident one of another. That
which 1 dOjis out of no other defign then to fatisfic thy curi-
ofity, and thy good • defiring no other recompence of thee
(dear Reader) then that thou wouldfl: acknowledge me
thy affe<5tionatc Friend, as 1 am of all the Lovers of thoft
Sciences which are above what is ordinary. Farewell.

r - '

THE
 \

The Second Part

HAP. I.
WhatJ^hy^io^^omk is, and vphat of itis reqmfite
for the Chiromancer to
. . t . ■

Prince of Phyfick, faycs, that the Phyfician cannot

be accompliflied in his Art, if he have not the knowledge
of tyffirologie j fo I may fay that the Chiromancer is not
perfed nor accomplifhcd if he have not which
is Scientia tfua natftra hominum ex afpeUu corporis juScatftr^
^ n ^offityvafj.omVf f^cie addivinare ^ per nature
indicia cognofcere. Or otherwife, for a more clear definiti-
___- on thereof, It is a Science whereby the conditions of men
and their temperaments are fully known by the lineaments and conjeaure^f theit
faces. It confifteth in two things, that is to fay, the complexion and compoGcion of
the body of man; both which do manifeftly declare and (hew the things that arc
within the man by the external (igns. as by the colour, theftuurc, the cornpofition

andlhapeof the members. Thefe two Sciences are fo joyned together and united,;
that they never go one without another, and to make ptofeflion of the one with*
but the other, is a vain thing: Thefe Sciences are joyncd together by the Ancients^
even by the Satyrift,

-----Spdtium lufirabit utrum^ne,

Metarum & fortes dncet, frontemque manHmqui',
Prabebit fati crebrum popjfmarogantk

And vet when he defctibei his Z«7«».he doth it by the filthy fpoti and figns of hii
body, andnotbythofeof his hand; for the Chiromamtr may not fee every ones
hands i and faycs of this
144 P HYSIOGNOMIE.

' ---Trifiii
Occttrras frontt ^bauUay ceu Marfia •viHus
Poft.
-— -Vultus gravisy henida ficca
Sjlva com£, mllw totd nitor in cute, qmlem
Praftahat calidi circttmlita fafcia vifci,
Sed jruticantt filo neglebla^ ^ fqualUda cvftrA,

•How
Like conquered Marfiay with a cloudy brow ?
And afterwards,
A heavy countenance and brifled hair.
Like a rongh Wood, naught fafliionably fair, “
But as ote laid with Birdlime; on thy thighs
Though meagre, ugly (lirubs of hair arife, &c.

So Martial defcribes his.

Crine ruher^niger ore, brevis pedejuminelfifcus
, Res^ magndm fraflas Zoile ft bonm es, •

Squint-cy’d, club-foot, red hair, and fwarthyface,

AwoadetZojflfis 1 if the Jeaft of grace.

Homer in the fecond of his Iliads, and the 18 of Odufes defcribes TberCttes and
Jrtu mifchievous and evil/peakers by the lineamenu and compofition of their Bo
dies; fee here the defcription. '

It feemed here that nature needs would be,

Emfloj*dto forge out all deformity^
A He ^as furblindy t^rump /boulder’d too and lame,
ISharp head, and ill-bond body out of frame,
Rut little hair, a lon^ and folio ear.
In brief fo ugly as to bonder were*

As for the fecond, he fees him forth without ought of beauty, big, and coward-
ly, and fuch as Lucian reprefentshis Happelopin 5 for the greacnefs of the bodv di
minifties the courage, as ^riftotle fays;and the foul followes the compofition of the
body,jhans to lay the marks: fo the fame Poet defcribes Vliffes and eyIchUles of
a middle ftature, andconfequentlycouragious.
By the buraourt and the inward part of the fool is fo truly known,
that the moft vertnous Philolopher, whereof the Oracle it felf hath niven
thisTeliimony, 2«s.V« the moft wife a^ng
men, yet being defcnbedby hitrPhyfiognomy (hy a Philofopher skilPd in thacSci-
ence^ was the moft na% and unhandlom of all men living, and totally loft as to
Juft and luxury. Hisdifciplesiaught at this judgement as utterly falfe. Socrates re-
proving them,faid,-My Friends, thefe things according to Nature (houldbcfo in-
deed, bucIhave corrca«|thevicesof ray nature by the rule of Rcafon ; as if he
ftiould fay, the imperfeaions of nature may be reformed by Vertue, and that a man
may m fomc fort refift his Delliny, if he be wife,and allay his ill Fate with a fyrrup
of the puniftiment or fhame that nuift follow. There is a ftory to this puroofe ta-
the reign & Lewis
Nephew to the faid King and his Lieutenant Gene-
ral, in all the Countries beyond the Mountains, deliberating to give battell to the
Spantard, fame days before the Battel was at Capry together with moft of his Cap-
taiKs j 1 he Lord of that Town was called ^Albert Mirandula a very learned min
and Coulm gcrmain to the great Ficus Mirandula: This Lord in his entertainment
of the faid Prince and his Captains mentioned a Judiciary Aftrologer which was
ith ^m, a man very expert in that Science, aged 6o years, and very famous for his
redidlions. At the requeft of the Duke oi Nemours wasfentfor, to whom the
• Duke
 P HYSIOGNOMIE. 145
Duke ptefentea hit hand, who after many words of coinplemenr, 'jW
mould give Bartel to the J?««,Wandthe V.ceroy of and that he IhouM
vain the V,aoty; but he advertized Monfieur de-F^-ffe mi to haveacare
of him,for he (hould be kill'd in that Battel; he told the ftid Gentlemen all that
mould come to pafs; and mote particularly he told one called ?«cy«m Cmmmi an
Mgn bearer in the Company of Captain McUrd fwho had done h.m fomc .nju-
rv) that he mould be hanged within three moneths, which happened accordingly j
7nd to all thofe to whom he had told their Fortunes, m happened according to what
he laid ■ and he looked as well upon the Face asthe Hands, as the faid Paf^mer fays,
and yet’ he did not look upon the hand of the faid ?^,«-».but on^ on h.s face.
In the fame manner H. Samre^d. the good Monk, revealed to psir/a the 8. King
of fLce his Adventures, by his Phyfiognomiei and told him the fuccefs of his Voy,
age and return from the Kingdom of a(4f/er, which bufinefs rendred the faid So-
mrendi furpea to the Pope. Therefore not to infift any farther on thefe Difcourfes
anTwiorte.which the Reader may finde if he pleafe.m the Authors before menti-
oncd I mal only for to conclude,fay, that I may without tedioufnefs advance in-
“rrnv’inftruflions! that no man can well foretell any thing, and judge of a»-s-
Liy without Fhjf..g«cmU: Themfore I IJiaU here give an,Fpitome and Abridge-
ment, fuch as 1 fhill conceive neceffary for Inftruttion.

HAP II.

fi OT (tAhTid^cyyiBYit of Pliyfiogrioinic.
, . i-i-'
\ ^ '
he have extreamly honoured this Science of
emomk, and the Scripture gives you the Phyfiognomie of
coh Moft^y Davidy fiAbfdem, Jomthafty and many others.
The Compilers of the T'adwHd have made a Tteatife of ic,
both of CibrsoW'SKese and Phjfiog»om>e called C3>1t naoD

M4echthS»i^im, that is to lay, The Tteatife of the Hands;

where they diftinguim Fhyfrgocme from
of Fh^mwU, which the Crt$K‘ undetftood well, faying,
IS indeed b« a part a Science whereby things to come ate
T flnf the forehead. Thefe Gi-«ykne(iv alfo Vmilicmetrj, and
dwerotLtTtafas for they placed it according to this Figure i

t©d

And

I
 A » V

146 PhY SIOGNOMIE.

And to reprcfenc it moic clearly, the whole is placed after this manner.

Thf Forehead Mars, ^

The Right Eye Sol,
The Left Eye The Moon,
The Right Ear Jupiter,
The Left Ear Saturn,
The Nofe Venus.
The Month Mercury.

And as for the Signs of the Zodiack upon the Face, they
are Attributed, Accomodated, and placed thus.

fp Cancer , "'In the Forehead the Zenith.

SI Leo 7he Right Eye^bro^^
TO Virgo The Right Cheekt
£s Libra The Right Ear,
nt Scorpio The :^fe,
Sagittary
V9 Capricorn V.J
I The Chin which is nadin
tyf^uarius I The Left £ye brew,
H Tijees T he Left (VheeUzt
T t/4ries The Lift Ear,
'tS Taurus The Middle of the Forehead,
‘ H Getnini The Left Eye,

So the Greeks and HebrewshviC ordained and conftituted them for the profit of
the knowledge of this Science.* But before I beftow a particular Chapter upon
Metopofeopy, which (hall be the eighth, let us firft Treat of fome particularities de¬
pending on thefe Sciences, and which are fomewhac of ornament to them.

.s

Chap*
i ■
* ,

V
i
 P hysiognomie. 147

Chap. III.

Of the 3\(atural and their Cbrrefpon^

dencies Qaccordingto their pofition') to the Signs of
the Zodiacl^, and how we may by blowing them
makp the Horofcope.
T is a certain thing that every Humane Creature when tt is born
hath in feme part of the body the mark of the Sign or Pla¬
net that governed at the hour and minute of their Conception
and Nativity, which Marks ate in the parts of the body which
ate referred lo thofe Signs and Planets: for if the Sun at the
Nativity of any body be in or other Sign .and be a-
fcendeoc, the mark of that (ign is m the head} and bccaufe it
is the firfl: houfe of Mars, there is alfo a markm the Ftiyi-
ties, which aregovernedbythat P^
ftant of 'heNativity, or
isthereafonthat omet.menh«eamt^^^^^^^^^ ^odiack,
which /"“JJ' ' . 1^ of the Sun,or of any other Planet that governs. For
which IS the ™ "I of ^ Afcendent is ever the higheft; that of the Sm
it is to be noted that the mark of the Aicen^c^^^^
andthe’S'r which is beloW thke two, is that of the governing Planet,
the Sun; and the otn Nativity of any one, taking
By the knowledge of thele matKswe^

weNace th?m thus, he that is\orn under ylries, hath the mark anfwer-
giacal place ;we place rt^h^he^d, whether it appear in the face, or be under the
ing to that fig"> towards the Crown which the Greeks call a»svf»
hair
or inof theocciput,
the head j if
orithinder
^ part of, the
the head
heaa called
ca lea “''“i',, he that is born and hath
the mark -fta^! afd rmaikt^’the form of a lictlellad-
t^rehms . be upon the face, on the forehead, or under one of the
n he uDPer lip! anZhat it be in the form of a Pea. Wart, or Mulberry,
Mes, or up b- or (he that hath it is born under the fecond part of that
having ai jee to the twentieth, which the Araiimt call Allothrun; but if
k h^helow^ rowards the chin, the party is born under the
this mark be belo that is, from the 20th.de.
third part of '„„Vr „e^l the figns of the Zodiak divided into three
gtee to the 3°; ^ "T . hofe who\ave this maik oiArm in the face, have
parts.into 10.20,and 3 o degree ^ • • Cg privides, or above ic in the form

m!rk !’s llwa'ysr ”lfJhe p^rfonTe Tbct

degrees to 20. the mark IS of of/''"=“’°hVform ^ babble or a
born undecthethud, A ^is the mark of the to, and that'of the
wen; beneath “P „ ..^hereol he governs; as if it be the Sm, his matk.is
Planet which IS or hnr if the be Chronocrator, his mark b towards the
 of ihe marks of a!hhe Planets, when they are Lords of the Nativity, the places
where they are (ituatc .* as if be Lord, w?ho governs the Liver, the mark is
on the right fide, where the Liver is, whether it be on the neck, or on the arm, or on
the thigh ; if it be Saturn, the mark is alfo on the fame fide,bccaufe he governs the
Spleen, but that mark is always black in the form of a Mulbery or a Vetch or other
black fpoc, hairy moft commonly; this mark is more backward on that fide then
otherwife. If yf/<?rjbc Lord, his marks are in thofe parts on the right fide, and
commonly in the head before, or elfeonthe belly neerthe privy parts, or on the
groyns; ihefe marks are red or purple, and commonly great as Rofes or drops of
Wine, or like Warts, coloured like Rafpberries or Cherries. If A'lercurj be Lord,
thefe marks are on the left fide, and fometimes on the privy parts, or upon the legs,
they are of an olive colour, and in the forms abovementioned. If fometimes it hap¬
pen that thefe marks are right one againft another, that of Saturn being on the
right fide, and that of Mercurj on the left, upon the heart, the reafon of it is be-
eaufe Saturn was in the ninth houfe of the Nativity, which is the Houfe of Religion
and of long Travells. It is faid that Saint Jerome and tApollonius the Thjennean had
them fo ; and many others.
When the CMoon is Lady of the Nativkyithe mark is in the head on the left fide,
not only one, but commonly two or three ; that is the reafon that fometimes in the
face there are to fix or feven ; and ordinarily thefe marks in women are warty and
white or pale like fcallions. When Venus is Lady,thefe marks are in the Reins,Cods,
Thigh.s, or haply in the Neck becaufe of her firft houfe, which governs that
part. The form of thefe marks is like a bulbeor flat mark, of a violet colour oc
whitifli, and fignifies nothing but lafcivioufnefs. When one is born under
they have their mark in the arms: if it be the face or firft parr of thisfign, the mark
is on the right arm, neer the fhouldtr, or towards the elbow. If one be born un¬
der the fccond parr, called the mark is on the left arm, in the fame parts as
the former; But if under the third called by the Arabians Aldaman, the marks are
towards thehandsifrom 20. degrees to 25. they are in the right arm; from 25. to
30. on the left, and thofe of the Planets arc in the places beforementioned. When
is afeendenr, the marks of the afeendent are on the right breaft, in the form
of a flower, or track of aHaresfoot, whitifli, and having a very fmall hair on it.
Some credulous People, as Spravier, Bodin and others, have thought thefe to be the
marks of the Devil, and have been the caufe of the death of many poor fouls* that
have been accufed for Witches: A foolifli raiftakc that hath long raigned among the
Ample, and reigns yet, becaufe this mark to many that are is infcnfible, which
©urMagittraces and Senators ought to take notice of, whence it fliall come to pafs
that the places of execution IBa 11 be no more filled withfuch odious fpeiffacles and
punifhmentsinflifled on innocent creatures. If the party be born under the fiifl;
part of this fign of the mark is above the breaft, and fliall be more infen-
fible, nay fo that if it be pricked with a bodkin, pin, or needle, the party fhall noc
feel it. When one is born under rhe fecond part of this fign called Aleartyihz mark
isonthefideof the Teat, like a Cherry, or a flower, and that is very tender: But
when it is under the breaft, it denotes the perfon born under the third part; if
itbeinthe likenefsof attack, it is fometimes (efpecially when the Adoon is in that
fign which is her houfe, and wherein (he is two days) infenfible, but not always.
When Leo is afeendent, the only houfe of the Sm^ the marks are on the left breaft,
or at leaft on that fide, becaufe of the heart, which the Sun governs. If the mark
be above the breaft, the party is born under the firft part of the fign : if it be be¬
neath, under the fecond; and w hen tis on the fide towards the arm pit, he is born
under the third ; the marks arc like a Vetch or a Lentil; and obferve that the marks
-of Zfo arc very fmall, and hardly vifible becaufe of their littlenefs. The Nativity
being under Vtrgo^ the marks are in the ftomack, to the navel, not rifing in the fleftj,.
but flat, like black or reddifh fpots. Thofe that are born under the firft part of it,
have the mark on the upper part of the ftomack, neer or between the two breafts;
thofe of the fecond part have it under; thofe of the third, neer the extremity or
lower part of the ftomack; thofe that have this mark, are very inconftant;for il/rr-
governs there. When is afeendent, the markis in the navel, or reins, the
place
 !■■■■■■■■■ II .. ■

Physiognomies

plice of Vcvus^ they rife up like warts, and are fmail, fofe, and hairy, and in the
form of a mans yard ; thofeof the fisfi: part have it in the navel! the place of the
ftrength of Venm; the fecond have it beneath, on the left fide, which place is called
Alcabtnech. The third arc in the extremity of the Belly, ncer the places of the
hollow veins, and are in form black and very hairy. The marks of the fecond houfe
of Aiars which is Scorpio^ is referred to the privy parts, both of man and woman ;
thofc who are born under the firft degrees of this fign, have their natural mark up¬
on the left cod 5 thofe who are born under the fecond, that is from i o to 20. have
it on the right, like a little pea j and thofe under the third part, have it under the
privities, in the form aforefaid. And thofe that have it in that part are much given
to filthinefs and difhonefty 5 and when women have it in that part, or under the pri-
'vy part,and that they meet with men that are fo too, the aft of generation is al-
ways like that of an jMcu^tHyZnd was fo efteerrted by the Ancients, who are thought
to be abufed with foolifh credulities j for fuch people whereever they mce,tadvance
tTieir unclean defires. Thofe who are born under Saginary ,have their marks in their
buttocks or thighs,the which marks for the firft places are like a bulbe, & big enough,
and thofe are born in the extremity of the third part of Sagittary, Thofe who are
born under the firft part, have the mark on the left thigh, thofe of the fecond,on the
right J and thofe of the third, in the places aforefaid. Thofe that are born under
Capricorn,hive their marks in the knees, the which marks are flat, and feldom rife up*
which if they do, it is a fign of a Goatiflb or Buckifh humour. Thofe that are born
under the fiift part, have it in the right knee; thofe under the fecond, in the left, and
thofe under the third, under the knee at the places of the garters.. The legs are go¬
verned by Aquarius^ and thofe that have this fign afeendent, their natural marks are
in the legs; thofe that are born under the firft part have it on their right leg.and it
is fomewhat long, in the form of a wave, and feldom rifes above the fuperficies of
thefleftij thofe whoare fo marked, arc very light and unconftant Thofe who are
born under the fecond part, are marked in the left leg in the fame form as that of the
light; who are born under the third are marked in the calf or mufcles of the legs in
the fafliion of a Mulberry, Cherry, or a Scallion; and thofe born under this third
part, are good Footmen, and fit to be Laqueys. The laft of our Signs is ^ifees or
the Fifties which govern the Feet; thofe which have it their afeendent, have their
marks in the feet. He that is born under the firft part hath them on the left footjthey
never rife above the fuperficies of the flefn; Thofe born under the.fecond part,have
them on the right foot, as the former; and thofe under the third, under the feet
f which are the royal marks) or haply in the heels, for Jupiter governs there moA
ftrongly: and thofe which are marked in thofe places arc affured of the honours 06
the houfes of great perfons in Military charges, which I have obfervedin many
of Quality, who at the prefent enjoy thofe honours and dignities. The marks in
thofe places arc great and fpacious, and enclining to red. Thofe who are born un¬
der this part have a pleafant countenance, having fair eyes, a handfom face, proper
body, fomewhat fat, a good wit} ingenuity, fubtilty and courage, yet with afweec
and pleafant difeourfe, and an humour liberal enough. Thus are the Natural marks
briefly known, and their fituation according to the figns of the Zodiack, placed af¬
ter the manner mentioned before in Chiromancy. For the perfeftion of the whole
humane body, from thofe marks we may draw the Horofeopes, when we once know
their fituations j as if there be one that hath a mark behinde in the neck in that
form as we have before reprefented, and that it approach the head, he is born in the
27. or28 degreeof J if it be in the 27. degree, Gemini fhall be in the
fucceeding houfe in the 26 degree, and under the earth will be Cancer in
the 28 degree > and in the fucceeding houfe of this Terreftrial Algol will
be Leo^ in the 12. degree. So (halt thou finde the other pofitions fuc-
ceftively by the place where the marks are: and for a full example, I wilf
here give theca Figure out of Belot^ and his judgment thereupon, which was, faith
“he,madc for 4 young man a friend of mine, who was barbaroufly killed about the
“ month of May in the year 1623. Having therefore firft known his Natural mark
** to be on the right knee, upon the top of the knee drawing a little backwards 5 I
thence inferred he was born in the end of the firft part of Capricorn, which is the
ninth
lyo Phys iog nomie.
ninth or Knth^egree ; which having known,and he defirousto know vvhat fliould
“ befall him by the other marks, both of the Sun and the Lord of the Nativity : I
“ereded the following Scheme according to the pofitton of thofe marks which is
“ the true Aftrology, and which thofe who are leaft acquainted with Aftrological
“ and Aftronomical Learning, may imitate ; fuch was the Figure and its expoUtion,
“ all which happened true.

The Time is thus taken, 1619.

Their oppofite Signs and Degrees, conftitute

the Figure.
Tj Is in the ilof H in the % honfe.
.V In the 3 houfe in degree of T •
d Vpon the Cuff of the 7 houfe in 7 degree of
© In the fixth in 22 of H.
5 25 0/ E.
9 In the 4 angle, in her exaltation in the 20 of b .
The 2) In the 9 in 21 of
Thus is the pofition of Heaven, Ceomdntically confidered.
* / '

And from this Figure, I thus draw ray Judgment; “ Mars being in his fall from
the earth, neer the Weft'angle in Cancer, and oppofing the Horofeope of the Na-
** tivity, gave me reafon to fay that the blood of our Friend ftiould be treachet'
“ oufly fpilt j Saturn being in the fign of the fixth, and in the fifth houfe,which is that
“ of fervantSjthat the murther (hould be committed by one that was neer,or related
to the perfon, and Mars being in a platick afpe^ to Vtnus who is policed in the
fourth in her own houfe, fignified all this ftiould be caufed by an undifereet lover
“ This murther happened at the time that I forefaw it ftiould, and this miferable ac¬
cident was effeded by fomc fervants that he loved well, and all through the jealoufie
of afimplelove. By this Figure any one may learn to calculate! Nativity upon
the Natural marks, provided that he punflually know their fituation, and therebjr
in whac degrees of the figns thofe which have fuch marks are born, that fobe may
tight Schemes, and draw true fignifications.

Chap-

I
 HYSIOGNOMIE I5I

Chap. IV.

Hgvp the ^A(atiyitj may be found by Thyfiognomie •

the "^hich is demonjlrated by that of a Trince done by

this Science with its true fgnifcations advanced m
this place for an example to the curious'.
0

|E have Treated in the foregoing Chapter of the manner how to cai-

I culate the Nativity by the means of the Natural marks: But bccaufe
the marks cannot be always feen, being oftimes in fecret places, and
the privy parts, I think it fit to lay down another Way to finde out
_ ' the Nativity of any body whatfoever, by the light of Fhjfiognomie,
specially of the face, which every one may fee and examine, and judge of it ac¬
cordingly ; for by the face the temperament and complexion is known ; as alfo af-
furedly, the Planet that was Lord of the Nativity, putting all to the C^eftion, ta¬
king the hour, the day and minute of the Queftion, and knowing the leven Planets,
the four Hqmours or temperamerits; which is to be very carefully conlidered , for
to makeany thing certain. And that is feen and known by the lineaments of the
face, as you finde in the Rules I have here put down.
Firftjhe that is Cholerick having Satu^ne in his Radix ruling,is pale,having his eyes ^
deep in his head, looking downwards, flow-paced, red eyes, or like thofe of a Cat, JempTramems '
and little. Secondly, if Saturn be in the Nativity in the Flegmatick radix of any ^
perfon of either Sex,he is naturally fat, the colour of the eyes, and the eyes them-
felves like lead, and all about them there is as it were a bruifednefs; he is flow in all ,
his aflions, and catties himfelf herein in a Courtly manner. 3.When Saturn rules is '
in the Nativity of a Melancholick perfon,it caUfes the man have his face awry, ill fa¬
voured, and a fool, being of divers colours, fad, fcarfull, having the eyes moft com¬
monly afquint. Heisnafty, flovtnly, clownifh,unconftant, hathaftinking breath,
isthoughtfull, defiring great things, butmpft mifehievous, nay fhall be hard to be¬
lieve any thing of the Divinity, but a mocker and infolcntgoing proudly and
gravely ; he (hall have thick lips, the flhoulders very flefhly > and marks at the knees,
and heels; he fhall pafs away his life in a Tavern, or in a Cloyfter for to carowfe it.
4. But participating of the Sanguine humour, which is the royal one, and
the beft of the temperaments, the properties ate thefe .• They have the voyce fharp
and ftrong.they are merry and jovial; but there are very few that have Saturn Chro-
nocrator, are of a Sanguine hnraour j as for the face, they have it fair enough, but
the colour like an Olive, red eyes with bloody fpots in them. So much for the Phy-
liognomy of the Saturnines ; now for the Jovialilis.
i.Hg that hath "Jupiter in his Nativity, in the Cholerick fignificant,is of a white com- juling in
plexion hath a long beard, and is bald in the forehead, the hair reddifh or yellowifh, the feveral
very foon angry, yet wife. 2. If the faid Jupiter tulc in the Nativity of a Plegmatick temperaments,
perfon, he is of a good flature, and well proportioned, fair-haired, his nofc like a
Trouts, black eye-brows, a green eye, and bleared. 3. For the Melancholy,
is feldom in luch Nativities. 4. As for the Sanguine Humour, tis there that Jupiter
governs moft ; a Sanguine perfon, hath the body white, the face fomewhat red,the
eyes not altogether black,white teeth, high forehead with four apparent Lines there¬
in, the which fignifie, good husbandry, wifdom and liberality.
I. When JY^jr/is Lord of the Nativity of a Cholerick perfon, the party is red
as if he were funburnt, hath a round face. Cats eyes, and bleared, a cruel coUnte-^^“j,J"|^“*^
nance, arrogant and proud ; he i, bald on the Crown of the bead, of a middle mouj-s,
lUture, the forepart of his head bigj the noftrils ilfuing out, and when he goes he
inakes
 V.
V,

lyz Physiognomie

makes but ftiort paces, he goes lightjy,and is of himfelf given to evil. As for the wo¬
man of this Humour, ftic is deferibed by Martial in chefe verfes, upon thekiffesof
‘Thilena^
Cur non l^ajio te Philena ? calva es.
Cur non bajio te Philena ? rufa es.
Curnon bajio teT*hilena^ lufeaeSi
&c*

2, But being in the root^ the Nativity of aFIegmatick, he makes him rcddifli
or yellowifh of a fmall and fudden nature, a great Coritefter, Talkative and a Lyar;
he is bald on the crown of the head, hath a broad face and great head, he looks on
the one fide in an arrogant manner; This nature is much given to be vicious. 3 .When
LMars is Lord of a Melancholick Nativity, it makes the party have a threatning
countenance, and have the marks in the face. If Aries be afeendent, he is crump-
fhoulderedjhath a long face, the head in the form of a Pyramid,the hair of a Cheft-
nut colour, great eyes and yellowifh ; to be fiiort, the perfon is guilty fomewhat
of folly. 4. If be in a Sanguine Nativity, which happens very feldom, the
^rullngintlepetfon will be very well featured , round-faced, flaxen.baired, green-eyed, the
feverall Con- countenance gentle atfirft, but the fpcech bold, proud and mpacing. As for Mer-
ftitutions. he never is but in three Complexions; if it be a cholerick, the perfon is of a
great ftature, lean and of a leaden colour,and fad, having not much hair, wild eyes,
and deep in the head, with narrow lips and fhort teeth. ». When he is in the Na-
Such was Kifk tivity of a Melancholick and is retrograde, the party is incredulous, fubjedco ma-
thc 3. King of ny yices, and is always marked by nature, looking a fquinCjWry mouth’d,wry neck’d,
England. and crump^fhouldered. 3. When it is a Sanguine humour, the man is well
difpofed, both in his Corporal and Spiritual proportions, when Mercurji 'n Lord of
The o ruling Nativity. But for the Sm, when he is Alfridary or Lord of a Cholerick, he cau-
In the chole- ^ colour with fome fmall rednefs, flefby, having very great
■ eyes, well bearded and well haired, the head great and round, and of a middle
ftature; he is a great diffembler and cautious.
The D ruling j.The/Lfww is moft commonly fignificattixin Flegmatick nativiti«,for which reafon,
in the Fiegma- Lunar^ihe^ are very white.intermingled with a little red,having the
head great and thick, the eye-brows joyning together,fair eyes, but haply unequal ?
if Cancer be the afeendent of thofe perfons, ‘they are fat beyond meafure. 2. When
fhe is in that of a Melancholick, (he makes him corpulcnt>flefhy,fit to make a Monk
on, having the head fit to wear the Cowle, curled hair j a long beard,but not hand-
fom j there may be alio fome fignification of Gluctony,as having a great mouth and
thick lips, efpecially the under lip.
yenus ruling j. Venus\% never but in flegmatick Nativities; the perfons are fair, courteous,
through thefe-gentle, having the body white, gentle fpeech, thehair thick, handfomly
vera umors. j-pjijpg cfjfping . thcir Natural mark is in the neck, which is very fair: they have
black eyes, whereof the Ball is yellowifh, which doth as'it were burn or fhine. A
Maid born in this conftellation will not long keep her Maiden-head, if fhe be high-
nofed, ^which commonly happens. Now by thefe Thyfiogmmies well confidered
('which he muftheeds do,who pretends to the knowledge of thefe Sciences^ one may
' make the Horofeope very eafily, taking one or m ore queftions concerning fome one
whom we wifh well unto, and would know his prefent andTuture contingences.
Firft, having by the lineaments of the face known what Planet was Lord, let us
fee if he derive of the nature of that Planet, having the lineaments of the face fuch
as we have deferibed; if they arc conformable without any difference, then infal¬
libly that perfon is born in the firft houfe or face of that fign of the Zodiak which is
referred to that Planet. As here wc have a man that is white, fair Ipoken, having a
long nofe, fair hair and thick, a brown eye; he is born, Venus being adinfiar, in
the firft part of Taurus, which is the firft houfe of that Planet: fo proceed by way
of Quertion, having propofed it to your felf, and obferved the hour and rainute,ta-
/ king the month and the day, you will certainly finde this fign Taurus^ whether it be
in the houfe of life which is the firft, or it be the tenth which is Helygiak, and is the
houfe of dignities and honours; and from the Figure you (hall thereupon ereft, yoii
,1* may
 I O G N O M I E.

nuiT^raw^ft^ertain fignifications, as Belot did for a young Gtrmm Prince,whom

lie had the honour 'to fee m the Suburbs of Sc. germam at Vatis, “ My proceed{k\th
‘‘ he; wa^ thm. Without defiring to the day or hour of his Nativity , or hu Age,
Havino ohfervedhis Phjftognomie ; I fa^ he^'o^ fiegmatique, had black, hair, red
eyes, neat eye brows, the mouth fufficiently rtfing up, great teeth, a fat neckband all
the body full enough \ my J^ueJiion beingmade, the 18. day of at y* of the
clock inthemerning, in the year l6i^. I found that the ^feendant of this *Phyfi~
^i'onomical ^efiion Libra in the lO. degree^, Vphich is thejafl of the firfi part,
^uefiion was to knowhow long this Frt^ce fhonld hve, what Jhottld be his
Fortunes, and Misfortunes; briefly what Jhould ^ happen in his days: I
« ereBedthis Figure, and thereupon made certain ^adrains and Refolutions, that my
« Friends miqht underfiand the fignifications of the faid Figure,and the things portended
to this young Prince. Which here for the obfeurity thereof I have omitted, the
Figure wdl inform you. I confefs he hath left it dark, but there is a key to unlock
thisMyfterie.

The figure is thus to be conceived.

'Tenth Houfe' 12 of _s
* Eleventh Houfe 19 of SI
[X'^elfth Houfe 17 of n£
' Afcendant iO of
^Second Houfe 3 of ill
[Third Houfe 3 of J?*

The oppofite Signs and Degrees

make compleat the Figure.
-1

ThePofidon of the Planets. .

T,Jnthe$of v? the North Angle i

% In the II of Vlg.
fP Jn the 2 of T.
Q In the 2 of ^,
9 In the 13 0/ I the Tforth Angle.
2 In the 22 of ^r 1 . t rr r
The Moon in the ^ of IL, the Angle of the ninth Houfe.

This Figure is Geomantically formed.

 Physiognomie.
15+
c HAP. V.

7hat the Veins belong to Thyfiognomie, and are the

principal parts for Thlebotonij, and h(m> that by
- them, future fckpejfes are knovpn, and there^
! by their remedies.

lEeing the Veins make a part of our Bodies,and th:jt they arc apparent,
' and that by them and the temperament of the blood contained in
them we judge of things to come; I have thought fit to difcourfe of
them in a particular Chapter, as alfo of Phlebotomy. The Veins be¬
long to ThjfiogmmkiZs appearing in all the parts of our body, and
being as it were fmall Channels or little Rivulets thaf moiftcn this
little World, as we fee the Rivers, Fountains and Brooks moiften this great Terre-
. ftrial Body ; and by the waters we judge of the fertility and fteiility of the place,
* by the moifture or drought of the years. So in the little Terreftrial body we judge
of things to come; as by the colours and accidents of the Veins, the ficknefles and
misfortunes to come are known .* As if the Veins which appear in the Face are fmall
and white, it denotes a man Feminine, and without courage ; but if they be fome-
what big, and of that colour, they dempnftrate the perfon to be of a mild fpirit,
fubtill and cautious j Bur if they are big, and efpecially thofe of the forehead a-
bove the templesi and that of the middle of the forehead, called praparata^ they
fignifie a man free, liberal, fubjedl to fome flavery of Venta; and after the adlion
it is eafie to know him ; for they will be fwollen, and of a violet colour, which is
fome fymptome of a Plurifie or Apoplexy. If they appear not but upon the do¬
ing of fome violent aaion, or when one laughs, it fignifies treachery andperfidi-
oufnefs. , /• n
When in the Neck the Veins arc large and gfeat,they reprefent aftrong anger and
paflion, efpecially when they are red ; which is affirmed by To/ewo#, Adamantes,
and zAllbertm Magntts. Si ejui vennu illas qua fmt circa collum & tempora, turgi-
dashabent wamfeflas, & janguinei colortSy intusfervere tram oftendit. If about
the Neck they are not much apparent, and pale, they fignifie the perfon temperate,
wife, and referved •• if they are meanly apparent and clear, efpecially. in a woman,
they fignifie Chafticy, Honefty and Modelty in all her aaions; and to a .man that he
fhall be honoured in Councel, and in all his Enterprifes. The women that have the
Veins thu^, arc fair, and have a delicate white compleflion.
' When the Veins appear great and red in the arm, they denote the party Saturnine
or Martial, being flout and ftrong : but if they be fmall, and clear, he is folar; if
they be fomewhat pale,he is Lunar and Melancholick; if they are fomewhat reddifli,
and if there be neer the mufcles certain veflfels very big, it fignifies the perfon vene-
reous, and fubjedi to the difeafes of Ventis.
When they are in that manner on the legs, they demonflrate that the perfon hath
a wearinefs and weaknefs through all the body, having Ulcers within, and not ap-
pearing; If they are black and pale, they denote a great crudity of ftomack, and
an indigeftion chat caufes vinous humours, which oft-times through their Acrimony
caufe Malignant Ulcers and Cankers, and to women abundance of Flowers. W'here-
forei: fliould much concern the Phyfitian or Chirurgion to know them,their colours,
accidents and qualities, that fo he may faithfully make ufe of Phlebotomies which ac¬
cording to, is nothing elfe but Lvacuatio humor urn propter valetudinem
recuperandam. They fhould alfo know the number of the Veins, the place where
the blood is to be let; they fliould at lead know the day of'the New Moon, her
Full
 f

P H Y S I O G N O M I E. ^ I55

FulUndQaarter9, thc illfigns, and the figns which govern the parts of the Body
or the figns which arc wherein there fhould be no bleeding not touching in
thofe places: they muftchoofe the days which are good for Phlebotomy; The vein
which is in the middle of the forehead called Pyit is to be opened in cafe of
Lethargy, when it appears ill-coloured ; fo alfo for the Hemicrany • the two veins
which are on the fides of the two ears, they arc to be opened for to clear the Spirit
and the hearing 5 that upon the bones of the temples called Arteries, there may
be blood drawn of them, that the brain may be f^rniftied with blood. Under the
tongue there are two veins which may be let blood for the Epilepfjy Sqttincy, and the
ApoUhume which comes upon the throat. On the neck there are two veins called O-
riginal, which may be opened, if the Chirurgeon be expert/ fpj the Leprofie, and
that is difeovered when the faid Veins are Icady and pale; and they may be efpeci-
ally opened for Poluxie, for it proceeds from a corruption of blood. The Cordial
Veins are upon the arm, whence blood is commonly drawn for the evacuation of ill
humours, which might hurt the heart. The lines of the Liver ate alfo on the arms,
the which are let blood, for to comfort and refrigerate the heart. Between the
middle finger and the fourth, there is a vein may be opened for pains in the (fomack
and fides; the fame place alfo may be o pened for the Plague or Carbunclc.Bctween
the Belly and the Ranches, there are two Veins,which may be blcdj the right for the
Dropfie, and the left for the pains of the Spleen. In each foot there are three veins,
whereof one is upon the Ancle-bone, on the outfide. which vein is opened for to ex¬
pel l-peftilent Humours, andimpoftumes, and to provoke Flowers to women that
are bound. Between the neck of the Foot, and the great Toe, there is a vein open¬
ed for the Epidemy and other evil Humours; the party muft be let blood w thin
24. hours after he feel himfelf feized by the Epidemical difeafe, that is to fay, with-,
in a Natural day .• At the corners of the eyes there are two veins, which are blei
for the rednefs of the face; at the extremities of the mouth there are two veins
above and two below, which may be opened for the Tooth ache, and Canker^ Be¬
tween the under lip and the chin is a line that may be bled, for the ftinking of the
breath • Upon the two arms there arc four veins, the upper comes from the head,
the feco’nd from the heart, the third from the Liver, aud the fourth from the Spleen.
The vein of the head, is on the right arm, and it may be bled for the repletion of
Humours and Blood; The vein of the Spleen is opened, for to cure Tertian and
^artan Fcavers. In both the hands there are three veins»from that which is under
thTthumb, blood is let for to moderate Choler; that which is between the middle
finger and the little one, is opened againft Feavers. On the thighs there arc two
veins; one on the plain of the thigh,which is opened to affwage the pain in the Ge¬
nital parts. , , . j j
Behold what may be obferved from the principal Veins, and thofe which depend
on Thyftognomie, Let us now fee what may be apprehended of Phyfiognomie
by ^eomancie.

X z Chap.
 Physiognomie.
’•^<5

c HAP. VL

Hor^ to kp<m> the Thj/tognomy of any one li^hatfoever

by ^eomancj^ and judge of their ^lAd^anners and
■1
<tA Bions.

,E have fpoken fomcwhat of Phjfiognonjie difcovcred by geo-

mmcie in our firft book of (Chiromancy, but that fufficing not,
and the more fully to fhew the Secrets of our Chiromancy, I
have thought fit, and the Reader will not take it amifs, if in
this fecond Book ! beftow this Chapter, which (hall be more
inftruflive'then what hath been fpoken of it elfwhere: be-
fides that, the Secrets of Geomancy (hall hereby be more pet'
— teflly known.
To begin/then, when we caft the lots of the points to make our figure,defiring to
■imowthe Pi7>fwi««of fpine peribn whom we have never feen; upon the four
‘firft lines of the points, whereof atifes the firft mother, which is referred to the
firft honfe of the Figure, which is the houfe of Ufe,which comprehends the manners,
temperaments, ftature and lineaments of the body, may of the m.nde; there you
mulf rnake a ftay; for it is enough to one that is verfed in this Science of (Jeswavc,
todifeovetbythis firft Figure, what compofition of body, and what manner of
face the party hath whom we in this manner defire to know; if Fortum Major or
Fortum CHimr-, one of the two happens by the lot of the four fiift lines of the
points •• thefe Figures referring to ?he J«\and Loo denote the perfon ScUr j of a
good ftature, having the eye red, marked i^th red .pots in the apple, along nofe,
ftke that of an Eagle or Kite, rifing up high, % commonly great at the end, the
mouth well formed.the under lip bigjthe chfeks full, the ears great and thick enough
commonly, ted hair, or flaxen! the man Naturally loves to ttanfmigrate from one
placeto another, being a little guilty of a vain prefumption, and walks with a
proud and fimpring pace, will pretend much to Sciences, but (ball hardly learn the
Lperficies of them, and defires to be heard through, in all his loquacity.
a When we would know the lineaments of any one of whom we ate asked; if
in the lot of the points there be Tm or Populuti fuch perfonsate Lurttr, white
fomewhat more then ordinary, fearfullof their very (hadowsand this colour, hu¬
mour and the aaions of the perfons ate mote proper to women then men .• they
ill
it have the face fomewhat long, a wan colour, and the eyes walled, yet fair enough; the
perfons are cold, becaufethey are unfit, a^dfiow in motion, coward y and negligent
in their aaions: they have the hair flaxen and very fmall, foft in feeling, and a ffiort
fight • for their ftature, it is not great, fmall and feeble, not much fit for the warfare
o? Mars and Venus: As for the minde.they have it gentle, when they come once to
the age of 25 years. If they are born in the firft part of $, they will be more lean
and meager then in the fecond and third, they (hall have the hair and theeyebrows
fmall and narrow; the Nofe fomewhat big. the noftrils open , their anger is but
foraftart- they arc eloquent enough, yet full of vain prefumption, thinking they
know ail things • they are muclvfubjeato difeafes, elpecially Dyfentcncs, Plunfies,
and pains in the ftomack, and that becaufe of the fmall heat which is in them j they
are of the Nature of Apes, which is the rcafon that Porta puts them into a confor¬
mity in his Figures, fuch was A/fim Duke of Milan. .• . r ,
2. If upon the lot of the points there happen Jcqmfmo and Latttia, which fol-
I ^ loweth the two houfes of Jupiter j he for whom the Lots are caft, is of a Jovial na¬
ture, and of a reddifti colour; if they are born in Sagittary they ate checrfull and
. well
 well difpofcd ; if it be in the firft parr, whith Hulj the ^Arabian calls zAbhaham^
-the petfon hath a fair body, a modeft look, a fmall head, a thick face,handfom nofe,
fair and white teeth ; for the minde, it is very fubtile and pleafant, yet conftant;
for which rcafon he fhall be much given to love; Wife and Politick men, and they
who fhall converle with him, will be well pleafed and fatisfied; He will be fomewhat
covetous becaufc of the governing Sign, he will attain to the higheft Honours. If
the Jovial perfon be born under the firft part of Tifces^ which is th^ fecond houfe
of Jupiter, he will be yellow or whitifti and tender; he will have a large breaft('this
fign is referred to J a decent beard, and a fair forehead, fair eyes, rather
black then white, as being born before day: He is naturally inclined to fidelity and
wifdom, though he be given much to laughing, Jovial, a lover of plcafurcs, frequent¬
ing Balls, Sports, Comedies, Tragedies and publick Recreations; He will be natu¬
rally fubjedf to the Head* ache, but his minde fhall be found and of a_ found com¬
plexion, as being Satiguiney perfons of which humour are moderate, favourable,
pleafant and courteous.
4. When there happens PuelU or which are the two houfes of Venm, the
one reprefenting Taurus and the other Libra^Ti the lot of the points they denote the
man or woman Venereous .\If they are born when TuelU happens, or Taurus is the
Afcendent, they are of clear colour, the body being heavy, clear, fair, pure, neat
and fpotlels: the lips thick, and hanging out, efpecially the upper lip, they are of a
low ftature, having a fait countenance, long hair, not crilped, enticing, great eyes;
if they are born in the evening or at night,they have them of the color of Cats eyes,or
black,they are magnanimous and officious,& efpecially towards women,they are very
fickly,and of a weak complexion.Thofe that are born when from the lot of the points
there arife Amijfio or Ctbra, are fair-countenanced, laborious, they have a perfe^
Symmetry and compoficion of body,they are amiable, having a decent laughter, and
a gracefulnefs, full of infinuation, they are great lovers of women; and if women,
great lovers of menj which is the reafon that both the one and the other will be much
given to the fleffi, though they are unfortunate in their loves, which will be unchafte
and difhoneft.
5. If ConjmElioot Albm happen by the points, thofe being referred to Mercury
which reprefents unto us II and nje they denote a perfon of a decayed hue, dark and
fwarthy, ftiarp-fighted, black-haiCd, having a good pleafing voice, a great mouth,
thin fmall lips, the breaft vefy hairy; they will be prompt, and fit for polling; their
fancy or imagination will be fomewhat touched with folly, believing they fee De¬
vils and Spirits poffeffing them, and fuch foolifh opinions torment them much.More¬
over they inrich tbemfelves with vain promifes of hidden Treafures which they ima¬
gine they fhall finde, and transformation of mettals, as of 2 and % into gold and
filver; and they build imaginary Caftles in their mind upon thefe promifes. If they
are born when there happens Albus or Virgo^ the perfons are of a decent ftature,
whitebreafted, rcddiftl-hait'd, having much hair and curling, they fhall be lovers of
vertuous things, but fomewhat hafty in their adions, and inconftant, changeable as
to their promifes, though they be defirous of honour, and the company of great
perfons, from whofe frequentation they (liall promife themfelves great matters,
Which cxpeflation will caufe them to undervalue their friends and kindred.
6. When there happen or which Figures arc attributed to cf . and
thofe who arc born Martial and under T , which isrcfeired to Rubem, they are red
or flaxen hair’d, a rough fort of people, rude and invincible j they are great talkers,
rafh, ftrong and imperious, having bloody eyes, and being hafty through the beat of
their minde; yet are they fomewhat flendcr, faced like Lions, foon angry, given to
riot, furious. Fornicators, Ruftick, and given to gaming: If the party be born
vinditt Scorpio, whichisthe fecond houfeof Mars^ he is well coloured, having much
haircheftnuc-coloured, or fometimes red; they have the nofe freckled, and forae*
what deformed,* the eye-brows meeting together, the cheeks fomewhat thin; ready
to injure and offend other people, but his offences are cafily pardonable, bccaufe he
will acknowledge himfelf, and make fatisfadion y he is a great eater and great tal¬
ker, taking pleafure to fee neighbours at odds, as being a lover of fuics and contefta^
cions. As for his temperament according to nAlbuma^ar, it Umoft commonly
Sanguine,
 P H Y S I P G N O M IE.

Sanguine^ a lover of thofe Arts, which make ufe of fire and iron; will live long, it
may be pa or ico years; he is fortunate in War, and all the exercifes of
CMars,
7. When there happens or the perfons for whom the lots are
caft, are and are born under or Aquarius ^ they are churlifli,
Melancholick and ill condition'd, niftick, lean, and lovers of folitude and foolilh
imaginations, who when they walk, look downwards; if they are born under C4-
pricorut they have little heads, hollow eyes, whereby may be feen the little folidity
there is in their minds; they have a hoarfe voycc,are deceitfull, and faithlefs, and are
cheaters though not guilty of much converfation, and when they are in company
they bring nothing thither but their diftaftefulnefs. If it be Trifiitia^ which is refer¬
red to Aquarim; the colour of the face is black and leady, pale,or filbeard- like j he
is great-nofed, and commonly high, fmelling of an Ethiopian, having great lips, the
hair curling or frizling, and very black; fuch perfons are great Fornicators, and ma¬
licious, very undirciplinable,and yet ambitious to be ncer Kings and Princes,though
they are ordinarily moft unfortunate in War; unlefs it be at Sea, where they are the
more fortunate, becaufe of the Nature of the fign ; the greaceft fortune they are to
expeft,is upon the watersj they are reddifh or red-eyd, which fignifies their malice;
moft commonly they arc the difciples of any new opinions.
8. If by the points there happen which is made after o
this falhion, which is referred to the fire, and confequently to Aries, o
the perfons for whom the lots are caft, are born Martial, and their o
Thijiognomie is Martial,and they arc enemies to all the Wofld,without o o
friendflaip, as this figure is contrary in all good things promifed by the
Celeftial Influences. When there happens Caput Draconis which is of this form.
and is attributed to the Sun, the Lineaments of their face are like
that ol Solar perfens: and as for the hair, they have it longer and o o ,
more flaxen 5 fo they have a fhorc fight, and are more calm ordina- o
rily then the Solar i for the Dragons head is in all things contrary to o
the7'4»7. ^ o
Now feeing we difeourfe of the dragons Head, which relates to forae parts of
the Head of man, the which it governs, we (hall in the following Chapter Treat of
the judgement of it, asalfo of the diverfc forms thereof.

Chap. VI I. <>
.1

Of the Head and its fudgements.

IE learned and knowing Hippocrates in the lixth Book which he

wrote concerning ordinary Dileafesiays that by confidering the head
of a man,it may be judged of the whole body, that being the moft
apparent of all the parts of the body,and is not covered nor masked,
and eipecially the face, which at the firft fight is feen of all, that fo
may be judged of the temperament and adions of the Perfon. Now in our Science
of Phyftognoniie, the form, proportion, and dimenfions of the head aretobeconfi-
dered; for by it, and its form we judge of the minde contained therein, which is
that that diftinguifhes us from beafts,and makes us know the breath which is laid to
have been blown into our face by the perfedion of all things, that fo he might give
us the Epithite of Saints,which is the mark which ail wife men aim at for the obtain¬
ing of that immortality which is defired by pure wifdom. That therefore we may
come to this difeovery, it is thus;
 \

Phy siognomie. /
159
A little head is never without vice, and moft commonly is guilty of little wifdoni,
but rather full of folly, which is naught and malicious.
A great head doth notfignific any perfedlion of manners, though there may be
fometimes, but not often,goodnefs of Nature; the moft perfed is the round head,
which is fomewhat deprefted on both fides after the laflaion of a Sphear compaffed
about with its Zodiack. The beft form of a head is moderate,as greatnefs and chick-
nefs, and of a decent and convenient roundnefs, which before and behinde is tempe¬
red with a little compreffion. The reafon why fome have little heads, and fo confe-
quently no great plenty of fenfe, is, as thePhyficians fay, want of matter, or the
Itraitnefs of the place where the childe is formed,and the great head is caufed through
the abundance and fupeifluity of feed in-the formation, or happily fome thing arti¬
ficial which the mother might ufej, or her imagination; but, if there be a little
matter with the force of the firft formative power, the head will be of a decent
form, and not much malicious« for the malice is reprefented in a man by fome de¬
formity or monftruoulnefs.
The Brain one of the Nobleft parts of the body is according to the form of the
Cranium, for if the Cranium be corrupted, the brain is fo too. The head of man,
hath proportionably more brains then all other living Creatures; and men have
more brains then women, and the head of man hath more joynts then any other
creature. So the well formed head is like a Mallet or Sphear, there being fome emi-
nency before and behinde ; the form of the middle ventricle fhould be a little com-
prefled, fo the cogitative faculty is the more notable. If the forepart be deprefled,
the man is of no judgement; if the hinder, he hath no memory, having a great weak-
nefs in the motion of the Nerves, and coi^lequently of all the parts of the body. The
ftrength of the Brain is demonftrated by the ftrength of the body and nerves, as alfo
by the breadth of the ftioulders, the breaft,and the lateral parts, called Hjpocondres
which are the junftures ol the Liver to the Spleen. The head which is of a handfoni
and decent form, augments the fenfe and^vertue, and denotes in the man magnifi¬
cence and honours but if deformed,the contrary; the judgements we (hall thence
draw are thefe.
1. A head not beyond meafur’e great, denotes perfoos fair, wife, and well condi¬
tioned, ftudious, having a ftrong and great memory, given to the reading of good
Books.
2. Thofe that have the head out of mealure big, are commonly foolifti, indocile,
not far from a little madnefs: they do nothing that fpeaks any gentility of Ipirit,
but live fadly in a perpetual Melancholy,or happily gluttony.
3. When the head is big,proportionabIe to the body, the finews of the neck big,
and the neck it felf ftrong, it is a fign of ftrength, choler, magnanimity, and a Mar
tial Humour.
4. When a man or woman have the head long and fharp like a Pyramid, or Sugar
loaf, it denotes a man ftiamelefs, who in his youth had a vivacity of fpiric enough,
which at the age of twenty years vaniQied away % many fuch heads ihay be feen a-
mongft us; fuch perfons are gluttons and great eaters, rafti and bold, which pro¬
ceeds from the drynefs of the brain.
5. A head well compofed, and of a good form, according to the dimenfions of
the body, and if the ventricle before be well formed and well tempered; for the
apprehenfion of fpecies proceeds from heat and moyfture, and the retention pro¬
ceeds from the draught in the hinder part; a head thus formed, fignifies goodnefs
and wifdom. 1
6. A head having the middle ventricle fomewhat comprefled towards the fides,
denotes the cogitative faculty. Natural, diligently comprehenfive, rationative and
eloquent, which proceeds from the union of the fpirits chat are in that place j thofe
who have the head thus, are learned and knowing.
7s A head that is altogether fpherical, fignihes mobility, inconftancy, forgetfulj
nel's, little diferetion and wifdom.
8. The head very little, is nectlTarily an evil fign; and the lefs it is, the more folly
there is; the perfon is fubjedt to ficknefs, becaule of the fmall quantity of brains, the
ventricles
i<5o P HVSl OGNOM IE.

vcntiicles being narrow, wherein the fpiritr being preffcd, cannot exercife their fun*
aions, as being (huffl'd together and (mothered j whence it comes that their ima¬
gination is neither free nor good, and their memory is flippery : fuch perfons are
very cholerick, and hafty in all their ad^ions, and are more like St. MAthurin then
Socratesi and are commonly vertiginous, and exceed not 36. years at moft.
9. A head out of meafure long,and oblique in the organs,denotes impudicity and
imprudence, they are like the Swine, as Porta fays,wearying themfelves in the defile¬
ment of venereal adions.
10. A head that is low and flat, denotes impudence, and diflfolutenefs; a head
high before, folly and ftupidity of fpirit.
II. A head that hath as it were a ditch behinde, and'is depreffed and hollow, de«
notes a man fubjedl to wrathfulnefs, being of a Melancholick humour j this head
hath feme likenefs to that of a Gamell.
I a. A big head with a broad forehead, is like that of an Ox, having a large face,
like a Gyant, it denotes a man flow, gentle, yet laborious and extreamly in¬
docile.
13. When the head is ftraight, and almoft flat in the middle,* of a middle fize, it
denotes that man hath a good ffrong underftanding, that he is couragious, and fears
nothing as to the affairs of the world, that he is indefatigable in the vicifficude of
fortune, and that all the affliflions that can happen to him, cannot make him quit his
' conftancy and condudf, but is firm amidft the moft outragious accidents; if he have
' a high forehead, he is perfedly Martial.

C H A p. VIH.

Of, Metopofeopy;, and the ftgnifications of the Fore^

^ head^ and the Flanets placed thereon^ according to
this Science,

Btopofeopy is a Science depending of Phjfio^nomie, which we have

defined in the fecond chapter,to be a Science of judging of things
CO come by the afpe^ion on the forehead , as alfo of knowing the
temperaments of any one. No Divination is certain, unlefs it be
joyned with, and affured by *y4Jirelogy^ which at prefent is the
cercaineft Science for the predidion of things to come; and the
joyningit to the other Sciences of Divination, renders them more
recommendable, and more perfedl: for /Sflrology is the foundation of what ever
concerns the prediflion of things to come. That is the reafon that in our Metopof-
copy, for the greater perfeflion thereof, we accommodate the feven Planets, as you
finde them in this Figure.

Of
 Of the fignifications of the faid Planets,we fliall difcoarfeafter the defcription of
the forehead The forehead is a part of the Face, ficuate in the fincifut, confined
bv the Eyes, the toot of the Nofe, and the Temples j and by the accidents thereof is
difcovered fadnefs, joy, clemency, gentlenefs, feverity, humanity, frowardnefs,
wifdom, folly, fifence, whence came thefe Proverbs, Frontemexporrigere, frontem
extrahere: and Arijiotle fays, Frons vereemdU & honori6 fedes 5 For it is a neigh¬
bour to the place of the Fancy, being as it were the enclofure of the common fenfe
in the hither part of the brain. The forehead hath its dimenfions, that is to fay,La¬
titude Longitude, Roundnefs and .Fulnefs : the Latitude begins at the
root of the Nofe , where the eye-brows difeontinue , and ends with the
firft hairs neer a branch of the hollow vein ; the Longitude is from one
temple to the other: the Longitude and Latitude make the roundnefs, when all
thing ate well joyned together; and the plain foreheads are fuch becaufe they are
depreffed and without elevation. The diverfities of foreheads, are, the great, the
little the round, the ovall, the lean, the fat, the broad,the narrow, the colleded,
theconfufedi as for the lines and veins,they are, the cloudie, the ftraighc, the con¬
cave the flender vein. Upon the forehead we place the feven Planets upon the lines
as is to be feen in the Figure; On the firft line neer the hair is b, on the fccond ,
on the ?. cf , on the 4. ©. on the 6. and loweft 2 , and 5 upon the Nofe.
The Moon on the left eye, and the Sun on the right. Veniis at the root of the
Nofe. Of the fituation of the faid Planets aud their fignifications we (hall fpeak of
after the fignifications of thediverficy of foreheads, fith thefe two are all that is
comprehended in all the Science of Metopofeopy. , , r 1. - •
1 A great and fpatious forehead fignifies a fluggifti and featfull perfon, that ij
compared to the Ox; raoft of thofe that have the forehead fuch,are people of good
confcicnces, not given to do any hurt, they ate very fit to become lawyers.
2 The little forehead, denotes the perfon indocile, wicked, and given to mifchief,
believing nothmg but his own foolifti opinions, they are compared among the Bcafts
to the Cat or Rat of T^haraeb, The Eraperour haditfo, fo alfowashe
an Epitome of all cruelty and cowardife, and would never believe any perlonot

The^broad forehead reprefents a perfon gluttonous and unclean, efpecially iti

regard of the ad of generation, as having fomewhat of the nature of the Swine;
fudr perfons are given to flattery, profefling in {hew all manner pf Friendlhip, but
behinde a mans back they are his enemies, fpeaking evil and offenfivc words,, and
fcandalous to thole whom they pretend an affedion to. Bartholomew Codes of Bui-
loiqnehvs, that a forehead great and broad on all fides, without any hair, or as it
were bald, fignifies an audacious and underftanding perfon, but fometimes malicu
ousand very wrathlull, and not legal, and oftinies a great lyar. , a
4. A forehead pointed at the temples of the head, fo as the bones do almolt ap-
\6z P H . V S I O G N O M 1 E.

pear without the fit fli, fignifies vaniry, inconftancy, Jittle capacity, and not much re-
folution in bufinefs, but changeablenefs every moment.
5. He that hath the forehead fomcwhat fwollen by reafon of the thicknefs of'the
flefii, at the temples, as if he had jaws or cheeks full of flefb, it denotes the perfon
very couragious and Martial; it is one of the marks that a great Captain Ihould look
for in the choice of his Souldiers; moreover thofe that have fuch foreheads are proud,
eafily angry,and forward to engage themfelves in combats.
6. A fquate forehead, denotes according to e^riflotle magnanimity ; ^adrata
hej pro faciei rationemedioerH tnagnanimos ojiendit ob fimiUtudinem leo~
nis, Thofe that have fuch a forehead are couragious as Lions, and are compared to
them bccaufe of their ftrength,courage and Prudence. See
7. He who hath the forehead wrinkled and low in the middle,and feems as it were
double in the face, necr the nofe, that is to fay frowning, wherein there is a valley
or defeent, is a (imple perfon, magnanimous in ad yerficy, and fortune is very cruel
artd crofs to him.
8. He that is bald, or hath little hair on the forepart of the head,having the fore*
head plain, and the skin delicate and fmooth, which the Greeks call un-
lefs it be the fuperficies of the nofe, isunconftanr, wrathfull and ill-conditioned!
p. He that hath the forehead gathered together and wrinkled, is a flatterer’ and
hath fomewhat of the nature of a Dog; he flatters, but it is for to deceive.
10. The concave forehead, which hath pits and mounts, is a figne of fearfu'inefs,
deceit, cheating and ambition* ^y^damantiw jljpera frontene gaudea4,rieafie
qm fojf^ menticulos babeatiomnm namqne hac ftgna verfutiam & tnfidelitatemnmci-
anti & interdumftnltitiam &infaniam: he which hath'a frowning wrinkled and ca-
pred forehead, which is a word comes according to Varro, from Caperata, crifbis
carprarumcornibm ajjimilatpiry is of a J^r^smWhumour and Melancholick andd^e-
notes one that thinks more then he fpeaks, premeditating his conceptions before he
effeas them-Such a one was Philip MelanUhon j thefe perfons are of a gentle humour
and familiar converfation; if the perfon be very rich, the greater is the Melancholy
as faith eAlhertm Magnm j femperfronts rugas contraElas habentj ntelamholid
res magnas cogitare confueti,
12. A clear forehead without wrinkles, fignifies a fairnefsof mindeas well as of
body, but a malicious difpofition given to debates, fuits, and contentions; the moft
part that have it fo,have not much devotion; the great Sidoniiu Apollinaris faitb,thac
Epicurm had it fo. *
13. A forehead neither flraic, nor lean, nor fmooth, nor rough, but between all,
fignifies a round-dealingfriendfhip without deceit or circumvention.
14. The cloudy forehead, and having black marks, fignifies boldnefsj and fuch per¬
fons arc likened to Bulls and Lions, who are in perpetual choler.
15. Thofe who have much Carnofity about the eyes, fo that their eye-brows hang
down like thofe of hounds, are fraudulent, cruell, and unmercifull • deriving their
cruelty from beafts of prey. ^^/;w«^theEmperourof the r»r;^/ha'd themlo and
he was cruel, bold, a great, indefatigable and feverc Warriour: it is faid alfo that
Charles Duke of Burgundy had them fo too.
16. A forehead,that upon the firfl: fight appears fad, fevere and auflere, (hews a
ftrange and barbarous humour, prone to all cruelties. Such are the Arabians, Can-
mbals. Anthropophagi., people that know no pitty; if it happen they be of a Me-
lancholiek humour, they ate likely to devour their own children, as faith a learned
“ Author, Which 1 have my /elf cbferved in one of that humour, ^ho ^as executed at
‘ Eureux. Hu name ^as Taurin, neer a To'^n called Us Ventes , ^ho
Vtranfpcrtedmth madne/s and cruelty had eaten his o^n children > there werefome
thought him a WUardy whichVtas not true. it being onl; folly Jfeconded mth melan-
“ choly and Joiitude had transported him to that inhumane aUion,
*7* A deprefled and low forehead, denotes an effeminate perfon; this kinde of
forehead fuits well with a woman; for a man that is fo, hath a low and abjefl foul,
is fcaifull, fervile, effeminate, cowardly, and carried away with the many words of
a great calker, for there is not much aifutance in their words, vet he is overcome bv
the fpeech of the mott Ample man that he ftands in fear of. •
Now
 4

HY SIOGNOMIE.
i6i
Now feeiftg we have reprefented all the forms of the forehead,in purfuance of our
A'fetopofcopy, Ave muft treat of the lines of the forehead and their fignifications, arid
afterwards of the Charafters of the Planets, and of the Planets themfelves, which
fignifie, according to the places where we place them in the forehead, an abridge¬
ment of this great World.
The lines of the forehead have Longitude, Latitude and Profundity, and begin at
one temple and end towards the other; the which lines by their afpeff, reprefenc .
unto us the evil or good Fortune of thePerfon; thofe veins are Planetary. A vVhata'PIane-
nctary line is that which is referred to fome of the Planets, which are placed on the tary Line is.
forehead, as is before mentioned; but becaufe that in all foreheads there doth not
appear perfe^lly all the lines, wefball draw out more particular Judgments from
thofe of the Sun and Moon which infallibly appear on all foreheads; upon the eye-
b/ows, that of the upon the right, and that of the A^oon on tht lefcj but ir is \
' more eafie to judge of thofe who have all the lines,, fome having them more apparent,
others lefs. The firftline which is that of h , appears ncer the hair; chat which is
under it is Jupiters, the third belong co Ardarsy the other four are in the fuperficies of
the forehead, as the Sun and Mom upon the eyes, Mercury neer the griffell of the
Nofe , Vemii above it between the eyes. So there you have the number of the
Planets obferved, and them placed according to the Celeftial Rule, higheft,
JupiternexXy then CA/Ursy the Sm under Mays y Venus fift, ijidercury nn^ttheiy ,
and the Afoow neer the left eye-brow, and the Suni^t the right, ^nd Venus at the
root of the Nofe; and by thefe places vye are (hewed the Analogy and proportion
which there is between the great and little World, even as experience confirms ic,
and reafon demonfttates thefe motions, being like thofe of the Heavens ; the Nofe
and the bone of the Vertex being the imaginary Poles whereon thefe Planets '
move
In thefe lines we muft obferve t!?e Charadlers which are given them as marks of •
the Planets, and are the infallible (igns of the temperaments, and of mans life, that
we can difeover, whereby we alfp know the duration and length thereof.Thefe marks
are croflfes, circles, warts and fuch like Characters., which commonly are found in
mens foreheads, anditis tobeconfideredupon which veins they are.; for without
doubt, the man (hall derive fomewhat from that Planet where the character (hall be,
rather then from any other. The fignifications of the Planetary lines are either ge¬
neral, when they arc accommodated to all the lines of the Planets; or fpecial. The
general fignifications of the alines of the Planets, afford us thefe Canons and A-
phorifms. • , /
1. The lines of the Planets either all in general, or each in particular, fome are ^
fortunate, others unfortunate; thofe which are fortunate arc thofe which are ftrait,
or bend a little towards the Nofe, if they be equal, continued and not diffeCled, nor
diftraCfed,nor batted in like obelisks. . •
2. Thofe that are not well placed and unfortunate, are thofe that are much wind-
ing, approaching a Semicircle Globe, or obelisk.
3. Simple and fttaighc lines denote a fimple good and honeft foul without any

4. The oblique, inflexed and fometimes the diftorted lines denote variety, craft,
cheating, to be fhort, all mifehief and deceit. ^ / ■*
y. If the right line of the forehead be oblique, that, is on the fide-attributed to
the it fignifies malice. ju i *
6. If the veins of the mafeuline planets look towards the left fide, and be plain;
and if that of Mercury, which is fometimes Mafeuline and fometimes Femi~ ^
nincy look towards the Feminines in the fame manner, it denotes nothing but

7. Many lines fignifie nothing elfe but a multitude of changeable affaris.

8. The fewnefs and fimplicity of the Lines,denotes a certain fimpliciiy in affaics r.
9. When the lines encreafe and decreafe, they reprefent fome great affair, accoi-
ding as the character of the Planets fhall denote. • • u
I o. JHitters line being mean andjefleCted, (hews fome great and happy gam with
honour and good rfc port,
** Y 3 The
 P hysiognomie!

The general fignificacions of the Planets moft commonly include the Special, that
is to fay, fome Planets are referred to certain Lines, as we faid, or judged of
them.
1. If the lines be great and not winding, long, ("efpccially that of T? and
asalfothofeof T? andcf j and very apparent, they denote moft exorbitant and
mischievous afiions.
2. If the line of fupiter be Idnger then that of it denotes riches, and all
other things that are obtained by Jupiter.
3. If the line of exceed the others, let the Captain that choofes Souldiers
obferve it 5 for thofe that arc fo, are great Warriours, and have no other ambition^
then to raife a fortune by the War; and efpecially, if there be a crofs upon that line,
and not a femi-circle, it fpeal^s a very cholerick humour, and a good fortune by fol¬
lowing Bellona. , \ '
4. A line broken or difeontinued, efpecially that of Saturn znd cMars, denotes
misfortune in Wars
5. If two lines or three be in the place of Mercury, and if they be ap¬
parent and ftraight, fimple and equal, they denote the petlon eloquent and wife, and
very honeft.
6. If there be more then three lines, and be ftraight, and bending at the extre¬
mity, they fignifie loquacity, prating, detraftion, deceit, inconftancy, lying, fimula-
tion and diftimulation.
7. If the linesbe fuchin the forehead of a woman, (he is talkative, abufive, pra-
ting,afcold,a5orcetefte, given to unlawfull Arts, knowing fomc foolilh Verfes
ufelefs in Incantation.
8. Two or three lines being at the root of the Nofe and cut in the middle, fignifie
a Venereous perfon, and one much tranfported with that Vice.
5?. The line of the Sun being perfed, long enough, and not interrupted or cut,’
figttifies Honours and Riches given by Kings and Princes.
10. The line being clear, diftin^l and perfe^l above the left eye, fignifies
mnch travel into ftrange Nations, and fomc abode by the way.
Andthis is all we have as to the Judgements of the forehead, of which depends
Metopojeopy. Yettofatisfiethc ingenious Reader, I will particularly demonftrate
*the fame, and then I ftiall beftow the next Chapter for to treat of what is fuperna'
tural in this Science. < .

HAP. IX. i

7hat the feven Tlanets^ being placed on theforehead.,

the tTHpehe Signs of the ZodiaJ^ are there alfo Mth
their Spirits and Intelligences.

Here can be no greater fympathie,'then is between the Celeftial and ^

Elementary bodies. There is ('as I have often faid before) fuch
an Analogy between all our Members and the Superiour bodies,
that there is no member which is not governed by thofe influen¬
ces either generally or particularly. The Harmony of thefeftars
is the total of our body; as to the particular parts, all irt all, as
the face in general, and in particular the forehead. And therefore the ancient He-
breves
 P HYSIOGNOMIE. 1^5
hrevs called thefe Celeftial bodies by the names of fpirits and have attriouted to
them fecret Intelligences and Genii: and thofeovet whom any particular flat, as
T? , y &C. do powerfully govern, are powerfully afluated by the Influence of
that flar or’ics Genius. Now upon the forehead may be difeovered the Spirit or Go¬
verning Genius; as if it be Satmn, it is Sahathiel who hath two under him, which
are referred to hi's two houfes, that is Capnel to v? , and Aqmrtel to ^ or
and Z)f/iV/.If it be that Governs the forehead, it is Zedektd^ hath
thefe mo.SaiitArieUx^^^ifciel, on<i^cdiel, DagimieL l( it be Mars,kxsMadt-
mielyUndhhhoaks.Teleteriels^cahriel, ote\k Ariel, Scorpiel; if k be the Sun, it
is Semelicl, or Leonid. If it be the Moon, farchael, or Levanaely her houle *>4^-
tamid * if it be Venta Mogahel, her houfes Sftrid, Mmiel. Mercuryy Cochabid,
his houfes Tomidy Eetuliel\ the latter of thefe referred to Mercury y was that
which governed Apollonius Thiamem, which he knew by the Brachmanes 5 and that
is it which with that of the ratoon that is next the earth, and conferjuently e^fie to
be allured and drawn to us: Arbatd gives the faculties of this Spirit, Betfilid to dra-
tron whofe faculties & fpirits are, u TotranUorm the moll vile Mettals into fine
gold and filvcr. 2. To turn Treafures into Charcoal,or Charcoal into Treafures. j.'It
teaches Chymiftry, Magick and Phyftck. 4* 1^ appears like little rnen as Pigmeys,
c. Makes men invifible, and 6» Makes flerile things fruitful. Itisaneafie matter to
know whether the Perfon be governed by it; for if he have four lines above the root
of the Nofe, and if thofe lines be hollow,and make the extremity wrinkled, dpubt-
lefs the perfon is governed by it; if befides he be Melancholick; fometimes the lines
•arefair and cleat,as had them. And that denotes a great force in the
polTeflionof this Spirit, nay fpeaks apparent Miracles. I believe that the Brothers
of the Rofecruftan pofleffc it; it is an order fprung up within thefe late years mGer-
many that at prefent doth miracles through all Europe. Thefe Brothers have fomc
adniirablefecretsof the Sciences mentioned before, together with an ardent zeal
V
towards the Superiour powers, and enter acquaintance with all knowing men who
acknowledge the true God,and part not from them without doing them fome good:
They know almoft all things to come, as may be feen by their prediaions. They have
taken the name of Brothers to avoid the vanity of that name of Fathers forbidden
in the Scripture; they know the Languages of the Countries where they are to
dwell, they are well acquainted with the Tongues , the Hebrew, Chaldean,
Syriai, Arabick, and all the Oriental Languages, the Latincy Italiany Spa-
nijht French y Sclavoniany germane y and make Lexicons of them, moreover
they are skilled in the Civil Law, the Galenick\ and Taraceljick Phyfick , the
Arifiotelick.2Xid Ramick. Philofophy,the Liberal Arts; to be fhort, they are an Epi.
tonte of all Sciences. As for their Religion their Tenets are very pure. Henry Ne-
Moag^rw4»Phyfician.accufcs them for Anabaptiflsy for having the opinions of
Socinoi; tis true they have no certain place for their prayers, which require great
meditation; they live in'an unanimous fociety, abounding with money; their vows
are fomewhat neer thofe oF Apollon.Tyan. but befides the plurality of the Gods they
alfo poffefs his Genius; they have the lines before mentioned above the root or grif-
fel of the Nofe, and fo they are difeovered, as alfo may be known the diverfity of
the lines where’the Planets are fituated , and their Charaders which may be feen in
Cor. Agrip. in the 3. book, and 29. chap, of hlsThilofoph. Occult, which I would
jiot put down here,to avoid prolixity. But when once they are known, it may be
fudged of the and temperament by the infpedlion of the forehead, which is
the only fubfefl of

C H A P>

s .p, ’
 \66 Physiognomie.

Of the fudgement of the <i5\^anners,and of the^O'

f He colours of the Body, and efpecially of the face denote the

fe Humour and inclination of the pcrfon \ and by the external
colour and accidents, the Phyfiognomift muft Judge of the in-
ternal and faculties of the foul; As blacknefs in a man if it be
S ftiining, is a fign of aduftion, as well in the members as in the
g hair; The black colour denotes a man flow in his adlions, not
'if much given to War, as being of a heavy and featfull Humour,
without courage, if not occaflonally; but he is cautious, neat
andrubtile,and fitfor Counfel.orfor fome fecretenterprife, nay a Treafon if need
be ; fuch was V/jJfeSf who carried the Garland in the Trojan Vidorics, and Was pre¬
ferred before j themoftpartof thofe who are fo coloured are born towards
. the South parts. A green colour that is obfeure and black, fpeaks a Cholcrick perfon;
thofe who are ruddy or altogether red , and are lean withall, ate neati cunning
and fubtile; which is the reafon of this Proverb ; Few little men are humble, and
red faithfull • but thofe that are big, fat, and have the hair of the head of another
colour, whether it be cheftnut or olive colour,are Jovialifts and honeft people,open
without painting or cheating; but if the hair be black, beware j the Proverb faith,

of a red Teard and blacky hair.

If thwart ^ifedhoH*lt have a care.

\ Thofe that have the face pale, and leady, yet have the forehead red, and the eyes
deprefled, are extreamly fliamef^aced,much fubjedl to paflion and chofer ; they are
never at reft within themfelves, thinking always that fome others plot and confpire
againft them; all Fancies are Phantafmes to {hem if Melancholick j the fingers of
their hands feem Mountains to them; the leaft fight unaccuftomed to them feerasco
be Hells full of Furies, which is the fubje^t of their Difeourfe; and indeed by fuch
fick minds as thefejthefe places have been invented, and Poets and others have drawn
their deferiptions from thefe Fantaftick imaginations, and thence defcrlbe the pains
and torments which are there exercifed. The Abbot Odowisof fuch a colour, and
he was the firft that fince the year of Salvation, hath given us thefe Deferiptions,
which have been fubferibed unto and received by them that believed them*
A whitifh red colour, which the Latines call Candirnber, and the Greeks hdhx,Q9
xxsr'ia^ov, fignifies a man debonair and familiar, and couragious and gallant as to mat¬
ter of War. The Learned in his Art of Medicine, faith, Signnjn optima tem-
peratura, id eft calida & humida, effe colorem commixmm ex albo ^ rubro. And A~
rijlotle as to the fignifications of it, fays. In idea ingeniof ^ monfirat candidum colorem, ^
optimHmingenmm denotare: and fince Albertus (JMagnm : Color medius inter
album e?' Yubrum, declinans ad prunum, fi eft clarus boni ingenii & bonorum index.
It is held that Alexander the Great was of this colour, though Apelles painted him
fordid and dark coloured; but Plutarch reprefents him to us of this white ruddy
colour, a colour whereof the fweat is very fweet and pleafant, and fuch had thefaid^
4
Alexander, as Ariftoxenes reprefents him; for my part, I am of opinion that fuch
perfons are Jovial, and of good converfation, defiring nothing fo much as mirth;
V
they have a good underftanding,but not fo much as to employ it in the ftudy of the
Sciences; they are Cholerick and couragious, but their Cnolec latts not long; moft
pare
I

P hysiognomie.
part of your Northern People are of this colour and complexion. A high white co*
lour is to be admired among chofe that profefs they love Beauties; ic is very recom-^
mendable in women, and much delked by thofe who affefl to pafs half their Age in
the pleal'ures of this life, which are for the moft part the pains of their lives, that they
may afterwards bait the hook for the zealous ones of thefe times to catch others..
T is true this colout is very fit for a woman, who of her fell is luxurious and fearfull;
but not to a man, for it would fpeak him effeminate; Arifl, in his Phjifiog. fays,
eAlhtucoUrinhomineexcedenSydemonflratfaminetim. We have amongft us fome
kindreds that are thus exceffively white; and the women are extreamly luxurious;
and the men tender, fearful!, fhort.fighted,and like to take the occafion of doing any
impofture.
The brown colour mingled with pale, which the Latines call jMvidus, the
Greeki v, It, fuhjiavm, denotes a glutton, a great talker, one eafily an¬
gry and one that fpeaks immoderately; it alfo fignifies folly joyn’d with cruelty j and
the moft part of thofe that embrace novelty in matter of divine Worftiip,are of this'
colour: they will have men receive whatever they conceive in their corrupt imagina¬
tion,and advance with their flattering fpeeches,as Articles and decrees of heaven j by
this reafon, and by their fottiOi Inventions they make men beleeve and adore things
whereof Antiquity that adored a plurality of Gods, would be aflaamed, and Hero^-
dotus would blufla to write, as being too apparent impoftures. I hefe perfons do'
much envy others, and efpccially thofe of their profeffion j as for the ^i\t,Cdfartial
fays,
I /

Omnibus invideas Livide, nemo tihi,

\

'• Thofe that have a flufhing colour, are not far from madnefs, as having extraordi¬
nary heat. Polemon fays, Color flammeus furiofos indicat: Alber. Magnus, Ignitus
color cum lucentibusoculU ad infaniam vergentem hominemnotat. This colour de-,
notes not only an ardent defire of things prefent and of fmallconfequence, butal'j
fo things to come 5 for there wants not a vivacity of fpirit. Tis thought the Prophe-
tefs Caffandra was of this colour,having fhining eyes j fuch were David, Daniel, and
Efdras, who in their fury have fpoken great things at certain times. A fquallid co¬
lour doth not fignifie any thing but ftrength,as Ariptle witnefTes,^? in pgurafor-
m viritribuit coloremfquallidiorem The moft part of thofe that are
given to the Wat5,arcno fheep or Cowards, and hate thofe that trim up and var-
nifti their complexion; as for them,they are fquaUid,and all dufty through their Mi¬
litary exercifes, not ftudying any thing but ftratagems and feats of War, to the end
they may tranfmic an immortal fame to Pofterity.

-J

H A.Pa
 Chap. XI.

The fudgements of the Hairs according to their

fwfiance and colours.

HE h»ii is one of the parts that adorn the head of man bat
efneciallv of a womans for a woman of quality husbands
them to the advancement of her beauty: the Apoftle pcrmita
her to pleafeher husbandThe ancient QmlsviOtQ longhair
in token of their Liberty s in the OM Teftament there is
mention of the hair of in^Ahfalomi which was alio
beftowed upon the daughters oiJertifAlem for to adorn them*
felves withalk Lycurgm commanded his Citizens to wear
.U • U fo thev micht be more fair and decent. Chmlam being asked
why he wore his hair long, anfwered, mni ornam hk fMrkr foret, &c.
Sihm httlkus in the commendation of Scifit, lays,

MartU frons, facie/qae nec pone reterqueti

Ca/aries brevm,

yairhair.asthe Poets fay, ate the Prifonsof C»M and heretofore, nay atpre-
fent the Ladies make tings and bracelets of it, as Mortml witneffes.

Vnm de toto peccaverdtorbe comArun

Annulus^ insert a vix bene pxns ACf^»

The Hair therefore being a part of Phjfiognomie, we draw thefe Judgements from
thdr fnbftance, which we (hall lay down here by way oi Aphonfm itidCAnovs.
I Hair that is thick, and foft, denotes a man of much mildnefs, and of a con-
ftitution cold and moift; for the farther the brain is from heat, the head is more
S rthe heatof man that goes to thefuperiour parts pierces everywhere the
!Sn of the head, and makes a certain Humour to ilfue out of the pores j and the
more fubtilc part of this Humour vaniflies away, but that which is more gtofs re¬
mains within^nd turns into hair, which is more folid then the fle% skin , and the
SiS bioader then the pores, fo long a^ the tmpetuofity and force which drives

WhShair hangs down and is foft. itdenopa humid complexion and

San%r. and when they grow it isa fign the body will Ihortly dechne to
d^ynefs, and not to moifture. And when the heat and drought are joyned, the hair

denot^^ and the bignefs thereof

he is ibon angty: this plenty of hair happens more to young, then to old me
and children^; for in thefe the matter is mote vapourous then moift, but in young
men the contrary; wherefore contraries follow their contraries. /
4. Abundance of hair in young children, fcews their complexion increafes, and

^“frCurkd hak andbS*^ drought; the people of the ^

it Lc the moft patt alike, efpecially the £f/>w;i«»^iit proceeds from the
of the pores; as for their fignification, Arlfi. fays, CAptllos mma crtjpos
timidi fmU&Ad&i\im^%refermtHr. .
 P H Y S 1 O G N O M 1 E

^^Tiai7ftandin2 up an end like the prickles of a Hedge-Hog fignifies a ^earfdl

perio" and an^U®^ of the hair that falls «pon the forehead towards the
fays, h t3 ^ cL’vx<ri>^ov
rAt 'Sr^f h-ioVTAi. • n J* I Ul-
7. Smooth and plain hair, denotes a perfon of a good underftanding, placable,
rourteous* tradlable, and fomewhat fearfull. c 1 1 •>%
Twhrn the hairs ate delicate and clear, they fignifie a man of a weak complexion,
and lubiedl tofickoefs. As for the colours of hair, we muft in the fitft place con idee
?he Sate • for the Meridional people are for the raoft part black and c«led ; the

I. Wmtenairiig ^ :j:„,°-«/Grrirv 2s ithaDoens to vegetables which

w7en they'dry! cbang"elir bltkor green into’white; and that happens many time.

*7 ^We att mt* t; there are but four principal coloms of hairs, black
red, flaxen, and white or grey s proceeds ttom want of Naiutal he t,
the white

T7li^'r ocadufland hot

T^?o\tt= oS^Sfn^^^ * P0»? -

snent with the blood of the line of Life of a dead man, and other ingredients, as

'"’f a fair and iuft perfon without deceit So

muth Ml fafficeasto thehair, let us now fpeakof other parts that aieha.iy abou.
the face of man. ^ '

/ \

H A P*

/
 \

170 Phys iognomie.

5"

c HAP. XII.

Of the ‘Beard, the Qhin,the Eye^hreftPs^theDfech,

and their fgnifcations,

He Chin is the lowcft part of the face, and reprefents as it were

x^tNadiry as the forehead doth the ; that part which
is below the under jaw hath been dilpokdby Nature for the
Beard, an ornament to a mans face. Now the beard grows
from day to day, and from monet h to moreth alter 24 years •
it is to be noted that hair proceeds from the fuperfliiities of
meats, the fumofity whereof afeendsto the parts of the jaws
as the fmoak doih',t0 the top of ui the
uie chimney,
cnimney, but
Dut when
when itIt
hnds no further paffage to go higher, there ilTues out hair, whereof there are divers
ngnihcations.
1. A thin, foftbeand, denotes a perfon luftfull and effeminate, and of a tender
body, fearfull, delicate, unconftant; they that are fo bearded, are verr welcom to
women, as Tropertim faith. > • lu

('harlor efi auro Juvenis cui levia fulgent

OrUf me hirfutos ajjtera barb a facit.

2. A red Beard denotes firft a placid forehead,' and the perfon is courteous"
friendly, but not without feme craft; he is a flatterer. Toon angry, as not being
Sanguine. ’ ®
3. That kind of Beard is good, and he that hath ir fuch, is of a Melancholick hu¬
mour; it alfo denotes the perfon ingenious, fincere, cordial, conftant, bold, flout,
and fit to make a refolute Souldier.
4. A Beard half red, yellow, or citron, fignifies in a manner the fame thing as
the red ; only the latter denotes not perfons fo fubjedito C holer, as being more

5. A flaxen or pale Beard, denotes a Flegmatickperfon,who is temperate enough

as being prudent. ' ^ *
6. ^ He that hath a decent Beard, handfom, and thick of hair, is of a good nature,
and rcafonable in all things.- the contrary is he that hath it not fo.
7j They that have their Beards well ordered, as is feen in Eunuch who have loft
both ftones, are much metamorphofed from the Nature of man to womans.
8. Thofe that have no beard like gueltmen, or have but a little Muftathe, are of
an ill ri'ature, and very luxurious; ‘Tolemon fays of them, Spadones naturali nequitU
.pe/simis ejfe Moribusj ingenlo immites, dolofosy facinorofos, aliifqtie fceleribus fe im-
mifeentes^ '<■
But fince I fpeak of Beardlefs men, I will give a rule or two concerning women
the firft, that feW women have any beard on the jaws, becaufe all the humours where*
of the beard proceeds, is in women converted to menjlrua, which they have by a
certain paflage, and by the motion of the age of \.\\tCMoon, fometimes twice in a
moneth. This is fo when the woman is not with childe; for when fhe is, this men’-
firuum is turned into milk j but it is true, that thefe Humours which are fo Vubtle, are
Naturally hot j which is the reafon that fometimes from this Flux arifes hair on the
cheeks of a woman, and oftimes about the mouth, where the heat abounds more-
and fuch a woman is faid to be bearded, and is of a very luxurious Nature, ftrong
" and
 P H Y S 1 O G N O M I E. 171

and manly, having a big voice like a man of fuch a woman you have this Ptoverb,
tapidibtu erntNUS fahtmdum ejfe,

A heardedrFomftM phonld faluted he

with fieaes at difiance at her head to flee*

In th" general a woman having no hair appearing but that of her head, is laid to be a
rood awfull.fearfoll woman, (hamefaced, weaH, m.lde obedient,-to be flaott, (be
is fuch as a woman (bould be, quite contrary to the bearded woman.

Of the Qhin.

, \ Long Chin, efpecially in a woman, denotes her angry and importunate in

wotds • a man, neither filent not difcreet, that cannot keep any thing fecret,
thotahathingprejudicial toanoiher. but he muft reveal all, and cannot beatre^
till he hath done it. pretending in the mean time to difcretion, and that he doth it

A VtfleThif denotes all fort of malice: I (ball fay no mote of it then Al-
here. OKaf. "VarvHmefihrevemenlumvUandHm, qmd imtei & invtdes arpuatad

«W^n j thin Chin is not manly, but womani(b j but with that it (ignifies

'*’4'^"AbiM?e'chi’numtnly, and denotes much courage and fttwgth of body ; and

fuch petlons ate commonly given to the Wats, of debauched lives, not thmking of
the fhtute ■- Alarm.: are their delights, and they take delight to feed m fordid places,
if thev have what to eat i they ate not ambitiousof any thing fo rnuch as toappeat
sionldiLs ill -he Service of that l-rince to, whom they devote themfelves.
* e He that hath the Chin round, united and dimpled is of a good Nature though
Venereal • for indeed this kinde of Chin is more natural to a woman then a man as
being one’of the petfefl.ons of Beauty. Out Poets, who are the moft curious lo^-
ve s defer.be their Mittrelfes with dimpled Chins (or this little pit hath feme cor-
tefpondence with the Figure of and towards the left tyc. Mcldenarm isde-
ceiKd in his Figure of tJHUtofofcofy, placing Venu, in the extremity of the Nofe be¬
tween the Jan and Moon, befides all Holes of Scienre. j i, . 1, .u
6 A leaa and wrinkled Chin reptefents one unable fot.Venery. and that hath
fomewhatof aguelt man, without manly force, cold and malehcate as to gene-

‘T He that hath the Chin crooked, with a valley at the joyning of the jaws. is a
netibn guilty of treachery and affaffination. having a defiie to command and make
Modhilpar^y; an enemy toall his neighbours and given to Tyranny .- f it be a
woman, fte is cruel, mifehievous, at enmity with her own kindred, infociable, hating
her own iffue.
/
\
\

Of the Eye^hrom and' SyeAids.

t i-r H" Eve-brows which make a hollow Bow. and move or rife op when the par-
i tJ fneaks or will have therh do fo, is a (ign of pt.de and courage, vain-
1 JurcHmafe . rhib extraordinary motion is a menacing or another.
® He thatliath the Eye brows declined down from on high when befpeaks to
others and looks flUy'^c^^^^ b m^lb.ous and deceitfull, a lyar, a trayty.
Mh- fe’cie- and no: (peaking much I all this Hule is taken out of d-rorw, C^f‘-
thatfuchaperlon (baj!
 lyx HYSIOGNOMIE.

be accufed of Treafon and perfidioafnefs towards his Prince and Country, and will
dye fhamefully for fomc crime of Trcafon.' ,
3. He that hath long hairs on the Eye brows, and both make but one, is a pcrfon
of fimplicity, yet not without mifchief, and is not much cOnverfative.
4. When the Eye-brows are naturally folded, as if they were crifpedjthey fignifie
aftiamekfs perfon, impudent, and envious at anothefs fortune; a great promifcr,
but it is by way of affront and treachery.
5. When the Eye-brows are fhort and narrow, flaxen-coloured, they denote the
man good-natured, reafonable in all things, fcarfull, yet revengefull.
6. He who hath the Eye-lids fhort and fmall, is thought fecret and wife; yet is he
covetous of great matters, and fomewhat given to cruelty and fuits.
7. - When the Eye-lids are long, and of a big hair, they fignifie a perfon of a low
capacity, and ruftick in all bis aftions, though he be guilty of fome boldnefs and
vain prefumption of himfelf, yet he underftands not much.

Of the Ufeck^
TTE that hath a long Neck,is of a fimple Nature, not fccret,fearfull,unlearned,
I.

X~JL a glutton and great drinker, of the nature of Jhis: Calignla and Galha
were fuch; Rhafes fpeaks of fuch Necks; GrAcile & longum collum^timidum, garru^
lam^ [toliduin ofiendit.
2. He that hath the neck fhort and fmall, is wife, but deceitfull, fetret, conftant,.
difereet, cholerick, and ingenidus; and Rhafes fays, Collum breve habentes callidi ^
ingeniof,
3. He that hath a finewy Neck, is quarrelfom and prone to anger, but is more
guilty of folly then wifdom.
4. He that hath the Neck fat and flefhly, is proudj wherefore he is compared to
the Bull who is always ready to be angry.
5. A fmall Neck, denotes a weak underftanding, for it is more feminine then
manly. - . r 1,
6. A Neck inclined ot bowed, denotes malice and folly.
7. A ftraight Neck demonftcates temerity and folly.
8. A Neck inclined toward the right fide, denotes prudence and curiofity of Stu¬
diesbeing inclined to the left fide, denotes vice and impudicity; and of them is
the Proverb, Never truft a wry Neck; when the veins of the Neck are big and full
of blood,they denote a perfon agitated with divers pa/Eons; but take heed of Squin-
cies and other fuffocations, if the Neck be fhort.

Chap,

i
 /

Phy siognomie. J73

c HAP XIII.

Of the Eyes and their jtgnifcations.

H E piincipal efficacy and petfeaion of Tkificgnomie confilleth

in the eyes, as being Specftltiw Animi, the
doors ot outlets of thebreft, the index of the countenance, the
confervators and dirpenlacors of the Cogitations, the minde is as
apertly converlant in the eyes as in a Market, they being Indexes
of Love, Metcy, Wrath and Revenge; the minde refolute, the
. eyes profiliate, being humble, they fubfidate, in love they are
amorous; in halted tcvengefull, the heart cheerfoll they fmile, being forrowfull they
lansuifh. Wherefore we may from the Eyes difcover the good or ill dilpolition or
oerfons* therefore calls a blue-eyed Lafs, and black-eyed,
to reprefent the prudence of the one, and bxury of the other
And that is the reafon the left eye is attributed to Fmtu. for if in a woman that eye
bcibining, and move,the eye. lids fat, it fignifies much inclination to Venery, efpe-
cially if that woman be olive-coloured or yellowi(h with her black eyes, as V^nus is
deferibedby HefioA AffoShets : never look for any Ihamefaftnefs in luch

I. Great and big eyes, denote aflothfuH, bold and lying perfon, and a ruftick

*”l^Evesof divers colours, efpecially the right, which is attributed to the Sm, de¬
note a man agitated with divers paffions and opinions, efpecially in matters of Re-
lision. it is laid that had them fo. • j i n
%. Eyes deep in the hAd, that is to fay, hollow, denotea great minde, yet full
of doubts - if they are green, they fignifie admirable knowledge, yet accor^aniea
with malice, luxury and envy ; if are red,it difeovers the nature of the Cat.
they

4. Eminent and apparent eyes of a wall colour, denote a fimple,iooliIh and pro-

5. ^arp and piercing eyes that decline the eye-brows, denote a deceiver, and a
fecret and lawlefs perfon. , n. j-
6. Little eyes like thofc of a Mole, or Pig,denote a weak undeiftanding, and one
fit to be made a Cuckold, as who believes all isfaidtohim.
7. Beware Iquint-eyes, for of a hundred there ate not tvvo faithtull.'
- 8. Eyes that move much, and look flowly, yet Iharply, and that with fome re-
clmationof thcflelhof the eye-brows, denote an unfaichfulfflothfull, and riotous

The worft of all eyes are the yellowilh,citron and cerufed; beware of them, as
alfo of thofe who when they (peak to thee twinkle; for thofe that f'avejlich eyes are
double minded ; if it be a woman chat doth fo with her left eye, -trul her not as to
the faithfulnefs of her love, and obferve where (he cafts her amorous looks.

Phjftoqnomical ftgns taken from the parts of the Eyes are,

1. ThcAnglesot the eyes over long, indicate malevolent conditions. ^
2. The Anfles being fhorr, a laudable Nature; if the Angles necr theNofe are
fleflny , they intimate a hot conftitution, and improbity.
z. The balls of the eyes equal, declare Juftice; unequal the contrary.
4. The Circles in the Eyes of divers colours, and dry, declare |
 J
f

_ \

P HVSI OGNOM IE

and vanity ; bnt moyft, demonftrate fortitude , prudence and eloquence.

5. I he lower circle green, and the upper black, it is a certain fign of a deceptions
and fraudulent perfon.
6, Andlaftly, Eyes of mean bignefs, clear and fliining, are figns of an ingenious
and honeft man.

Chap. XIV.

Of the fudgement of theUfofe.

r V
Greeks call the Nofe , becaufe the excrements of the
Ventricles of the Brain pifs through it • wherefore we attri¬
bute it to the as being the neareft the earth, and by
her influences makes us evaporate a thoufand exha4ations here
below.
--^he Nofe the gutter is
Through'^hich the heavier excrements clo fnde
jLVMUAting pajfages------

Saith du Burtiu, comparing it to the MoonJ

As for the Prediflions; a long Nofe denotes a vain minde, and not fit fot VenuSf
though there be a Proverb that fays, ^

Ad formam Nafi cognofeitur^ ad te levavu

Whereupon to recreate my fclf I made this diftick or Epigram, on the praife of one
of thefe Nofes, in imitation of ^Martial. ' '

Cut longus eft pendulus mfus viri,

Pendentem hahet longuamque valde mentulam.

I, The Perftans have much eftcemed thofe that had long and crooked Nofes: Their
King Xerxes according to the teftimonies of Xenophon zinAT^lutarchhzdi a long nofe;
and at this prefent they do not give the Royalty to any other then hmgNoles, and
thefe long Nofes are Hereditary in the Race of SjachXfmail, Sophy,Viho ate as much
pkafed with long Nofes, as the Americans otBraftlians with the high Nofe, it being
('as they efleem it j a great part of Beauty.
'1. A high Nofe denotes a violent perfon,a vain lyar,and great Fornicat or,eafiIy be¬
lieving another;if a young Maid be fo, and have black and fparkling eyes, take it up¬
on the credit of Euripides, that flie is a Virgin ; but to infer them to be Virgins ac¬
cording to the Phjftognomie, you muft take them in the Cradle.
3. He that hath a big Nofe every way, long and hanging down, is covetous of all
noble things, Ample- hearted in what good he doth, and in his mifehief wife and fe-
cret; but he is a feeflper at other mens adtions, and SatyrieaL 5>uch was Horace,
Perftus fays, as he is deferibed in thefe Verfes. -

Omne vafer vitium ridenti Flaccusamico

Tangit, ^ admijfus circum pracordia /udit,
Callidus excuff0 populum fufpendere nafo»
^ .VV/,

PHY 5 I O G N O M f E. 175
4. He whofe nofe fifes up in the middle, and declines again towards the extre¬
mity, isunconftant, of a cruel fortune, and doubtfullof his neercft friends. Le^u
the eleventh had it fo,as Comines rcprefents him.
5. When the Nofe is awrpnd crooked,and withallfomewhat long, it fignifies s
proud man, envious, and given to wine,a feducer and vain-glorious j the end of him
or her that hath fuch a nofe,is never good, but Juftice threatens him.
6. A nofe round at the extremities with fmali noftrils, denotes a proud perfon,'
credulous, faithfull and vain; and a woman that hath fuch a nofe,is unchafte and mif-
chievous.
7. A nofe that of its proper quality is red , fignifies an Hepatick perfon, and of
great nourifhment of fpirit, and that is no lover of peace or unity,but is fit to make
a Sergeant; if it be of a half leady colour, interlined with red veips, the party will
have an unquenchable thirft and heat in the Liver, and will be much fubjefl; to a Dif-
eafe, called the Morphey.
8. Anofeproportionablybigin all parts,and above full of redftrakes, fignifies a
merry peaceable than, who yet is ever thirfty .• he is fit to make a Bacchus of, to tofs
the Cup now and anon too, or elfe to play CMenade the Prieftefs of Bacchus. Cafar
thought fuch men good Rake-hells, and never diftrufted them, as being not at all
mifehievous.
9. He that hath the nofe hairy at the point,or above,is a perfon altogether fimple-
hearted, whence came the Proverb, He is an honefi man, he hath a hairy T^fe,
10. A Nofe that is round and long and of a plcafant feature, befides that it is one ^ I

of the perfections of Beauty, denotes the Woman or Maid wife, prudent and chafte
and efpecially when (he hath a blue eye. *
To conclude this Chapter, we Qiall take notice of one Secret taken out of Baptifia
Portals Natural Magick, whereof Indagine alfo fpeaks: To know whether a young
Man or Maid be corrupted in their body,you muft fee ('this being principally known
by the nofe) whether the grilfel at the end of the nofe be cut as it were, or be fepa-'
rated from the bone; it is a fign that the childe is corrupted and the Maid alfo • the
fame thing may alfo be known in a Maid by the line in the forehead which is called
Praparata. *

Chap. X V..

Of the t^JvPouth , the Ears , and the Face in

He Mouth is a part of great ufe, for it is the principal way

for the nouriOiment of the body, whereby the ftomack
receives what it diftributes to the other members j briefly,
it is as ^alen fays, the firft principle of aliment. And as
by boy ling and roafling that is prepared which enters in¬
to the mouth, fo the mouth prepares what goes into the
ftomack; for there is a certain drefling of the meats in
the mouth, the which doth much change them, and gives
them as it were the firft fire, yet without perfectly tranf*
forming or tranfmuting them. Moreover the mouth is the
' principle of breath and refpiration, infomuch as it draws and receives within it lelf
theatre, whereof fome part afeends up to the brain, fome defeends through the
Lights to the heart.
The
\’j6
P HYSIOGNOMIE.

The Mouth is the principal Organ of Voice. , ,

T he Mouth ferves to purge the Bf ain and the Stotnack, and other adjacent par s.
But omitting any further praife of the Mouth, leaving it to feme Anatomtjt^ as
being not my Subj'eft j I will Treat of its predidions. x

Of the z5Mouth.
9

I T TE that hath a great and broad mouth is flaamelefs, a great babler and lyar, a
XJL carrier of falfe tales, very foolifti, impudent, couragioiis, but perfidious
withall* black people are fubjed thereto, approaching the mmeof Ethiopians:
Indanne and Corvm fay, they were never deceived in this fign.
afon the contrary,'a little mouth denotes a man or woman, peaceabk, faith-
full fearfull, eloquent, full of wifdom, and learning, not great eaters; whereas the
other is» glutton; they fay that the great Epicure AfMm was fo.
a They that h«e thick lips ( for they muft^ match with the inouthj,^ being a
oart thereof) denote a roan rather Ample then wife, eafily believing all that isfaid
to him, and exceflive in all things: And the women ate devouring and given to wine,
and confequently luxurious. ....... . .. n. c u
4. Thole that have the lips fubtlc, fmall and thin,are eloquent, great talkers»
of providence, and of a good undetftanding j And thofe who have the lips well co-;
loured and a little thick, are faithlull and given to all vettne.efcbewing all vice.
5 He that hath one lip thicker then another is a perfon of little underltanding,
Dow to comprehend,and rather guilty ol folly then wifdom. _
So much for the Mouth; now let us Treat of the Eats, the fecond part of thi»
Chapter. ,
1

Of the Ears.
T He Ears ate the Organs and Inftroraents of Heating, compofed of a skin, little
DeD)' griCfeb. veins, arteries and nerves, folded together without any inconve-
nience, UcW they fubmit to any thing that is laid upon them, which had been in-
commodious, if they had been of no ufe. Who would know more of the ^momy
of them let them read Pm-cui and Cmtr this Diall fuffice me, re being not the mat-
tej ol my Book; I (hall therefore only lay down thefe four Rules, which are necef-
fary to our Science of Vhjfidgnomif, ^ ^ , . . r u * r .i...
I Great big and broad Eats fignifie a fimple man, as having fomewhat of the na-
rureoftheAfs, fuchas(J^^^4^ Kingof had; the perfon is ofnoundcr-
ftanding.flothfull, and hath an ill memory.
a. Little Ears denote a good undetftanding, but they muftnot be of thofe ears
which being little, are withall deformed, which happens to men as well as cattel,
which for this reafon they call ; fot fuch ears fignifie nothing but miichief

*"**3?Buahofe that have them well proportioned, which is a femicitculat form,and

in figure of a meati greatnefs, and the ctefts and lines covered in the middle, fome¬
what flat towards ihe Center, and Handing feemly to the head, ate perfons of good
undetftanding, wife, difcreet,honeft,fliaroefaeed,Md contagious.
4. Thofe that have them fomewhat long.are bold, impudent, »n^learned,glutton8
and whore-maftets •• And that is all that may be difeoveted by the bats. To conclude
this Chapter, let us fpeak of the Face in general.

Of
 Physiognomie. 177

Of the Face.

A ,
Face very flcflitej fignifics a fcarfnll perfon, merry liberalj difcrect, luxurious^
faithfull to another, importunate to obtain his will, but prefumptuous.
2. A lean face, denotes a man wife, of a good undcrftanding, but rather ctuell
then mercifull. , ' j c -.i
3. Around and little face, denotes a man fimple, weak and of an ul memory.
4. Who hath a long and lean face, is audacious in words and deeds S he is riotous,
injurious and luxurious. . » ' n *
5. Hethathathabroad and thickface,isclownlfii,andaboafter.
6. He that is of a pale coloured face,is not healthy, and hath an oppilation of the

^ 7. He that hath it vermilion, is good, wife, and capable of all good things.
8. Be that hath it white, womanifh, foft and cold, is tender and efreminate j this
colour fuits well with women j for fuch are good natured, but fit for men.
9. A red face, denotes according to the Proverb, a hot complexion,
lo- A violet or leady colour, fignifies a mifehievous perfon and Saturnine, who
does nothing but plot Treafons and pernicious enterprizes; fuch was that of Brutm
and Cafiuf,tis alfo oiNero.So much for that; now we come to fpeak of the Humours.

Chap. XVI.

Of the four Humours^or temperaments of man.

l E Hebrews tranfported with deep meditations in ghematry

attribute high and fecret things to the ^luartenary^ which Pytha-
gorast who had been a little nurfed in their School, had obferved
as a moft myfterious number, calling it TetraSlin \ and their
great and lolemn Oath was by that number, as may be
feen by thele verfes,
\

• Juro ego per fanBum pur a tibi mente ^uaternutn,

fy^terna fontem natura, animi^ parent cm.

Now the reafon why the Uebretvs honoured this number, was becanfe God had
appeared to them in this name, HIH’ four-lettercd , which Vi^as fo venerable that
no Nation hath tranflated into its proper i^iom and natural Language, but they have
piven it four Letters, that they might correfpond with the Bebre-^i^ as the Sg^pU
%ns, Arabians, Perftans, Mages, Mahumetans, qreeks, Tufeans Latines, French,
talian,SpaniJh, &c. that is to fay thus, Theut.^bla, Stre,OrJi, Efar,
Deui Dieu Dios,^c. by the four Letters of the name of God j the HebreVoMe-
cubalifis comprehended this all, as well the Celeftial world as the Elementary, and
by the fecret of their Ghematry, placed their table thus,

Ast / Fbe
 A

m
./ ■ ' ■

-B^ Y S I O G N O M 5 E. i

Jod. ! He. Vau- 1 Cheth.

n 1 1 n
. . . 4 r, i

•' )'
,, , ' IbeElmcn. Fire, Air, Earth. PVater.
lilfi J

, 7hc Celejiial Michael. Raphael. Gabriel. 'Uriel.

' f irorld
\
t
: . . . , The Epitomi- C holer. Blood, Melancholy. 1 Flegme
fed m,u

Thefc Worlds thus placed,reprefent unto us what we fhould look for as the great-,
eft Secret of them ; for this great World, called by theGreeks Megacofmox^ compo-
fcd of the firft number, is of four Elements; The fecond, according to R- Jofefhoi
the four principal Angels 5 and the third, of the four temperaments or humours,
which compofe this little World, which is Mans Body.
1. From thcfe Complexions, we fhall for our Phyfiognomical Learning, obferve,
that the Cholerick Humour dryes a man, hinders not his growth, butcaufesit to be
without bodily ftrength, and the perfon to be hafty in all his aftions.
2. The Sanguine or Aerial humour, caufes the body to grow with a Beauty in the
Face and fatnefs; the perfon changeth not in his misfortunes.
5. The humid complexion, which is according to the nature of water or flegme,
caufes the bodie tobefoft, and of little ftrength j theperfons arefearfull, andfleep
not too faft.but are lightly awaked, and through fear.
4. The Melancholick humonr, caufes the Body to grow flowly, but the minde
advances, and thefe are the men that are worthy of great fpeculations (yet without
fidelity^ for fuchmen do not much regard truth, when they would pleafure thofe
whom they are obliged to, but only look on what they themfelves imagine.
I have now done with the Rules which have'been delivered, being
enough for thofe who would comprehend this Art, without any further difeourfe;
Let then the defirous to learn, read and perufe them.

Of
\

\
 P H Y S I O G N O M^E. 179

OF THE,

Phyfiognomical Divination
o F

DISEASES.
Y

Hoyp the Complexionsy as vpell 3\^tural, as Treter^

natural) hy means of this Science fyom the only ,
(t/ffpeB and Intuition of the Face and Head, may
, he revealed and made manij^ejl,
I
V

Oncetning the Charaflers of Complexions, as well Natural as Super¬

natural, in the foregoing wotkl have not only defctibed, but copi-,
ouflv and fofficiently demonfttated; yet notwithftanding that nothing
IS {tending to petfeaion; might be omitted, 1 hold it neceffary, that
I inlarge the fubjeS by difcourfing thefe few, yet neceffary particulars. ■
the firlf place, 1 (hall fpeak of Natural, after of Preter-natural
properties; And here I (hall firft begin with the Oriental-Natural quality, which
confifteth moft in a Solar Quality, retaining, as it were, the Eaftetn property, pat-
“dpatinginequalptoportbnof thedifpofition of Mars
more Martial, which fympathizeth with the Baft, ot Notthweft «'nds- _
• And herein I obferve this Method, referring all to thefe three heads,
l. Colour, a. Figure, 3. Stature. ' .

Aa ^ risefe

■I
i8o H y S I'O G N O M I E.

L rj dark^Iron-colouE
rof the Eats and dim and
skmoftheFaceOjj„,^i^; ■

’l:i
'Black as a Raven; for the more
black the head is, the more intent
fColouc ^ Of the hairs of Choler is denoted.
the head. 'The hairs of the head crifping, and-
then it denotes Choler in the 4.
degree.

Of the eyes, black, with a certain Citron compounded.

Whiccncfs in the Afpefl
Thefe three are Of the forehead, inclining towards fwarthy blacknefs*,
the general Of the beard black
PhjJiognomi- Of the tongue, to be of a tufty Citron coloqr
cal Signs, ar-^ Of the whole body, to be of a dusky, tufty wind
<
gutng the Complexion,
(^holerick,cu L
iron, Ad art i-
tial Complex fThe forehead remifs j
;cion. The face lean and (lender
The nofe eredl, bowing upwards
figure, » The mouth round
having The lips large
The hands flender
The fingers long
I^Thc flefh rough and hard, through the whole body.'

Stature jMean, dry and thin, yet fometimes inclining toCor-

^being 1 pulency.

A pale wandnefs in the face, as in the Flegmatique

_/:^«,^Fairners of the skin, with fomefreckles

^\fr&er,ore, ^ Y"‘*“herf

C /

Thefe
 PhY SIOGNOMIE. i8i

^ The face red, with a rbfie blufli, or red with feme mix
tureof white.
The lips red, and of a rofic complexion
For Co* The hair paliQi yellow, or dark brown
lour ■ The forehead and beard ol one colour
The ears reddilh
The eyes of a blew azure, and brown marble cg^our
^ The nails full of blood
LThe toiigue red

ThefeZ.Phjfi- r A large forehead, oblique or convex

ogmmicd figns ' Round and far cheeks
f rove the Com-^ Aftraightnofe .
flexion Sein- Thick Lips ‘ \ >
guine , Jovial A modeft countenance ' r
White teeth, Handing ftraight, .and well com-
and Meridional In figure
pofed.
they A fat neck. 'V '
have ■t J ■
A Toft and gentle skin <

Arms and legs fomewhat grofs

Hands and members' well, and orderly com-
^ pafted.
. j^Their feet thick and grofs, not long.

_ n rSufficiently Tall
In ita- compofition of the Body, fat^, and fomewhat
C grofs.

'Dark, blew, wand and aduft

1„ a dark,Sanguine;^ ^ ^ ^
Comflextont the colour *
.The hairs black on the head and eye*biows.

rhe(e

ra
A-
 Phvsiognomie
i8z

rThe Face pale, and white

The Hairs, a pale yellow , or flaxen, fofc and
‘ thin
The hair on the eye-brows , verging to yellow
fin Co- nefs.
«.ww,
lour ha'*^ Beard yellowifli, or whey pale colpur
ving The Lips pale
The Skin white and clear throughout the body
j The Eyes of skie, yellowifli grifly colour
^Thc tongue pale.

The t^ace enclinlng cofatnefs, but not fo fat as the

Sanguine
Thefe three are The countenance (bberand modefl:
the general fhj' The Hairs and Piles of the body foft and tender
Jiognowical The Nofe more fliort then the Sanguine, and much
Jignsofa Lunar i more fharp in the upper part, and big about
F legntatiquCi
eccidental cow-
flexion*
In the
j theNoftrils
Figure j The Lips thick
The Neck thick and fat
j The Arms and Hands, as in the Sanguine
' The Eyes and Head, much Tubje^ to difeafes
The breath or fpiration fweet
(^The Hands and Nails fair, and welt compofed.

But fliort, or of a middle flature

ture^hev^^^ perfon well compofed, and of good confti-

.larc ^
f

. >

Tl^efe

I
 r ^ _ r The Face, and the whole body of a livid wan leaden
^ colour.
For the Hair of a pale wheyilh colour, or black, quickly
colour J growing gray; '
- The eyes yellowilh.
The Lips and Nofe pale, wan, and ill compofed.
The Tongue of a leaden colour.
■[^The Excrements of a wan, IcadilE colour.

Their joynts big throughout the body.'

’ The bones big.
The face large, and skin grainilh like an Ox or
Goat. '
In thefe ^.con The hair much, and hard.
fjfs the general The cars large and hanging down.
Phjfognomicaly' InfiguTC, The forehead wrinkled and pendent. .
JlielaneholjySa- The hairs upon the eye* brows many and thick,
forftich
turnine. Septen¬
men j hanging over, and coveting the eye.
trional Com¬ ■ The eyes deep in the head.
have
plexion, The Nofe big, and lips great.
Their teeth big, refembling a horfes.
The mouth big.
The neck like tand leather.
The hands large.
The leg or fliin long.
^The knees big, and the veins and nerves replete.

In tefe- of Body,
fence to
the na¬ The Joynts big throughout the whole body.
ture:
Slender, long walled, and not corpulent.
If

P HVSI.OGNOM IE

Jn'^hdt r»Mnertbe T^tural temperament andconftitmionef the head and other farts
are exprejfed, through the conjideration of Phyfiognomie.
r The hair fmooth, fomcwhat yellowifli, and
The San-
not foon bald.
guinc and The veins <of the face very full.
mendioncd The fleQi of a Sanguine complexion.
<
tempera- Laborious watches,and found fleep.
ment^as
1 Multiplicity of fuperfluicies.
having
j* The South wind is hurtful 1, but the North,
i.
chiefly thereunto agreeeih. , ^ ,
A quick growth of hair.
ChokYi and Much watching.
the figns The hair crifping, dark much.
are thefe The head hoc in the touch, and fomewhat
(harp.
Leannefs of body.
f The head obnoxious to cold, and the re-
rP
j pletion and diftiliation of Rhewme.
Fiegma
i A redundancie of fuperfluous excrements.
tique,
^ Heavinefs of the head,and dulnefs.
X^hofe^
j A fluid fatnefs/ i
figns are I Never bald. ,

< tMuch hair.

i

f Natu¬ A multitude of fupeifluities.

ral
vphicb
The veins in the face not difeerned.
are Melan¬ The Flcfh cold and hard.
choly, Eafily injured by cold,
whofe , Much watching.
figns are ' Eafily prejudiced through diftillations upon
L
The tempera¬
the leaft caufe.
ture of men)
and chiefly of Few and fmooth. halr,quickiy bald!
the brainjhow i^Dark wan colour.
it is difeover-
ed by"Phyflo-S 'fin Infants the hair arifeth fair, growing faft
gnomie j firfl unSefs the brain be very hot.
conflderingthe . In youth the hair appears dark and flrong,
fotnething crifping, excrements not much
through the nofe, ears and eyes, but well
sconcealed, and much abounding in rare
^ crude excrements.
Simple
whiejo The hair flaring or (landing upwards, of
are ei» ^ ^ dark or Fox colour , growing not much
ther Cold s good while after the Nativity.
Quickly receiving offence by cold and per¬
turbation, through painfull diftillations.
.Plain fmooth hair, never bald.
1 A rcftlcfs, working fenfitive faculty,
excrements
• r A fcarcity of fupeifluities,
D)7, and Aclearnefsof the fenfe.
fuch per. • A promptncfs to watchings.
foils u/ual-^ Strong hair,and quickly decreafing.
[y have | Crifping rather then flaring, and being,
' I timely bald.

Of
• .r.
 Of the Natuml Temperature of the ^rairij and other parts^ Galen
in his TraPi De Ato Medicinali from Chap.io. to 8o. hath
largely treated^ hut it ts my purpoje to handle the ^reternaturaU,'
which 7mre fully to difpatch^ fhall he tlTZ JuhjeEi of the following
Chapter.

Of the Temperature of the head wholly^ briefly expreffed ^reternatu^

rally in a Thjjiogmmid analytical method. ^

r A vehement and acute pain in the head.

A lazy yawning, niuieoufneff, and fleepincfs.^
The head hoc* ^
A perturbation in the fences, and a dull flow
Crhe Pbyfi. I intellcd. ^
"'The fuper‘fl»- ' ogtomical 1 The pulfe irregular. - - - <
ous dminion figm ar€t *}The veins full and fwelling, and the heat of the
of blood in the
head. tongue, it being likewile reddifh. .
The fac^5 of a red faffron-like colour.
The. eyes a whitifli ruddy fanguine Com^
Tfom the plexion.
Cmphxiim The mouth and fpittle fweet.
VreterwtUm <
' A duhiefs of the body, eyes, head and templesi
rali thitidi-
Priiutitjg
tbmlelveSi

TV puftles, lotpitnpleson the skin;

fes he£' ^ A reddith ScHifc, or Moiphew." ‘
I
produced, <'Eruption of blood from ihc Noftrilg, pain in
^ the Gums» caufed by fepetfluity thereof,
X , t. and other impediments of the like kinde.
 Physio GNOMiE.
i 8(5

'An acute pain and pricking in the forepart of

the head.
The head and temples hot in touch, drinefs of
* the noftrils.
,I
The face of a yellowifh Citron Complexion.
■ I ThePhy-
Choler a- ^Jiognomi- The mouth and fpittle bitter.
bounding J cal fiffnSi A naufeoufnefs and loathing in the appetite.
in the head ‘ are. The drynefsand yellownefs of the tongue.

i The humour paffing the Nofe, hot and prick¬

ling, or tingling.

il L
The eyes Citron colour.'
A (landing, or flaring up of the hair.

Hot burning Feavers.

produced
Trom the
- ^Complexion J from this Tertian Agues.
preternatU’
T diftempeva-"^
ral, thtu ^ I 1 Yellow Jaundies, and other difeafes of the
di^ribif 4 \ * L hke kindc.
- tingthem-
felves.
-1

r A white Complexion, and a loofe, foft tender-*

nefsof the members.
Pain and grief in the head, in the forepartjand
chiefly the left fide.
Adullflupidityof the head and fences.
Plegme a‘'\Thefe Sleepinefs.
hounding ^ \ Phyfiog- Palenefsof the tongue,
mthe head normal The face pale and wan.
nl a''.':*
A pale whitenefs in the eyes.
V'' froduceth fignsf as An unfavourinefs in the mouth and fpittle, yet
.f ,
.C’bnii s-fi-'l a ^
fometimes the Phlegme is fweet, fome-
times fait, and fometimes fowre.
A great quantity of fpittle, being tough and
L ^ . clammy.

/ Melancholy
 Physiognomie. 187

CDifeafes r Quotidian Ague?.

produced Whe Palfie. ■ ' ' ■
Rempera'
Apoplexy, or refolution of the finews.
ment of White fcurfe, and others of the like na¬
Flcgtn, ture.

A black thicknefs of the blood.

A hcavy,dull, painfull grief, poflefling the bo¬
Melancholy
dy, andchieBythe head.
fuperaboundr\
ing^ and re* The face wan and pale,and fometimes fwarthy.
pleating the The eyes pale, yellowifh and black,blear-eyed,
head, hath p, ^ rhewmatique, and dark dull.

mmtea fpittle in the mouth fowre, and the tongue

black.
I Affedling watchings with folitude.
The head cold in the touch.

Stupidity and dulnefs in the head and fenfes.

± fjQ •

feCiims i Faint heartednefs, 'or cowardize.

hence pro¬ Black Morphew.
duced are >Afflidlionof the Spleen. • '
.Melancholy^ and the like.

The face fomewhat black and lean;

Drynefs of the mouth, with a fharpnefs of
^ thirft.
Adufien j The'pulfs fwift, and hard.
nerv con- Attenuation of the body.
H^ere Melan¬
choly arifeth traded are ^ heavy, forrowfull, unpleafant countenance.
fromadu(liont The extenfion of the Midrife and Lungs
the fgnsof through wind.
 jgg , Physiognomie.-
-«> ,1 ■■■: ^ ^ 7 - ' -——^

Here foUavp. certain contingent Signs,tahich being dij'

covered in the l^hjftognoniie, argue an inclination to
di/eafes, fit to be hgioypn of all, efpecially Ti’hyficians.

Hyfiognomers hold, that the Rhewmatick diftillation of the eyes,

and their inflammation with red, argue much humidity of the brain,
and flegm abounding ; and that the grofsnefs and amplitude of the
nofttils, argue dulnefs, ftolidity, and weaknefs of reafon j but when
the nofe is blewiflr, wan, or of a leadifli colour, having little red
fpecks, or veins like Fibres,interwoven as it were, this argues a great
heat and cruftinefs ot the Liver • fo the face red difeovers a hot complexion j blue«
or pale daik colour, indicates the depth of Melancholy; but if white and a clear
paltfhhue, denotes a cold and Flegmatique conftitution.

Fnrthermore, there are other Fhyjiogmmical jignsy "^hofe Frognofiicattons areSPhjfi^

caiy and relate to Physical Rejalmions, of -pphich you have feme expre^ed in the/e
following heads.
Rale I.

The colour of the face and body yellowifli, the amplitude and diftentionof the
Gal. 9. Met. veins, aweary heavy irkfomnefs in the fight, an unwilling heavinefs to motion and
Mc<1<c.5. adion,{he ws a plenitude and fulnefs of the vcffels of humours.

PmU 2.

G 1 < loc af Thefenfe melancholy, heavily difeontented, the face looking dull and deadly of
5. & 9. Met. colour, fwollen and puffed up, a painfull wringing grief in the body after food,in-
Med.a. dicate obftrudlions-
Rule 3.

A^h.13. & 3. Tears, involuntarily falling from the eyes, the quaking of the lips and other
decrif.c.c.g. 4 members, the oblivion of things paft, the ignorant lenfelersnefs of prefent, much
& I. decrif. vehement cold, difficulty in breathing, pain of the head; if thefe fymptomes
appear in any critical time,they prefage a future confl fl of Nature, aficknefs to come
through ejedion.
Rule 4.

Decrif.c? Thedufllnefs and Rhewmeof theeyes, iherednefsof the noftrils, the ftretch-
ad33..pro§.^ ing of the midrife and fhort ribs without pain, difficulty of breathing, the inflamr
a< i. mation and fmiting pain of the head, the nofe and face, itching pain of the temples,
in acute difeafes ncer a critical day, prefage a future ficknefs with efflux of blood
from the nofe.
1 . Rule 5.
\

The fadnefs of the face, and darknefs of the countenance, ftraightnefs of breath.
Ad Glauc.i 5. jhe trembling of the lower lip, the fpittle much and thin, the extenfion of
Th€OT.9. the Navil, in acute difeafes, and about a critical day, fliews the neceflity of vomit.

Rule 6,
\

If in a critical day the hair ftand up roughly after evacuation, it denotes a good

‘ ■ There
 Physiognomie. l8p
There are other Infinite Phyfiognomical Signs, which not only (liew the Nature
and progreflion of theCr'jfis, but alfo the reafon of future difeafes, and the difpo-
fition of the prefenc, which are worth the ftudy of every Artift^but too long here to
infert. ' ,
But certain ufefull neceflfary Phyfiognomical Charadlers which prefage the ftroke
of future death, I will explicate in the enfuing Chapter.
t*

I «

ThjJiognomical figns of T)eath are explicated in the •

order of ^B^les or Qanons vphich follo'W. „

. i
V

Cah. I.

I T is found an approved verity amongft the moft excellent Philofophers, and by

ihemoft judicious Phyfitians, that if the fight or image inthe BaUof the eye of

the fick party appear not as formerly or wontedly it did , it is a certain Argu-

ment of an inftant fpeedy death.

Can. 2 .
If the eyes fink into the head,hiding themfelves in the concavity of the holes deepeT
thcnprdinary,it is a prefage of death, unkfs the pulfe teftifie the coritrary ; for a
deadly fume from the Cerebelle, or hinder part of the brain, penetrating the bran¬
ches of the Opticks, rendrethaChryftaline contraSed hardnefs, from whence it is
that the eyes in a convulfive manner are drawn inwards.

3. .

If the eyes be turned in the ficknefs into a blewilh azure reddiOi colour, it is an
Index of death quickly to enfue.

CAtt»
When the nofe groweth fuddenly (harp, and is pale withall in rhe time of his pain¬
full fits, it denotes the danger of inftant death ; the writhing or dcpreflion of the
^ nofe fignifies the fame,as alfo the diftillation of a pale yellowilh water from the nofe^

Can. 5 .
' If the mouth be obfetved to open for air, as if the Menbranes of the jaws were
loofed, the difeafe being violent, prognofticates death ftiortly to enfue.

Can. 6.

If feem fmaller and longer then ufual, as,alfo being rongh, it is a figri
the teeth

of a fpeedy end.
7-

If theskinof theface, and other parts be converted into a pale, yellowifti, or

afhy colour, it is a bad omen,to the fick.
 C(M> 8 «

If the tick party fuddenly larguifhitggrow worfc, and after a long palenefs his
:e and cheeks come to be toddy, it (hews the Patients cafe to be defperatc.
face

Cm. 9.

If in the height of hisficknefs the breath ftink,changing from what it was before.,
it is an argument of death approaching.

* Cm, lO.

If the Tick party in his extremity begins to flammcr

cannot pronounce his words without impcrfeaion, experience ftews to beafg
of death ; in like manner if the voice change fmall or very hollow.
)
II.

• If the Spiration and breath feem to be fctcht up from the lungs with pain,being
fumouOy gtofs,it is an evil omen.
Cm. 12.

If in the extremity of ficknefs the roots of'the hairs and nails, of the teeth, and
the bottoms of the feet change colour into a wan blacknef?, it is an ill fign.

Cm» 13.
^ I

If the inteftine come forth at the fundstnent,’ by reafoo of Acide and (harp hu:
mours, death is to be feared.
Cm, 14.

If the face and lips fuddenly change into a pale earthy colour, it is a fign of
death, if it hapbody to be very weak.
the ^

Cm. 15.
r T-L J I, i rtii. ixihite of the eves, or the ablation of the fight, the writhing
Lf?h: e“ t- SroLt Stocked and w.y f<,uinting with the eyes, in
acute difeafesjfignifies evil.
Cm, x^.

the littlenefsof one eye. water flowing from the eyes, principally one eye.

white pulTels appearing under the eyes, all thefe ate evil fg .

Cm, 17. '

Inacutedifeafes,thcfaceftiiningfmooth,afiuxof the belly, not hungry, and

dining to fleep, is a bad fign.

j Can, 18.
, Sleeping with the eye-Jids open, ar.dtheeye.lidsdty, isa bad fign.
 PHY S I O G N O'M I E. ipl

The exication, inverfion, and cont-ra^lion of the ears, and the lofs of heating in
acute difeafes is deadly.
' Cah. ao.

The rubbing of the teeth, their colour being dark,pale and clammy, and the often
eleanfing them without caufc in acute dil'cafes, are arguments of death,

21. .

After fweating, to tremble, quake, or have the hair ftatc, in acute difeafes, a cold
fweac, chiefly about the neck and head, is an evil fign.

Can. 22.

The blacknefsof the tongue, ftench of the mouth, crooked writhing of the lip;
the mouth opening without yawning,a grain as it were a fma41 pea,upon the tongue,
with the defire ol hot things, are arguments of death.
\ M

Can. 23. . '

The contraflion of the Tefticles and yard, arguments of death.

Cah. 24.’

A hot vapour from the skin, with a cold breath, and the coldnefs of the extream
parts, are arguments of death.
Can. 2y.

A yelking which followeth vomiting, or a Flux of the belly j in like manner the
Flux of the belly much , with debility of parts; the Jaundies before the feventh *
day,with leannefs,are arguments of death.

. Thus youhave the Phyjiognomical figns^ relating to Difeafes^ and the events^ even
death; which piaU, fuffice for this fuijeSi of Thyfiognomie,

• f»
i...
Jpl M fi-T O P O S CO P I E.

I have here added, for the benefit of the fludiom^ divert Ejfgies c/Metopofcopy
noted according to mojl aculeate and exaB cbfervat ion, '^hich being as an Efitomy of this
rffhole DoElrine.maj delight the Reader". In ^hich he Jballdo ^ell to confder the lines re-
latiffgto tke^Tlanets, as they are before in the IRook^ noted, viz. tJhe apper line next the
hair to Saturn j the fecond fo Jupiter, and foofthe ref, '

i'. •

k-

$uch a Line of Jupiter, fignifies riches, A circle in the Line of Jupiter, pre-
prudence and a good nature. difls lofs of riches.

The lines in fhis manner ftraight,denote

A line inflex, and fo bowing towards a good wit, tnoft honeft, approved, and
commendable moralities and conditions,
the nofe, denotes the worlt of condi¬
nothing of fraud, or diflimulation • he is
tions. too plain and honefl; to thrive, without a
miracle.

This pofitionof the forehead and lines, renders Such lines'.fignifie riches and good
the pprfon to be difpofed to divers things, having Fortune.
a various geniUs, and a flattering, falf*, unftable The
fortune.
 M. E T^O POSCOP IE.

The line of Jupiter fo crooked,denotes 1 Such lines have the (ignifkation of infOf^
riches, but got by fraud and violence. {tunes, and fundry hurtfull falls.

Such lines predid lofs and prejudice by Such lines have the fignification of many
riches, and all things fignified by Ju^ and various bufineffes-5 the'^man under¬
piter. takes much,and performs little.

Such a line of Saturn in the loreheadj

with the line of broken, denotes Such a crofs in the middle of the fore¬
the perfon fliall fuflper much prejudice by head, denotes hanging,
lands and polTeifions. »

Cc Lines
 M E T o P O S C O P I E,
---—^-

Lines bowing in this manner, denote a 1 A Line thus oblique in the forehead,dc-
bafe nature, and the worft of manners. \ notes ill conditions.

Thefe lines denote a muttheter, and 1 Aline bowins thus, (hews a foidid
one that (hall fuffer a violent death. 1 bafe coftdition.

Such lines denote a favourable, good, A line thus brancht,fignifies a mutable,

and gentle fortune, wavering, unconftant minded perfon. .
Thefe
 M E T O P O S CO P I E... >1^5

■m)K\

Such lines dchote an apt fubtle wit, a

difpofition fit far meditation* dn upright
Thefe fines are the charader of a fimple fpirit, without fraud, in riches unconftanc
honeft perfon. fortune; the line of Mars longer then the
other, the party is much prone to anger.

\V

# U ? :u y;
fbfJ:;
r.

This pofitton of the lines, foretells falls Thefe lines are the Emblems of uncon-
from high places, to the prejudice of the flant fortune, now rich and then poor.
party.

jiMk
1
1

Y •
m.
<

Such lines predia drowning, or great I Thefe lines are the tokens of a good wir,
perils by water. I riches, and a liable fure fortune.
Such
C a
ip6 MeTOT OS COPIE.

Such lines in the forehead, dehote much I Lines in this manner between the ejre-
riches, a wealthy fortune* | brow5,note a pratlitig loquatious perfon.

Such lines in the fore^^d^ denote a I Such lines prononnee hurt and dammige
murtherer. '^ 1 by a fword, or other martial weapon.
 Met o°p o s c 0 p I e'. ip7

..Such lines with a wart as here, predi^ 1 The line- of the Sun and M^qn thus
dangerous falls from high places. \ joyned, notes a perfon very fortunate.

The lines of Mtrcury thus crooked,de¬

This is the charafier of a tnurtherer. note a malitioQs, contentious, turbulent,
feditious fpirited perfon.

“ jt i ■

All the lines flrait, |he line of Mars

This is a riote of a murtherec and evil longeft, and the line of Vtnus aoft,'de¬
perfo'iu note a man liberal, open, free, yet Cho-
letick,' and Venereal, .
Such'
I
 Such a pofition of the Forehead, de¬ Thcfe lines,dedote wounds on the head
notes riches and wives. CO be bitten by a Dog,or other Creature,
as alfo danger of poyfon.

- ’ Thefe lines, denote the perfon happy This pofition of the lines (hews a cou-
^ and fortunate. ragiousbold fpiric, yet unconftant and
uncertain riches.

The lines of Saturn and A^ars broken He or fhe that hath fuch lines in the fore¬
and difconcinued in this manner, fignifie head, is mutable, unconfianc, falfe^ de¬
hurt, and damage by falls. ceitfully treacherous, and of a vain glo¬
rious proud minde.
5 This
 Metoposcopie ipp

; This ii the Effigtesof a rough, crud j This fsa meek, humbie^ facetious, io'
feditious, tyrannical, deceitfuil perfon. | geniousperfon.

All the lines here as you may fee are

It is a common ufual reception, that broken, and defcend towards the nofe;
rfght and ftraight lines have the fignifica- ^ and that which Ihould be taken for the
tion of good conditions; crooked lines j line of Saturn degenerates, being dif-
the contrary, as denoting crafty ,.dif* joynted, and defcends towards the nofe
fembling perfons; that this is a* truth no into the lines of Mercury, which though
one need doubt thcreofjbut from whence itfignifiea good wit and genius, yet it
the caufe is, 1 know not, unlefs from the prenotes wondrous Shipwrack of the
fympathyandconfent of things, which goods of fortune, and he fhall he driven
by a certain fimilitude and affinity, cor- to steat necefli-V, becaufe thefe lines are
tefpond amongftthemfclves, or difagree in no cafe bowed, but intorced ; they
through an antipathious diflxmilitnde. note alfo a benevolent condition, with-
out fraud.

4i
zoo Metoposcopie.

As is before faid, that the lines of Mey

cury are thofe between the eye-brows, Here is only one line which is the line
which if they be three and ftraighc, noc of Mars, that is whole continued, and
irapedited, except one which inclines to longer then all the reft, which difeovers
the right fide bowing, and is crop, they an implacable faculty ruling in him; the
fignifie a good ingenuity, and undaunted lines of Saturn and fupiterbcltig difeon-
courage, and grace in eloquent fpeaking, tinued and broken, denote many impedi¬
wife, provident and cunning, doing all ments, and a minde coveting after many
things with much dexterity, unwearied, things , induftrious, and laborious, yet
and indefatigable in his endeavours, not I hardly or feldom his affairs obtain their
fubjedl to halty pafifionsj but this line of defiredend.
Mercury being thus croft, predids conti- j
nual and vehement contentions with]
Mercurial men. 1

This is the Metopofeopy of an excellent

rnan, ornate with many rich and excellent
gifts from Godjlikewife adorned with Piety,
Humanity and Learningjbeing liberal, rich
magnanimous, and fo beautified with gifts*
that there was nothing excellent which he
could not call his own, yet was he mightily
toft on the waves of misfortune, fuffering
great crofles add afflidions, exile and impri-
lon merit twice; alfo once he received a
wound on the face; to be brief, with fo

I great and violent tempefts was he rent, fo

toft and daftit with the waves of misfortune,
that I fuppofe never any man experienced fo
much varieties of adverfe Fortunes; for when by the divine grace and favour, he
feemed to arive fafe at his haven of reft, and being often within fight of his defired
Harbour he was beyond expedfation, by the contrary tempefts of adverfe fortune,
again hurried into the depths of perplexities.
For the line of of the Sun over the right eye being thus crooked, plainly prediffs
the falfity, inconftancy, and the disfavour of Solar men to himjand the fame appears
in reference to the Lunar fignification, byreafon of that oblique line touching the
line of the Moon. ’ ^
From fo many little lines appearing in the forehead, there is fignified a variety of
humane aftions, by reafon of which he ftiould be implicated and intangled; they dif-
cover alfo an acute wit, provident & fufpicious. But the diruption of thofe lines, do
alfo infer many and great perils and adverfities; and that oblique line from the line
of Mars falling down upon the left eyCjprefageth imprifonraents,the hatred of great
perfons, perfecutions, and what not of violence and mi [chief ? and certainly he very
hapdly fcaped a violent death.
The end of lMETOTOSCOPT
ONEIROCRACIE
. OR,

The Phyfiognotnie

Any of the ancient Learned Hebrews, Greeks, and Latincs,

have handled this Subjeft of Dreams, and in thefe laft Ages
divers have written of them, but with fo little affurance and
probability, that amongft a thoufand
Lrdlv two true, having no more experience for what they
advance then Conjedures and Imaginations,
have made large volumes, which have rendred them that ftu-
died them rriorc anxious and perplexed then they were be-

re for their Dreams: But they are

oufand, nay ten thoufand Dtesrus is*^ common
)thing but a reminifcence of h s m-rlnn which the perfon thought moft
(him with the beafts, and . ‘ it felfevery night. Witnefs
mcerned his life and '1“ A/? ww W

:c. which aiadi« hath reptefented in thefe verfes.

Or^md
D d
 r«.

20i The PhysioGNOMiE

Omia ejpta fenfu volvmtur vota diurȤ,

Petlore fopito reddit arnica quies.
Venater fua fe^a tor0 cum membra reponit i
, ^~^ens tamen ad fjhas &fua lufiraredit,
Judicibm lites^ aurigafomnia curruSy '
VnaquenoElurnismeta cavetur equis.

Which in efFefl is no more but this ;

The Huntefj Lawyer, Carter, all refcnt '

Ihefenfe of what hath part the day forefpeLw.

A11 thefe elegant expreflions of the Poets give us plainly to fee that which Antiquitie
thought divine in dreams, was indeed nothing but folly, and that in this cafe there
IS no difference between a man and a bcaff; feeing alfo Solomon the wifeft that ever
was of men, hath faid. That the end of the Ions of meiv and the end of beafts is the
- ,
Ecclef. 5 19
20j 21,
fame thing as to them ; as the one dies, fo doth the other, and they have all the fame
fpinr, and a man naturally IS no more then a beaft, for allis vanitie; all goes to the
fameplace, all is dull and all Oiall return into duft ,• who is it that knows that the
ipmt of the children of men afcends up on high, and the fpirit of the beaft defcends
under the earth? for who can bring it back to fee what was become of it ? Where-
ct \ ? nothing better then that a man fliould rejoice in the works
of his hands. If therefore this be doubtful, who will attribute divinitie to fo manv
fottiQi vifions dreamed by grofs people, feeing all that is under heaven is nothing
but folly, and humane wifdomc, both which are but one thing? If a thoufand figures
are feen by aRuftickin his fleep, even fo it is with the labouring beaft- if the one
chafes, the other will (hew it is angry; all their paflions are alike, and tht^v an- both
ofthe fame thing; the hope of the one is the hope of the other, but death reduceth
all things; the one out ofaconfidcration grofsly embraced by him, and the other
deprived of all cpnfolation, having not a reafon ft rong enough for difeourfe which is
the foveraigntie of mans acquifition. But how is it that a dream is naturall to a man
and by the means of dreams the more fubtle have perfwaded thofe that were iefs to
many things,and finding fome things fallout according to their defite, have oiven
their Dreams the names of Prophefics, to the end they might be the better received
faying that things to come were contained in thefe riddles.? fo honeft and fimple are
we, that for a little peace, we without any trouble take dreams for things ccrporallv
feen; nay that which hath but the appearance of an hiftoricallciuth, for a thing de¬
creed certain and true;and arefi know not what force it is that is fo to the foveraipn>
much more miferable then the Canadiens, making our felves our own flaves,. through
our own means and inventions,loading our felves with thofe burdens wherewith our
Ihoulders are cruilicd when we think of them^ depriving our felves by that means of
the pleafure of this life and the enjoyment of our labouts; which if it be a felickie
is fuch a one as the raoft miferable beaft without it, is happyer then wcj for as I have
faid, dreams are ^qual to them with us,"hough I prefnme to lay that a man hath fomc'
what more then is ordinary to beafts, fome dreams being to him the forerunners of
forne fortunes or misfortunes, which follow him the day after they have been feen
and dreamt. Of thefe uy fearching into the ancient Cabalifts, Mecubaliftc, and Maf-
lorets, I find to the number of 73 which are eafily underftood by thofe who know the
temperament of thofe that have dreamed them and not otherwife; they ftiould alfo
know the day of the moon and the hour of the night they were dreamed in. If thefe
dreams exceed 73. and that there be fome thing more then ordinary, that happens by
feme means more then common, and thefe dreams happen 2.3.6.9. and 12. months
before their effeds are feen. But becaufe I have fludied dreams more then the ordi-
nary Sciences, I have added to this my Book this Chapter of Oneirocracie, that is to
fay, the judgment of dreams, from thefe two gree'k words, /. e. fomni^
um,&K^ivti>y judico.i.e. to judge of dreams. But becaufe I have given it place here E
nave made loilow this Iccond nomination of,the Phyfiognomie of dreams, wh'ch*is
 Of D REAMS.
fully reprefentcd without dlfguife, that every one what ever he be may receive the
comfort of his dreams, being certain forerunners of the affairs of the day following.
'Tis not only thefimple man that is concerned herein, but the Monarch,King,Prince,
and any one whatever fliall hence receive fatisfaction, and may prevent much evil and
misfortunes that might dayly happen to him, and alfo anticipate much good. But all
muft be known through the fecrets of the Hebrew MafTorets, which reprefent them
to us, and according to them the 28 nights and days of the moon, not with any con¬
formity CO what they are in our Chiromancie, but according to the Meditatives of
the faidMafTorets which are referred’eo the nights ofthe Moon, and to each of the
dreams and to thofe other three fo not toomit theya. fome there are, the formula-
ritieof whofepofition is as is to be feen hereafter, and is to be obferved by the curi¬
ous • for thefc nights and days here reprefenred arc not to be ncgleded, but known i
for before that! declared and Qiewed them in this place, they were knownorlyof
God.Bcfides this,there is nothing true in matter of dreams;for all that Artemidorm^
Cardan NiphifM, &c. have written thereof, are nothing but miftakes and brutalities
not differing from the dreams of the moft Savage creatures, wherein as they have de¬
ceived others,fo they have been deceived themfe!ves._ Behold then how our days are
according fo the tJ^lecubalipi and the nights for the dreams, feeing that by them
they acknowledge one true God, and expea the fame hope intheMeffias. Which
dreams the Greeks who learned fomewhat out ofthe Jewifh School, have called Hy-
perphyfical, or j and they difpofc the 28 dayes or mights in this

^ i^'rhe firft day ofthe Moon, or the fiift night wherein it was created by the Eter¬
nal for to give it light, wks the fourth of the creation and difpofition of this all, and
the fiill of its newnefs, which by the Hebrews is calkd iy^lnathy that is to Cornn-
ta Arietis, which is the beginning of the Moon; all thefe nominations are before, as
alfo in Corn, Agrippa in the 2. book of his Occult, Philof. AH the dreams that any
one fhall dream, (hail be very true, and (Ball happen to the fatisfadion and joy of
the patties, and the child that (Ball be born that firft,day, (Ball be long-

fecond night or fecond day, which was the fifth of the Creation, the vola-
latiles, reptiles, fifBes and creatures of the earth wei,e created ; The Hebrews give
this day SnedieKox Genius, and for houfe the belly of Aries^called Albothan-, this day
is very fortunate to make fome not ordinary fearches, thcidreams ofthe night are un-
profitabe, the child born (Ball grow very fenfibly andfaft.
3 The third night and third day which is the fixth pf the Creation, which is in the
extremity of Aries Aihrage, was Adam created; the breams are very good, and the
child born that day fhall be very fortunate through Kings and Princes.
4 The fourth day or night was the fourth of the Moon, fiie going out of
which had been three days in entring into Aldebran mPat eye of Taurus; this night
is unhappy; he that falls fick that night is in danger of death; the dream of that night
will be of no cffedl; that day was the Sabbath. 1' .
5 The fifth day, it is a day that is fit to begin a good work, or build upon the
water; if the dream be good, it will have its perfea effedj if it be unlucky, it will
not; the child born that day is a Traitor.^ ^
6 The fixth day the Moon enters Ccwm firft houfe Mercury \ this houfe called
tAlchataya, intimates that the perfon that is run away, or the beaft that is gone
aftray iBall be found and taken; the dreams of this night ihall be fufpended, and the
child born will not be long-lived.
, 7 The feventh day or night, which day was, as fome affirm, the day wherein were
all the ceremonies ofthe law inftituted, the fickneffes that (Ball betaken that day
(liall be foon healed ; the dreams muft be kept fecret and not revealed , and be
that is born (Ball live a long and painful life.
8 The eighth day, the Moon enters into Cancer, which makes the firft quartet ;
this place is called the dreams of that day or night, arc moft certain and
true; the child born (Ball be long lived.
9 On the ninth day ofthe Moon (Be is in the (econd part of ail dreams arc
good, and happy the next day, _
* ’ ^ D d a 10 The
 T he P H y S I O G N O M I E.

10 The tenth, the Moon enters the fir ft houfe of Leo, which is the only houfe of
the Sun; the dream of that night (hall come to pafs loon after; this houfe is
dangerousfor them that fall fick; the child born fliall livelong, the Sun being the
giver of years.
11 The eleventh, which is the fecond day of Leo^ ay^lcharph, wherein governc the
fpirit ^ablel, the enemie ol dreams, for which reafon they are of no effedi; the child
born fhall have much afRidlion by reafon of travels,
12 The twellth day, wlien the Moon is in the tail of the Lion, the dream is good
and turns rather to a good then ill effeff; the child born will be of good undciftandr
ing, expert and artificial in all things, and long-lived.
13 The thirteenth day, that the Moon enters called Alhajrel, the dreams
are true; the child born liball be a fool, and a Zclot.
14 The fourteenth day is ftill Virgo the dreams are in fufpenfe, but the child
born in this part of the (ign will be accompliftied in all things, and his nms will be
of the hierarchic ol under the Pnree Cajpel.
j 5 1 he fifteenth day or night is indifferent, chat is to fay, neither good nor evil!;
as to (icknefs this day is mortall; tfiis day the Moon enters Libras the dreames
are moft true, and the child born (hall be of the nature and complexion of
Venus.
16 The lixteenth day or night the dreams (halbe effedual,the child born (hill live
long, VenusbVmg the giver of years.
17 The feventeenth the Moon enters .ycflrpfy, and the fpiiit ay^drielgovcrm; if
it be Saturnday the day is fo much the more unfortunate; the dreams (hall not have
any effe6l till three dayes after , and the child born (hall be happy in all
things.
18 The eighteenth of the Moon, which is the fccond day of m, the dream is
certain; the child ftial] fuffer much travel, yet (hall come to the higbeft honours and
dignities. * ' '
19 The nineteenth day'or night the Moon enters into the laft part of Scorpio ^
where governs Zazel; this day js dangerous, and the dreams illj the child born (hall
be milchievoiis, a thief, and deceiver. ^
20 The twentieth of theMoon,the moon enters ^ the houfe of y«/7/r^r,the dreams
are true; the child born (hall be a deceiver and mifehievous.
,21 The twenty firft night or day of the Moon, this day (liall be good enough, but
the dreams (hal be vain and unproficable;ihc child born (hall be corpulent and Itror.g,
but a cheat. ' •
22 The twentie feeond-day the Moon entring into the firft ht ufe of Saturn
governed by the fpirit Geiiel and Zazel, the dreams are true, and the child born (hall
be good and docile, biit not live long.
23 The twentie third day (hall be governed by Saturn ^ the day will be
more fortunate then the firft, but the dreams the night are falfe; the children born
(hall be ilhlhaped and deformed, yet will have good undeeftandings.
24 The twentie fourth, the laft day of yp being ternary, in this day or night, for
the Intelligent though it be of iswhich will aflift him; rhe dream will
be without any effeft; the child born will be mild and gentle, and fhall love feafting.
25 The twentie fifth day or night entered death among the Egyptians for their
incredulity; the Moon enters into Aquarius the 2 houfe of Saturn^ the dreams are un •
fortunate, and the child born (hall be much fubjedi todangers, misforcunes, and
adverfities.
26 The twentie (ixth day, LMoJes, as he tells us, divided the Erithrean Sea, to
makeapa(fageforthem whom he brought from captivitie and bondage, becaule of
their (icknefs that was odious to all, they were enlightned by the fpirit there
Protedlour; which is the reafon that the dreams are certain; and the child born be¬
ing come to pertcdlion, fhall be rich and' much efteemed.
27 The twentie fcvenr.h day got his great viftory, which came
from the hand of him whom he adored, by his faith,and the Genius which governed
was This night is ftrorg for dreams, and for the birth of children.
28 The twentie eighth, he that falls fick dyes; dreams are not good to any, and
mens
 I.

Of Dreams.
mens foVits are trouM^ith follies in Religion; children born live not, or if they
excee/5 moneths they become Idiots and Zelots, that is to fay', as naturall

^'''^tusfeeour?; Divine Dreams. TheReader mufl confider the humour of the

Dreamer, and the night, he (hall dream, by the Capital Letters of each humour; as
the fanouinc by S. the mehnchohck by M. the cholerick by C. and the flegmattek by
F. The dreams do alfo anfwer the great myftenes of the Cabaltfts, with the Me-
cubalifts and MalTorets. Wherein the Ancients affirm they have found much
certaincie.
The*)) inthefirjl Face of T •

, To dream that ore fees hair, is infallibly to a fanguine to fee feme men whom
he was not wont to fee j if they are white, they arc friends; if red. envious petfons.
if black, Enemies. But with melancholick petfons tis quite otherwife; to cholerick
men, the red fignihes the enemies.

The fecond Face of T •

/

i To dream that one hath much money and to count it,to the Sanguine, it is to be
deceived, good for the indifferent to the C. and F.

' The third Face of T •

, To worfhiD God, to be in a Church and do fomewhat that is religious, to the S.

itifjoy.fototheC.butillforthef.andc^. -

}) Inthefirfi Face of'6

4 To dream that ones beatd is fhaved, to the it is melancholy and affliSion; to

theV. good, to the C. madnefs, to the F. indifterent.

, To have a long or little beard. by the great,is the ftipdlhip o‘^

perfon! oJhis enmitie fy the little one; the fitft is to the fanguine, the latt for the F.
and M.
The third Face of ^ •

6 Who dreams that he hath teeth drawn, toa^y. icis lofs of friends, totheP. a
fignof tooch.achjtothe.cJl^.andC. indifferent.

Tn hf in a difoute of Religion,or fee the myfteries of out Religion in contempt,

honout.tothecba/cwi^contempt and prejudice. . ^

Thefrfi Face of JL*

c V-^
V

the cholerick to kill, or do mifehief. .

The fecond face of E.

j .L .Uaa nr lives with a maid or woman with fome pleafwe,

nothing. v
2^6 The Phvsiognomie

' The third Face of JL»'

10 To drink when one is very dry, is affurcdly ficknefs, if the dream be at the
break of day, after digeftion; ifthepartie lie upon the left fide, this is ill to they<r»-

guine, but to the lM. health.

The firf Face of s * •

11 To flie high is a fign of praife, and the party is praifed according to the height;
if it be above the water, and that he feems to himfelf to be of a fair phyfiognomie,
it is all the honour and reputation that can be for the S» but contempt to
thei

The fecend Face of S.

^ 12 To hear the bells ring, is to the S. good, but to draw the rope of a Bell, and to
fee a fpirit hindring it to found, if it be a Prieft that hath dreamt it, he will have fome
trouble in his funftion,if he be[anguinei^s for the^.they arc their ordinary dreams.

s The third Face of 25,

13 To fee the Crows or other birds of prey flying, that being in an ill night, it is
all ill and rueful; let the S, beware the prifon^the M, death, the C. ptifon and trou¬
bles, &c.

14 He that dreams this fourteenth night that he lies with his mother, or any of
his kindred, and knows any q^fthem, doubtlefly there will happen to him forac great
misfortune ; and fome anger crofs to all humours.

The firfl Face of SlT

I j To fpeak to the King in this fifteenth night, is a very good dream; for to the S,
tis honour and profit, to the M. that are in hand with fome bufineffes, it is a fign that
all they undertake (hall have a good iffue.

16 To gather fome fruit whereof the trees are abundantly loaden, is gain and
profit to the P. and honour to the

17 To give a ring, or fome precious thing, is to the S, lofs, but to the profit,
. indifferent to F» and M.

Thefecond Face of Si,

\

18 To climb up fome high place, and fee precipices, the fight whereof is fear full, it
is the fear of Juftice or of fome great perfoh that threatens our foriunej if it be a S,
this dream is not good.

19 To dream of fire, and to receive hurt by feeking to quench it, and not be able
to do it, to a C. it is quarrels and combats 5 to the it is indifferent, , but not fuch
as to the

20 To fee fire fall from heaven fignifies fome extraordinary thing; ifit be a King
or Prince that dreams it, it is a war in their Country.
Tk
 Of Dreams. Z07

The third Face of Si.

21 To marry a woman or be at a wedding, it is dammageby the death of fome

friend or ocher.

22 To be ftark naked in a Church , is an ill dream to a S. but to the meUncholick^

very good.

23 Tofing confufedly in the Church/, fothat one underftands not the other, itde- '
notes fome difpute about matters of Religion, and bad for the M, and F.

The firfi Face of

24 To dream to have a new marriage, and to think that he hath a fair woman,and
to do the part of a husband, it denotes fome great peril or accident the next day, or
fome danger of death, and that for the S, and C. principally.

25 To hear Serpents is a good dream and a fign of victory over his enemiest

i■ ■M

The fecondFaceof' HK,

26 To draw teeth, is the lofs of friends, whether by death, falling out or diftruft
that is certain to the C. and S, ,

✓ I The third Face of

^ W.,

27 To fee Souldierie ,the thing it felf will certainly happen to the S. which I have
my felf obferved above 100 times; but it is difquiet to the F, - .

The firji face of ;2:.

28 To feem to have an ugly beard and great, or to dream that fome body plucks
it,it iscarefulncfs, perill, and anger to the M.F, and C> . -

The fee ondface of ;Pi,'

29 To have much vermine about one, and to be troubled in killing of them, it is a

fign of money and riches. ^

A 1 ;•
The third face ef

30 To fee the Sun and Moon greater then ordinary, is a good dream, and fignifies '
encrcafe of honours? but to fee them obfeured, is the contrary to the M. and F,

31 To be at a Feafl: and to eat roll meat greedily, is ficknefs to the S, and FI

' The.

1
8 ) The P H y S 1 O G N O M I &

ThefirJ}faceof]T[. ^

Z1 Towtherfomefairfrult, as cherries, plumbs, peaches aprieocks, is agood

r,gn of etiLafe of riches to the J. and M. but if one eat of thofe fruits which fee
tte teeth on edge, it is an ill omen to the C. and F.

a a To 20 up a high Mountain, and that with pains and fear becaufe of the preci¬
pices .it denotes through much pains one (ball come to the honours and dignities
which he purfues j this dream is ill to the M. if they dream it not juft when they go
CO bed.
I I

24 To hear dogs bark at him, and to purfue them, or that they petluehim, is ei¬
ther to be overcome by his enemies,or to overcome them in purfuit.

The fecond face of n\.»

3 5 To hear Crows croak, or to fee Monkes, are ill dreams to S» they (ignlHc
nothing but fadnefs.
2(5 To make much ahandfome woman, and yet be afraid to come neat her,
is a good dream and, reprefents vertuous aaions.

37 Who dreams of uncleannefs, as dung and ordure, (hall be invited to banquets.

*/
The third face o/ TT;

,8 To lofe ones clothes, and efpecially ones (hoes, is to the lofs, and calnm-
niet if fo be this dream happens the fiift days of the moon.
/

a 0 To fee a great and wide rivet, and to feem to fwim over it, denotes ptaife for
fomeknowled|e,oc elfe feme honour which he (hall receive from the common pec
pie; but ifhe feem fometimes tofallinto the river, there will be prejudice.

io To fpeak with an Angel that reveals feme fectets to you which you do not yet
underftand, denotes that youftiallcomctoknow feme great King or Prince.

The frft face of ^ ,

" 'c'' ' ''

' 41 Who dreams that he fpeaks to God, dreams fomething great and extraordina-
iftf aswho(hou!dfpeakto him being feated in a throne, p ,or in a breatli
or voice as Jeremiah, it is a beginning of prophefiejto a S. it is very fortunate.

/ .41 To be in Paradife and fee the greatnefs of the glory of God, yet not dare to
« approach his humanity,is a beginning of wifdom and of true learning.

■ 43 To fpeak with Spirits, is ill to the .S’, and C. but good for the CH,
 Of Dreams.

Thefecon^faceof l

44 To lofc blood, if it be by the nofc, is very ill; tis lofs of goods to the and
F. but to the S. and C. tis good,

45 To dream that God comes in and fpeaks to us in fome familiar way and with¬
out terrour, denotes a ludden fortune to the dreamer, and that from the part of
fome great King or Prince. '

'I

46. TO find difficulty in paffing over a river, ditch, or precipice, fignifies fome
pains taking, and hard labour.

Thefirfifaceof v?.

47 To dream of great thunder and other terrible things, fignifies to the C. great
quarrels and angry conteftations.

48 To dream of a very high place, yet without falling to the ground, and without
receiving any blow, fignifies a bufinels which will not come to perfedipn, yet fhall
cbere be no lofs.

49 To fee knives or fwords, is a note of quarrels and difputes, but all will be well
again.

The fecofid Face of vy

. 50 To have many eggs, is a fign of great differences and many idle words,

51 To fee the top of a houfe burning, and defiring to remedy it, but ineffeflually,
it fignifies the afliftance of fome great man that is neceffary, but beware his life.

52 To fee an apparition of Saints,isa Chriftian and good dream, and is the begin^j
ning of a good fortune. ,

The third Face of Vf

55 To fee fair Kine, white or ted, it is to fee women fair and white, that he was
not accuftomed to fee, which (hall be inclined to vertue.

54 To fee lean or fat Oxen,denotes generally the fertility or fterility of the yeari
but to take it more fir idly, it fignifies a prefent gain or misfortune.

55 To feem to kifs ones father, or fome friend, or fome one reputed a Saint, fig¬
nifies a free friendfhip without deceit, yet there will be fome juglingj thefe vifions
are proper to the melancholkk.
E e Thi
ZIO The Physiognomie

The firfi Face of ^,

/

dream and unworthy; there ate few F. who in their night vifions do not fee thefe
things, whereof the next day they are fad.

$7 To fee the Sacrament, being at Church, is a very good dream, and a begin¬
ning of Prophe(ie»

5 8. To fee an evill Spirit hinder a good work, haply the communion, denotes that •^
fnmp man feerhinslv devout (hali hinder you in your fundlion and bufinefs; probably ,■

The third Face of ‘v

<o Whoever dreams that he fees a Mule carrying Books, and fees others mocking
at thofe that demand them, the next morning heisaffured to fee an eneraic which
’(hall hinder all devotion, and through his foolifhnefs there will be fomewhat want¬
ing, that he may appear beyond others.

Thefrfi Face of'^l

'60 To fee a great Lyon and well prepared to fight,tis to the S. to fee a man ready |
todifpute. ' ‘

6i To fee men in the places of execution ready to lofe their lives, dcnotcs^that |
on the morrow you (hall be importuned by one that (hall be in fome great ne-
cefiitie.

vz nc wnaL uicauis lie c«i.9 *** “•

****'-^3wiiaj r t • L r If
ons of learning, and chat with controverfie, if there were divers herbs in thatfallcc.^

The fecond Face of yi.

6^ To be inafair place furnifhed with devout images, and be meditating, and

that many Angels are with you, is a very good dream j but if in that place you fee
deformed figures as in the places of the Fathers, tis treafon againft the Prince,

64 To fee the Sun and Moon and Stars fall at your feet, is the fame dream as /(?-
fephs; but beware of hypocrifie, for this age is lull of deceit.

6s To fee an old woman woingofyou, and to court her, is an affair putfued to

good effep, but fo,a8 all the world (hall mock at it. t

T^e
 Of D REAMS. '' Zll

The third Face of K •

/6 To be in datkncfs and in the middle of that darknefs, to * b’ght, and

therein Jefus Chrift feated in a throne fpeaking to you, there needs but two ot thele
vifions or dreams to do miracles. ' ^ ,

6*7 To fee a great Serpent come out of the earth,and approaching to hurt you ,but
cannot, tis to the S. a woman defirous to doe him fome injury j but to the F.
praife.

'68 To bein aHall richly hanged with tapiftryof divers colours, and there fee
the King, is an ejicellent and good dream. ,> ^ . ^ ‘ ,

IhefirJiFaceof T. -

69 To have a great bunch of Keys and give them to thofe that ask for them, tis a
fign of giving liberty to fome captives. \

70 To receive great gifts from a King ot Prince, is matter of joy.

71 To dream of hideous and ill-favoured PhyGognomies, is to fee things to come

by fome not vulgar fccrets. ^

-va DivetfOT of fubjeas in dreams, as Horfes, Flowers, Fruits, Garments, to

be Ialking with fome body of holy things, and through fear, all that denotes prophe-
fie and he that hath fuch dreams and viGons .often, if they take him at break of day,
h^mavaffure himfelfhehath pattofTheurgie. and that it is the holy fpir.t thatap-
neaVstohimto reveal unto him fomewhat more then ordinary: he Ihould noc
content himfelf with low things 5 for the Spirit of the moft High deGres high
things.

Of fifteen dreams or vifions dependeth all truth', and thofe are they that diftin-
nuifhusftom BeaGs, which have cquall with us what is common in dreams; and
thofe dreams was all that the ancient Hebrews beleevedto be holy and prophetick,
and it was all their religion and confolation, which were underprop d by them
knowinetheperleaionofit; the true ones are here contained in this Treatife un¬
der theva namesoftheEtetnall; but being particularized there ate Gfteen more
diviner then the reft, which you may obfetve by the Gfteen ptmcipall verfes
which are contained in the 7 b which make up heds Ladder,’ there being one placed
on every round, by the 5ihich the Angels afeended and defeended. So that this Pa¬
triarchonly faw them in a dream, which made him afraid, and he paid his vows,
faying, That God was in that place. . '
E e 2
 upon the top of this ladder there was this great name of 72 Letters Semhamma*
which by its vertue and praife divided the 72 Thillick verfes including what
was to come of the prophetical promifes of andmyftically contained under
the 72 Letters of the aforefaid name, which fignifies nothing elfcbut praifesto the
great Jehovah.

Thus hatving traced the paths of the Hehrewes ^ and not

finding itfullfor thy fatisfaStion ( Gentle ^ader)gi<ve me lea^vefor
thy more ample benefit^ to enlarge this SnhjeB.

NEIROCRACIB,
 ZI3

(r uv 1

r O

ON E I R oC ACIE. '•t-: >"* ■. i

OR,'

The Phyfi
. OP
'i. j

r * 9

CO N T I N V ED.

C H A P. I. -i i

Of the definition^ fubjeBy and caufes thereof.

Itherto have we purfued the eflfential confideratjon of .man ^

there remains the accidental, which we will comprehend in
dreams and divinations, or to fay better, conjeflures; for
the Interpreters of dreams are by H. C. Agappa devanit. arepro-
fcien. cap ^9. called only ConjeElorSy and according to Emi pe^iy called
pides, ^ui hene conjeSiat^&c.'^iVit fay in Englifh, The beft Conjeftors.
Prophets'are but good Gueflers. As for vjhd.t Lampridim
witneffes of Heliogahalm the Emperour, that he watched the
nights,and flepc in^the day,which cuftom among men Seneca '
difcommcnds as preternatural, and calling thofe that live fo Lychnobif that is, Livers
by candle-light s v/hether it be enough to blame the Philolbpher, I know notjwhofe ouahr to treat
fcarch Qiould not only regard what grows in the Sun^beams, but alfo what lies bu otfleepand
ried in the dark region of the Cimmerii. For I pray to what purpofe have iArifid- dreaming.
tletPlinj, Gattdentius, MeruU, left behind them fo many memorable things, but that
they would rather fay fomething of th^fe things that are more abflrufe in nature ?
■ which
 The Physiognomie

which chough they could not bring to a perfedl and abfolutc work, yet might pofte-
The advamav ricie take ic as a rough tiidinienc. Not to infill only on the great advantages of
tag^s of dreams, which of thcmfelvesarc able to allifre mens minds into a defire and contcnf-
dreams. plation of them. For befides that a mins dreams difcover his temperament, they alfo
betray the peccant humours in thofe that are fick; nay they are the cleared dcmon-
ftratton of the immortality of our fouls.
Being therefore refolved to bellow our endeavours on this kind offtiidie, we fhall
divide what ever concerns the Do6lrineof Oneirocracky into a Proem and a Trcatifej
and in the Proem, we (hill fpeak of its Definition, Natation, SubjerS and
Caufes.
Onelrocracle Oneirocracle is the prudence oPprefaging future contingencies by dreams, for the
defined. welfare of man. In the Definition Prudence is the Genus; for allchings requifice to
Its Genus.
prudence.mentioned by Eth. are found in the Difcipline; As,
1 Its bufinefs is about things to be done, and thofe contingent, v/z. fuch things
as may, or may not be j and in chefe things there is the greateft need of
Prudence.
2 It is mod fitly defcribed by an Analytical method, which is ever required in
fuch Difciplines.
5 Nor doth it confiid in the naked and abfolute contemplation of things, but ra¬
ther requires the praclife, that it may attain its propofed end, vyhich is the welfare of
men by advancing to what good is to come, and avoiding theevill.

4 It hath alfo thejmeans whereby ic arrives to that beatitude of future contingen¬

cies, the knowledge of Oneirocracical precepts.
Its fpecifical Thefpecifical difference confids in the prefage which is drawn from the dreams.
difference. For Oneirocracie is deiived/rom the Greek word, omp®- a dream, and Kg'iua to judge,
whence is an interpreter of Dreams, ora Conjedor.
Subjeft of In The Subjefl of Inhsefion, is that Logidical or rational lacuftie of the foul, which this
h.Efion. difcipline informs, and when a perfedl habit is acquired, denominates. The fubjeS
Of Confide-
of confideration, or the ff/auer (ckca qmm) about which, belongs to the reafon of
ration.
the caufes. ,
Caufes. Now the caufes of Oneirocracie arc external o r intetnaljthc Internal are the Mat¬
ter and the Form.
Mrctcr. The Matter {ex or of which, of Oneirocracie, if ic be taken for a habit, is
the experience it felfofamany Oneirocracicalobfervacions confiding in thecontin-
gencieof future things; but if it be taken for a preceptive fjftem, they are the pre¬
cepts and rules of the A re.
Form.
The form, if ic be taken for a habit, is the Analogie between the coveeptus objeEik
vusy and the conceptm formalis begetting this Oneirocracical prudence in the mind;
BueV the form be taken for an infruBive [yflemy it fignifies no mote then the order
and difpoficion of precepts and aphorifms.-
The matter about which, or (circa qmm) are the dreams themfelves, but not
Materia circa
qum. dreams; viz. asaffedionsof th« fenficive foul, (for fo they fall under a phyfi.
cal confideration; J but as they concern and fall under the prediflion of future
things.
S'ltice then there are two principal parts of this fubjeft. viz. the material and the
formal, we are now to confider in what manner they agree together.
Material thing The material or the thing confidered in rcfpe^l of time and^place, are the
confidered. dreams.
Formal The formal, is the manner of confidering, and the apprehenfion of future contin-
The manner i gcncics drawn from the dreams.
The externall caufes are the Efficient and the End; the principal Efficient and re¬
mote, is God, who as he fpreadsinto allfciences a grateful record of his name and
deitie, fo in this kind of difcipline he equally difplayes unto us his infinite goodnefs
and omnifcicnce, from which wc will not by any means detrafi* any thing, being
mindful of the paffage of Dent. 13. The Prophet and the Interpreter of Dreams, who
fpeaketh to the end to turn you from jour God, and make y^tigo out of hu '^ay which the
Lordjour God hath commandedjou, [hall be put to death.
The proximate Efficient caufe, are learned men who ('what account foever may
 Of Dreams. zi5
be had of it J have beftowed their endeavours on this ftudy, fuch as were Demo-
critm i <iArifiotIey Themifiins ^ Sinefm Platonkus, <iArtemidorMSyRevierm, and
others. , , . . . »
The principal final caufeis the glory of God; whereto, what ever hath been Final. •
thought or found out concerning dreams is to be referred.
The fubordinate final caufe, is the welfare of our neighbour, and the private ad¬
vantage of every one.

r- •

Of or concerning Sleep.

Being it muft needs come to pafs, and can be no otherwife, but h^

that is rude and unknowing in the caufes of things muft needs al-
fo be ignorant in the things caufed; for to know rightly is to j gnee of
know the effeds in and by their Caufes; as thus,The whole effence p^odu
of Dreams, depend on the eflence and caufes of Sleep, as the ac- ceth Igno-
cident neceffarily relates to the fubjedj therefore the next fubjed ranee of
of this Difeourfe (hall be of the Nature, Effence, Definition, Cau' efFeas.
fes. Benefits, and Difcommodiiies of fleep. '
That therelore now we may come to the nature and eflence of fleep, we muft note dcfiniti-
that fleep is a natural reft, repofe, or filence almoft of all the fenfes, caufed by the on of fleep.
impotent debility of the animal facultie to adion, proceeding fromafweet and
pleafant vapour anfing from the concodion and digeftion of the alimentary food
exhaled from the ftomach, watering and bedewing the brain, obfttuding the fenfes,
to tliisend that the powers of the mind and body might receive fortitude and recre-

*^*The force of which Definition, that it may thetnore fully and clearly be under-
ftood, ought to be explicated and ferioufly weighed almoft in every word; fleep is de¬
fined to be a reft, that is a ceCfation or privatioii of animal adions, not altogether, as
alfo of all the fenfes, for fo it (hould be a fenflefs aftonifhment, rather then a quiet
repofe; privation therefore, as in reference to fleep, is to be taken partially, not to¬
tally or univerfally, not^TSAsp^Hij?, of the operation, not of the ad; from
which there is a return again to the habit, as the need of nature requiressTherefore let
it not feem ftrange to any one that I call fleep a privation, nam ejns eft privaiio^ cujm
eft aUioy for he who hath the property of adion, hath alfo the capacity of pri-

'^^There is further added that this reft is natnrall, that thereby may be excluded exta-
fies, frights, aftonKfiments, and all preternatural affedions.
Moreover fleep is the repofe almoft of all the fenfes; thereby is excluded the alone
phantafie of internal fenfes; hereby is fignified fleep, and reft is proper with the in*
ternal fenfes fi e. I the common fenfe and memory, to the external alfo, and both
concerned ac the fame time ; for if one of the exteriour fenfes fhould remain free,
and not affeded, fleep could not be faid to be perfed; and if but one, he could not
be compofedly vigilant, as rightly Conimbr. lib. deJom. hath noted; which may be
feen in night-walkers, fuch who rife out of their beds not knowing afterward; thefe
cannot be abfolutely faid to fleep, nor Amply to wake, although they feem more.co.
wake then fleep, as ^riftotle ceftifies, i. general. Ammal.cap.i. §.
vigil. C.2. , ,« . r t •
Furthermore, whereas it is faid fleep proceeds as from the impotencie
■ of :
 Zi6 . ■ The Phys iognomie
(

of the animal facultie, which difcovers the Efficient caafe thereof; digeflion otcon^
coBion of the fiomack, cu nov^ the vapour of the aliment or digcftcd food recci- ^
vci, fliews the/^^/mWcaufe ; the of the and of the firft ^
fenfory, that is the obflruflion of the common fenfe of the organs, indicates the ■
Torm.
Laftly, here is in the Definition, of the powers, as relating to the bo¬
dy and mind, which poinceth out the^W^<?/i(/ej thus it appears plainly this Defi¬
nition is Caufal.
But feeing that there are many more caufes producing deep then thofe I have ob-
ferved in the Definition, I (hall (for the more confpicuitie of this doflrine) record
them in order.
The efficient Farther, the principal efficient folitary caufe, is the irapotencieof the animal
caufe of fleep. facukie., tired out with the burden of diurnal adlionst Caufa facia cuvatnev eft
I The exhalation caufed from the concoflion of the fubkance received, « 'dw

2 1 he native frigidity of the brain (appointed to further the heat of exhalation^

congealing the vapours exhaling.
5 ^ 0ep//.? acceflion of heat,not in the the prtecordia, as unadvifed-
ly <sy4rgenterius and others have thought, but more inwardly, as Ariftetlelib defom. L
(^vig.c.^, f
The lefs principal Efficient,caufe may be partly accidental, as containing thofe
things which confume the fpirits, of which number, are overmuch labour, wearinefs,
immoderate heat, intenfe cold, overmuch evacuation, (harp and vehement hunger,
the exceflive profufion of bloud,whether by child-bearing, a wound,or phlebotomie, '
fcarification , and the application of Horfelceches, Arift. lib. de femn. ^ vig. cap.^. '
0^ Mercat.
2 Thofe things alfo which pleafingly amufe the fpirits, as the noife of running of ■
water?, darknefs, deep filence, joy, profound cogitations, ardent precations, the cir-
cumfcrencing of the more cold air, (pt^erxii^ the Concent and Harmony
of mufick, Arift.l.de fomn. cap. 3.^8. poUt. 5.
3 As to the Efficient caufe, RevierusMs the difceflionor departure of the Sun <1
from our horizon, becaufe the Sun not only heats and vivifies, and communicateth a
certain alacrity to all creatures by his prefence, but alfo from the confequence of his
departure,a certain occult and doleful fenfe of fadnefs afflidls the fpirits of all animate
creatures by reafon of the defed of the Sun his beams.
4 By addicion,may be taken notice of alfo Certain fleepy ftupifying medicaments,
as Poppie, Henbane, Mandrakes, Tithymale, or Lettice, Hellebore, Opium, and fuch
like fimples, which are able eafily by their vaporous repletion, to overcharge the
brain.
Having difeourfed the Efficient caufe, the Materiall followes; which is
cau e o fleep. ^ exhaling, and afeending the] brain, which being manifold ’and various
Vapor is two- ‘^duceth (as I may fo fay) a variety of fleep; for it may be befides nature, and it may
fold* Natu- bcnaturaljThat vapour which is not natural, proceeds from difeafed,corrupted hu-
ralandPre- mours, or the confumption of the whole body, which yivircu demf
teinatural. dmTiTvi, '■

The natural vapour, is 1 The ebullition or boiling up of the more fervid blood,
and this vapour is the caufe of morning fleep, which is manifek from hence, becaufe
morning fleep is long, and fils the head with vapours, which being filled, akesor isdi-
kutbed, which being dikurbed is expofed to much inconvenience, (jffercat. lib, 2,
fol. 51.
2 Or fecondly it proceeds from the concOflion of the aliment in the komach;
which concoftion fo long as it enduretb, fo long it promoteth and nourilheth the
firk fleep.
From hence it is that the firk fleep is more vehement by reafon of the more grofs
exhalations, and more turbulent,by reafon of the impuritie of vapours; but the mor¬
ning fleep is more fweet,light,and apt for dreams,by reafon of the more pure vapours,
The Form of perlucid exhalation.
fleep. ^ The Form of fleep follows, which confifts in a free and willing celTation of the
out-
 I

Of Dreams. iiy
outward fenfesjfor when the mfenforium f which is called the organ of the common
fenfe) is bound and obftruaed with a foporiferous vapour, prelently external .
aflions of the animal lunaionsceafe; which ceffation, or privation of aaions is the . ^
formal fubjea of fleep, from whence ovv^y,(M( Kivur^af Qwoy^'j that is a Itanding Itill,
a hinderance or interruption of Motion. . . The End nf
Laftly the end of deep, is the fafety and fortitude of the mind and fenfes, reviving of ,
and animating the fpirits, having in it the means of good to theienfes; and Innd
fleep granted to all animate creatures in a two-fold manner.
1 Firft, Tropter mietem, that they might refl. Now the creature is faid to reft to a
double end. i That the toil ofthefpicit might be taken oft. 2 That fuch a quantity
of the fpirits might be contraded in the brain, as might ferve foe the fufficienc ena«
blement of future aflions. r n «
2 Propter mmus 'vigilUrumi to / ’ t» (nv mtiov lib h tor fleep
reftores the members to their former vigoufjand enables them with ftrength for new

^^^jTl’eeplielpsthe vital fpirits, by promoting and furthering concodion, from

whence it is that a noflurnal is better then a diurnal concodion.
4 Sleepmaybefaidtobethecaufe of wifdom, becauleitconlerveth the fenfes, . • -
and refloresthe fpirits, which clfe would languifli. Thefe things are fufficient as to -
the final caufe. The more fpecial commodities and mcommodities thereof you fliall

^^ThTfitft,Approximate, and immediate effe^ of fleep,is the impotency of the external Ueems of
fenfes. And fo much fhall fufficc to be Ipoken of the caufes abfolutely confentaneous;
next in order follows the Sub jeS and Adjundi of fleep. , r,. „ .
The recipient Subjcflis man, and truly(sriyoTZ);'e/)6W)toV isthelubjeci of common jjjg fubjeftof
fenfe • the fenfe of feeling through a perpetual conjunaion fufficiencly proveth the fleep.
neceffity of this, through the fenfe,of that fenfe and the feveral apprehenfions of di-
versobjeas. -r. 1
The Adjuna,are Dreams, of which, next in order. . V Theadjuna
* _. or fleep.

i- c.

U
Ff The
c.

*v tt

■ I""
-'d <■
— • T ’r t ..

^ L-.i
2i8

0F

D REA M S
FARTHER ,

EXPLAINED,
According to the Method of ,
S T ^ 0 Log IE.

Chap. I.
Of (jod^ ngels , the Heayen y and Stars.

Aving difpatcht what concerned tcrreftrial anc^fublunarlr

Matters, the celeftial follows. The celeftial Matter, which
hath for its objcft, Dreams, is either fpiritual, or cor¬
poreal.
The fpiritoal is either infinite, as God; or finite, as the
good Angels. ’
But the Reader is to obferve that the referring of
God to celeftial things is not here meant to the leaft pre¬
judice of godlinefs ; as if he were fuppofed to be
included in fome certain part of the heaven, but after a
familiar manner of fpeaking; for fince it may not be cx-
pei5ied that thefe precepts ('whatever they are j canpofiibly be included in certain
and infallible methodical rules, becaufeof the contingcnce and varietic of the matter,
the courteous R?jader is entreated to bring with him an officious inclination and zeal
to the advancement of thefe ftudies.
To
 Of D R K A M S. Zip
'^ream then. th« one prays and calls on God, is good i but it is ill. not only to
fee him but even to fpeak with him. But to dream to fee God fpeaking before others,
k of a motrfiv'ourable fignification. If a man dreams he receives any thing from
r ^ To is dL its a fignibcation of moftperfea health; font fignifies that
thofe’thingsthatihallbe received into the body (hall be pure and clean ; the con-
rmru ic ill for ic fignifies a difeafefhallfeize the body. . ^ ...
Th^adoration of Chrift fignifies joy; to heat or fee h.in fpeaking, g adnefs. Chrift.'
Trt fpp Anpels good • to be an Angel, better; to fpeak with Angels, evil. Angels.
The celeftial matter that is withall corporeal, is taken either for the fub-
ft Jee of or its parts or plLs, which are called Houfes or

H
^'^The feeing ofaferene clear skye, fignifies profit and ghdnefs;
cloudy Skye, fadnefs; a burning skye, dileafes; red, wars; the skye falling, gu It o .
» rlipcikve ascending, honour and eminent dignity.
"To Leihe pT.n«s pure®^^ clear falling out of their orbs, or make towards the 5cacs.

ThrSonSfiesa*'wng father, Houfe or dignity, .^rmUVM^c. 5un.

The Sun (Kining,amindwellpleafed; the Sun falling out of heaven, the death of
fnme Prince or Emperout; the Sun troubled, the dangers of a Prince; the Sun m
^ZfuS w ihZ Moo^, ill news; many Suns Ihining together^enores a popular
nSalTv To fee the Sun, Moon and Planets.clear, pute.and eafily movi^ ac-
coftoTto theh oIdin good fignification, efpecially as

“ TKoOnde‘notes‘’f Queen oi mother ; being darkened, it fpeaks the treachery Moon.

of tome great and noble women,’as alfo thteatnings, and hatted. Many Moons
oHom 8 fionifies fome extraordinary news; the Moon bloudy,lofs; the
(hinin^. g j g ... advantage • falling out of Heaven, the death of fome
; to tec the Moon ofa purple colour,

^'the'stfrs"ff HeavMtooK Brother^ Peopjfi }° fee them

^tars. 1
in rfieir oidet and motion, and in their lullte, figures, and btightnefs, W
“1 ^ If.. ^n fpe them confufed and without order, and wandring up and down, de-
L*tts Seditions, Schifms, Fetturbations, Paaions, Tumults, and Afiemblics, brawl¬
ing, difcord, contention, &c.

CHAP.
F f 2

s
 zzo The P hysi ognom ie V \

HAP . II.

Of the firjl houfe inphkh is the zAfcendent y and of

the k^nd of Life.

'Fter the parts of Heaven follow the 'fpaces which are the celeftial
houfes or figns, (which arc twelve) and from which the fignifi- •
cations of humane life are deduced.
^ The firft houfe is the horofeope or afeendentj whence the con¬
dition and manner ofltleisrefolved.
The fecond is the houfe of riches, fervants fubftance, as alfo the
expiration of youth.
The third is of Brothers, Sifters, and friendly Relations, ,
The fourth of the inheritance of Fathers and treafure.
The fifth of children and fubfiftence, pleafurcs and delightsi
The fixth of health and ficknefs.
The feventh of wedlock, women, marriage, and its dilTolution."
The eighth, Of the kind of death, and the laft years of a mans life.
The ninth, is the houfe of pietie, wifdom, learning, philofophy, and travels.
The tenth, Is the houfe of government, advancemeht, eminencie, lordftiip, laws,'
and of the middle years of life.
The eleventh. Of friends, benefaSors, fervants in their old age.'
The twelfth. Of enemies fighting, labours, envie, treachery, in the end of life.

Of thefe houfes fome are Cardinal, as the 1.4.7.16. fome ate fucceeding, as the'
2.5.8.11. fome cadent, as the 3.6.9,12.
The Afcctt- The Afcendent is the fignificator of life,and its condition in every one,whereto alfo
dent. certain dreams are affigned.
Of Socrates kis thus written, That Socrates the night immediately preceding
Socrates his the day he faw Plato^ did forefee that a Swan being prefented to him, refted in his
dream of
lap, and thence flying, pitcht upon that gate of Athens which was called Academical
'Plato.
where it fo ftretched out its neck that it reached and pierced the heaven; the next
Socrates related his dream to his Scholers, Plato’s father prefents his fon to
Socrates to be inftrudled ; whereupon Socrates crys out, behold this is the Swan that
(hall foar up to the celeftial fecrets, and difeover hidden things.
1/
In this dream, the Swan is the image of Philofophy by a proportioned analogic;
The Analogie
for it is white, clean, living in the depth of waters, long-lived, near the expiration of
between a
Swan and
life fweetly finging} fo a Philofopher living in integritie and honefty, is without
Philofophy. fpot, white and clean, inquiriri^ into the truth of things, fcarching into the various
depths of fciencesand opinions, to difeern between truth and falfliood, and accor¬
ding to the former, choofes and diredls his life, providing what is neceffary,negledl-
ing what is fuperfluous; the long-lived experience of things, brings him to a habit of
vertuc and learning, and in the approaches of his death, he leaves to pofterity fenten-
cesand aflions fpeculative andpradick, as his Swan-like farewel, And this is the
reafon why a fwan forefigniftes a Philofopher and long life.
Bees gather¬
There is fuch another ftory.of the clufter of Bees pitching on the lips of T^lato (be¬
ing honey on ing a little one fleeping in the cradle) gathering of honey, and a while after difperfing
Plato’s lips. themfelves up into the air. This dream is equally good as the other; For as the Bees
gather together the matter of fweetnefs for nourifhmcnt, the matter of fweet
The Analogy
of Bees and
fmelling, for the recreation of the fenfe .* fo Philofophers difpofc all the time of
Philofophy. their lives, that they may in their age recreate themfelves with a true knowledge of
things
 - _
Of D REAMS. ' 221
* *

things, and as with fragrant incenfe inftruft others in moft fweet precepts, which they
do two manner of ways, cither by way of precept, orbyexprefs examples of vertuc,
outfhining others, there being in Bees a pcrfedl Idea of padagogical fun^fions. The
wax denoteth the Idea of manners and the pradical reprefentations of vettues • and
the fweetnefs of the hony, the fweetnefs of doflrine.
In like manner by a certain propriety the Vultur in a dream fignifies a Phyfician, as
we fliall more at large (hew hereafter.
There are alfo dreams that prefage an evil and vitious condition of life j It is laid
xhitNero^s mother being with child dreamed that (he brought forth a cruel great
•Dragon, which riling up againfl: the mother, drew, out her bowels i who fright-
ned, related the dream to the Oneiromantift, whoanfwers, Thou (halt bring forth
a wicked man, and one that (hall be the caufeof thy own-death ; which happened
accordingly. Suet, in Nero^ ^c.

Chap. III.

Of Tarents.

The fourth Houfe.

H E fecond Cardinal houfe is the fourth, called the low heaven,
from whence is drawn the judgment of parents, patrimony,
immoveable goods, edifices, treafures, lands, agriculture, and
fuch like.
In dreams then to fee friends, efpecially ones mother, (igni-
fies fecurity j for motherly dreams are of moft circumference
andaflivity. Yet fometimes the parents appear like the jofephsdtem
Sun or Moon, asisfaidinc^. 25. as ^ofeph faw the Sun and of tke su^
Moon and i aStars bow to him,which was afterwards verified in his parents in £gypt. and Moon.
Gen. 4^. I. and 29*
But it is in this place to be obfetved that the parents of divers perfons,who had feen Edipfe.
total or partial eclipfes,have within awhile after died or fickenedjand proportionally
to this is whatever may be laid of the fight of parents. So there was a certain man that
in his fleep faw his father falling into a deep pit, whofe father, accordingly a little
while after dyed.
Here may alfo be ranked among prefages, feme matter which is a proportio¬
nable fubjeft to the parents,chat is, fuch a thing as is of dayly ufe and relation to them,
and may be theporcender of life or death; as if the horfe of a noble man or great
man (whereon he dayly rides) without any fufficienc previous caufe chance to dye ei¬
ther at home or abroad ,fuddenly, itiignifies fome misfortune or danger to the
Nobleman.

Chap,
 The feventliHoufe,

H E third Angular ,houfe is the feventh, called by the Afttolo

gets the Weft angle j tis the denotator of all contention
fnd contioveifiesf and confequently to women m
to their husbands, for the man as^an agent “
oatitnt as in all other controveifies, is taken for afcendent,
fnd L the indication of celeftial matters falls into the feventh
p.
” IMS then to be
rris'then ne noicu,
noted, that vnt.v-a. yj

[oXgToIhrShit^nd'q.^^^^^^

before largely handled in ^ That to lie with a woman ptofti-!

But as to women, it is to be noted J" g^”J •, * labour with little idvan-
- tute, ‘’8“'^“'" and the other fo farfiuitful.as that (he
tage; i ^ ^ -yhisalfo hath obtained the credit of a prefage; That
IS alwayes ready ‘ afterhaving made their markets,the meeting
in going out off-yP'^'of Lile perfons, lofs. But fuch
of g > ^ ftjn,p of expetience. then by any
Si reatf’taken ftom caules concLring to the effential conftitution of the
things.

Chap.
 Of Dreams. Z23

Chap. V.

Of Honours and Dignities.

The tenth Houfe.

H E fourth and laft of the Angular Houfes is the tenth, called

the Culm or mid heaven by the Aftrologers; whence is MW*heaven;
judged of Empire, exaltation^ fublimacion, mafterlhipj laws,
memory, honours, dignities, and the like.
There was a certaiti man faw in his dream, that in an after- of a i’olar ■
noon, and after a ficknefs, in a neuual condition between Face,
health and ficknefs, he had feen his own face like a Sun, and in
his left hand a bright Star; A great while after this happened,
he took the Degree of Maftct of Arts. - >
'ArHAldus ViUa Novanm relates of a certain King, who dreamed that he crowned
faisjwife,placing her in a royal chair,and giving heraScepter,did a while atterrecover
the Kingdom which the (^eens father had loft, and did in effed make her heir
thereof.
ArnaUtts fayes of another who dreamt that he fuddenly fell out of his chair A dream of a
and royal feat, and could not again recover his feat, though he much ft rived to do kingdom loft,
it; and a while after by the unanimous confent of all his Nobility was depofed, and
dyed deftitutc of all Government.
Hither may alfo be referred the dream of Adrianns mentioned before in
II. & 24. who the day before he was pronounced Emperour at oAntioebjisiW fire fallen
fire fallen from Heaven on the left fide of his neck ( which at the falling he
prcfently felt ) fpreading into the right, but was not hurt nor frighted
by it.
So the dream of AntoninHs the Philofopher, concerning the hands
mentioned in C4/J.I I. dream of ivo.
As alfo the of Alexander the great at his nativity, of an Eagle being on ry hands,
the palace of his father ?h\li^, which with his voice and wings feemed to applaud
and congratulate. j • / .
Such is the Omen of Afcanm of fire Aiding down ; fuch the Omen of Tullim*
ofthehead burning in thccradle, whereof more c4/>.24.

■
.V

" 'chap.
 The Physiognomie
2^^

C HAP . VI.
/

Of laches.

The fecond Houfe.

Aving fpoken of the Angular houfcs, there remain the intcrrae.;

dial, that is to fay, thofe that flicker between the four An.
gles* and they are either fucceeding, or cadent; the (ucceed- ^
ingare, Hell gate, good fortmej Heaven gate, Eudamon/vU,
the 2. 5.8.11. houfes.

Hell gate. The fiift fucceeding houfe is the fecond, called Hell gate*
whence is judged of riches and fubllance.; fubftance is un-
derftood two ways; for it is obtained either lawfully and
honeftlv 01 unlawfully and (hamefullyifo many and thofe very various dreatns mj be
referred ”oths houfe Befides of what is direaiy and lawfully gotten, fome is obtain.
Id bv Art fome by induftiy, feme by chance, feme by inheritance j and what isinr
9
a- InVtIn (omt is obta ned by Health clandeftmely, and with any manifett in;
1
f my foie difgrace bafenefs, and difconefty
A fifhfng %ol cmife man dreamed ihlt he often went to divers waters wit^h nets,and caught
dream. fmlll Ss b« that atlaft that became to a great river and there took a many
«ea fife of fevml forts; This i aprefly denoted he feould attain riches byhisown
fndlCand pains: for the waters fignifie the pains.and the fife the >«Jyant>ge. In
A dream of lte man«r“ thofe thatieceive fife being given, or have ram come into their win-
rain.
A jvr., r ‘‘Tcemfe“mai^dleam‘i”feat
A retrain man dreamed that he tooK
A certain mail ultaiuw
took out ms
his own blond,
uiuum, which
vvt..va. done he went
j_i-. the narti; a whi e after
^ - into

Sun whom out of indignation of the ftink he difenttaild, which were full of the
funerfluitv of nature, and burdened with his load of cactements he returned s This
vew thiefa while after, fecretly in the night entered the houfe of a ““>1''
and carried away with him a great fum of money while the other flept. If thefe bad
Teen f«n wStftink, the® fignification feould

have been committed without any publick ,ofs of ubftance a” ifl

hath been faid, the wife Interpreter may eafily judge of the lofs of lubltanc^^^^^^^
fifeerroan feould dream he loft his fife out of a neat fife pond; and fo conleqnentiy
of Other things.

Chap;
 Of Dreams 225

Chap. VII.
• • ^

Of Of'fpring and Children

The fifth Houfe.

HE fecond fucceeding houfe in is the fifth, called GoodFortms\

whence we judge of fons, daughters children, fubfiftence, &c. . Good fortune:
To forefee in a dream a multitude of children, fons or daugh¬
ters, fignifies many advantageous bufineflfes, and that defervedly,
bccaufe tis for our children that we undertake fo many
affairs.
A certain man dreamt that his own fon was taken by his play¬
fellows into a Hall and clad in a garment of Laurel leaves,and crowned with a Laurel A dream of a
Garland ; He faw him afterward for his high integrity and honefty crowned Kingi ^‘^owned fon.
Others dreaming they faw Crows ori their childrens heads^ forewarned them of
hanging.
A certain Queen dreamed thaf there appeared to her out of the Weft part of her.
.Kingdom divers beafts under the forms of Lions, making towards her in the King her
fons Palace, and that (he faw the Kings Chappel burning, and that Qie gathered to.
gether the Saints reliques. The Queen awpke, related the dream to an Oneiroman-
cer, who anfwered , That the Kingdom Ih'ould fuffer great lofs, and that her fon
(hould dye in a war raifed by the means of thofc beafts of the Weft part of her •
Kingdome , and that rnany Inhabitants and much Nobility ftiould be de- *
ftroyed. J •
Befides the foregoing dreams, there are other prefages which rridre certainly
prefigucate the deftruftion of Kingdoipes, Children, and Regions, then any dream
can.’ r ' • .
So a Gallowes or Gibbet newly built with the help of all hands, by fome ' ' .
high wind quite overthrown f before there is any motion of Warre ) and By
the’violence of the wind crulhing to pieces the dead bodies of .thofe that have
been hanged,' denotes death to fome King, andths deftruiilionof the Kingdom,

I Gg Chap
 The Physiognomie ocxii

Chap. VIIL

Of T)eath.

The eighth Houfe.

hmni moHii- He third fucceding Houfe is th.e eighth.called by the Aftrologers t>o-.
njpts mortii, whence the fignificatton of death and the end of a mans ^
life is fignified; Hither appertain thofe tlreams that arc the prefaces
and fore-runners of death. „ - r i. u • u.
alphamk's Suetonim xchKS Cdphurha, fptl. fafarsmk, that the night
ream. before the sfl'affination. (he dteamt that the roof of the houfe fell, that her husband

was thruft into Che belly, amd thatprefemly the chamber door of it felfflewopen.
And while the next day (he related the dream to ^uhm, behold there comes in a bird
with a branch of Laurel homVomfejs Court, which entring in was
min» other Birds of divers kinds, from a Grove hard by, and having killed it, rate
"in pieces. And ?«//««‘'irnfelf thought in his Beep, that he flew above the rlouds:
anotto dme that he (h.ked hands with ^pirre: »oihet time that he was caft down
heXns Ulixs therefore forewarned not fo much by his own dream, as by the
aufurv of the Sooth-fayet , to look to himfelf from the Calends till the Ides
offffch were paft, kept himfelf in a while, but afterwards going_abtoad and meet-.
^ . In fW. Sooth favet the Calends ate come fayes he to him ; Jp»n»4 anfwered,
Lu^ ry are not ^S^ fo going forward to tie Capitol, he was killed by the

• ^°Sofe”ows eating out of the basket on PWir Bakers head prefaged his hang¬
ing. So to a certain Lady a.black Cloak, wherewith (he (Jreamt her felf cloathed foe
to go to a funeral, foretold her own death.
1 .

Chap* IX.

Of Friends.

The eleventh Houfe.

■e he laftof the fuccedent houfes is the eleventh, whence adjudged
Eudsimon.
^ Frlnds, Counfell^s, great men, Benefaaors Fatro^ Doers of
pious works. Mecenates, Favourers, and Servants. But becaulea
Friend is another felf, there are many fightsrefernng to friends^
many to enemies. It is a prefage of fnendlhip to fee ones felfTnul-
finltred ? as ,if« rb have the arms and grinding teeth ready and fit to do fome aaion
 Of D REAMS. izy
But the lofs of teeth,arms, or provifion'fignifies proportionable enmities and defigns
of enemies. n r r • l
As for what concerns the Counfellors or Minifters of great perlons, it may be ga¬
thered from what hath been delivered in the foregoing as if any one dream that
he adminifters or enjoys the honours or dignities of feme Duke, Prince, Emperour
or King,or that he is Subjea to himj that is reckoned of good prefage,other circum-
fiances of the Dreamer being confidered. ' .
So Pharaohs Cup*bearer dreamed that he took Pharaohs cup, and having filled it
prefenred it to Pharaoh to drink, which dream loje^h interpreted to his reftauration
tb his place.

C H a'p. X.

A
'. a

c
. - J..
Of brothers.

The third Houfe.

% Avihg dirpatched the fuccedent Houfes, we come noW’to theCa-'.
dent Houfes which decline from the Angles, and are included in
both the former, and are,the Goddefs of good things. Evil for¬
tune, the Divine houfe, Cacodsemon.
•iT - ■

the firfl then of the Cadent houfes is the third, called by the veabomumi
Aftrolbgers Dea ho}jorum,by which are judged drearns that relate
to Brothers, Sifters, kin, and alliance, as alfo the change of place.
To this chapter the divers dreams of divets things are to be referred.
So the Brothers of lofeph are denoted by their flieaves to bow to the Qieaf of /<?-
feph; the fame may be faid of the Scars bowing to lofeph, Gen 37.
So another dreamed that he faw one cutting off his arms with a Iword, and was af- a dream of '
terward killed by his own brothers. arms broken.
What ever is here fpoken of brothers,- the fame may be alfo underftood of Compa^
nions and perfons of the fame bloud, whereof the falling of the teeth is a frequent
fignification.
As for the change of place, or voyages, it is fignified by flying* .So a certain man
^we have the Story from Villa Novanui) laid that he dreamt that he fled, and that
with much pleafure; and that at the end of his flight he flood in a pleafurable gfeen
Meddow, highfeated; and that walking up and down the Meddow, he found divers
rivers and rivulets &c* and them repleac with Serpents tails. And while he ferioufly
confidered ti^efe fights, he faw himfeif, as he thought, changed into a Vultur, beating
off with his feet the berpents flicking to him. About feven days after he was enter¬
tained by a great Baron, to pradife Fhyfick there, and being entertained Phyfitian
in that houfc, he call down many that envied him.
It is here to be noted that a Vultur, by fome peculiar propertie fignsifies a Phyfitiah;
for as a Vultur ever attends other creatures and tlieir catkaffes, fo the kin of a Vultiic
newly killed draws other creatures to it f for fo they are taken in SpainJ fo the Pfay-
fltian attends the difeafed for to cure them, or endeavours it as far as the blefling of
God and his own skill can contribute,
Gg 2 CHAP. XI,
 izS The H \ S 1 OG^C 0.ii-I E

c HAP . XI.

Of Health, Sidmefs and T)ifeafes.

t:

The fixth Houfe.

. ,1 r<i

E fecond of the Cadent Houfes is the fixth, called by the Aftrolo-

^ gets 111 Fortune I whence the judgment is direded concerning '
health or ficknefs, difeafes, andindilpoficions, as alfo of fervants and
Beafts. That therefore fomewhat may here be faid of health and
^ ficknefs; (though every where before in the general objefls of
dreams relating to Phyfical matters, we have fpoken fufficientlyj it is to be noted,
that thofe dreams which are dreamed at night reflecting on theaCiions of the day in
an honeft matter, and reprefenting fomewhat like theaClionsofthe day, are eveC(
good to a man ; for they fignifie health, and are a fign that a mans mind is conftant to
the aaions, and what he did in the day, and that his reafon and will are good friends,
and that he is not detained by afnlnefs oremptinefs, or any other outward thing,
whereby the operations of his mind fbould receive any hindcrance.
But when the dreams are contrary to the aflions of the day, and fight with them,
it denotes a perturbation of the body, and confequently ficknefs. In like manner
all things Ahat are purej that feem^to hang out of heaven, fignifie good health.
Things appearing troubled, black, dark, and not perfpicuous, fignifie ficknefs, Hipht.

^^^’servamtare commonly forefeen and forefignified by the hands* for afervant is

as it were,the hand of his Matter,as being a moving organ though a feparated mem¬
ber. Henceex^#of/ewasin the right, afervantisan
animate poffeffion; and every one that ferves, is an organ to be preferred before all.
The bands moreover are the fervants of the members; for which reafon the wife
Interpreter fhall apply them to fervants, Oaves, rnaids, and minifters.
Tf living creatures appear in dreams, their fignification is according to their pro-
ptietie, compared to man; or according to the ordinary ufc that man makes of

^^'^SoanOxefignifieshufbandry; aHorfe,carriage ; ahound,huntifjg; ahoufliold

doE fidelity as to domeftick affairs; Sheep, Swine, Geefe, Ducks, and fuch like tame
creatures, fignifie fubfiftance and cloathing; and fo iri other cafes the judgment of the
dream is according to its feveralcircumftances, yet with this difference cvei, that the
relation to man be obferved; in which refpefl, an Eagle doth commonly defign a
King; aSaulcon, a Duke; alien, an Emperour, Prince, or King; and lo of
the reft.

ri
C H'A P.
 The ninth Houfe

k V H E third Cadent houfe is the ninth, called by the Aftrologers, the Di. r>omm divm.
^ M vine houfe,whence we judge of journeys, travel, piety,wifdom, learning,
■ Philofophy, and other Sciences; But fince we have fpoken fufficiently as
to journeys, 34* we (hall in this place lay down fomewhat briefly
of Religion. ^ , r . r j f
A certain man being to enter into an Order of Monkes, did often dream he was A dream of a
dead, and that not without wondring, he thought he went about begging from Monafticai
door to door; by which dream, his change of life and entrance into the Order was
confirmed. -
So likewife a certain Nun before fhe entered the Cloifter to make her vow of cha-
ftity, dreamed fhe was led by her parents into the Church, received from the l^rieft
the image of Chrift crucified, and that fhe married that image ; which dream fignr
fied the change of her former life, and her licginning of a religious life.
As concerning Wifdom, Learning, and Philofophy, the Reader is referred to the
where it is treated at large. - , ,

nemies

The twelfth Houfe

T H E laft Cadent Houfe is the twelfth, called by the Aftronomers, Caco- acodM
whence the judgment is framed concerning Enemies, Adverfaries,
Treachery, Imprifonment, and the like. In which procedure it is to be ob-
ferved, that enemies are defigned under the forms of certain living crea-
tures; fometimes under the form ofaDragon, fometimesofaLion, fometimes ofa
Wolf,Fox, Serpent, &c. according to the qualities of the Dreamer, and according
to the various circumftancesof the dreams, as is fufficiently fpoken before, 160
 The Physiognomib.

To go into a prifon denotes treachery, bands, nets, circumventions, iron chains,

and the like , reprefent prifons, and imprifonment.
But if any one ask what it is that thus determines the Phantafms of vifions j Ar^
anfwersout [oi Ptolomie y faying that the Images of compofition in this
r world, are fubjedl to the celeftial images proportionably, either in refpedi of the
Dreamer, or in regard of the mover; the things inquired are to be underftood, as is
deferibed more at large in the precedent chapters,

C h ap. XIV.

0/ the Celejlial Signs.

Aving fpoken oftheHotifes of Heaven , we.arenowto treat of the

Signs of thi^^odiack, which are in number 12. through which the
Sun and Moon (efpccially the Moon) pafling, do diverfiy difpoie
the humours of our body, and confequently imprint fo many various
Phantafms in thofe that dream.
Now all or at leaft the principal matter of all our aflions, whefe4
of we dream in the night, may be diftributed into thefe 24 heads. The firtt lhall be of
Weeping,a Joy,5 Cloathing,4 Water, 5 The living creatures of the water, 6 Chance
of nlan , 7 Buildings, 8 The abufe of Members, 9 Singing, loThe arrivall of a
Friend, 11 Locall Motion, 12 The feeing of fire, 13 Riding, i4Murther, 15 Dead
people, 16 Walhing in the water, 17 Money, 18 The fear of lorae fight, fip Fighting, j
20 The fpoiling of a man, 21 Sicknefs, 21 KifTcs and embraces, 23 Banquets, ^
24 Afferablies,
Of all thefe according to the order of the Celeftial Signs.

I PFeeeplȣ,

Wceplng. The Moon being in T contention, in b' the fear of a friend, in ^ the hope of firm
joy, in © infirmity, in Si honour, in ^ gladnefs, in mirth, inm meeting fome
body. Or agreement, in t fear,in the death of a friend, in the death of fome great
man, in x it fignifiesthe hearing of fome news.

2 loy.

jQy The Moon being in t fignifies trouble, in b' the arrival of a friend, in in money,
in' s the coming of a friend, in ^ the reparation of a friend,in gladncfs,in grief,
in m the ladnels of a brother, in t joy, In reparation of a friend, in x:?, augmenta¬
tion, in X a vain dream.

' 3 CloAthing*

. The Moon being in T fignifies nothing, in b' gladnefs, in it nothing, in good,

in A hatred, in great contention, in fadnefs, in m. honour, in ? ficknefs, in a
gueft or ftranger, in ^ vexation of heart, in x nothing*
® ^ 4 Waters
 0 Of Dreams. 251
r-

xA there is fisnified fome trouble, in ^perplexity, ini: infirmity, Wat«.

„ I'extmir^owerX^^
>n,a vain dream, in X ficknefs.
5 The living Creatures of the water, . ^

iefs, X tbe bke.

6 The chances of man, ' ^ •
■ *

The Moon being in r dettjSion, w lying, 31 honour, ffi a vf’a

tf Jam “e!2^dSofenemies.m diflention. f a new ft.end. w grief of mmd, a
»ood dream) Xfomencceflicie. . •

' y ‘ Buildings,

, t ' *« viAv X death from fome powerful hind,ir plague of the fle^. Buildings.

of mind, a good dream, X fome necefiicie. ^

8 The abufe of members.

• -sv, >hirn» X neceffitVa It trouble, S detraftion, ,SiaAi>ufeof

fheMoonb«n|^.n^^.ag j weatinefs, V money,» X money. members.

’ 9 Singing, '
• a

, %/ k*m«;nvnews X a journey, change into better condition, S no. jinglng,

ph"£ loile,^ troublejm grief of mind, f fame, V comfort.® a
I dream,X difeord, '

10 sy^rrival of a friend, ^

• • • X Ti nothin^. ^ increafe bf money, .fllofs of fome Arrival of a

honour. ^ great n^T^ trouble, frieud.

vearinefs.
II Change of place.

. ftrifp X jTOod to thy felf, ^ news, © the death of a Prince, change of

*
*e Wof a gS% ~ ftollen from thee. M h®.0«r. ? no; pUce.
ng, Vangtr! ® tomfott, X fome gteat and ftiange news.

• 12 The feeing of fre,

,, n, 'IT anrrpuTf* of ihonv^i s X difeafc, «fL lofs, Scciug of

The Moon being in r trouble, w a gueft, = m^ f >. ^ jef
trouble, news, m a difeaie, t news, yy news.,. 6

^ !

ig Riding. '

t • • r^saearh X hottour n » fticnd, © HOthing, A. lottg Ufc, ^ » Ridings

le Moon being m v death, ^ nono t, „ ^ detradion.
e,^-humiliationiHUiooble, T detraSion, > ia UMurther
 r

14. xJMurther*
• A

Murther. The Moon being in T.fadnefsjtn^ death of a friend, n conteflion, © riches, 51 (ick- |
. nefs,grief, poverty,tn fins, t death, gladnefs for a reward,-? nothing,x good
things* •
15 One^ead.

One dead. The Moon being in T riches ,l^nought,:o: bad news,© contention and anger,51 mo- J
ney, a gueft, gladnefs, iti a vain dream, t good oe^s, /oy, -- good things to
Come, X a vain dream. •
16 TVaJhing in the Veater.

Walhlng In The Moon being inrl" lofs, b" trouble, it detraftidn, © great anger, 51 joy, grief j
tke water. of mind, riches, m-fear, T riches, joy ) Ivw lofs, X labour.

17 Money,

Mony. "phe Moon being in T ficknefs, b' a heavy dream, 31 lofs of a friend, $ a gueft ,
51 money, ^ wearinefs, death of anenemic, theft, ^ a vain dream, ^ a gueft,
joy, X a gueft.
18 Vear offome fight,
. . ■ J'f ^ •
Fear offomc The Moon being in T U’di:jle,b' a battle, nr an evillconfciencc, © good fortune,
fighr. 51 ficknefs, ^ money, ^ a vain dream,m the fame, ? good news,ny ftrife with thy felf,-
> ;wwearinefs of heart, X tears* v.

IP A fight,

A Figkt. The Moon being in V infirmity, b” viflory over an adverfary, m good declaration,
• ©advancement, 51 envy, ^ good news, an enemie,tn bufinefs, ? news of women,
lie a meflfenger, ^ the flight of an enemie, X joy. ^

20 The defipoilingof a^man^

Defpoil. The Moon being in T deceit, ^ riches, it a good man, © a friend to come, 51 a
reward, ^poverty, death of an enemy, y fame, nopagueft, ^labour, X depar¬
ture.
21 zA DU
/; t

A difeafe. The Mon being in T nothing, b' joy^ n deceit, © money to be loft, 51 a friend,
gladnefs, comfort, wia fight, T a difeafe, joy, ^^joy of a friend, X good em¬
ployment. -
. 1 • ^ Kijfesand embraces,' ^ .

Kifles and The Moon being in T trouble, b" detraction, n the coming of a friend, ’oj the arri-s
Embraces. val of an enemie, 51 ad vancement,^ fadnefs,^^ a gueft, joy, ? little labour, y? new^,
grief and ftrife, X gladnefs*

23 Banquets,

Banquets. The Moon being in r joy, b> the arrival of a friend, n gladnefs, © nothing, Si
long life, m good news, poverty, ui money, comfort, v? reparation, jk? a-
vain dream, X joy.
24 <*An AJfemb/y, ?

An Affembly. The Moon being in T news, 15 ftrife, JL fear, © joy, a ill news, m the fame,
a difeafe, 111 ill news, little gladnefs, vp nothing, and x a vain dream.
CHAP. XV.
 Of D R E A M Sf.V
ji
. ■ ■ ■
^35
•f.

Chap. XV -
«

Of the munncr of fy'ejdgitig fojfievi’hat out ^ivine^

jingeliccd^ und diabolical dTcdnis.

E have hitherto treated of the manner ofdivining according to

the fubjea matter; now follows the manner of prefaging out
of Dreams. But fince dreams are cither
we arc to cohfider what truth, and out of what dreams this
truth is to be had, and how fat divination by dreams may be
lawiulor not.

Divine dtestns jsthey iie Siihout conttoverfie the moft Divine

diferepant from thofc tfc ^aPiety re-

jL’LlwbafJttary to ^declared Word of God, let them be condemned,,

‘‘'InTnnce rhe'Detil.as inalihisothet works, hath endeavoured w

the bufinefs'of dreams, bywhichoccafion he crept into the minds offoolilh

*^Vr ,^f?hepre«eft Impiety and Atheifm for to have any thing to do with the de-
point S frinfl »nd rain otto civc any credit to his lyes. And it being
^'°''fpd*thatfoIhetimes the Devils may know cafual events, f which opinion
Phisrcharge and TU. with;
ri; fianlficafioroS to coVc f which the Devil neve, inffires -to men drea.
^ rannnr be called • becaiife if he be the fWorn cnemic of truth, and the
«chfteaandattificetofall’lies,thetecannot anything ^•
lid and true i but whatever he doth, we muft look on it no otheiwife then pai te
falfiiood, todeceivethofe who (hall credit it;

kii CHAR
 The P B V SI og'n o ]li 1E

C B A P. XVI.

ff^hat prefage may be taJ^n out of

humane Dreams.
■ ^'0
Humane Umane dreams which have no other but natural caufes, and happe^^
dreams. to men ordinarily as they fleep,arc either phyfical, or common. The
Phyfical Phyfical dreams are thofe which by the agitation of the humours >
dfcams. and the difpofition of the temperament, do by certain figns, nay
foraetimes even material and efficient caufes, difeover unto the Phy-
fitianthe more certain conftitution of the Patient. Thefe may be
Phyfical obferved without any riot or fufpicion of impiety or atheifm, to the end that more
dreams to be fortunate medicines may be provided for the fick.
obferved.
So a certain Wreftler dreamed that he was plunged in a Ciftern of blood,and that
he could fcarce deliver himfelf thence: Accordingly to this dream the Phyfitians
knowing it proceeded from an exuberance of blood,having taken away what abound¬
ed, diverted the danger he was in. Galen mentions another, who dreaming that one
of his legs became dead as a ftone, a while after became paralytick in that
leg.
The common dreams are thofe that proceed from compound caufes j and they
Common are true, or falfe or equivocal: All which though they might happily be the images
dreams. of certain events; yet to deduce from them any pofitive and abfolute iqterpretation
or conjedure, is fordbiden in holy Writ. Wherefore we may not give credit to s
fimple pravifion any further tlien it proceeds from natural caufes.
Nor is it fufficient.in cafe the event fignified,anfwers this dream, or that if there be
not the fame fuccefs in a hundred or thoufand others,to charge the Art with vanity,or
the Interpreters thereof with ignorance,fince there are many things,which though they
are rightly interpreted, yet many times happen not accordingly.Hence it was fo many
Kings and Princes have miferably peiifliedby this kind of dreams, as who
Powpe^ir dream about the latter end of the war between him and dreamed that he fate in the
of the applaufe Theatre,and was applauded by the people j which applaufe ffiould give him theviflo-
of the people. fy : but the event of that applaufe denoted not the vi6fory,but the ftirring up againft
him of Lentftlfts, DowititeSi Labienusy and others.
So DariUsbeioxt the laft battle with dreamed he faw a burning army
Varittis marching throughcame even to Babjlon y where he faw Jlexanderchd in a
dream of Alex,
ander the great
Perfian robe, entting the Temple andprefently vanifliing. By which dream
wasperfwaded thatby the^fiames dettruftion was meant to the Macedonian Army ;
and that Alaxender being clad in Perfian habit, fignified he firould be brought under
the power of the Perfian; But the event made it appear, that by the flames was por¬
tended thefwiftand viftoriousprogrefsof 4^fAWfr,likethatof fire devouring all
thingsjby the habit,the Perfian Empire was forefignified to Alexander,
Cambyfes dttzmmg that his Crown touched the heaven, and that hee
Cambyfes his fate in his brother Smirdis's Royall feat, was to him the fignification of
dream.
death.
So JuUtis Cafars dreaming, he was above the Clouds, had its eflfefl in his
death.
Xerxes his So Xerxes upon the bringing of his army into Greece dreamed that be was crown¬
dream. ed with an Olive, whofe branches fhadotved all the earth, that prcfently vaniffiing
with the dream.
There
 Of Dreams.
There are many dreams which ate mha the cor jeautes of events, then the tpeC^
fuch >s was that of dream to forhe dreaming dreams,
that “ Satyrs dancing.asked the Conjeaot, whence he foretoW him the v.aory5
Ihrconjeaure was taken from the word Satyr, feeing from -rvp©- may come thefe

”“MaMdrelirC"imbisuous.double.fenfed, incertain, and doubtful, and maybe Amblsuous

tf Interpreters of dreams in fuch cafes ate fometimes afleep, whereof we have thefe
examples.

One that was to run in the Olympick games, dreamed he was fdream,
riot with four horfes; He teils the Conjeaor his dream who anfwered 5 Thou lhalt
overcome - for that is (hewn by the celerity and ftrength of the horfes j the party
relating thkame dream to was anfwercdj Thoumuftbe overcomej feeft
thou not there are four that run before thee? c Uo
Another told a Conjeaor that he had dreathed he was turned into ati Eagle; he
anfwered thou (halt overcome ; for there is nothing fwifcer or more violent then
that bird •* But fays Antifhon to him, Doeft thou not fee thy felf overcome, for that
Bird Durfuing and chacing others, is ever the laft it felf. u n. k-
Of a many dreams, there are but a few have their true events, (though it inuft ^
■ gmted they fometimes though feldome have.lefpecrally in tom
fs they are naturally thoughtful, fo do they the ofteneft dteam, and fuffet moft
Kptefentations of things. Whence as he that (hoots all day may at laft hit the >nark,
fo^they in their dreams may feme time or other apprehend true things, and that the
oftner, becaufe they dream often. ;
Thefe the Greeks call ^ ^ For they
receive by the particular influences of heaven fuch a faculty, as when it perceives
he approach oLy thing, if it be in the day. it privately (the brain being employed
andtaLnup with other thoughts; affeds the perfons wherein it is, with arvunex,
nefted iov or fadnefs, according to the condition of what is imminent .if it be
uithenigL, the brain being exempted of its dayly imployment, the faid faculty
moves prsefagingPhantafms, divin.pr fomn. fag. 2 $6.) whereof we
have thefe examples,

A certain man told a Conjeaor that he dreamed he faw an egge hanging by a a dream of
firing of his bed; the ConjeSor anfwers, that there wasatreafure hid under treafurchid.
his bed- he fcarches and finds a parcel of gold, compalTed with filver. He fent
the Interpreter what filver he thought fit ; but fayes the other, will you
give me none of theyolle? for that doth as well fignifie the gold, as the white

So'when^Alexanderi favourite was hurt with » dart in a fight,

und u"ievo»s pain lick of ic, Ale..nicr fleeing ‘ ^^ui aL* “ ^
Dragon which his mother Olymftas kept, carrying a little root in his mouth, a d
Sngtheplace where it grew.'faying it was of fuchvertue that.t wouldcureP^.
hmie being awake, told his dream, and fent tofeekthat root ( for the /
place was not far off ; which having found, it cured, not only Ptolomtet but many
other Souldiers that were hurt with thofe kind of darts.

By all thefe examples, it is evident that there are few dreams are followed by their
events- that many fail, many are vain, and but the fports and images of abufieNa-
ture.‘ For which reafon (excepting thofe Phyfical dreams,) we deny them any end ;
for if we believe not a Lyar though he fpeak truth, how (hall we credit our dreams,
which are only Ideas proceeding from monftrous conceptions and phantafies.Elpcci-
Idlyfincethe Lftpar?,as thofeinthe sS^^.arepropt up with the probability of
fome Analogic, and canchallenge nothing certain and immutable.
® U W ^ -3 ^
 vf!r " T -

'" ^ t.-.
«ff.‘

25<5 The Physi ognom ie ^c, ''Wf>

Laftly, fincc flecp is for the moft part the end and refaedy of all care, labour, t rou¬
ble, and anxiety, it were impious from it to expedi.che matter of new cares and
vexations, as rightly LaBant. lib. de. opif, cap. 18. {'icer. & alii.
But thou wilt lay, lince dreams are nothing but the toyes of a nature that is not quiet
when at reft, to what pnrpofe is it to deliver any precepts of fuch things / and if the
‘ event be uncertain , what need we fpend our labour in vain therein ?
'fisanfwered; not that thou mayeft firmly believe the event, but that thou
tnayefl; try and ftudy how far mans reafon and the vigour of his wit may reach in
hidden things, as alfo that from this nature the contemplation of the divine majefty
ar^ its goodnefs, may proceed* To whom for what hath been hitherto granted in
this kind of ftudy, wegive eternall thanks andpraife, befeeching him to grant all
learning its halcyon dayes, and preferve and difpofe it to the glory of his name, the
advancement of Churches and Schools, the advantage of Republicks, and the par-
tfcular profit of every one j and that through jefus Chrift. Amen.

■4 •' •

■S

“I • ■*
 V

• ‘ 'L '* * .

237
I

p-:

e ji'ving lylearied my'^Reader in tracing the di'

vers intricate paths in the foregoing Suh-
ieB, vphich co^not be avoided mil here • /
take him by the hand, am give him afull and pleafant
yietP of all, in this foUomng Epitome, tphence the
zAphorifms "which are here and there found {^yet in
}
a necejfary confufon are here aptly and fitly brought
under their proper heads, fatisfaBory to the mind, and
helpful! to the memory.

THrslOq^^fOMIJ JS\(THRgTOLOqiCA.
\Uyfiognomia Attthropolegica is that by which the NaturallCon-
llitution of man by certain con jedural Notional figns is ma-
nifeftly known.
And this is to be uhdetftood primarily, or fecondarily.
Primarily, is that part which handletb the Phyfiognomial
fignSjCongrucntly occurring to the body humane.
And thefe figns are fuch which concern the natural tempera-
mentjOr the affedions thereby producedjthe indiflions of the
natural temperament are under two eonfidcrations;
Thefitft, which refpefteth the general temperament of the humane body.
The fecond, which confidereth the parts thereof, of which notion are the habit of
the body, the colour or complexion, the pulfe, the excrements, fleep, affections,
and diet, and all things thereunto correfponding.

rBnefy

/ - 1
" - ^ .
2^8 Physiognomia

Briefly of that part of Phyfiognomie ^^hich primary or mofi principalt%

^“W^hat part of Phyfiognomie which is converfant about Beafts and Plants,and other
i natural corporeals, we account fecondary, but that part which refpedleth man
we account primary, man being the moft noble part of the creation,excepting the An¬
gels; concerning whom I affirm , that by Phyfiognomie his internal affedlions are
firft tobeknown, not fomuch to advance the dignitie of his nature (which above
other creatures he hath without difpute) but in reference to humane fociety , as to
which it cannot be faid how neceffary Phyfiognomie is, thefe cautions necefiarily
being obferved.
1 As firft, fuch is the different temperament of mans body, as is the ftruSure or
parts thereof, fo great is the variety of conftitutions that
in the whole univerfe you Qiall not find two men alike anfwerable in all con¬
ditions} for the cemperathent is, as men are, various.
2 For feeing the quantity and quality of vital humours is various in divers, and fin-
gular individually, of neceftitie the cemp^m^ntmuft be anfwerably various} now
in fine that temperamentis fuperlative whiffldlmoft temperate.
3 In brief, the temperaments of all men come within the compafs of four hu?
mours, Cholir, Sanguine^ Flegmatick^^ndi Melancholy j of thefe the two firft are hot,
the two laft cold. '
And the internal natural inclinations and ptopenfities of man, ('as to the habit^ fol¬
low his natural temperament, the habit being contingent to man, as confidering the
intellefluals and morals, vertues and vices.
4 Furthermore, the diverfity of temperament produceth diverfity of fignations in
the body, referring to Figure, Colour, Stature, and other like Charaflers.
5 Again, this is confiderable; the natural temperament of man hath a capacity
of receiving diverfitie of mutations, as in reference to age, the variety and mutability
of food, places, the zones and climates where men live,
6 Furthermore the mutation of the affedlions follows the mutation of the tem¬
perament, as immediately from thence derived; pofita enimcaufaproxmainaEiu,
ponitur effeBum. '*
7 In the next place, men in acquiring habits, moft commonly follow the didlates
of nature, according to the Rule,

'Ifatura fequitur femina quifque [ual

Thefe habits alfo follow the natural inclinations of man, not neceffarily, but con¬
tingently} not immediately, but mediately j for thefe inclinations, as to vertues or
vices, may be adjuvated orimpedited, that they may or may not come forth into
adf} therefore from thefe phyfiognomical figns of the inclinations, the habits can be
gathered but conjcdlurally, as in theftory of Socrates* A Phyfiognomift coming to
his fchool, was asked by his fcholars of what condition and qualification their matter
Socrates vyas of} he obferving his churlifh and homely afpef!, anfwered that Socra^
tes was a libidinous, vitious, and malitions man; the fcholers laughing, and return¬
ing him the lye, Socrates anfwered for himfelf, Nihil mentim efl‘ Talk enim futu-
rus eramahfque cultural infiitutione } That the Phyfiognomift fpake truth as tghis
natural condition j but education and learning had made him otherwife.
8 Thus you fee we ought accurately with wifdom diftinguifh between figns ne-
reflary and contingent, proper and common, permanent and paffing,
9 Signs neceffary have a certainty in their fignifications,* contingent, uncertainty}
figns proper agree to one only} common, to manyfigns permanent note the per¬
manent ftable nature of the thing; fgna tranfeuntia, the inftability thereof, in re-
fpefl of duration; therefore Neceffary are preferred before contingent, proper be¬
fore common, permanent bsfore fleeting, in all judgments.
10 Again, thofe figns which arife from the parts of the body, are preferred before
them which we gather from the apparent moral behaviour.
11 And thofe fign$ which are taken from the principal parts of the body are pre¬
ferred
ferted beforethofe taken from the lefs principal parts,therefore Ariflotle commends
moft principally the indi6lions of the head as being the moft noble part.
12 Moreover you muft not ralhly give credit to one teftimony of contingent
figns, but join many, and cojnfider them together for the perfeflion of your judg-
mentj therefore ^rj/ur/ead^'feth, mi Jigfjo nonpden^m , ftdflurikm inter fe
colUtis^
Lattly the figns of the body diligently and difereetiy confidered, you are to pen-
ficate the inftitution and education of man; thefe particulars are much to be heeded,
as conducing much to the benefit of a certain judgment.

■f 7" 7 Heieas many things fcatteringly, here and there

V V inthebodyoFthis Work, concerning the four
temperaments are handled; for a conclufion, I fliafl briefly
bring every thing under its proper head.

I, 7he figns of the cholerick temperament, are principa/lj ten.

1 The habit of the body hot in touch, dry, lean,hard, and hairy.
2 The colour of the face yellow. '
3 A natural ficcity of the mouth and tongue.
4 The natural third great and frequent.
5 The mobility, adivity, and inquietude of the body.
6'^The pulfehard,fwift, and beating oft. ^
7* The ipittlc bitter. V ,' • '
8 the dreams to be moft of yellow things, of brawls, fightings, and
quarrels.
p the urine fubtile, thin and yellow.
. lo The food converting moft to yellow choler.

• II. Thefigrts of the [anguine confiitution are principally eleven.

1 The habit of the body hot and moift in touch, fleOiy, foft, and hairy.
2 The colour of the body frefh, fanguine, and lively.
3 A natural and conftant bluQa in the face.
4 A plenitude and natural inflation of the veins.
5 The pulfe foft, moift, and full.
6 The urine red and grofs.
7 Thefweetncfsofthefpittle. rr «. * . •
8 Dreams moft commonly of red things, of beauty, of feafting,dancing, mu-
fick, and all jovial recreations.
9 A contiued habit of pleafantnefs and affability.
10 Often affeded with jefts, mirth, and laughter.
11 The food converting moft to blood.

III 7he principallfigns of a flegmatick^ conflstution are ten,

1 The habit of the body cold and moift in touch, foft, fat, grofs, and not
hairy.
2 A conftant natural whitenefs or wannefs in the face.
 «r

■ Z^o Physi^ognom ia

3 The fuperflnous ezcremencs of moiftnefs, as fpitclc or Tnoc^

4 The urine white and grofst.
5 The pulfcloftjflowi and rare.
6 The thirft little, and feldome defiring drink.
7 The dreams moft ufually of white things, flouds, inundations, andall ac*
cidents belonging to the water,
8 Sleep much and frequent.
p Slownefs and dulnefs of the body to esercife.
lo The chylus moft multiplying and converting into flegm.

IV. The figns of the Melancholy temperament are ten*

I The body in touch cold, dry,hard, lean, and fmooth.

1 The body ofa dark, dull, gloomy, leaden colour.
3 The fpittle little in quancicy and fowre.
4 The urine fubtill, blewifli, or pale.
5 FuHe little, rare, and hard. «
6 The dreams often of black and terrible things* as of fpirits, ghofts, of in¬
fernal apptehenfions.choaking, and heading.
7 Much forrowful, and fubjedl to grieving.
8 Much and often oppreffed with fear.
■% '■
p A liability in cogitations, and conftancy in performance of the thing ini
tended.
Id The dyet multiplying melancholy, - ,,

\^ongjl the figns tvhich note the temperament ofcer^

tain parts j thofe excell la^hich relate to the brain
and hearty of TH/hieh Imll briefly takpfome notice of.
»
•

Thefe ('the brain., andhearO arc the two regal and principal parts of man, of
which are divers Phyfiognomical fy mptomes, which on this manner I difcover.

The Jigns of a hoi brain ^ari^

I A natural heat and rednefs in the face.

3 The fudden growth of hair.
3 The hairs hard, crifping, or very black, and quickly growing bald.

Signs of a cold brain are:

I A Natural cold palenefsin the face, the (low growth of hair, the hair
ftraight and chin, and yellowiili.

Signs of a dry brain^ are^ •

1 A paucity of the excrements in the eyes, nofe, ears, and pallat.

3 Hair hard, and quickly bald.
3 A quick (harpnefs of the outward fenfes, and the deep feldome and little.

Signs
 Signs of a moifi brain^ are.
1 The abundance of excrements at the eyes, nofe, ears, and pallat.
2 The hair foft, and long continuing. '
3 Ahebitudeanddulnefsof the outward fenfes.
4 Sleep often and much.

Theftgns andjymf tomes of the heart callidtu and hotyare, ,

1 A great and frequent refpiration.
2 A great, fwift, and frequent pulfe.
3 A largfe and hairy rough breft.
4 Alacrity to the ading of affairs. ' " :
5 Hafty and rafh anger.

Signs of a frigid andcoldtemper of the hearty arty ^i- >

1 The Refpiration fmall and rare. ' ' i
2 The pulfe little, flow, and rare. . .,r m jr-.L- ■
3 The breft narrow and fmooth, or at Icafl: cohered with fmall and faint hairs.
4 A dulnefs to aftion.
5 Anger flow, and moderate.

The fjmptomes of a dry heart, are^

1 The pulfe fharp and hard.
2 Anger long continuing and implacable.

The moifi heart hath thefefjmptomes of difeovery.

1 The pulfe light, foft, and gentle.
2 Anger quickly pafling, and tranfienc. j

To conclude, obferve the chief and befl: temperament hath thefe properties; a vi¬
vacious lively colour, fublimity of hair, tenuity of the nails,clearncfs of the eyes, and
fubtilty of the fpirits, the forehead equally protuberating, and the like.

Some Thyfiognomical Obfervationsfrom theQmntity

 T

^ P HYSI OG N O M I A

and furiou?,and fooliflily mad in his mind. Laftly, a body of middle ftature, that is,
neither over tail, nor over fliorc, is afign of a mean nature, and thebcft compofcd
manners.

The application of this doflrine is rightly made, when the Phyliognbrnical rules
and figns arc rightly applyed to the inclinations and natural habits of men, concern*-
ing which, obferve this iraution; when you have a man fufpefled of any vice, or fuppo-
fed to be indued with any vertue, have recourfc to thefe rules, and behold him, and
you (hall fee, all or moft part of thofe figns of vertue or vice (hall herewith concur.

The natural inclinations, are the wir, memory, and judgment.'

The habits are, intelleflual, moral, and artificial.
The inteliedual habits, are wifdom and prudence with their oppofites.
The moral habits, are vertues, and vices.
The artificial habits, are arts liberal and mechanical*

Which being confidered, t will (hut up and compendioufly conclude this part of
Phyfiognomie by taking the chief parts and heads of this treatife, Cwhich like fpecies
are fcattered here and there ) and aptly reducing them to their proper genus accor¬
ding to the method before laid down, wherein the diligent Reader (hall find matter.
t© refreQi his wearied fpirics.

I.
B y ingenuity, or wit I underftand (in this place j an aptitude to apprehend any
thing the fancie moves to, whichis either theoricafipraflical, or poetical, ac¬
cording to, and after the various difeiplines unto each appertaining.

ingenuity or wit is to he confidered in general^orfifecial.

In general ^ the Tghyfiiognomical figns of a good genius ^ are:

signs of a I Tirfi a Rraight eredt body, rightly proportioned, Le. neither over tail, nor over
good genius. (hort.
2 The habit of the body mean, betwixt lean and fat.
3 The flefh naturally foft.
4 The skin fubtil, being the medium between foft, fmooth, and rough. -
5 The colour and complexion of the body white, verging to a little blufh of red-
nefs,
6 The hairs between hard and foft, crifping, andftraight or fmooth, asalfo be¬
tween brown and yellow.
7 The head of a mean bignefs,
8 The face mean, between fat and lean.
9 The forehead raifed indifferent high, and not too plain.
10 The eyes meanly big, round and clear, and of an azure yellow (hining hazeil
colour.
11 The afped mild and humane.
12 The ears handfomely as it were graven, and hollow. , r u*
13 The teeth fomixt, that fome are broadfome narrow, fome thin, fome thick
and more gtofs.
14 A fubtil tongue. .
I j A middle voice, betwixt intenfe and remife.
16 The
 Anthropologic A.

1(5 The neck comely, mean, and fmooth. ^

17 The channel bone of the throat appearing and moving.
18 The back and the ribs not over fleOiy.
19 The (boulders plain, flender and mean. ^ .
20 The Ligaments and Arteries, well and confpicuoufly knit together.
21 The hands indifferent long, comely and fmooth.
22 The fingers long,mcan.fmooth, enually diftant in all places.
,1 he feet comely, tender, and not flc fhy, . , . j ru* ■
24 The nails plain, white, thin, fomewhat mixt with red and Ihining.
25 The carriage of the body upright in walking.

On the contrary : The figns of a dulli evilly and corruft genius , are t

Signs of a dull
I The ftature of the body over-big and long. ' genius.
» The habit of the bodyj over flefby and fat.
3 The flefb hard.
4 The complexion of the body over-black, or dark. „
< The head over-big, or little, as alfo, over-hairy, hard, and Ihar^p.
6 The fore-part of the head hollow, and the hinder part of the head round.
7 The face exceeding big and flefby.

I f»lpt«e<J. or little and (land flaring up.

?o The eyes obfeure, and moving flowly, or fixed and immoveable.
II The cheeks large and fltfby. * v .
12 The neck hard, (bore, flefby, and fat. , j- 1 .
12 Thechannel bone of the throat ill placed, ordeforraed in place.
14 The (boulder blades ftanding, or appearing upwards.
15 The loyns much fle(by.
16 Thebrefts great and fle(by.
17 The belly banding forth.
Jo Thnhigiis&l'^nd about the hackle bones grofs.flsfliy, and round.
Jo The toes of the’feet (hott, fmall, and crooked, in particular, or fpecie.

Thefigns of a good genius are various as is the fubjea. theorick.praaick, or

jioetick ; of which in the fequpl.

(^ule 2. ' ■

The/e>ijithet»em>7 is good from tkfefyits.

. of the hodv not too biu.but mean, well Signs of a

, The fupetiour and upper parts or joints ot the Doay nor coo o fc,
formed, fle(by yet not fat.
*?hJhintrVa;tofthehe.dextendedforth,whichU^ ofmemory.
4 The cars meanly big. '
Ontheotherpart: ArooaKtroochorommom^}isk,oro»hMscontror,f,g«..

t As if the upper parts ofthebody'be fmall, and ill-formed, and fat.

a The brain moift. . . . j

3 The hinder part of the head depieflea.
4 The ears fmall.
I i 2
 i

Si^ns of a good judgment Are the fame mth the fjmptomts of A godd genius •
aIJo Voifd&me and prudence.

5igns of a Firfthere is required tbefe %ns; i As that the eyes ba meanly moveable^ *.
2 The temperament more dry then otherwifer
menc.
., 3 The voice flow, difcreet, and advifed, yet unwearied.'

Thefe do fufficiently demonftrafe the clarity and firmity of the animal fpirits, and
is required to the compleacing a found judgment. From hence by.the contrary
it is eafie to judge of the figns of a weak or infirm judgment.

^ile 4.

The figns of '^ifdome and prudence {they being confidered as IntelleBual habits )
' are ^thus notified.

Signs of wtf. 1 The ftature of the body mean or little.

dome and 2 The head mean in the forC'part,and fornewhat enlarged in the hinder>part.
prudence.
5 The face of mean bignefs, and fornewhat flefliy.
4 The forehead fornewhat fquare and long, extending ro the temples.
5 The eyes full, lofty, clear .and moving,
6 The tongue fubtil and fraooth. “
7 Tljie nole handfomely and fitly proportioned to the face.
8 The voice mean between fmall and great.
9 The neck inclining fornewhat to the right fide.
I o The knot of the throat fvveiling forth.
II The channel bone we!! and decently ligated.
12 The breft large.
13 The flaoulders large and even.
14 The hands long, as alfo the fingers; naturally and actually moving as he
fpeaks. '

The fi^ns ef an imprudent and fooUJh man y are:

Signs of iin» 1 The ftature very big, and the body inclining to the left fide.
r
prudcncy. .
2 The head in th€ finciput 2nd occiput holloand globous.
3 The hairs exceeding red, and growing down in the neck.
4 The face very big and flefhy.
5 The eyes fmall, leddilh, or ob feu re; cloudy, little moving, verging upwards,
and fweliingoutof the head.
6 The ears great, long, and ftaring Upwards.
7 Thenoic unproportionable^ ind undecent cm the face.
8 The forehead very-fmall, round andhigh.
9 The cheeks conrradled, and as it were lowring.
10 The mouth pouting out, or flit as it were.
11 The bps big and iwelhng.
12 The voice Imali, fbsrp, and canorous.
13 The difeourfe babhng, dull, and weak.
14 The laughter much, and frequent.
15 The neck over-much erededupwards, ordeprelTed downwards.
^ . t6 The

V:. ■
 Anthropologic A. 245
j6 TheQioulders laiiiry.
The loins flefhy.
a8 The handsveryfhort, having the joints long, thick, and (harp.
19 The fingers of the hands fliort and flefhy.
20 Walking in a caxelefsi ftooping pofturei and the coantenance lifted up and
wandring.
i ^«4«

I mil here dhide the <i%£oral habits into feveral

' QUffeSy according^to the number and nature of the
principal parts.

^le 5.

In tanks I fj've the Jtpnt andfjmptomes of a man pious ^ and benefit as thus: of plcty

1 The Face fair and amiable. - • ,

2 The forehead mean, between ferene and cloudy;
5 The eyes decently big, inclining to four-fquare. '
4 The eyes moift, lucid, ufually Qpen , and intently fixed upon the objcfl it
beholds,
5 The afpefl mildly humane. _ '
6 The voice mean, between great and fmall.
7 The laughter mean and not much. >

On thizcontnry : The-Jfgnsof an Impiousanddijhanej}nature, are *.

j
I
I The face deformed. Signs of Imi
■2 The ears long and narrow. ' ‘ P^ty»
5 The eyes dry, pale, fwelling out, and fhining.
4 Theeye brows hairy and joined, beetle-browed.
5 The mouth little, yet fwelling outwards. ,
6 The teeth long, Handing out and firm.
7 The nether lip flender, the teeth hanging over it.
8 The voice, fmall, quick, and pronounced in the nofe.
9 The neck awry.
10 The back crooked* ,
II The skiti and legs very flender and fmall.
12 Thefeetbunchcorctooked.

In the fecond Chaffs and order, are the ftgns of a prudent man,

A^prudetice is amoral vertuCj andthefigns hereofmoral prudence are the fame signs of pra-
with incclle(3ual prudence, which you have in the fourth Rule, to which I re- dence.
fet you.

In the third Rank^you have 'theCharaUersofajufiman:

■: ’ u-*- ■ ■'t '

^ As I The body commenfurately proportioned, . rr u i. - r.I j.j * Signs of

2 The forehead long, and the temples both ways extended. 5pftice.
3 The colour of the hair dark, brown, or obfeure.
4
it ifi
•mi
 Phvsi ognom ia

4 The eyes fome what big, fublime, bearing forth, andihioing.

5 The voice grave.
6 The countenance grave and laudable.

On the contrary : The figns of an mjufi ^ualifieation art;

Signs of in- I The eyes blue and dry, and fomewhat red, and little moving,but roling,ftaring
juftice. ^ open and fixed.
2 The afped fowrc, glouting, and threatning.

’ In the fourth
fortitude,
♦

^ Jhfitt delineate the charaElers of a ftrong man, or a man of

signs of 1 The body ere^l and upright.'

ftrergrh and 2 The head fomewhat big.
fortitude. 3 The hairs mean, between ftraight and curling.
4 The forehead fquarejof a proportionable magnitude.
5 The cys blewifh, yellow, and reddilh, of a mean magnitude, and open. ' ■
6 The eye-brows crooked,
7 The nofe from the forehead crooked, or round, and obtufe at the end.
8 The mouth large,
p The chin four-iquare and hairy.
10 The lips thin, the mouth being big.
11 The voice big and founding.
12 Rcfpiration ftrong and conftant.
13 The neck big and Itraight.
14 The breft full and large,
15 The back parts big and ftrong.
15 The fiboiilders broad, big, and large.
17 The joints big, and well knit together.
18 In walking he makes tome motion with his (houlders, and takes large ftepsj
the fame alio are the figns of a magnanimous perfon.

On the contrary: The figns of a fearfiull, timorous^ puJillanimoHS nature, are:

Signs of timi. , i The body bowing Or inclining.

dity, or fear. 2 The habit of the body lean and without hair.
3 The hair of the body thin and foft.
4 The motion of the body fhewing a languiftiing pofture.'
5 The complexion of the body white, black, or of a wan leaden colour.
6 The head in the fore-part, and hinder- part deprelTed and hollow.
7 The hairs white or black.
8 The face pale and forrowful.
9 The forehead big, flefhy, or bony.
10 The mouth little with fpare lips.
11 The refpiration, little, rare, and weak.
12 The voice acute and fmooch, or remifs, with a little trembling, founding in the
nofe.
13 His difeourfe acute, weak, and Ihort.
14 The neck long and flender.
15 The breft narrow, fmooth, and imbecile.
16 The joints and arteries loft, inarticulate, and weak^
17 The arms Ihort.
18 The thighs fmall and (lender. .
19 The hands long and fmall. I V'
Xn
h the next place, Idemonjirate the filfisof audacioufmfs, which is the extremitie ef

2 Long eye-brows. •
3 Dry eys, bloudy,open, darting, and fhlning. , _ • . t
4 An auftere and crabbed fowre countenance. ’
5 The nofe long, estei\ding near the mouth.
rJ The mouth big, bearing out.
7 The teeth long, {landing at a diftance, (harp, and ftrong.
8 The neck fhorr, and forne imperfedtion.
9 The b re {I large. \ '
10 The {boulders very big.
11 The arms long and large.
12 The fingers fhort and chick.
■ *r «

-.11- ^ I- ■

In the 5. rank! demonfir ate the CharaBers of a temperate man.

2 The forehead mean, between light and cloudy.

•g The eyes big and fbining, having the bals mean.
4 An equal diftance between the navil and the fecrets, as between the I
of the brefl and the throat. m

On the contrary; The Signs of an intemperate perfsn, are thefe :

a The eye? bigr fame what moift, fwollen, fomewhat red, piercing, arid obfeure.
3 The mouth hollow, and much defornied.
'4 The fpeech bigand weak. '
5 The refpiration quick and full.
6 The neck fat, and the gullet of the throat much bearing’out.
7 The belly big, fofc, and pending downwards.
'8 The dugs hinging amply upon thebrefts ,«yet lean, r .
9 The hands {lender.
10 The fpace from the navil to the bottom of the brefl, larger then the fpace fr<
the bottom of the brefl to the throat.• T
. ^ ^ ' * .

The eyes hollow, clear, and lafeivious. ■ . . •

4 The often and frequent motion of the eye-lidr. .
5 The deflux of the hair cif thehcadupon the eye.brows,r or the hair growing
low on the forehead. . • L ,

7 The concradion of the cheeks in laughter.'; '! '

8 The hollownefs of the nofe.
9 The chin much hairy. 1 n
10 The neck inclining towards the left fide.:i.. .fi
The brefl hairy, large, and lean.
 248 Phvsiognomia
12 The paps banging downwards.
13 The thighs fubtill, rough and harfli.
14 The belly fat and hairy. ... . ...
1C The arms ftrong and nervous, having the veins conlpicuous.
16 The toes of the feet not much parted, but as it were joyned together.
,17 A flow pace when he walks, with (landing and looking abouthitn.

, ■ Thejigns of a fiupid perfoa, wre.

The eyes pale, gazing and flaring about him.

In the 6. place ^ I fxill l<ij do'^n the char alters of a faithful man.

As 1 The forehead auflere and declining.

Signs of a
faithful man. 2 The eve brows compreffed.
2 The eyes mean, declining to an azure or dark colour, wiflily looking and (hi-
ning.

On the contrary: The charallers of aperjidiotu per/onf are, ^

1 The head very fmall, of a rude unhandfome proportion, and debility in the
Signs ofan
incredulous back part thereof. ^ m rt 1
perfon. 2 The forehead (harp, like little mountains, and f^ull of holes.
3 The eyes fmall, hollow, dry, obfeure, moveable, and of a piercing light.
4 The flioulders elevated upwards.
5 The hands fmall and flender.

In the 7. CUffu I fall handle the fignal characters of a bafful, modefl perfon, com-
pofed with gentle confidence.

1 The ftature of the body fomewhat inclining or loving to ftoop.

Signs of mo-
deity.
2 The motion of the body flow and mean. *. /n, #
3 Theeyef fomewhat obfeure, or cloudy, not much open, nor quite [Ihut, out
pinking,as it were half winking.
4 The motions of the eye- brows moderate.
5 The blufh of the cheeks quickly arifing, and foon vanilhing.
6 The voice and difeourfe grave, meditated, lingring, and flow.
The ears having a ruddy blufh and complexion.
•k

On the contrary; Thefigns of a boldimmodefi perfon, are,

Signs of im- 1 The body ftraight, and peircing.

modefty. 2 The complexion of the body reddifh.
3 The head acute in the crown, and extended in length.
4 The hair very red. '
5 The face very round, or very long.
6 The eyes wide open and (hining.
7 The eyc'lids hairy and ruddy.
8 The eye-browsvery long. ,
p The difeourfe and fpeech fhamelefs, malaperti and reproachful.
10 The
 Anthropologica. Z^P

TTThTnofe grofs, and blunt, and crooked, or writhed, near the forehead.
11 The breft fmooth and elevated.
12 The toes and nails crooked.
13 He gocth ralhly and haftily*
^ *
In the eighth rank / give the Charallers ef meek, and
courteous perfons.

As,

1 The head of what fafhion foevcr, yet is fotpewhat big. Signs of

2 Thefigureof thebodyisfomewhatftooping; meeknefs.
3 The habitual conftitution of the body is moift, foft, fmooth, and fomewhat

4 TheS is plain, fmdoth, bright, or fomewhat yellow.

5 The eyes black.
6 The eye.brows Handing ftraight out.
*7 The voice heavy, flow, fofc, and effeminate.
8 The Difcourfe negligent, flack, and mild.
9 Hewalkethflowly andcarekfly.

Qn the contrary to meeknefs; Theftgns of a perfin wrathful andcrtteh

•i

Are I
1 The body erea,ftraight, and meager.
*1.’'

Signs of era
2 The colour and complexion of the body reddifh and yellow. elty, ralhoefs,
3 The face rouhd. malice, mif-
4 The forehead round, or Goat'like wtinKled, chief, and
5 The eye* brows converfe, crooked and extended^ 4<rhac not ?
6 The eves big, heavy, bloody. Alining, and fparkling.
7 T he temples raifed fas it were fwollen j and the veins much appearing.
8 The lower part of the nofe (harp.
9 The noftrils large, fpread, and hollow.
10 The mouth (as it werej trembling.
11 The teeth ftraight and (harp.
12 The tongue quick and ftammering. , . ♦ 1
The voice big and entangled, or (harp and vehement; or beginning low, or
13 big, and ending a fentence (harp, or fqueaking. r 11.,.'
The fpeechhafty,hair.brained, rafli, and hardy; and fuch aperf^on^
14 iterates and triplicates his words, to little pnrpofe; many in this age may tnu
be obfetved.
15 The countenance doggedly fowre, and cruel.
Id The neck long, thick, fat, and the veins much appearing.
17 The throat tough, and fwelling forth under the throat bone.
18 The breft large,meager,and of a flamy complexion and colour.
19. The Ihoulders large.
20 The (boulder blades broad.
21 The joints big and ftrong.
32 Ufing motion with the fingers in fpeaking.
23 A grinning, or gnalhing with the teeth.
K k Moreover
 i50 HYSIOG.NOMIA

^Moreover a flow, carelefs, negligent quality, U oppofeel to difcreit meehefSf

and gentlenefs I of rvhich the notes are:

Notes of car€' 1 The hsit fmooth.

lefnefs. 2 The face big and large,
3 The forehead little and fmall.

4 The eye-brows verging to the nofe.

5 The ears exceeding fmall.
6 The eyes of the colour of Goats,
7 The mouth deformed, as being awry, or the Ups cut with (hares.
8 The lips exceffivc thick.
5? The teeth clofe and even.
10 The voice rough, or (harp, claraorousi or depraved.
11 The fpeech harty and even, or low and weak. ,
12 The neck thick and fat. '
13 The belly flefliy, foft, and hanging down, ,

In the ninth rank^ are the CharaBers of truth and fine eriiie:

Which are,

Notes of 1 The mediocritie of the face, and the propottionall compofute of the cheeks
truth. and temple?, fomewhat a little inclining to fatnefs. ^
2 The voice mean, betwixt big and fmall.

On the contrary; The Fhyfiognomicalfigns of a Lyar,

i •

Are, *■

Signs and 1 The bo'dy crooked and deformed.

Charafters 2 The face fleftiy. ’
of a Lyar. 3 The nofe high in the middle.
4 The eyes merry, jocund, being furrounded with azure circles,
5 The eye-brows inclining downwards.
6 The lower eye-lids as arched, or rendring a rainbow-like colour.
7 The Speech quick and fawning, pronounced fomething through the nofe.
8 Laughter even to dcrifion.

It u convenient I place the Vifiembler next the Lyar^ whofe Phyfiognomieal

(^haraBers are thefe:

Charaders of 1 The face fat, with a fleepy countenance.

a Diffembler. 2 The forehead wrinkled and rough. ^
3 The eye- brows inflexing and knitting towards the temples.
4 The eyes little, roundilb, and fliining.
5 The voice dull, his fpeech feemingly negligent and dark,
6 He hath a frisking humour in his walking or travels, foonhere, and foon
there.
a
Thte/,
 Ant h r o p o l o g I c a.

Thfis aDi^embler^ to which I thinks hfl to adjome a Flatterer:

whof ? Chara^ers are :
V .. '
? t
V ' *

I Moftufually a little weefel face. .• Charaftersof

a A ferene cleat forehead. ' adulation.
5 Little wandring eyes.
4 His countenance and voice pleafant, and'alFeSed. ^ 4 • j
5 His pace and afling ?s with many and often circumtorfions, turnings and wind¬
ings, and whiskings coo and fro. .
• I ^ ■ V - c-’V ‘ ^

Jfi the tenth place I (hall demon^ratethe characters of a liberal and

benevolent perfon, ^

1 Ufually the hair naturally defending towards the nofe. Signs of llbe^
2 The hinder part ofthe neck, ereft Goat-like. ^ wihy.
The fhoulders, well compadted.
rn ^

The fingers bending backwards, the arms long, &c.

The Jigns of a covetow^andfordid perfon,

% .
, 1 ■
Signs ofeove^
liThe face exceeding little. ’ \t,* toufnefs.
2 The eyes very fmall. r
3 The eye-brows incurvatingtowards the nofe.
4 The back deformed by crookednefs or the like. .. . , «
< The (boulders ill compad^ed, too much verging and inclining to the brelt.
6 The fingerscontradled,ftifF, and bending forwards, emblems of holding.
7 Speedy in going, and treads thick and faft,- ^
r‘
In the eleventh rahk^ I '^ill give the Phyfognomical fgns of a perfon
civilf courteoHSf elegant^ and facetious,
' ' \ ‘i. ' .. ■ \ •

As,,
Cha rafters of
1 The forehead large, flelby, plain, and fmooth. urbanity.
2 Thceyesmoift andlbining. 4 • u
3 The countenance exptefling joy, content, and mirth.
4 The voice pleafant and pleafing.
5 The motion of the body flow, &c.
I
On the contrary ; The fgns of a churlijhi difeourteous rongh^he^ed T^tnre , ,
arethefei

1 The form of the body meager, and lean. Thefigiisbfa

2 The forehead cloudy, fullen, and wrinkled. , rough aaturc.
3 The eyes caft downwards, or down lookc.’
4 A nimble tongue.
5 Walking a (bort and quick pace. -
6 A fccrec murmuring to himfelf as he walks, occ, ^
K k 2 - Under
 IHYSIOGNOMIA
' 25^

Vnder the twelfth head I fhall comprehend the Jigns ef 4 lahriom perfon,

^igns of a I 1 he head little, or not over big.

borious per- 2 The habitual conftitution of the body dry, and hard.
.'.ic.D 5 The face lean and bony.
.noijxkt:, ^ The eyes quick and moving,
5 The tongue quick. ^
6 He taketb long ftepjF, and walkethfaft.
■V 7 r‘7fi ^4 :

On the contrary: The Jigns of a Ukjj Uleperfon, are :

Symptoms of i A great block head. _ ^ ^

Idlenefs. ^ The conftitution of the body humid and tender,
,3 The face flelhy,inclir\ing to a hony complexion.
4 The forehead large.
! I'S!
5 The eyes moving flow.
6 The lower part of the no.fe thick.
7 Blubcheekt. *
8 Slow tongue,
p Short in difcourfe,
10 He walketh a flow, ihort, and lazy pace.
j'/ '• rn j;
Hither way VTf refer the pgns of a fleefji dfiH, drowfe difpojition.
'4 » .. 4
1 The members of the upper part of the body Me d(fptopottioMlly grettei thM
‘ the inembers of the lower parts. ,
2 Thehabiiual conftitution of the body is flcgmatick.
3 The head over-much fwelUng.
4 Theeycs fwellingjorgogling.
5 The countenance dull, dead, and fleepy. ^
6 The veins in the arms fmall, hatdly.pciceptible,

the thirteenth flMt liefer the fltuU churttaert of hmility, v/hkhnre,

Mumble fig»S I The ftjtute not altogether etea, but fomewhat intutvatiog.
.■{1- r.Tnj
^ The eyes narrow, and quiet.
3 The voice moderate. j .
4 Seldom laughter. ’ ;
5 A flow and gentle pace in walking. .3 ■ ■

' On the contrary j Theftgta andfymptmet efFride, tire

mptoras of I The figure of the body etea.

de. 2 The €ye-brows^latcd,and arch-like. , . ,
,V 3 The eyes great, thining, dancing in the head, and verging Hpwar .
4 The voice (harp and founding, j
5 Ridiculous in laughter.
6 The nech thick and long.
7 The throat (harp and extended-.
, 3 The fingers long and fmall.
" a A orowd deportment in the pace. 16 h
 I

A N T H ROPOLOGICA.
10 A ftiff advanced neck.
11 A flow Spanifli pace,
12 Circnmfpc^lion and looking about.
-4 3 And often flaying or flanding flill in walking.

• f
In the fourteenth place I ^ill laj downthtfymptomes offecrecie^ As^

1 The upper parts of the body {in ^ proportion ; lefler then the lower parts Nores of a
chereofl ^ > pcrfon fit for
2 The ears of a mean proportion, fitting clofeto the head, and orderly en-
graven. ’
3 The tongue flow. 1 ^ - ^ ^
4 And laflJy, the lips contraSed. - - • ,

Tai'j !j:. j •cl *- >

On the contrary .* The figm of a BUh- tongue, are
' - V
iV i
I
Ji. - » V X 4<

.L ;
1 The upper parts of the body greater then the inferiour. 5tgns and
2 The complexion of the face a dark yellow, or honey colour. marks of a
3 The ears gffat, flanding op,. v ' * • B abler.
4
4 Thenofeftraighc. ^ ^• • . .A
5 The cheeks very long. ’
<$The mouth ftrctched forth in length
7 The chin very long. ,
8 The upper Jip hanging over the lower. r
d
9 Th'e tongue nimble and voluble. ;* y.■
i
10 The neck long and flcndcr.
1 r The throat fliarp and rough. “ n
12 The ribs bunching out before. i a;..
13 The fingers long and flendcr. :.-o ,

> V

In the fifteenth Claffis are thejjgntof a perfon benevolent and mercifull; Asl

1 The face fair, inclining to a white complexion. ‘^

2 The forehead long, looking fomewhac downwards, mournful, and fomewhat
(harp. ’ nevoJence.
3 The eyes fat and fmiling, but frequently fubjea' to tears.
J 1 I

On the contrary: Thefgns of a malevolent perfon^ are^

. i)
1 The temples concave and hollow.
2 Beetlebrows, or the temples conjoin'd and hairy. Signs of Ma-
3 The eyes little and pale. Icvolence,
4 The diffedlion and deforraite of the mouth. * -
5 The teeth tuski(h.like long.
^ The arms (hort.

1 o ri \ • f i *
 Physiognomia
254-

To Malevolency way fitly h adjoined the CharaBert of Mnvie,

Marks of envy 1 The body meager and lean. .

2 The face plain, and ot afped black and blew.
3 The ears long and narrow.
4 The eyes little and pale.
5 The voice fweetjpleafant, and pleating.
6 The Speech and difcourfelharp and acute.
7 Sparinginlaughter,yetfometimes feemingly merry.

To '^hich / way fubjoin the notes of a hafij prfon.-

iThe voice low and grave in the beginning of his difeourfe, but in the endeleva-

a Thrceerh’m!Kt"'^'’f<>”ebro>d fmalland ftanding at

’ diftance. J -• 1 -

htUfixtie«thfloceImllrmk.thefig«“‘f<‘ »oHc.»fid hirincK3i«mf.

which are,
1

Signs of an
I The ftature fttaight, etefl) and well pioportiOTcd. . , , , .
heroick nature I Threomptaion of the body white, with a blulh of lednefi throughout

Ththcld’of a moderate magnitude and roundnefi, both ways fwelling forth.

4 The hair fair,inclining to yellow.

6 Th'e fOTcheadfql.are!'of a mean magnitude, and mean between calm and

cloudy.
7 The evesbigandfublime.
8 A folendouFof admirable dignity in theconntenanre.
P neatly infculped, of mean bignefs, fomewhat fquate, and quick of
Theeats

hearing. ., ,
lo The mouth large and lovely.
II The fpeech fober and grave.
12 The mirth moderate.
12 Thebreft and (boulders large.
T A The hands ample and open. • • » j
1
5 The fingers indifferent long, fmall,comely, and retorting backwards.
16 A flow pace,grate and magnificent,.

On the contrary; Signsof a Javage ignoble Naturey are.

Cfe.
Chataders of 1 The figure of the head incuryated.
a ferial agre-
ilick nature.
2 The head hard, edged or pointed.
3 The hair thick, hard, and rugged.
4 The face wan and deformed.
< The forehead hard, and rough. o
I The ears over-big.flagging,as ffluchas to fay,Bang.eat d.
7 The eyes little, dry, hollow, obfenre, of gray and faffton colour.
8 The eye-brows joined together with hair.
10 The
 Anthropologic.A.

p The fight (harp, and piercing.

10 The countenance dreadful! and threatning.
11 The cheeks long and hairy.
12 The mouth long, wide, affefling babling,
13 The voice and fpeech fierce.
14 The back-parts of the body hairy.
15: The fhouldersgrofsandrifing.
16 The belly big.
17 The feet Ihort and fat.
18 The nails crooked, narrow and long.
Ip The fingers Ihort and thick,

7“he chdy^Bers of themoft compleat compyeheyi^ed

under thefe heads,

1 The ftature of the body moderate in proportion.

Charafters of
2,The eyes clear and bright. an Artift.
3 The complexion of the body verging to fanguine.
4 The habit of the body in a mean, between fat and lean.
5 The skin and the flelh fubtil. ^
6 The face mean, betwixt flefhy and lean.
7 The afpedt of the countenance mild and humane.
8 The tongue fubtil.
p Thejoints well compadled.
10 And the hands neatly proportionable.

Signs of an ingenious Aiechanickj ^ye,

I The ftature of the body well commenfurated.

3 The hands flender and long. Charafters of
3 The nails white and Ihining. ' a Mechanick,
4 The complexion of the body white, inclining fomewhat to rednefs.
y The head of mean magnitude.
6 A fprufc and upright carriage of the body in walking.

Ihm
 F H Y S i O ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

^ Hushifne / briefly given a Methodical deli-

neat ion of the whole VoBrine of^hyftog-
« nomie, which I floall defire tofed up with
thefe two admonitions. Firft, B hat every one ufe w
diLnccin the CoUeBion of many Thyftognomical/ign .
leaf his fudpment rajhly and ridiculoufly precipitate bis
%eafon ff hefhall in judging truflto one teftmony,
Mdthitperhaps the leafl otalL^hefamom mthisSci^
encehJenotthm dealt, but admonifi and incite m to
all diligence, care, and in duflry : for he u nowtfl W ork^
man that fhall thin{ with jlubble to buildaTow r^ ■;

Babel. Secondly, ^hewholeB^hyfwgnomeoffublu^

nary bodies ought to be reduced and applyedio thej^en
B^lanets • concerningwhichyou have direBions argey
^n theforegoingWorf-for itisofmighty concernment
in Thyfiognomie, at the firft fight by this
’ of things, as Saturnine, Martial, fovial, >'
the which doing, and rightly applying it, u the fubfiance
of Mrt. ‘ ^

'i
 . _v;

/ i-'

Refolving the l^amre and Signifioation

thereof largely, in more then three hundred parti^
culars: lUuflrdted by 'Demonjlration • never be-’
fore obferved antongjl us.
WHEREIN I

(fopioujly andplainly, the Symmetrical ^Proportions and

Dimenjlons of the Sody are ufefuUy h^itdled^ according to red^
' fon and the hejl Authorities.
'

Atffte indi Providence have decreed in the fitf^lacei the life and
. condition of Rationals tyed to this one necemty, that every mart
in theutmod of his power, endeavours, andindudry, Qiould in¬
tend the common |utility principally. and lay out himfelf on
that account; fo as from the treafure or hi's own ingenious gifts^
he might promote the publick (lock of Learning, for fo it (hall
coine to pafs, that Arts and Scientes found Out by our Anceftorv,
and prepared for us, fbould not come to be loft; neither for the tinie to come, to
pofteiity, (hould wc upbraidingly be accufed for our (joat^fu] laiy negligence, if vv6
zfS Of the Moles andparts of the "Body Symmetrically.
r ____-__—--
(hall leave anyr^fitable monument behind us to pofteritie, to wknefs our abilPties
in putting our hands to a-work of this nature.'Though this feem with a publick face to
look generally as to all men, yet principally the task concerns them who with more
facility, from the endowments of a fortune, of a good nature and of education, have
attained the abilities, and capacity of teaching, or* more happily of writing; for
thefe, as the Poet Borne hath it,

'^c excitatur Clajpcotmci^

Xiec horret irAtum mare^
VorumepHe vltAt , ^fffperha civium
^otentiorum limina%

They are not mov’d with ttumpetsthundring found,

Nor frjghted with the angry waves of fate;
Common commerce, whence troubles do abound,
And Cities pride, they both falute with hate; ^

Only fequefter themfelves from the warlick diftraaing tumults, from the perplexed
ftudy of riches; from the worlds inricing,intangling, deluding affairs; from the reach
of envious rule, contemning all ; applying themfelves wholly to the learning of lau¬
dable Arts, that they might without deftraflion ably teach them to the generall uti¬
lity* from whence it comes to pafs, their wholefomc precepts fit the Souldier for
War exhort the Citizen to Peace , fpending their difputes to the furtherance of
a vertuous life 5 they laud the prudence ofgoodGovernours for their vertues, and
caftigate the cupidity of evil, where they find it. Wherefore I affe^ing this calm^and
pleafant path of the Mufes, from the firft I faluted them, and was entred to tread the
fteps of this content, have thought itmy duty.to theutmoftofmy power,publickly
togiveteftimony of this ftudy, whereby the common good may be furthered, and
the publick utility promoted; iffobe thereby Ifufficientlyteach not, yet herein
is (hewed my ftrong defire of the indagation of truth, and the communication of this
learning to the world. ,, , . • • j r
For w'’’ caufe I have appeared on the publick Theater,and lancht out into the depth
ofthisdircovery,exaaiy and diligently fifting,examining, and holding forth aSubjea
that in its own nature is difficult,yet profitable to be known, delightful, pleafant, and
welcom to be feen.not hitherto by any one throughly handled,& to very few through-
ly known. Becaufc certainly it feems to be the principal duty and labour of man, to
fcarch, examine, and know the nature of man himfclf, before the curious fearch of
other things, even as the divine Oracle hath delivered, , • Know thy
fcif.
I have thereto, upon ferious confideration, applyed my (elf chiefly to difcourfe of
the nature of man, and that after the various C^alifications, and Affeftions of the
body, to difeover to the benefit ofall,thofe occult and fecret vertues conveyed to
the mind, from and by nature, by reafon of the near union betwixt them, which
works an anfwerablefympathy; which fcience, feeing it tends to the knowledge of

our affairs, and the knowledge of our felves,ought before all fciences to have the moft
welcome defired acceptation; asalfothe moft grateful reception, amongft us Mor¬
tals, forafmuch as this teaching what is to be done for the ircreafe and continuance of
our good, asalfo what is prejudicial to be (hunned by us, ought to have this efteem
in the world as the greateft fcience, and moft profitable doflrine. As alfoconfidering
the verity of this affertion, that of the whole world of living creatures, man is the
moft perfea, noble, and the beauty of the Creation ; therefore this Science muft
needs be accounted the moft perfefl, moft noble, and fplendid, furpafiing all others,
by how much the Subjea it concerns, excels.
Therefore have I drawn from the bofome and fountains of nature, this molthtting
comlinefs, thit we may to the utmoft of all our endeavours, fagacioufly fearch out this
nprflfCTion.
I
■Yr
 4

Of the Moles and Tarts ofthe body SymetricaUy. z^p

perfeflion, and copioufly receive this benefit, and laftly, fapioufly tafte this
fwectnefs.

II.
The obfervation and fclenee of Signs, Marks, and Moles, of t-he body, (by which
things our natures are unvailed) hach ever been obferved and heeded by. Philofo- •
phers, acknowledged and highly efiimated by Phyfitians; & ab mlverfo hummo ge^
mre^ faith Septalifis, from all knowing men in the whole world, in all ages, hath been
had in great price and admiration. ~
The wife and learned Indians in old time, were foobfetvant that they would ad',
mit no man to the ftudy of Philofophy, or rule in the Common-wealth, or to under¬
go any place of credit, truft, and honour, unlefs by fearching firft, and experi¬
encing the marks of Nature in his body, they fo found him worthy fuch an hono¬
rable fon^Iion. i-. , it
Whiles I adventure the dilcovery of this moft noble Science, which the Greeks call
^utnofvouleLVj it fecms to me I run the fate and hazzard of the prudent difereet Mari¬
ner, who pofiefied with a certain honeft ambition of honour, or ravilhed with the ap-
prehenftve defire of gain and profit, tracetl^the wandring parts of theimmcnic and
vaft Ocean, and peradventure is forced from the right path and courfe, through tem-
pefts to fome unknown Coafls, he is followed with winds, dafbtatrd overwhelmed
with waves, which whiles he feems to make towards the main land, he falutes the
fands, or contemplates f amidft his troubles) the out-borders, or beholds the fuperfi-
cies of a Country at diftance. Even this I experience to be my lot, who having en-
tred this huge, vaft, immenfedeep, ( much of the way whereof yet remains cloudy
and untrodden ) of natural Philofophy , that I might illufirioufly (hew forth the
more pleafant, fwcet, delightful nature of Phyfiognomie, i.e. the exteriour face of our
body, over-much flagging the fails of ray genius, and fubmitting to affcdion, I feem
to have fet footing on an unknown Coaft, in refped of this Science and Dodlrine of
Moles, by which the face, as alfo the whole body is diftinguiflied and the interiour
Quali&ations are obvioufly difeovered; but this Science (the Dodtine of Moles )
is a part of Phyfiognomie, beingafubjedl of the fame nature, and byreafon of its
affinity it may be thereunder comprehended, feeing Phyfiognomie is nothing elfe
then the difeovery of theaffeftions of the mind; or a knowledge arifing from the
confideration of the body in general, and every part thereof-, and principally the
face. So from the Moles which are fcattered throughout the body, and principally
in the face, do we gather the qualifications and affeffions of the mind, it is mani-
feft therefore that the knowledge of the Moles appertains to Phyfiognomie; al¬
though in very deed it may feem a wonder, and far remote from nature and reafon,
which if any one fhall more attentively and exaftly penfitace,and confider this thing,
he (hall perceive it no lefs worthy of admiration, to affirm a man having a mole on
the lips to be a parafite and glutton; as alfo we might affirm a man having huge
round or fwelllng full lips to be addided to the fame vice.
Moreover as concerning this Subject,although MeUmpw a moft ancient Athenian A good cx.
Phyfitian hath out of Homer written fomewhac of this Subjedjwho by his induftrious
diligence^, hath caught what the moles in every part of the body fhould fignifiej And ^now.
^
although amongft the Arabians one dAbenragel hath obtained foniething more
through his endeavour in the fame Art: yet neither of chefe have pierced fo far into
the Subjed, that they might render the leaft probable reafon of the thing > but as
meet Empericks they have fhut up the- whole work in the firft queftion, which is
below the dignity of a true Philofopher, becaufe they have concluded it amongft
fuch perplexed difficulties, rendring it moft uncertain.
1 have thought it therefore not diffonant from ray purpofehere more particularly
to handle copioufly the Moles of the body; that by thofe which are in the face,
might appear others in the mote hid parts of the body anfwering thereunto; I have
judged it a Subject worth taking notice of, both pleafant, delightful, and profitable;
L 1 3 of
/
i6o Ofthe Moles parts of the "Body Symetrically. |
of which had I wanted the experience, perhaps I (hould have defdted to deliver ^
them toothers; For certain of the ancient Writers have made defcription hereof, %
but with much variety and repugnancie, diffonanc from experimental truth. J|
Certain Aftroiogers, as I have noted before, having diflnbuted the parts of the face 1
to the l^lanets, as the eyes to the Luminaries^ the nofc to Venm, and the other parts m
to the other Planets fas I have elfewhere in this work plainly demonftrated; affirm «
ihat the Moles on the face according to the domination of the Planets, conllitute 1
and difeover others in thofc parts of the body according to the diftribution of the V|
Signs belonging to that Planet; which affertion Teems to favour fomething of truth .*
yet have I experimentally found thefe difeoveries vain and frivolous. Amongft i,
whichClaffis of Authors thus opinionating, Ifind Halj tty^lenragel the Arabian,
who hath wrote fomething ; 2xAMeUm^Hs the Grecian, and alfo another fancied
by the name of the Brit'^ Merlin; but all depraved with manual etrours, that no
light of truth could I derive from thofe fountains; and whatfoever ffiews of truth
did therein appear, I have found them rather miftaken fallacies then real verities.
But now at length confulting with experience fas alfo the authorities of more foun¬
der Authors) I have, to the utmoft of my ability , endeavoured to difeover from the
Moles in the face, f whether few pr many ; to what parts of the body they properly
anfwer; and to this end I have confidered, and obfetved to be a certain proportion
between the parts of the face, and the parts of the whole body 5 as alfo how they re-
' ' latively anfwer the one to the other in quantity and quality , as alfo with their
Signs. We may obferve the nofe to anfwef to the privy member, as it being long, ob-
tufe, fhort, or acute, the fame formal! proportion retains the ocher; the fame corre¬
lative proportion between the noftrils and the ftones; the lips and the form of the
mouth, proportionally refponds to the bounds of Natures fecrets; the fubllantial
proportion of the face hath the fame relation to the belly fas that of the nofe and
noftrils to the privities) as whether it be flefhy,fuIl,thinjOr wrinkled, it hath the fame
fimilitude with the belly j the neck with the thighs and arms hold the fame corre-
fpondencie; the ears fympathizc with the ribs,as the skin about the eye to that of the
navil. So then any parts of the face, impreffed with Moles or natural fignatures, the
parts of the body thereunto anfwering have the like fignation. But to our matter,
Haly ex^^f«r4^f/inhisbook Defudiciis faith, if a Mole be on the forehead,! judge
another to be anfwerably on the breft; but what part of the forehead he intends,
he difeovers not. M'erlin affirms the middle of the right fide the forehead, to anfwer
the right fide of the breft,as the left to the left alfo. But I affirm this of the upper part
of ffie forehead above the eysjfor that the upper part of the forehead Ihould anfwer to
the upper part of the breft, more fyropathizeth with reafon, and! have found it
more confonant to truth: fo that if another ffiould be fomewhac lower onthefore-
head,4inother ffiould likewife be a little lower on the breft; and fo likewife one be¬
ing in the middle of either fide the forehead, another fhould correfpond a little under
the Pap on the fame fide.
If a Mole be on the brow near the ear on the right fide, there is another on the fide;
ifone neat the left ear, there (hall be another on the fame fhoulder oppofite to the
breft.
A mole upon the upper eye-brow, denotes another on the lower pare the belly;
and if it touch the lower eye-brow , it figurates another low on the belly near
the privy parts. Haly confidently affirms this to be on the breft; but experience
hath confirmed my affertion. A Mole likewife on the left fide near the ear,the party is
fignated with another on the haunch or buttock.
Melamfus affirms a Mole on the paunch or belly to fignifie a greedy gluttonous
perfon; there is the fame proportion between the upper and lower eye-brow, as is
betwixt the navill and the privities. - , 1
Now let us treat of the Nofe, which, as before I obferved, relates to the genitals,
or fecrets. When a Mole is on the root of the forehead,in the hollow between the nofe
and the forehead, there is another on the fore-skin of the flelh ; But faith, a
Mole on the forehead, another on the ftones; but he explains not in what part of
the forehead, when as he means the lower part of the forehead, next the beginning
of the nofe. Haly again faith, He which hath a mole orrnark on the noftril, hath ^
another J
■ v“.

Of the Moles andfarts ofthe ^odj Sjmeirically. 261

another in the privy parts on the'circumference of the genitak-, and another on, the
ribs and that fide the brcft : but by the noftrilshereflbould bc underftoodthe topof i ii' >.
the nofe : but I attribute this miftake to his Interpreter, who migh eafily miftake the
Arabick, and render for Nafus. A/elampusrcndtishh judgment, that if a
mole appear on the nofe, or neat i^e eye, that perfon is beyond meafure Venereall;
if it be on the nofe of a woman fomething oblique, Qie hath another in fecret, and is
infatiable in her defires: a mole on the noftrils gives another on the ftones, between -
which andthe noflrilsis agteat fyrcpathy. Haly faith moreover, a moleon theear_
denotes another on the thigh; but I affirm the relation to concern the arms and thighs
too; for if one be on thenoftril, iedifeovers another on the Chouldcr blade, orbe* ' 1!
tween the fhoulder and the elbow; a mole on the noftrils, or near^the ears, points
out one on the arm or ftioulders; onebein on the lips of a woman, hath another on
the part thereunto anfwering; I have fpund it faith Ualy^ on the fecrets of a man .*
but thefe moles fignifie belly-gods and gluttonous, perfons, (fah MeUmpm: that 1
part of the mouth towards the cheek,relates tothe girding between the loines;and the
ball of the check to the buttocks; if there be a mole on the right part of the cheek
under the eyes, aiiothcr on the buttock; but if it he on the left fide the cheek the ^
other mole will be under the reins, for always obferve che.lefc fide relates to the^back I '

parr. ' The chin being the loweft part of the face, hath the lower parts of the feet an- s
, fwering thereunto; and as the chin refpefls the feet, fo the pares near the ears felate
to-the thighs. . is of opinion that one mole being on the chin, the other (hall ■
benearthefpleen;but as well itj the fpleen as belly, they predidl pains and difeafes.
Medampmrnakts the fame relation between the neck and the thighs, as alfo the arms'
and the feet. Hij/y faith if one appear under the gullet of the throat, there (hall be
another on the right fide the breft-'but platilh it near tfil belly. Haly fays,
one in the hands indicates another pn the genitals; but being in the hands of a wo,
man, denotes her fruitfol, and a plenteous off-fpring ,* a.woman hath moft of females,
and a man gets moft of themal^kinde •'a mole on the eye-lid, in a woman is a bad
fign, and'on the upper part of the eye*lid in a man; a mole on the fi^tknee of a
woman, denotes honefty^ and vertue; on the left knee of a woman, it difeovers fruit-
fulnefs. ,/
Further we ate in general to note that all moles od che right fide the bodie, have
good fignificationj thole on the l^fc, contrary; but for the more particular demon-
ftration, asalfo thegenuirie prediflivefignification, obferve this dodldne moft fully
in the following Figure, and afterward in the Canons. .

J
I •

Here

0.

i
l^ehotd. -this ‘JFtgure-j tn. rukickyou kee abls to.fudac theI<idles ScyiesjfhjiTL-r | '
tines ttv^eyktcCj at^werina i:<j the ^arts cf^ke^hpc^'y the^ricK l^es pqytit to thei
hpiC^ ^urt^the ^evlu'ch continued, lines to the^ore^atttnejre^. |

SiJ’cidpJit
 i

Of the Moles andparts ofthe ‘Body Symmetrically, z6^

Here is in this part of Phyfiognomie, matter more admirable, worthy the choifeft
ftudy, and apteft explication ; forafmuch as the Moles, as it were cafually difperfcd
throughout the whole body, haveamongft themfelves a certain .order and fympathe-
tical relative cognation; for on thofe which are manifeft on the face, the other which
are diffufed throughout all the parts of the body depend,and may be demonftrated,as
by a certain rule, experience it felf maketh manifeft.

III.
It is a thing truly of wonder, but yet moft certain, that a mole which is feen on the
forehead, gives another onthebreft 2is its fellow or companion, but on that part
which isnearcft tp the neck, and is the region of the heart and the vital Members,
comprehending that whole part compalTed with a little Mufcle lying ovecthwart the
lo^wer part of the breft, feparating the heart and lights from the ftomach, and diftinft-
ly pairing the lower parts of the belly; from whence alfo il a mole appear in the
middle of the forehead, for the moft part there is another on the middle of the breft*
and peradventure on the m’idft of the back, between the Ilioulder blades; and by
how much the fame inclines or declines from the midft towards the right or left fide,
byfo much doth the other decline towards,, or on the right or left fiioulder or
arms; fo asif a molein the forehead inclines towards the temples,it reprefents another
on the ftiotilders; and that by reafon of nearnefs, union and vicinitie; when as there
’are other parts (as wc ufually fay) have the fhouldeiscorrefponding with them in
order of the moles; for even as truly the right and left, fo alfo the upper and lower
correfpond and anfwer each other; if a mole be near the hair on the extremity of the
face^ there fball be another found near the hair on the neck; if one by the nofe on
the eye-brows, we ftiall obferve another impreffedon the lower part of the breft;
what part of the body the nofe fignifies, is fufficiently well known; wherefore he
who hath a mole on the nofe. hath another on the midft of that part, or on the right
or left fide of that part anfwering to the nofe and pofition of the place, as is to be
confideredjthe upper or lower part or hollow of the nofe near the cy-brows to anfwer
to the root of the fecrets, and the extremity of the nofe to the fore-skin of the flefh 2
In a woman it is the fame on the nofe as on the lips,and anfwers to the fecrets of nature
either higher or lower, according to its fituation on the nofe, and its diftance from
the eyes to the right or left, anfwering thacdiftance in proportion between the groin
and the p! 3?putium, as if on the very top or tip of the nofe, it anfwers to the extream
part of nature ; if a wart or mole be found on the eye-lid above the apple of the eye, OneReafot]
there is another on the adverfe fide on the groin, near cron the ftones; a mole like- why Art wai
wife on the lower eye-lid, there will another^anfwer it on the contrary fide between fcandalizedj
by reafon th
the fecrets and the buttocks; a mole on the upper eye- lid above the eye, (hews ano. that profefs
ther anfwcrablc on the Ihoulder of the fame fide; ani the nearer the temples kept it fo cl(
towards the ear, it is the nearer the extremity of the (boulder next the arm, be- that it gr(
fufpicious.
ti'fid is it
Alfo a mole on the lower part the eye brow, intends another between the fiiouldcr,
the arm, and the breft. , , . j u n.
Oft..times it comes to pafs that the moles on the brow refer to the back and brelt
equally, as in like proportion, for the fame ribs extend to both, and the fame fym-
pathy, being both as one, in this acceptation ; which congruent relation is truly
to be received with the accurate diftindion of right and left, upper and lower.
If a mole be feen on the cheeks, there is another in like manner on the buttock;
and the nearer the nofe it is, fo ptoportionably the nearer the groin is the other. Alfo
a mole on the jaw. bone the nearer the ear it is, fo much the nearer the fecr£t part is
another, on the back part the buttocks; unlefs as lornecimcs it falls out, it be a nngets
breadth from the nofe, then the other moft ufually is near the privy parts.
A mole under the eys in the concavity above the top of the cheek, denotes another
• under the arm-pits, higher or lower, according to. the proportional dimenfions ot
their fituation in the face; as if it Ihould be juft under the ball ol the eye, then the
otner
z6^ Of the Moles and T^rts ofthe body Symmetrically.
Other is juft under the armpitj and if fo be the mole be toward the. hmder pare or orbs
of the eyes,and touch not the eye, the other relating to this will be on the upper hin«
der part of the joint of the flioulder.
Moles neat the ear, as it were touching the ear, have others as companions on the
arm between the elbow and,the flioulder, according to thepoficion, right or
left.
From hence I obferve, that if the mole fliallbe on the ear, the more certain and
fure ground you have for judgment; but if they be three fingers diftance From the
ears, the like will be on the fides of the hips; but if they be two fingers diftant from
the cars, the other fembUbly are on the backfide the brawn of the arms.
A mole eminently appearing on the upper lip, almoft touching the nofc, difeovers
another betwixt the fundament and fecret member.
But he that hath a mole on the middle of the ridge of thenofe, hath its oppofite
in the feam of Nature, in the middle of the fecrcts; it falls out, and that not feldom,
that a mole being three fingers remote from the nof^, doth not point out the
place before repeated for its oppofite, but the hair, and more remote from the fecrets,
which the moles on the nether lip and chin moft uFually fignifie; yet lometimes thofe
moles on the chin, point out others on or near the knees and legs; and the rather, by
how much the lower they be feated on the chin.
The moles which are pofited on the jaws, a little lower then the nether lip, have
their oppofites on the fides of the belly between the thighs and the fecrets, nay in the
Yery middle of the belly under the navil, if it be on the middle of the
chinne.
A mole on the extremity of the chin, fliall difeover another very near the privy
parts under the navil.
The moles which are on the grifly tips of the ears, point out others anfwerable on
the wrifts or near the hands. *
If a mole be on the outward and upper grifle of the ear, it points out another on the
brawn of the arm, next the elbow.
If a mole (hall beinihe hollow and inward part of the ear, it demonftrates the
like on the palm of the hand. •
But ifit be oppofite on the back fide the ear, it hath its relation likewife to the
back flde the hand.

IV.
Not only the face and moles thereon, which are obvioufly confpicuous to every
eyo, have their fignification of the like moles on the oppofite parts of the body, but
alfo the hands and arms claim this priviledge alfo, and have their relative fympatby
on thofe parts fubje^lively referring thereunto.
As thus; A mole being on the brawn ofthe arm, above and near the elbow, for
certain there js anfwerably another near the knee.
If on the back part or bone of the arm below the elbow, another aofwers thereto
on the calf of the leg.
If on the brawn of the arm there is. a mole\ another oppoficely is on the midfl of
the thigh.
If alfo on the wrift, or near the hand« you have a niole, you fhail experience ano**
ther on the ancle bpne, for as I may fo fay ) the neck of the foot.
Laflly, if moles are on the fingers of the hand, the fame anfwerably are imprinted
on the toes of the feet, which relative proportion likewife holds in demonfiradon
betwi:tc the eais and the legs* between the knee and the foot;
 1 L ..L r«M it hehovcth US to undetftand that thefe rules
Notwithftanding what hath *>“"<> > ' not perpetually certain and true,
rthouh they have ™“*"“V"‘i'reLrdamentaT^ Science, fometimes fail, as
when as If natural rules of caufes fome-

may fail the Artift; birth, but alfofometimes even thofe which
fi/nS bodl i'^hl womk « having their c.iginal from the vehement defue and
inordinate luftful longing of the mother. :

VI.

As w what I hitherto h«ehandjed ,others^wh^^^^^ to“fubj?a''fo bdeTy',,

d wittily to ‘^''^liHeTrLdm
jvarioufly, and unaptly, ,,, ^ r,sImav fo fay) ofits credit and worth; but
rivolous and vatn, and have to ( . . J ncjenc which have learched out moft
Tannot fufficiently adm.re, ^0^ o«^
hings with great d>l;gence and tnduftry, nor not allayed to eapli-.
utiofity in the fearch of things hath exceeae Xv • . neccifary,
Sa unfold the caufes andreafonsof wherefore the
,et “leftvvifetheptob^le caufes^eteof f 1 h e the body, and
Moles pofited on the face. IhouU^ places of their poGti-
hould demonfttate according to a ce ta^^^^^ toexpLte this fame laborious fe- ,
on •• therefore ,'*"!*•*^.f^XTrnms andLteam datknefs of Difficulties; by
cret of Nature, involved in the while I at-
the Ancients not only negleaed but ‘ nordolany whitde-
tempt and perform, I atrog neither do I glory to have found that the
traa from the renown of '^nciejitj^ne t^^^ knowledge which they
Ancient could not; but I r j attemot • neither do 1 confide fo in my owti
have negleded» conceive hereof, and to the extent of my defire,
fttength, that whatsoever I ..... and bring to pafs j but that I may
rhatl fhall b^abl^oS "'J. . build up this admired Fabrtck, and MafsolE
fublevate,holdforth,andmfomemea^^^ choice mate;
Nature; to afford thefr helps: and the following age of

• * '■ - * i' •
VII.' ' \
' i
^ t twtainoe afrer he had created, the Fabrick
God Almighty, the only ^teatout ol all j^ings obvious to the eyes
of theUniverfe, which for the magni »be oiercing eye of realon ; God I fay,
wasinfinite, difficult tobe f^^tlaXT^ull S

- Sn’v“ould be dehnefted »
whokCrelctnVa?^thereforehdsolled-f--->»*"
V %66 Ofthe Moles andfarts ofthe TBody Symmetrically.
A little World, to fhew this, how and in what manner all things contained in the
Univerfe, are reprefented or expreffed in m?n, waseafie for me to do, but that I
fliould exceed the limits of my intended difeourfe. Now feeing man is corapofed
of two parts, a foul and body, there having bfen many that only endeavour to find
the world and the fimilitude thereof in the body only j it will not recede from my
purpofe if I confider the foul like wife, and ground my obfervations on that^ as others
have done on the body.

VIII.
•»

In the firft place. The humane body when it is conceived, attrafleth and receiveth
a certain proper power, vertue, and force from the Celeftial Influences, and the
iEthereal fpheres, as is manifeft from moft certain obfervation, which influential ver-
tuethe Aftrologers call Jovial or Saturnine; Jovial, when as by the benigne influence
^ and favourable rays oiJupiter, blood is tempered witli a moderate heat and pto-
duceth mild and gentle manners. Saturnine, when with ihefLarp and dry rays of
Saturn, thfi humours are arefafled, andrendred melancholy ; and terrene, favage,
rough andharfh manners are produced. So alfo in the powers of the foul, thofe
divine bodies ftiinc forth, and fend their vertues, as the Moon affedis it with
vegetable power; and the wit, is enlightned by Mercurjt; the concupifcible
power adjuvates; the Sun^ the vital; the itifeibk, tMars •, the natural, Ju^
piter; and amongft the reft, Saturn, the retentive facultie, The eighth fphere with¬
out doubt reprefents the Will; fo that as this moves, volvcs, and afts by his
primary motion the Other Orbs, fo the other moves, direfts, guides, alters, and
changes the affeSions of the mind; as is fufficiently explorated the difpofition
of thefe ftars, their vigour, force, and power in the moment of the nativity 5 from
whence it cannot be difficult to Divine, and demonftrate to what affediions, incli¬
nations and refolutions anyone is moft principally inclined. Moreover welhould
candidly and freely give place to reafon, whichlhouldasamoft magnificent Prince
rule, guide, and triumphantly command by her power, feeing to this end we have
received a power of free-will from God in humane affairs, that we (bould lo ufc rea-
, fon in a41 our adf ings, that our adions ftiould be fquared thereby.
Furthermore the Soul hath fimilitude W^'th the Elemt nts; with the earth, in refe¬
rence to thofe adlive fenfes, which the earth even as by opeh adlive paffages, unbo-
fomes her felf, that the truth and fcience of her royfterious fecrets may be dilucidated

r Water, which fimulates the Imagination.

^Withthe.?
t Air, in reference to Reafon.

Laftly, with the heavenly fphere, by reafon of the Intelkauals; as alfo in the body
one element hath more petfedion and predominancie then another, fo in the
foul one quality is moft eminent and predominant, another is inferiour and
fubordinate.
And lo, when as in the body all parts and qualities are fo fitly difpenfed and com-
pofed, that they confift together in a united fit natural proportion, folikewife is it
in the foul, all things being fo aptly moderated and fitly compofed, that all the affedi-
ons ( as it were ) in apt and fet numbers and figures, conlpire an harmonious con;
cord. From hence therefore, man may aptly|be called a little world^
or a certain type of the great world, as in refped of his body, fo alfo in regard of his
fouL
 /

Ofthe Moles andparts ofthe ^ody Symmetrically. x6‘j

I X.
Becaufe in this humane Fabrick, the in teriou rand more fecret parts of the
which in admired order and wonderful wifdom are lb difpofed} conjoined, and di-
vidcd, bat fubftraaed from the indagation of the eyes, dor vail and occnliatc the na-
ture and inclination of any one, as alfo the affeftions of the mind: The Alrnight^
hath imprinted thofe external figns, by which the internal face of man, his condition,
and affedfions, as well of body as mind, to which he fhould principally be inclined
to, might be manifeftly difcovered and made obvious. From whence they feem to
be highly injurious to God and Nature, who upbraidiRg> both, with this derect, as
if there was no o,ther way to difclofe the internal ftate, conditions, and afreoions of
man, then to open his breft and take out his heart; which certainly would be of
bad confequence, and in their own cafe, a cure fufficient to fcourge their (^1*7 J but
God feems here to reprefent the Merchant, who having ftored his (hop vvrth all forts
of ware, finds it inconvenient to bring it all to the open window to be feen , it be¬
ing indeed impofiible, but expofeth to the open view fome fmal quantity of every
thing, by which may be judged what is within. So the Almighty, when as he would
not fubjefl to the eye all internall qualifications, produceth fuch brief outward figns
by which the internall affedlions may be clearly known. And moreover, becaufe
thofe figns do exceed in number, being diffufed through the whole body, fome as oc¬
cult, others covered, and as it were hid from the fight, he epitomizing them together,
hath difpetfed them in the face, which ferve ('as figns hung at the dotes) to difcover
and demonftratc thefe latent and vailed marks' of the body, as alfo to explicate the
ftate and affedlions of the foul it felf. A
* • • •

X.
But I hold it not convenient toftay any longer upon thefe things: Let us confidcr
the figure of the head, behold it is round, the moft capacious and perlefl: figure, and
atypeof the world it felf. « j
The face, what is it but an example, and ('as it were) a pifture of God, as Mofes
the Law-giver,hath moft rightly e xplicated?
The forehead like wife, in which all. the anions of the Intelled, even as in an image
aptly are expreffed, and in which that fupream power of the foul chiefly fhineth
forth inaffion, what lefs fetteth it before cut eyes then the fupream angelical In-^
tellei,and the celeftial orderly Afpedf . , , , r
Thefe fame lines on the forehead being fix, and one triangle, by the Metppolcopcrs
are referred to the 7 Planets; thefirftto b, thefecondto % , the third to cf, the
fourth to ©, the fifth to 2 , the 6 to D , andlaftly the triangle to 5 , not with-
• out the impreiftons (^unlefs this fhould be accounted a iupetftitious curiofiiie) of
notes and charaflersj by which the Planets are figured. “

Mm2 XL
 OJ^the Moles andparts ofthe ^ody Symmetrically.

But let us more narrowly confult nature her felf, that we may leave the clouds of
opinions; Are not the 7 apert properties of the face, by which the fenfes admit to
themfelves the fpecies of things, and undergo their proper operations, fitly compared
to the 7 Planets ? We call the Sun and Moon the eyes of heaven, fo aptly may we
call the Sun and Moon the eyes of man.
The mouth, in which the chief grace of the face confifteth, reprefenteth Venus.
Thenoftrils to fupiter and Mercury, when asthenofe reprefents feep-
ter and Mercuries body.
To Mars and Saturn the ears, by rcafon of the fimilitude of their dry nervous
quality.
The moles alfo here and there fprinkled on the face, may moft aptly refemble the
other skie, or the ftars of the eight fphere. ' .

XII

But let us defeend to the elementary regions j the eys and the fight, according to
the doflrine of T/ato and Galen, refer to the fiery region.
The fenfe of fmelling, as Galen in lit, 7. de Secretis, as alfo Hippocrates and Plato
will have,refer to the airs the organ of fentis vaporous, and confifteth iu the qua¬
lity of air.
The tafte, asG<i/«'» teachethinA’^.i. de Caufis Jymptomatum, feeing that it haththe
moft moift inftruments of all, and confifts in a humid quality, may be compared to the
water.
Laftly, the ears, which are wholly grifles, and as it were without blood, ftiew forth
the fimilitude and nature of the earth.

XIII.
That we may continue this comparifon, and confider the compounded Elements,
we here find the moft noble type thereof {Lining in the head , but principally in
the face ; as for what belongs to the mixe imperfeft Elements, thofe vaporous fpirits
of the eyes, like fmoak,by which tears, or the like are produced, and are wont to pre-
fageforrow, reprefent the clouds of the air, and thick and foggiemifts, which the
vulgar Phyfitians in the eyes call Cataracts and fignifie
Great fogs and condenfed thick clouds, ready to pour down thunder and earth¬
quakes, may be referred and affimulated to fneezing and laughing.
Rain, fnow, and hail, to tears.
Tempeftsand fowl weather, to other more grofs excrements of the head.
The rain bows may refemble the [colour of the cheeks, which admit of various co¬
lours, according to the difpoficions of the mind.
Moreover the mixt and perfed elements, pierce they not the eyes of any one,
though half afleep, by that moft abfolute formation of the countenance?
Things certainly animated in the countenance, may be known by the agitations of
Nature it felf; the vegetative are reprefented whiles we day ly apprehend eafily the
face to be altered, and the complexion to be increafed or diminilhed ; neither by any
other inftrument then by the mouth and teeth is a palfage opened for the preparing
and
 Of the Moles andparts ofthe 'Body Symmetrically.
and reception of meat and drink. And further, where do we fee the intimate and ex-
timate fenfes to have their feat, but in the head ? the foul, the indigatrix of all things,
and that moft noble facultieof the IntelleQ, which by the Greeks is called vvihave
I not taught that even in the lines and fignatures of thefohehead, asalfofrom the
fore-part of the brain,it to fhine forth mightily in aflions, and to be fecretly ppreffed
in thofe lineaments, as in a Table.? Wherefore there can be no more certain and fit
an ornament then the head of man; and chiefly the countenance , for the great
work-mafter of all things,God, hath made it the Angular pattern of his whole work,or
rather of that Archytype and moft perfect work of the whole world, in a certain
manner, at leaft to be a fign and a (hadowed image thereof; for not the vaftnefs of the
whole orb could be forced into this fubjefl, fo as to be circumferibed therein ; nei¬
ther could the limited ftature and brevity of man, take in the diftindion of all
things.

XIV.
Therefore for this caufe hath God fo difpofed the parts and lineaments of the
face, and fo fitted the proportion with the whole body, that from the moles in the
face, as in a Compendium or Index to the whole Volume of the body, we might find
the other moles of the body, and derive a certain judgment therefrom. For my own
part I declare as I think hereof, that from that admirable proportion, as the difpo-
ficion of the mouth, and the conformity, which the Greeks call avAKoyUv^ of that
and other parts of the face, to the proportionate parts of the body, a man may re-
folve, expediate, and enodate the moft imperceptible latent nodes of natural caufes,
anddilucidateapertly their difficult pofitions; by which means it fo comes to pafs
that not only the affcdlions of the mind, but the moft co-opert and hidden marks of
the body, vail’d with our garments or otherwife, we may denudate, and certainly de-
monftrate» which thing truly is fo extreamly difficult, that it hath not been yet in the
right way affayed, by any that I know of, much l^fs throughly taught, by what ground
or way we might certainly gather the knowledge of the hidden fecret moles of the
body and their fignificationsjfrom the moles vifibly appearing on the face.

XV,
*

According to Method let us confidet »W«5-.'<«,ot conijiitation (k I may fo call it)

in two parts, ot under thefe feveral notions, as we have determined to hold 'tfortj.
:onfidetingthe quantity ot meafute, or either the quality and condition of the fnbjea,
Itom both thefe, to draw forth natural caufes, affeaing plainnefs for the greater per-
rpicuitie of the matter, we hold forth one under the name of proportion, the other
ander the appellation of fimilitnde as for example, the buttocks hold the fame Ana-
logie with the magnitude of the body in reference to meafute, as the cheeks with the
jther parts of the countenance in cooipatifon; and this is that we call the proportion
)f quMtitie or meafure. Butwheteas we (hall llaew that the hips or buttocks in a
tertain manner, may be compared tothe cheeks, feeing they ate both brawny and
ie(hy, and have the fame proportion in their (ituation to the body, we may
his Ldet the notion of fimilitnde. If Ilhonld
Aftronomical fountains, which I account very meet, and (hould g"'= •
lit ion of Analogic, it would bring much light to this difficult and obfeute
Mfoldefice the curious Reader to be admonilhed that this thtee-fold Analogic of
ikenefs in all parts of the face, or in >» P«ts of the body
Found • but being found, fthe lules being obferved, which n the fore-part oi
•his witk we havf laid down; thy judgment cannot be ftufttated. nor can *'”8
z7o Of the Moles and Tarts ofthe body Sjimm etrically.
appear which Qiall infringe the divination of Moles, which we have largely proceed- ,
cdin; but now in certain in whom only thcfe two are found, as proportion with fi-
militude, or proportion joined with Aftronomical Analogie , the reafon and ground
of thefe moles doth plainly and fully appear; when as depending upon proportion
with (imilitude, without this Aftronomical Analogy, the judgments and conclulions
you (hail draw from hence, Ihall labour under much flanderous fufpition. Therefore
now ftiall I engage my felf to explicate and unfold thefe three particulars, in that me¬
thodical order I have [propounded.

Now in the firft placed that diftinflly and plainly I may lay before the
eyes of all, this proportion,in which the parts of the face are referred to the other
parts[of the body, itisneceffary to obferve what proportion the parts of the face
have each to other, and what congtuity is obferved amongft themfelves j and fur¬
thermore to declare how the proportionable parts of the body agree amongft them¬
felves, and anfwer [each other, and each of thefe diftinAly known. To begin with
the face, to the right underftanding this proportion, we muft conceive therein a
threefold dimension, conbfting in longitude, latitude, and profunditie; although lon¬
gitude be the moft obfcrvable in this fubje6l, yet the other are not to be pretermitted.
That we may diftinguifh this longitude by aright and unerring rule, the bufinefs re¬
quires that we be indagacious and exa^ in the lead; pun£l; of the meafure thereof, by
which means the other particulars of the face may apertly be known, and meafured
amongft themfelves. And laftly, drawing up thefe proportions according to the
rules of Symmetf ie, the whole proportion of the fke, and all the parts thereof exa^
ly may be found.
Therefore firft I conftder the hollow between the bridge of the nofe and the mouth
refembling a trench, having a hollow in themidft, and a rifing on> each fide, which
equally divides the upper lip in two parts, and anfwers to each noftril, by like equal!
dimenfion,this is of leaft confidcration of any pact of the whole face feemingly ; but
a moft equal and exaft dimenfion is found herein,be it larger or lefler, and mukiplyed
('as I (hall ftiew prefently) it rendereth by a moft certain ground, a full rule, by a line
as it were to meafure the whole face : for the breadth thereof being doubled, is
that proportion as is between the mouth and the nofej the meafure of the upper lip
being again doubled four-fold, it renders the proportion of other parts, as the length
of the[ mouth the fpace between the eyesj and that ifpace from the nether lip to the
extremity of the chin, all thefe bear this four*fold proportion. Moreover the length
of the nofe, asalfo the fpace from the root of the nofe to the hair on thetop of the
forehead, le, the altitude of the brow, and from the nofe to the end of the chin,
thefe all are of one dimenfion, and bear a fefquialternate part to the former propor¬
tion, i. c. a fix-fold duplication of the lefler parts before mentioned; alfo the cir¬
cumference of the mouth, the ears, and thatfpacefromtheextremity of oneeye to
the utmoft corner of the other eye, thefe bear a double proportion of the laft before
recited, that is a twelve-fold duplication of the leaft particular meafures; the whole
length of the face, and the circumference of the forehead hath a fefquialternate pro*
portion to the compafs of the mouth and the parts before named, i.e, they conr
tain eighteen of the leaft duplicated meafures. Moreover the fpace from the begin¬
ning of the hair on the top of the forehead, to the joint of the neck behind, the very
extremity of the backbone, and the fpace from the* extremity of the chin to the
vertex,.or top of the head in proportion hath a fefquialternate dimenfion to the lon¬
gitude of the face, and comprehends in whole, 24 of the leaft duplicated parts.
 Ofthe Moles andparts ofthe '^ody Symmetrically. 271

xyii.
What need I inftance in any mote particnlars f The fymmetry of parts, the proper*
tion of numbers.the congruous confent of things,and their harmony ; one with ano¬
ther, are matters more admirable then expreflible. If we obferve diligently with the
eye of our minde and reafon, we may clearly in this fabrick of the face, difeern fuch
fpeciesof numbers 5 fome alike, others unlike ; fome likely, yet unlike; others un¬
likely, yet alike .♦ as alfo, the firft fimple, and uncompound ; the fecond compound .*
Some perfeft, others imperfedi; fome eoual, others unequal; ail proportions may
here be found, as well Arithmetical, as Geometrical, and all Harmoni-
call. '
Here you may finde the Double proportion, the fefquialccran, the fcfquitertian :
Here you may finde compofed harmony in its parts; as the Diatelfaron,the
Diapente, theDiapafon; all which to particularize, would be too tedious, fee¬
ing it may be gathered moll manifeftly and clearly from what I have already
faid,
Whit If fiiould further adde, that in the face are all Geometrical figures, as well
circular, as right, exprefly to be feen ? Certainly’this Conflitntion andCompofiti-
on of the face, is infinitely to be admired, and worthy wond£r>evcn to amazement,
but more worthy of admiration in this, that the face not onely reprefencs the whole
fabrick of man jbut is alfo a certain, perfed, abfolute, compleac type of the whole
iiniverfe; which it could not be.unlels it did imbrace all anfwcrable proportions; for
if fobe the whole body be compofed of this harmony, and all the parts Pear the fame
proportion, it was necelTary to conftitute one certain part as a type, that-might be
able to menfurate as a line, all the other parts exadly; whereupon, the face as
moftaptto thispurpofe,tobea type ofihe whole work; fo that from that type,
the marks and figures of the other parts of the body, by a fure fympathy and fit cog¬
nation might be fignified,

XVII L

Moreover, the great and chief Creator of Nature, knowing the face to be fome^a
timesfubjeft to deformity (as in the exuberancy or defed of matter, or through ac¬
cidents, from the operations of the agent, through too much vehemency or remif-
nefs, or the like) the judgement from hence might be difficult or erroneous,-hath
pleafed to give a rule, as a certain unerring ftandard, expofed to our eyes; by the
which the face and all the parts thereof, whether they arc true and natural, mighs
as certainly, as certainty it felf, be explorated and tryed : And this is the Hand to
which Mortals owe much. By the hand are enemies repelled, the life defended,
Sphares, Globes, ands as it were, new Heavens are faClitated; Cities, Houfes, Sbjps,
arc thereby fabricated ; With the hand Garments are woven, and made fit for mans
ufe; all things in imitation of nature, are therewith painted; figures are cut,
and Statues ingraven; Pidures afe by the hand moft lively (hadowed ; And hilly,
Hiftories, as living monuments of times and Laws, are therewith written'; the hand
therefore,as the common aid & power of the whole body,is the meafurejOr beareth the
proportion of the face; for fuch is the natural proportion of the face in longitude,
as is the length of the hand, from the wrift, to the end of the middle finger ; which
rule fails in very few men j and as all the parts of the face meafurably proportion-
able, in an harmonious way, refped each other .* So likewife the parts of the
hand amongft themfclves, and in relation to other parts of the body, retain a ccr-
ttuedimerfion 5 as firft, the index, orforefinger, the length thereof u eafured
from
ir-
,
\

Of the Moles and Tarts of the Tody Symmetrically,

from the end of the nail, to the third joynt on the back fide, giveth the juft h«» mag-
nitudeof the whole hand, and is always fonnd equal to the other pattof ^ehand,
Xheatendeth from the toot of the fingers tothewtiftj the Irke the mrddle finger
O^evss, being meafated on the infidc the hand, from the extremrty of the finger, and
extended beyond the mount, accordingtomeafnrable proportion; the famequan*
tkv of fpace. and the felf fame dimenfion, is from the bottom of the inount to the
mid, the lir^e being extended; the nail, alfo of a 1 the fingers have the fame length,
Ts the fpace is fromthe bottom or root the nail to the top of the firft joynt 5 alfo
JhrcLumferenceofthethickeft finger, anfwereth in a certain proportionable mea-
fure to the length thereof.

XIX.
Many other fymmetrical proportions might bere be laid before thy eyes ("gentle
Re^er) in which the parts ofthe hands fitly correfpond j but that I ftiould feem too
Dtolix and tedious; and thefe, obfetving the rules atjd fimihtude of fymmetrical pto-
oottion feem an eafie bufinefs to be undetftood. being fo delightfulI mean, in
Tha" the parts of the hands agree amongft themfelvesj as alio their congtnity to

'*'\v^etefote that I may for the benefit and delight of tire Reader, fully open this
truth I fhallmoft accuLely delineate, asinaTable. auddraw lorth the proportion

'’^Firll'How muAls Ae^'ength of the face, and the circumference of foc^ead.

fo much is the length of the hand, from the wnft to the end t)f the middle finger.
that fpace which extends from the root of the hairs in the forehead, to *’“’*°^s
noftrih, bridge or middle of the nofe, anfwets in proportion to the middle finger j
rfre o her pact from the midft of the nofe, to the extremity of the chin, we finde n
menfurable proportion, antwers the reft of the hand, from the root of the fingers to

"’FuHhermorc“Synt which is the firft and gteateft, next the palm of the fore-
fineer rendteth the altitude of the forehead 1 as alfo, the fecond and third joynt of
the fame finger confidered to the extremity of the nail togeihet, are obfervedne^
ver to differ mmenfural proportion, from that fpace which is from the upper eye-
lid to the orbicular part,^or middle of the nofe: The firft and greateft joynt of the.
middle finger is found to agree in juft dimenfion, to that fpace which extends from
Ihe lower par^ of the nofe, to the upper part ol the chin, under the nether ip: The
fecond joym of that finger meafuteth the whole chin; but the fit ft and_ gteateft joync
of the Ing finger, moftexaaiy anfwers in proportion tothechm from the lower
ho to the mremfty thereof: The third joynt, next the nail rrf the middle finger.
1ft adequately meafuteth that lacunous hollow of the upper lip m length, beiw.xt
the nofttils and the upper lip; in like manner, confidering the firft joynt of the rnid-
dle finger, next the hand, fo much as is the longitude of that betwixt the joynts, inch
is the moportion of the length of the mouth, if with a thted you mealure the arch of
hriiP s but if youmeafure the longitude ftrait through Je vacuity of the mouth,
thdioynt of the finger exceeds, but the fame meafute of the farne finger, renders the
altitude of the forehead: The palm of the hand in lerigth and breadth ("in perfons
not over fat or lean) moft ufually tenders the propottion of the cheek .n longitude

“so you fee in this manner, according to this plain

hand is as a certain petfeSmeafure, by which we may explotate, the difpofit on and
fvramettical proportion of the face in every particular, that by the face, as by tne
o^thet parts of the body conftituted thus proportionably by f
error according to true proportion, make our obfetvationsanddi.tinaions .andas
c^modToufty it may. loir is manifeftly neceffa.y, to revocate the whole body to
this fymmetrical proportion. Let no man rellifti this with diftafte, or
 I

Ofthe Moles andparts ofthe'Body Symmetrically, 173

j-S” ^

il?lsSWs£l?»:
their own property,
X X.

wherefore thst I might invite Others to this ufeful Philofophy, I hive >t l»ft fet my

vldtrcrandTrinciSSft'^^^^^^^
thffacebeingLfttatedin the very upper and moft coficaom

onrl /'asir were) theitnasesof theafFeft^onsof theminde. ^ \ r u k^/iar

/he face i( aslhavefaid, the beginning and principal ("as it wete^ ofAebo y
at on mhich all the Dtoportions of the whole body depend, as number on
Jid a I^e noon S^poin^^^ Concerning which I obferve and determine,
?h« moft common^ in our region and the adjoyning. the longitude of the body ge-
Syt rTht the length" of the whole face nine tim« I
r.lc mpn n»rure is more dilated; in others more contraSed; for there are lome,
Kpioht or length of body equalizeth the dimenfion of the face ten times, o-
rr,.?fcth» mes tt “'^iumj very rare it is,if the body ex.
«cd noffeven proUrtionable dimenfions of the facejthe biggeft exceed not tenmea-
? ^Trhn&ce Keffer, as they ate not under feven, fo they exceed not eights
fores of t , brevity of the body concluded in fo narrow a period, but it ex-
forftarc nf the face in length • for nature indeed, which hath with
“tteftlnduftry.and fymmetrical harmony,made mans body humane, foabfolute
k ®r,IUrhertfongs. making man the Mafter-piece of het operation, cannot be
L nf fSiKtled Tmpok'd. imperfea apeice. The tal|ar, who are found
fn the greater number often, otneatir, which intrue proportion exceeds ^hecom
* ftature • Thefe are bound under fome more propitious ftars, as be-
formoft per7ea irp?opoi5^^^^ from whence ^r,yf.i/c that g^at and principal
ing “"‘‘ P (K- J hathcuftomarily commenfnrated the beautyandma-
iX orthe body by magnitude ; therefore I adjudge it a work of worth, tof««b
jefty of y y 8 either magnitudes, of that which anfwcrs the ninefold
out the proper meafaresrf^ther™ which exceedeth this
propottion 0 > ^ and to make appear how either
XStg:!7d^:,?ol^therd«L hed, aJediftiuguimed into nine and ten
proportionable equal juft parts. ^^^

a flap firft WP are to know, that in the face by a natural proportion,

■brlvfotXdrMlIiwebefore explained; are found three fpaces equal amongft
Ihlmfelves. The fiift is of the fotehead.and is that proportion which is untamed be-
themieives. » rhppxrremitvof the hair on the top of the forehead; The
twixt the eye-bro , beginning of the eye-brows j the third is from the nofe
fecondisof '*1^ ^"Jfhe ,nci^ have called the fitft
?hetore loTo^^^^ T^Tond Dimenfion rwhirhisthe nofe; tendeth to
/Lyandornament^^^^^^^^^^
for^l'bA often taken, teach, by a certain fnre and app^ved rule, •‘>«*««hofo
2 .74-' Moles and Tarts of the body Symmetrically.
Dimenfion of the'face, taken nine times, maketh up the perfeSand abfolute lonai-
tude of the body. The firft of the nine menfural parts, is the face it felf; the fecond
isfrom the throat, to the extremity of the brcaft, where arifeth the grifle called £»-
ftformis, bearing^the form ofa fword: The third reacheth from hence to thenavil ;
The fourth, from the navil, fomething beyond the groin, to the beginning of the hip,
or huck/e bone ; The fifth and fixth, from thence to the knees: The feventh and
eighth diraenlions extend to the anckle bone; And the ninth, fucceeds in order from
the ancle to the foie of the foot.
, Moreover, We may take notice, that Mother Nature hath affe^ed in the fitft for¬
mation of man, a quadrangle figure full and perfeffly equilateral, which appears ve¬
ry often in many mortals, and efpecially in them who have their members clofely
compafl; and referring to thisconfidcration, nature hath conftituted the center in
the groin, reprefenting man equally large and long: For thofe nine dimenfionsby
which the longitude of the whole body is diftinflly menfurated, are in like manner
found in the arms and breaft, the arms being ftretched out: Which truth, in what
manner it is formed, I will, to the utmoft of my power, as briefly as I may, open
and clear; as firft, If we meafure from the (fioulder without, paffing by the elbow
and extending to the firft joint of the fingers, on the back of the hand j or if from the
arm-holes within fide, wedefeend to the joint feparating the palm and the fingers,
we fliall by juft calculation, have the longitude of the face three times; the length
of the fingers of both hands,contains the length of tte face once ,* fo that both the
arms and hands contain the longitude of the face feven times: But now the latitude
of the body, which is taken from one ftioulderto the other, is fo much in quantity
as the longitude of the face t wice taken : So verily it plainly appearsthus in ratio¬
nal Demonftration,that the arms extended, raeafuring over the body, conficiateand
make up juft that/pace which nature hath deferibed from the top of the he jd to the
foie of the foot. ,
St. AugHfline-i in his 15 Book De civitate Vei^ Chap, 26. took notice, that the
height of man &om the crown of the head, to the foie of the foot, contains fix times
the latitude of the body, being meafured from one fide ro the other: And the body
lying in afleepingpofture, being meafured from the back by the fide, to the belly
ten times, this altitude anfwers the height of the body, from the foot to the top of
the head. /
The altitude of the breadth of the body tentinr.es, and the meafure of the body
from fide to fide fix times, anfwers the altitude of the body. Thus St. Auguftwe
obferved, which.I finde in none but him; whom I mention, to fliew how the moft
pious did take occafion to m2!gnific the Creator, confidering that proportion which
appears in his works.
•i'

xxri.
Now it remaineth, that I dtliverthe reafon and manner of that other longitude
or dimenfion of the body, being more tall, and more perfeff, which is the portion
of fome few men, according to thofe ten dimenfions of the body I before propofed:
Wherefore now I muft confider man under a new meafure. Now the firft of ihefe ten
parts is thus,beginning at the top of the head,& reaching to the extremity of the nofe.
The fecond dimenfion begins at the lower part of the nofe, above the upper lip, and*
extends to the beginning of the breft. The third begins, where the former ended,and
extends to the lower extream part of the breaft bone,by a right line; which we call the
loweft Turculum. The fourth extends to the navil. T he fifth to the groin, where the
the center or the middle of the body is accounted j the other five parts, from the
huckle-bones by the thighs, to the foie of the foot, are comprehended,and by juft pro¬
portionable fpaces deferibed.
Thus feeing now, not onely the face in its proportions, which I have plentifuU'
ly demonftrated; but alfo that fpace from the elbow to the extremity of the middle
finger, is and may be a juft and exafl meafure of the whole body:
Left exceeding the bounds of my intended purpofe, I ftiould fail in the profecution
of my determinate refolutipns; laying therefore afidc ihefe delightful curiofities, I
will
 Of the Moles andfarts ofthe TBodj Symmetrically.
will apply' my felf in the fequel, to that which I have propounded in my thoughts, as
the foundation of this Doftrine; which I (ball unfold in a delightful, plain and fa¬
miliar method; that is to fay, the proportion which the parts of the face have with
the parts of the whole body, notwithftanding they retain a fimilitude of proportions
alfo amongft themfclyes,that from hence by ftrong approved arguments,we may with
the more certainty judge of the moles of the body , obferving their pofitions, and
refolving their fignifications.

XXIII.

As I have before obferved three equal parts in the face, and diftinguifhed them in
their relative dimenfion: So here I hold it convenient to note the divifion of three
parts in the midft of the body ; As firft. That (pace from the groin to the navil.
Secondly, From the navil to the breft. Thirdly, That part which extends it felf
from the breft, to the beginning of the neck; all which are here contained in equal
proportion.
Furthermore, that fpace which is interceded betwixt the breafts,as certain terms or
boundsjismeafured by the circumference of the forehead; fo the brow being tripli¬
cated in longitude, equaleth the back in exadi dimenfion, even as the fpace or
longitude of the face ('as I fhewed before) being taken nine or ten times, anfwereth
to the ttature of the whole body. So alfo the altitude of the forehead being nine or
ten times taken, anfwereth or meafurcth the longitude of the back. The femicircle
ofthe eyebrow doubled, comprehends the rotundity of the ftioulderblade, by the
fame reafon as the circle comparing the concavity of the eye, deferibeth the peri¬
phery , or circumference of the arm-hole .* Wherefore now if thefe proporti¬
ons of the parts of the face, as alfo the fimilitudes of proportions, in which the parts
of the face, as alfo of the whole body, agree amongft themfelves, by a rati¬
onal congruity be admitted.- let no man deny, but by the fame reafon and grounds
infallibly, the moles of theface have a certain relative confent to the other fcatter-
ed in other places here and there in the body; for it is undeniably manifeft, that the
face, and the parts of the face (as I have proved^are as certain fure figures and types
of the whole body, and the parts thereof; Therefore now as in the beginning I pro¬
pounded, the forehead reprelents the breaft, the eye-brows, the (boulders, the con¬
cavity of the eyes, the arm-holes, the ears, the arms, the chin, the groin, the
cheeks, the buttocks,the mouth,natures fervant in men, the fecrets in women; it ought
then to feem no wonder wherefore the moles (with which nature hath obfignated
the parts of the body as with certain remarkable figns) (hould have relation and affi¬
nity amongft themfelves. Forafmuch therefore as the forehead relates to the breaft,.
and other parts ('as hath been (hewedj have their relative dependencies; a mole^
therefore on the forehead fhall point to another on the bread j and moles in any o-
ther parts of the face, (hall (hew in like manner the fame in other anfwerable parts
of the body.

XXIV.

That I may more exaffly explicate this delightfom pleafant dodrine, I judge I
(liall do a work of worth, if thofe fimilitudes, in which the parts of the face are com¬
pared with the parts of the body, I (hall moft diligently examine, and tracing
through this moft difficult dodrine,dircover what way poffibly we may come to a
more clear light, and illuftration of the beams of reafon in this fubjefl; yet I would
not that any one (hould be fo much anaffedfor of fimilitudes, or over much an in-
quifitor.tha: he (hould expedf fo extdl a rule of the parts,to be in all the parts, as I have ^
(hewed to be found in thofe firft of the face,beirig compared,or related to the whole:
for feeing that the face is as a type or index of the other members, as a fign of certain
vendible wares, it is not necelTary the face.altogether to be figned, in that full diftindt
manner as the body ; Youfindenot thisin(hopsor ware^houfes; forjthere the wares
are difpofed in order; without doors'atc the figns placed, as the index of the goods
which are within; and very convenienc^is, when as fo ftrait a place as inay contain
N n3 the
 Of the Moles and Tarts of the Tody Symmetrically.
the tvpe, cannot receive the whole, which abounds in divetfity as well as multiplicity;
wherefore now to this confideration, if not a moft perfefl fimilitude, yet a Ihadowed
le roarfuffice. to (hew and manifeft that which may not outwardly be town, and
mav^e^ble abundantly to repleat the defite of the Contemplatot: But pafling
by words, I offer to the eye the thing it felf, and the example.

XXV.

Whofoever diligently infpeaeth the forehead, and findeth it riling, plain m the
middle part, circular on the (ides, divided wjth a line above, which is terminated i^th
the fizute of a triangle, having ttanfverfe a various concourfe of lines, like to fur-
lows and obfetves Fhe brow to have the tight and left proportions; as alfo the pro-
mTntoty in the midft congruent, behold he hath exprelfed here, not obfeure y by that
mrl theoniverfal pofiture of the body, which ad)oyneth to the throat; which
nart’by teafon of its pofition, the Phylitians call Mediitm vextrem, the m^dle belly,
h^lnfe it is placed in the midft, between the lowet-belly and the head. H.ppocrMe,,
rhetlne Father of Philofopby, 7 Athr. calls it ventrmfupmarem. the upper belly;
from the Greeks it is called perhaps ^ ^ Sn?®, that is, to leap, move or pant,
becaufe in this part is the feat of the heart and its continual motion .• or as the Stoicks
hl«" W- W''. referring to the mind, becaufe they hold that ttefe parts con.
taTn the fvine part of out mind: The breft is every way moft notably bounded and
limited as extended from the throat to AeI>iafhr»gr»»ot Cattilagian Xiphoidan
mufcle or Midriff, which is round, lying ovettbwart the lower part of the breft, fepa-
r'.nfhrlip,tr and lizhts from the ftomachs for it takes its beginning from the
I Xne o ILnnel b®o^^^ and ends at the rnidrilt; the former part
wf,h .he uX Lne of the breft where the ribs meet; the lower part with the joint
o the bacTbonrthe ri^tand left fide with i a ribs as with certain lirnits, is cir-
lumfaibld rtie former thereof moft beautiful, excelling amongft the other parts of
irbodv itis moftcapacioui. moft fortified, andfometh.ng anfing or fwelling in
c :An ’Jeh l^e • allwhich proportions ate together found in the forehead, which
Sfous ftto^'rifingVan^^ fo that it may be doubted, whether the breft
Lfeenr he forehead, or the forehead in the breft; for you may tightly compare
with thl tr angle of the forehead, the channel bone and the ; with the
Zt If thl forehead the ribs of the breft; with the promontories of the biow, the
oaos of the breft s no wonder therefore if a mole appear in the forehead, that there
hi anoth* fe“n on the breft and back, by teafon of the affin.tie of pofition, which
?n order is reprlfented 5 if we behold the eye brows which ate annexed to the brow
we Lt ee lheiranalogiewiththe Oioulders, which are the moft eminent part of
T kS , ,nd areconnexivelv united to the breft and back, as the temples ate twhe
fo ebead!’FlomX“Ttc^^^^^ ifamole bedifeerned in tins partof the
face without doubt you may eafily and certainly conclude a mole in like manner on
thXulderstowatdLhe tight or left fide, according to the pofition of the other m

'‘'Moreover Ahat the admired diligence of nature might be manifeft) if there be a

mole on the eye-brow toward the ear, in like manner (as I faid before^ another (hall
poffefs the ftioulders, declining towards the back.

XXVI.

the chin. 1 Dull dtlne the ehetl, 10 beihcfe p»,tt of ihe f«e

“'“ 15;
Ofthe <i!Moles and Tarts ofthe Tody Symmetrically. ^77
body hath itspofition between the lower belly and the thighss and in like manner as
thccheeksarefeatedin the third diracnfion oftheface; fo arethefe, as to the third
part of the body : therefore if nature hath impreffed a mole on the cheek, you may
vvellTuppofe Qic hath impreffcd another on the buttock; asifitbeon the parts of
the face near the nofe,fo doth the other anfwer either near thefecrets of nature, or
farther off, before or behind, as that on the face is toward the nofe, or towards the
ear, by which confinity it oft-times comes to pafs, when a mole is next the nofe, it
pointeth out another as near the fecrets, (as I noted in the beginning ;;if it be on the
cheek,then is the other on the buttock, and fo in anfwerable proportion. Moreover
as you fhall not find a mountain without its valley, nor a promontory without a con¬
cavity, or hollownefs; foin like manner the eye-brows which are the higheftpart
thereof, have their hollownefs and concavity adjoined; Now whereas the eye brows
behold and afpeft the fhoulders, as a hill a mountain; fo the concavity of the eyes
afpeds the arm holes as a valley a valley ; fo that a mole placed on the hollow of the
eye, efpecially the lower part thereof, moft certainly befpeaks another on the oppo-
fitc place in the arm hole; but with this difference; if the mole on the eye be near the
nofe in the greater angles, which the Greeks call or bccaufe from
thence the tears trickling. Hide down, the other mole declineth and adhereth to that . \
part of the arm-hole next the breft; but if the mole be confpicuous near the temples
in the leffer angles, or the other is to be underftood to be more near the
back.

XXVII.

To fpeak further of the nofe and eyes, 1 fhall ceafe and pafs over, for as much as
it is well known to every Oculift and Barber, to what part of the body they bear the
analogic; I accounting it a vettue becoming a modeft man,to conceal and vail over the
image of Natures fecrets,rather then openly to detefl them in the face. But if any one
with an honeft defire of knowing, fuppofeth no part of nature excluded from Philo-
fophical ftudy, by himfelf verily, if he will apply and convert his eyes and mind, he
may be able fufficiently to attain this curious, even as adopted Science: for if any
oneconfidec the porrefted form of the nofe, as alfo the annexed balls of theeyesi
he prefently cannot but have in his eye and thoughts, that part which gives the appro¬
ved juft teftimony of a man. L J-rf- • - • .
Furthermore, if you will examine the moles, there can be no djfficulcy in judg¬
ment, if you transfer the comparifon from the nofe to the yard, from the eye-lids
to the cods, the right and left fide being obferved.
In women the mouth chiefly commonftrateth the privy genital, and from the form .
and proportion of the lips; I know not by whacfimileto deduce it to the like in
nature; for certain, in moft women the analogic holds, andthefimileis figurated,
which is unerring and conftant to men,

XXVIII.

^ The eats next are confiderable,which are as wings adhering to both fides the head;
to which part of the body mote rightly may they be fimulated then to the arms ? For
the arms Nature hath affixed as wings to the body ; moft rightly therefore a mole on
or about the ears, (hews another infignated on the arms; but becaufe the arm is parti¬
ble, and to be diftinguilhed in feveral dimenfions, as that fpacc which defeends from
the (houlder to the elbow, as that which is the brawn of the arm produdlcd from the
elbow to thewrift, and Jaftly the hand it felf s for Experience, the moft certain
and obfervant handmaid of Nature, hath taught us, that to a mole near the ear, ano¬
ther is anfwerable on the arm near the flioulder; but for that which is upon the ear,
there is congruently another on the brawn of the arm s only the difference confider¬
able is, whether the mole be on the upper part of the ear, in the fin of the ear, in
the midft, or rather in the lower part thereof; if the mole be on the upjpet part oi
the ear, it difcoversone upon the brawn of the arm above the elbow; if on the
lower part of the ear, another is intimated near the hand on the arm, a little abo^
 the wrift; if on the middle oi the ear, it (hews one to be on the hand j for the'hol-
lowof the hand holds correfpondency with the concave of the ear, as the back of
the hand with the exteriour hinder part of the ear.

XXIX.

But moreover (as before I have informed Mattiv) there iseviden^fo great va2
riety of matter expreflfed in fo fmall an image as the face, and that in fo ftraight a
room is enclofed fo large a demondration of the whole body, as mod didindly hath
been opened; the divine Architect hath fitly appointed divers members befides the
face, their due proportions; partly that without the help of relative comparifon they
might in their fympathies be known by themfelves; and partly that they might con¬
cur and anfwer other parts of the body, as the parts before explained do anfwer to,
or concur with the face; when as the face cannot comprehend a didinft figure of
the feet and legs, the hands and arms have here fucceeded; and in like manner with¬
out any prejudice to modedy, do nakedly, and mod perfedly exprefs and render
this defcription; for even as the ears the arms, fo the arms reprefent the legs;
great is the fimilitude of both, that well near the fame parts, the fame joints, the
like promptnefs and aptitude of performing divers and fundry fundions appears
in both ; from hence it comes to pafs, that there have been divers who have been
able to fupply the defedf of their hands with their feet, and of their feet with their
hands; as with the feet to write, to paint, to weave, to give, and eafily to receive; as
alfo the hands have been ufeful and expedient, and neceffary helps in the expedition
of travell, and principally in any defea of the feet; therefore any one having a mole
on their atm, elbow, brawn, wrid, hind, or finger, in like manner he obtains another
on the leg, foot, or toe of the foot, according to the order and pofidon of the
other.

XXX.

As furthermore confidering the cheeks and the chin, whether can thefe be refer*
red but to the belly and groin ? With admiration 1 fpeak it; milk is not more like
CO milk, nor an egg beareth not a greater fimilitude to an egg, then thefe each to
other; if with more curiofitiewe compare thefe, their fimilitude will be the more
confpicuousj the cheek is defhy, fuch is the belly and buttocks; and as the chin is in
(Ttuation, fo are the fecrets; and as the chin terminates and bounds the face, fo doth
the groin,the belly, and buttocks; from hence it follows that a mole condicuted one
the cheek, reveals another on the belly or part thereunto anfwering, according to the
pofition of right or left; if alfo in the hollow of the nether lip, another betwixt the
fecrets and the navil; if one be upon the extremity of the chin, another is located in
the extremity of the belly .* A mole likewife on the philtrum or hollow of the upper
lip, under the nodrils, will mod aptly exprefs another on the pericaum between the
fcrotHmtndthGfeAt: and thus concerning moles in all parts, by analogic and fimili-
cude, may mod eafily be gathered.

X X X 1.

Hitherto I have fufficiently difeourfed of the proportions which the parts of the
body hold with the face, and amongd themfelves, and by themfelves, and by reafons,
and examples, have fully cleared, how the parts of the face reprefent anlrelate to
figure, the materials and pofition of the parts of the body, by which a certain and
definite rule of moles may be condituded : It now remains as in the beginning I
propoled, that I derive a caufe hereof from the heavenly bodies; for if from thofe
divine operators, all humane bodies have received certain notes, forms, andchara-
6lers, as from a certain feal, as the learned have demondrated, not to be wanting in
herbs, and the more inferiour ignoble parts of the creation, in all which is aptly di^
dinguidied the dominion of the Planets; wherefore then I pray (hould it feem ab-
furd to be fpoken, that every one of us fo foon as we are born and formed, receive a
charadier
 Ofthe Adoles andparts ofthe ‘Bodj Symmetrically.
Charaflerand Sign fas ic werej from the Stars and Skies, co*afted by the fupreme
being, in fo fingular excelling order, and fweec unanimous harmony, on which the
body and members alfo depend, as on their proper ftar^ and by which they are go¬
verned, and feem to be therewith figned and charaderized.
From hence it is, that Prc/cw; hath attributed to the bladder, the bones,
the fplecn. the right ear, the teeth. To Jupiter the hands, the pulfe, the liver, the
blood, the lungs, the arteryes, the feed. To Mars the reins, the gall, the veins
and fecrets. Tothei’«», the nerves, finews, brain, heart, -right eye, and right fide.
To the noftrils, the mouth, the loins, fperm, and parts of generation. To
the tongue, the imagination, memory, minde and reafon. To the Adoou
alfo the throat, tafte, ttomack, inteftines, the left eye, and left fide; from hence
alfo the parts of the body are diftributed to the Signs of the ZoMack^; as to Jries^ the
head, the face, the eyes and ears. To the neck and throat. To gemim,
^he iLouldersand arms. To Cancer breaft, the paps, the upper belly,the fplecn,
and the pulfe. To Leo, the heart, ftomackjdiaphragma, aud back-bone. To Virgo^
the belly and inteftines. To Zi^r^i, thc reins, backbone,, fidesand loins. To Scorpio,
the buttocks, the genitals and h\Mc.t.To Sagittarh, the thighs, as alfo the genetals.
To (faprtcorrt, the knees. To Aquarius,Legs. And to Pifces,i\\t feet.
Aftrologcrs likewife have affirmed the Planets to bear rule in every part of the
body; but to vary in their dominion and fignification, according to the variety of
the figns in the which they exift in the time of t^z\\genefs : According to which or¬
der, in Saturn difpofeth the breaft, Jupiter ihc belly, Mars the head, the
Sun the thighs, Venus the feet, Mercury the legs, the Moon the knees and fecrets. In
Taurus^Saturn governs the ht\\\pijHpiter the back, CMars the neck, the Sun the knees,
the head, CMercury the the neck and legs; And thus mutably
they change, and vary their power, and imprint in the humane body their force and
charaf^ers, accordingjto the various poficion of the Stars and Planets, in a different
manner; which things f becaufe I have receded long from t^e limits Of my Argument)
I forbear any further to profecute. ' «
XXXII.

Now laftly as to the Subjefl of Moles, they feem from what hath beenfaid, to be
as certain noted marks and obfervable charaflers impreffed on the body by the in¬
fluence of the Celeftial Signs and Planets anfwering thereunto, not only in their fi-
tuation and form but alfo in their very colour, they vary in the geniturcof every per-
' fon according to the dominion of each Planet; wherefore feeing that ail the parts
of the face have a certain neceffitated affinity with the other parts of the body, and
bear as a Prototype or pattern, the reprefentation thereof; for it is congruent to
nature, that with what mark, mole, or charaffer the part of the body is figned by the
moft powerfull fignificant ruling Scar, or Planet, with the fame alfo that little emblem
of the face is figurated, which relatethto, and expreffeth that part of the body; but
principally if that mark or charader in a convenient magnitude, beeafily vifible and
difcernable, that comes not topafsonly by the dominion of this or that Planet, or
Sign, but by the conjunflion of the Planet ruling with thefign, as is more evident ,-
confidering that the conjundion be it good or bad, in regard of the Planet which
Ihall have dominion with the Sign, I fay the Planet and Sign together affed that
part of the body relating thereunto, by their conjund influence, and imprefs therein
a more fubftantial mole or charader,according to their proper fignificant coloiir.Thus
have I finifhed this third and laft reafon of moles; and have fufficiently waded in
this various, yet plealant relifht Dodrine,^ to the fatisfadion of the ingenious 5 al¬
though I confefs it was not the refolved purpofe of my genius, to produce all thofe
things which curious Aftrology hath found out, which may feem to tend to the more
petfcd,abfolute, tried perfedion, which favoring of too much curioficy, it will be
mote convenient to touch, then to penetrate, to be underftood then profelTed,which
hath anfwered my intent, rather in the full explication of this Dodrine of
Moles,to appear not onely an Aftrologet, but alfo a Philofopher; Which that I
may make good, not onely in writings, but alfo in life and converfacion, I implore
the eternal Wifdom, and incomprehenfible Peity.
ATreatife
 /

i\n Alphabetical! T a b l e of the Principall Heads.

A. *• * v-fc

Dulation or fiatterj fig»es thertofi Page 25^1 A 'Dreim forgotten found out bygeomancy,p,^ 2,3 3
A A ge c/c/ and quiet
Alchymy relates to the Planets
P-55 Dreames effectually, and varieufly'?
p.22 treated on 212
AlfridaryjOJ- Fridary,vphat they Jignifie p.i8 Y>reiaies defined and their Cau/es . p.213,214
Aifridary Tables pip Dreames after the method ofl
Alediromancy p.71 Afirologie , largely pleafant,>p,2i%toi‘Zi
Anatomy p.9.33 and ddightfull ^
Angels governty How. , p.io
Aphorifms explaining the accidents E.
of man and '^oman, by the Hand,ff Earcs what, and obfervations thereon P-I?^
copiotifly demonfir at ed in more^^t 8p./i? I36 An Envious perfon, how dtfcovered P-254
then 600 particulars^^ explain*d^ An Epitome of Mans conditions, 7
in many figures from J Bow to be known ^^p.2^ltoi^6
Audacioiifnefle.yitgwi thereof P-247 Epitoroy of the ffephalique Line p. 55
Epitomy of the lines of the Sun, and Saturhe p. 5 4
B.
Epitomy of the He patique Line P-52
Bafhfull modefi perjon^characters thereof p. 2 8 8 Ephomy of the middle naturall Line ^ ' P-48
Beard of man,predictions thereof p.170 Epitomy of the Table Line p.46
Beard of womeUf Vphat. ' P-73 Epitomy of the Line of Life P-44
A Benevolent perfonJHu characters p.25r Epitomy of the Hand^wrifi
P-41
"Bhb Tongue, ho^ known, P'253 Eye, and Eye lids p-iyi
A Bold perfon, His characters p.248 E yes,and their •varitu s fignifeat ions ‘ <
P-17J
Braine, JFs temperament p.185 Eyes,difcover the Ndtivtty,How,
Braine moiflfignes thereof P-27
P-241
Changes of the body to be obferved P-30 F.
The Chin,t/j predictions p.171 The Vice,and obfervations thereon^ p.ljj
Chiromancy, its definitions and fubject P5 Faithfull^f?yo«, Hu CharaBers p.248
Chiromancy,tVj difcovery p.r& 2. An unfaithfull perfon ihij,
Chiromancy, comprehends all the ^i'2n (g o A VeitioW&Timerous perfon fignes thereof.p,i^6
vinative and[magicaU Sciences ^ ^ A Vigute fully deferibing the dsvffien of the^
.i^Churiifli perfon his characters P-25 Hand, with the fever all parts thereof 3
C\yAom^ncy,what, , P-72 their Names “ \
Colour of the body to know thereby Figures ofGeomaney their figmficatio»f, p,^^ to
p.i65,&r^7
the manners Vtgute of a german Prince . P-153
Condition meant ** ‘ ' P-53 Frydary 'Tablrs uhiverfal/y ftrying ?_
Crofles in the mount of the Moon, what, P-58 for^the Nativities of all jiAien, ^
ColTinomancy, whau • Vmgets deferibed p,iz
CovctoufnelFc' P-52 Folly and Impudence,fignts thereof P-244
A Qq!SUQX& fordid perfon ^ p.251 Forehead,prediBiens in ijPartic.p.i^^Sct^^
.>1-'
VoiixtwAc,and fignes thereof p.245
D.
Diftilomancy, what,'"'' -' p.72 G« ^ ■ /
Death appro'achinf, (iam thereof P-52 Gcn\us,G&od, the fignes thereof ^ p.242
T>ctth, Jhamefull , Genius,Dull, fignes thereof P-243
Death in Child^be 'd ' “ ■<>. • -V '\p-54.
' ' p.55 Georaancy,/rj concordancy with o i o 11
^ Diflemblcr,' * j?'-2 5i ilSigaes ' *
XJn6tKS,rhypognomtcau FjsvtnatiorrT^^^p.jg^g jgp Geoiaincy,di/covering the manners?
‘thereof in an analiticall method, ..y and aBions of Men ^ P-7^ & *57
Yittoxati by Chyromancy,And(jeoman.7 H;
cj may be known,& their'fignificdtior^^'^^ ‘ Hatids,r/i»> perfeB deferiptien p. p ,i 2,13,14
‘ Ppp Hands
 The T ABLE.
Hands m Abridgment of the fVorld p.77 >4 Merciful! perfon, How km'^n P-253
PFhtch Hand u rrtoH proper to judge hy p.25 Uao^oCcopy,demenJlrated,andits^ . .
The Hand Jht'^'s the refembUnce ofFather‘2?> PrediBions in Figures,
or Another 5 Metopofcopy, iri Jigni f cation from p.itJo to 164
Haires, m>h'at, a»d their prediUions p.168.165? A Mercuriall manjho'^ known p.34
Htti,the lines thereof p.55 Menfall or line, and its judgements'? _
T^redtHions and Judgements p..l5^«^59 under 18 heads confidered c r-4)
Milky-W<«jr,^/j4r 7 and its Judgements p.52
Health P- 52
He*rt Hot and Dry. Jignes thereof P-24’^ Misfortune by fVomen P53
lAovint of Saturne,andprediBiens p.65
Heart fe/i 7 j5id.
Heart MoiftJ Mount of Jupiter, and Jignifeat ion thereof p 64
A Hafty/^*^ unadvifedperfon P.254 Mount of the Sun
Hepatique line its Judgements p.52 Mount of Mercmy P>6j
Honors P*55 Mounts of the Hand in generall p.^J
Horofcope ho'^ k/iown bj Phyjiognomy P-147 yiowntofthe Moone, and fgnif cation p.57
Hot, braine p.240 Moone ruling in fever all temperaments p. 15 2
Humane Dreames P-234 }Aovit\\,andobfervations therefrom p. 175.172
An Y\\xt£!o\Q,perfoniHuchAraBers p.25 2 Mufiek, its harmonyi Veith the Spheares p. a2
The four e Humours in man p-177,178 N.
I. Nailcs of the hands,their predictive fgnif,p,6^,69
Ingenuity,threreof P-55 N tiles under fever all Notions confidered, p.73.74
Jupiter Ruling.in fever ad Temperaments p.151 The midle Niturall line,under ii,confider,p,e{j,cJ^
Jui^^tazntgoed^theJignes thereof P‘244 Natural I tnarkes,and their figntf cations p. 147
Juftice in Mans nature, fignes thereof P-245 Nativity kno^n by phyfognomy,how, p.147 to 152
K. Nativity ntere break of day, haw kno'Ppn, p.28
King T)arius Dream P-234 Nativityjor time of birth known by the eyes p.27
King CambiJiSi and Xerxee Tdreame P'234 lH^cckiConfiderediAnd judgements thereof P^tyz
and judgements thereon P-174
LaboriouscharaBtrs p.25 2 A Noble Heroicl^ nature,how known, P.454
A Lazy perfon^ hU charaBers Jbid. Number o/yMro/, and/face of Life, hoW\
Letters in the hand^their ufe P-14»^ 5>^ 7 knowne. ^
Letters Harids^theirprediBions p.56.83,84 Name of him you meete in the morning,"? ^
Lines,parts of the Hand defcribed p. 2 confderable, as to good or ill
Lines, their particular explication^ O.
diverfity of Thames ^ \ ^ * Offices ^ p.y3
XineSjt/bf*?' fever all fcituations P7 Onimancy,^^, p.70
Lines in the Hand their <^b)angingyand7 Oneirocracy,or the fubject of dreames whaup.ii^
fgnifications
"Lmtpf Life, and its Judgements p.42 P.
Lins of the Liver,or Hepatiyue Une,the^ Pkty,fgnes thereof \ , ? P-245
■ fjier thereof the line called the Wf/’^p. Jo* 5 ^ Impiety, and fignes thereof^
kie vfaj, and Judgements thereof j Phyfiognomie, what it is P-143
Lines of the Sun and Saturne^their judge, p.53>54 Phy fiognomy explained in the Face, P -*45
Line of the Head called Cephalicadts defcrip, p. 5 5 Phificall Dreames P-234
Lines Hand demonflrat^d, p-8d Phyfiognomy Amhropologica fwhat,7p 27j jjg
1 How kpo^n .p.250 and fignes thereof > *
Phlebetomy P-154
M. Pliine of Mars, and its fignifications p. 5^- 5 7
Malevolent perfon his charaBers y P*253 P\tV[.tli,their ufe and motion, 1 p.I
\Atrs,ruUng %n fever all temperaments f^hat,jp.\%2 Planets, they Tlanetsnecejfary inchyro\
^ Marciall ^ . . P-34 mancj ' ^ *
A yiltixdW-Sfiritfgnes thereof P-54 The yVl3inets,anfwer to the parts ofmansbody.p,!^
Marks of the body,and their correjpondencies.^.i^y Phntts difiributed in.the Hand p.82
Mercury ruling in fever all Temperaments, p.l 5* Plmtli placed on the Fore-head ^ p.164
Memory/good, fgnes thereof P-243 Poverty . „ ^ r. P*
lActtfiory Treacherous and weake. Ibid. Vti(ons,and forrow P-53* 54
Melancholick Temper amentSfJignes thereof p.250 Prul^hce,thereof, ^ , P-245
yi Mecbanick ^ P-MP Vilde, its characters p.25 2
9."
 The Table.
The SphezTCS’Celef tally anfwerto the ten '?
Quantity of the body obfervationi thereon, p^a4l CategorieSy or predicamentSy compared >p,i I
Quarrelfome perfon, hov^kyown, p. 55 thereto \
R. Strength, yr^«rj thereof p.24(5
Richard the King ofSngtand, '^h/it» p,l 5 2 Stupidity fgnes thereof p. 248
Rod of (forilornancj^ vfhat. Its tife» p. 16 Sun ruling in fever aU Temperaments p. 15 2
A ^eneraU Rule rvorth noting P*^o T.
Rules of the '^‘ndrangle p.6o Tables artlficiall, concerning the lines'? ^ ^^
Kales,particular,relating to the Hand p.75>76 of the Hand, ' V
Rules,{0 finde the Jigntfic At ion of Dreames. p. 5 4 A Table of Abridgement of the Rules of? ^
5
s. (fhyromance
A Table Epitomising the line of Life P-44
^

A Sanguine cholerickjnan deferihed p.36 TheTsblcdine, and judgments thereof P-4J

A Saturnine man deferibed p.^6 A Table abridging the Rules of the Tabedint.p^^ii
Sacred Letters in the Hand p 14,15 Temperaments ^the body Analiti-? ro 189 t
>4Savage bafe Ufature P«254 cally di/cuffed
Saturne ruling in fever aU Temperaments^ Temperance, fgnes thereof p. 247
what, 5^*^^ Intemperance Ibid.
Secrets of Aflrologj and aAfironomy P.77j78 Triangle, what. Its fgnifications. P-58-59
Secte^y^horv known. P-253 Theologicall P-^S3*
Senfitive memory good, thejtgnes therebf, P-243 Xiu:h, fgnes thereof p.250
Sickncfle,y;^»0j thereof p.5 2 Tteafure hid, dreamt of, what, P‘235
SigneSj their defeription, and ufe p. 18 2
V.
Signes Celejliall^their qualities,kindss of 7 . « VctiXis (jirdle, and its fgnifications p.47
Sympathy and Antipathy Venus ruling in fever all Temperaments p-15 2
The 12 Signes of the Zodiac kt anf^ering Yenetyy fgnes thereof P-247
the Vpbole body of Manfhow demonjlrated,)^' ^ Veines, belong to Phyfiognomj p. 154
The 12 Signes, their Dominion in Man p.24 Viftory, fgnes thereof P- 55
Signes of the Zodiack on the Face p. j 5 j Vifions Angelicall P-235
Signes Thifognomiall of Death p. 18 8.ro 191 Voyzgts good ” p.52
Sillers of the Lines their fgnifications p. g j Unjult ^ali^catiOns, fgnes thereofy p.24(5
thpi.
Si^RCSof the Zodiack explained in? ^ o
^P-/45.&i46
WantonnelTe.y^^fj
w.
P-53
Signes Zodiackidfributed on the hand, p.85
S\%ntsofjleepe p.215 Wit good, fgnes thereof p,242
Slants of an Artili P-255 Wit dully Char all ers thereof P-245
Signes of f holler p.239 Wifdome and Prudence, figneS thereof, p.244
Signes of Cruelty P-249 YlrztbfuW per/onykow kpown P-249
Signes ofacarefullper/on p.250 Wtift 0/the Hand,its preditions. p. 3 9 40,41
Slavery p.54 Y.
Slecpe defined from CaufesT^aturaUf? 0,216,21 j Yezres of Life, and Accidents known by?^ q
preternaturall ^ '
The forme the End,EfFe6ls, thefubjell^and 7. z.
adjunll of Sleeps ^Ibia. Zodiack, diferibed with its ufe p. I. & 2
T/jf Spheares, relating to the ten’? Zodiack, in the Hand, how knowne, p.29
Commandements 7p.20. 21 Zodiack in the Face di^ributed P‘ 14s

"pRicndly Reader, Nete that I have not at all carried this Tabic tfyrough the
Do(5trinc of Molcs,orArt of Memory,my occaiions not allowing mcc this oportu-
nity, and indeed thofe partsUs alfo the whole Bookc,to make an exa^ Tabic there¬
of) would require little IclTe labour then the Booke it fclfc 5 For the fubjedt thereof is
fo various, and full of Sentences, that a more exad Table cannot be expeded, fome
reading muft acquaint you therewith, oncly obferve that from the Page, Number
257* The Figures thereof the Face and Body will f as an Index^ direct you to your
defire 5 Which the ingenious, will quickly apprehend.

FISfIS.
 OF THE

M O
o F T HE

IL L V S TRATE D
B Y - ,;v''.-,-'■'•^
RICHARD S AN D^E R S.

r-.

RathmU J„dgemevt< by the

^■^Mck, of ,be Body, aofrering ,o thofi in
the Face, « tip, are difinbuted tbromboui ,be
Bod,: a, firjt, the,r ecall Pofitiom; Secondly, their
Re atton,; and thirdly, their S^ignifcations, -,fc
»»W » very {lam, a, in thefollowing Figures, each

A hundred and odd, Numerically,

A aa
%•
 of the Body ofMaiidndWotnan.
**------ ---

- . . . . .. . . ^ ^

j. V

/ ♦ , .

Hat Man or Woman who Hath a Mole bn the r ight fide ^n

the fore-head under the line ofSaturn, and not touching
the line ofSatuin5as in ihc firft figure (i) they (hall have
another on the right fide the breft anfwcrablej and this
party may claim to himfelf gpod fortune in building,in
Ibwingj plantings and tilling of the earth j and this
Mole if it fliall (hine with a honey or rubeous colour, he
or (hee (hall have good fortune in the whole couiTe of
their lives, if black, his condition ftiall be mutable;
if like unt<S a Lentill^he (hall be advanced and be the firft, and chief perfon in the
h^niily ; To a woman it denotes the fortune of inheritance, and gifts of the
dead. I his Mole is of the nature of Venus, Mercuryj and Mars^ and receives its
denomination from tyrn^ a ftar of the firft magnitude.

II.
Arttan or woman having a Mole on the right fide the fore-head under the
line Of Jupiter, not touching that,iior the line of Mars, as in the fir(i figure and
number (a) he hath another on the right fide in like manner; this indicates to a
man good fortune in marriages, a long life and honour in all his’enterprifes,
great and large pofteflions, if it he of a Honey colour , he (hall attain to much
good fortune by hiiown induftry, if red, by the favour of ^clefiafticall great
men; if black, he (hall be fo liberalljthat he (hall be counted prodigall; A woman
having this^fhall be wonderfully fortunate in all her concernments,if the Mole
(hall (bmething rife like a vetch or lentill, it predicts to man and woman unex-*
pe£tcd, ft(S.et,and hidden goods of fortune. This Mole is of the nature of Venus
and Mars, and anfwcrs to Cauda Cygniy a ftar of the fecond magnitude.

III.
A Mole oi4 the right fide the fore-head under the line of Mars, not touching
the line of Mars as in the firft figure and number f 3 J orriates the native with a-
nothcr like, on the right arm, prenotes riches and good fortune from the cx-
ercilc of Military affairs; if it fliall be of a Honey coiour,Jhe (hall find his good
fortune in fore-footed ibeafts; if red, in playes, mufick, and intcrludes;but
ifblack, beware ofdangcr from riding; ifit appear as a lentill, it (hews good
fortune in all callings relating to the ire^To a woman it fignifics a good, fortu¬
nate and rich husband, andonecompolcdof complacency, virility, and forti¬
tude. This Mole is of the nature of Jupiter and Venus, and is named fromJEri-
Mnus a fixed ftar of the firft magnitude.

A a a 8 IV,
 A Mole on the right fide the forehead iindeh the Imc of the Sun, as in the firft
figure and number (4J) (heweth another, like on the back7 thisforefhewethto
a man riches as well as honour, and pofleffions from the gift, or by the meaner
of fonieLord,Mafter,or Great man : ifit be honey colour, his fortune jfliall
chiefly conlift in pofleffions and lands, if redjin honours,and dignities; ifblack
he foall much be crofled in his will, and if he arrive to honourand jriches,it Ihali
be from the free donation of ibme Mafter, nothing of his own merit appearing
in it. To a woman,it denotes and promifoth inheritance by thedeadjand an af¬
fluence of the good6 of fortune; if it appear black inker, foeflialldiligently
icrveber husband. This Mole is of the Nature of Jupker and Mars, and aifimu*
lates Ccr kmis^ a regall ftar of the firft magnitude.

V.
AMoIeon thcri^t part of the Fore-head under the linjeof Venus, .as iM
the firfo figure and number (^5). Another anfwereth theieunto on the right fide
the belly, it predi6:s to a man good fortune in marriage, with riches adhering,
as alfo frkndfoipand Noble kindred; if it appear of a honey colour, l>e finds
good amongff his friends ; if red, he findes much bencficiall friendfoip a;mongfi
nobk and eminent womens if black,jhe foal] through chaftlty avofo adulteries^
ifitarifo likealendll, heisimployed in noble and honourable meflages, and
Embaflles. To a woman it betokens good fortune, yet a foort life,and fomethii^
fubjeatodte malkeOfher enemies, if it appears black, it denotes her moddk
andzeaioufly chaft.*ThisMoIcis of the nature of Saturn and Venus,and is,obfer^
in tlsc brefo of Cajpepea being a flar of the third m^nitu^.

V L
A Mole on the right fide the Fore-head under the lineof M-ercury not impe¬
ding Che line, nor the line of Luna, as in the firft figure and number C6) daf-
covers another on the right breft, declares a man to be of a good wit and indu-
flry, and fiis good fortunes to be acquired by his own ingenuity; ifit appear of
a honey colour, the fuperlative ofhk good fortunes foali be in Merchandi-
2ing; if red, in the ftudyof fciences foaH his fortune be ; if black, he foall nca
holdcorrefpondcncy with cunning dealing men hit arife like a lentil!,he foalf
be profperous in all his aftions. To a woman, it indicates good fortune, agood
gtnioiisa witty, and long life, but ifit-^ppear black,let her beware, for foe will
bcin danger of falfcacciifations. This‘Mole is of the.Nature of Mercury,
Jupker,.a^ anfwers to the Goat bcinga liar of the firfo magnitude.'

VI1.
A Mole appearing on the right fide the Fore-head under the Iine^(rf<he Moon
not cutting or impeding the line, as in the firff figure and number fyj foewedls
another to be on the right fide the belly, and demonflrates the man to have
good fortune in Mcrchandi2e,in buying and felling, as alfo to be fortunate in
fhort and long journeys; if of a honey colour, utility by long journeys is
afocr-
afcertained; if blacky he will be fubjeft tp be defrauded^ if it be elevated as a len¬
til, it lignifics good, ill or by Matrimony. To a woman, her chielell fortune
comes by marriage, if it be of honey colour, Ihee marries a liranger, a man of
another countrcy^ if red, then it fignities riches to her; if black, her husband
fhall undertake long journeys and llay much from her; if it appear like a lentil
xaifed up,fhe travels with her husband. This Mole is of the nature of Jupiter and
Mars, arid alfimulatcs CitnU major^ a ftar of the firft magnitude.

VIIL
A Mole on the left lide the Fore-head under the line of^aturn, not totiGhihg
the line of Saturn nor Jupiter, as in the firft figure and number fSj. declares
one likewife to be on the left lide the back.; and denotes to a man long impri-
fonmentfif it be of ahony color, he is imprifoned for light and frivolous caufes,
many enemies and contentions oppofe him ; if it appear red,he ftall quickly be
difehargedfrom prifon; if black,he fhall end his dayes in prifon ; if it appear
asa lentill, itdothfhew fome moderation of ill fortune. It foretels a wo¬
man to goe out of her own countrey , and if it be black, fhe fhall fiifFcf much
afhiftion; yet fhe fhall have two husbands. This Mole hath lignification of Sa¬
turn, Jupiter and Mercury, and is afiimilated to the tail of the Goat, a ftar of th^
third magnitude.

X
IX.
Ml

A Mole apjpearing on the left fide the Fore-head under the line |of Jupiter, as
in the firft figure and number (9) indicates another on the left fide the Stomach,
and premonftratesthe man to be luxurious,and a great difiipator of the goods
of fortune; if it appear of honey colour, it difeovers fome temper of mo-
defty; if red, he is of fevere Condition, and moft fcurrile .manners, : ifitarife
like a Pea, it fheweth fomething a moderate inclination. To a woman it denotes
her to be the proper Confumption of her own fortunes, impudent, unchaft,re-,
garding not her honour.This Mole is of the nature of Venus and Mars,and relates
to the tail of the Swan, a ftar of the fecond magnitude.

A Mole appearing on the left fide the Forehead under the line of Mars,as in thfc
firft figure znd number (1 o) There is another on the left arnijand prenoteth to a
man that he fhall commit murder, and to be ofapeevifhnature, brawling and
Icoulding without caufe; if it appear of a honey colour, he fhall efcape and
laugh at his enemies; if itbered, hedifquiets himfelf byreafonof women; if
black, beis -inalicioufly and trcacheronfly given. Itdeclaresa woman a brawling
fcoldjthat fhe fhall have the French pox,and be wounded from fome of her neer
neighbours. This Molcisofthc nature of Saturn , and is denominated by the
belly of the Whale, a ftar of the third magnitude,
>

X I.
A Mole-appearing on the leftiide the Fore-head, under the line of the Sun,as
ia the firft figure and number (ii.) denotes another on the left fide the breft,
snd
6 A Treatifeof the Moles
and threatens ill fortune to a man, he is odious to his (uperioufs, if itapptac
of a honey colour?, he ferves without reward ; if red, hcihall fentiatepo¬
verty 5 if black, heisrafh, wants caution, and government; if it arife above
the skin, the man (hall the better moderate hi?ill fortune.. To a woman it in-
dicatespoverty and miferablc fortune ; if it-Bc black, it confirmeth this eviil.
This Mole is of the nature of Mars and the Moon, and hath uniformity with pre^
fepk nuhilofa^ a ftar of the third magnituadc.

A Mole on the left fide the Fore-head, under the line of Venus, not touch¬
ing itas in the firfl figure and number (12) hath another on the left ffiouldcr,
and for€tellethtnbuiations,affiiftions, andmol<fiations to a man ; if of a ho¬
ney colour, thefo things fhall come upon him by his friends. if red, by his kin¬
dred in blond 5 if black, by reaibn of women ; if it arife in the skin, it fhewes?
fome mitigation of ill fortune. Toa woman it declares levity ; if black, fhcfc
fhall commit adultery, be a whore in her youngdayes, andabawdein her old,
and thac fhe foall drink deep of ill fortune. This Mole is of the nature of Mars
and the Moo<n,and hath denommadon from the of the fift magni-
tiidc.

XIII. I

A Mole on theTefefidc the Fore-head, under the line of Mercury, and not
stouching It, as in the firfi figure and number (13) hath another alike on the
lelt fide,and indicates totheperfon, litigious quarrels, hatreds, ardenmities;
if k appear <@f honey colour, quarreis fhailarifeby reafon of the perfpicuity
of hig ingenuity; if red, by ccafon of aftions not well digefted; ifblack,by rca-
fbn of diflknulation ; if likea lentill, through his own careful induftry he (hall
nwderate his fortune. To a woman it prenotes many husbands, ortheufe of
many men; ifblack, flbccotnmitsadnltery, and is garrulous. This Mole is of
die nature of Mars and Mercury, relating to the fhoulder of Orton^ a ftar of the
fccond magnitude.

XIV.
A Mole on the left fide the Fore-head under the line of the Moon, not crof^
fing, orcutting that line, as in the firft figure and number f 14) (hews one more
the Icfe fide the belly neer the rtavil, and prenotes a man to fufferdiverfity of
infirmities;' if it be of hoiKy colour, he is pained in the ftomach, and from
thence his pain arifeth; if red, his infirmity is through fervor of bloud; if
kappear black, through forrow and grief, and indicates a fhort life; itwames
a manalfoof long iburncys, and threatens him withabad wife. To a woman
k preiiotes dolour and pain ofthc wombe; if black, danger in childbirth; if it
aiife above the skin, itihewes fome moderation of thefe evils. This is ofthc
^nature of Mercury and Mars, and is related to Cmk mnWi a flar ofthe firft luag-
sfirndc.

• A Mole apf^ringm the midft ofthc Fore-head, under the middle of the
iiree ofSauirn,andaot£ouchif^thelinc,asthcfirft figure and number ("15) the
perfoii fliall figned with another on the midft of the ftomach, and (hews
that
 of the Body ofManandWoman.
n in throD^ vTomcn, and for their fakes the party
(lull fuffer much ill tortunc, and this is the more confirmed if the Mole appear
black ,ifof a honey colonrj the better: but if red, beftofall; ifit arife^like
a lentil, he lhall be much beloved of wonien. It,denotes a woman to be vain and
luxurious, for which caufe Ihee fuffers mUch evill. Thisis of the natureof M^ts
and Jupiter, and agrees with the flying Eagle, a liar of the fecond inagnitud^.

XVI.
/

A i^ole in the midfl of the Fore-head under the line of Tiipiter. asinthe firfi
themidftof thebrefthehathfhe^like, and prenotes
ofLtTeanH. ^ "tiel niinde, floating Brain, dul and uncapable,
oflittleandunplealantdifcourfe; if it appear of a honey colour, her lhall bee
mie’xpe'rt'andiZk-V* ’’V-* ^ ^ ^ack,heisaltogLh"

xvii. /

fi, Po^-hrad of man or woman, a Mole appearine under the

Imeof Mars, not touching the line asinthefirft figure and numberrl?) in-
m r' if it be of a honey colour,it Ihews
Meat ftlfnllth u ‘‘'"“"“"‘J qualification; if red,he iSoflfoUt fiomach and
g atftiength; ifMack, he is a man flayer; ifasawart,hcisrageandwife. Ina
hlair^nl aiii an 'lated minde ;if it appear in her Fore-head
lill M '’’'“"'“'“toA'niurderof fonie one. This hath the Nature of Tiipiter
and Mars, and relates to a Harm the winged horfe, of the fecond magnitude!^

XVIII.
A Mole in the middle of the Fore-head Under the line of the Sun,as in the firfi
figiii e and number (18 )the midft of the belly is marked with tKelike, and Ihews
tlie man to have a great voice, to be a goodOratour, yctluxuriousand addi-
«ed to gluttony. Denotes a woman given to lull and lafcivioiis conrfes, no¬
ting at a lefpeftiiig her credit or honelly. This Mole is of the nature of Sa¬
turn and Venus: andadequates Hyr«, a ftar of the firft magnitude.

XIX.
themidftof theFore-head under the line of Venus, as
Inthehift figureandiumiber(i9) there is another appears in the middle of the
re t, and thek declare to a man very great dangers, and ficknefle of an incu-
lablenature; ifitbeyellowiklethim take heed to prevent imprifonment, and
f catching ulcerous difeafes, as the pox from women,and running of thereins^
It It be red, his infirmities come from the corruption of blond j if black, ic
ab^v^rh i^thegenitalsand privy parts, if it arife
above the fleftias alentill,th^gh he patiatcinfirmities, yet he fliall rccovcr.To
woniainit prediasweaknefleofthereins, if it appear black, the wcakneffe
and
 A Treat^e of the M o L i s
and infirmity is naturJill. This is ofthe nature of Samrn and Vcnus^ and isa-
fcribed to ferfew a ftar of the fecond magnitude* ].

XX.
A Mole appearing in the midft of the Fore-head, under the lih'e of Mercury j
as in the firft figure and number (2o)indjcates another under the breft,and threa¬
tens a man to fall into many mifcries and calamities 5 if it be of honey co-
lourjthe pcrfon is temperate; if red, he findcs help and fuccour in his affliftions;
if black he is needy and wanting; but if it arifeas a wart, it demonftrates indu-
ilry, and a good ingenuity. If it be black in a woman, her father (hall be kil¬
led. This Mole is ofthe nature of Mars and Mercury, and is appointed to AU
debarariy a ftar of the M magnitude.

XXL
A Mole in the midft of the Fore-head under the line of Luna^^ not touching
the 1 ine as in the firft figure and number (21) (hews another in the privy parts,
and delignes the perfon, if it be black, to be guilty of very many criminall faas
by reafon of luxury, and to labour under the French pox, which (hall be al-
moft incurable, andtobeamanflayer, but if it be honey colour, it is the bet¬
ter j if red, mere better; and if it arife as a lentil, it is rather good then bad.
In a woman it (hews her to be of petulant condition 5 if it be black, (he is impu¬
dent and vile in condition. This is of the nature of Mars, and depended!
on the ftar in the forepart ofthe head of Gemini of the fecond Magnitude,

XXII.
’ A Mole appearing on the right (ide the Fore-head on the end ofthe line of Sa¬
turn, as in the firft figure and number (22J there (liall be another on the right
thigh neer the buckle bone, and (heweth the party (hall poflclTe much goods, by
the means of old men of rufticall conditions, and (hall be fortunate m husban¬
dry and tillage; if itappearofa honey colour, the man (hall be rich in youth;
if red. he (hall be rich all his life ; if black, he (hall fpend more then he (hall
gain j if it exceeds the skin as a lentil, he (hall have a world of goods in hjs old
age, and honour. To a woman, klhewes (heeftiall heap up riches, if black',
(he (ha 11 be greedily covetous of the goods of fortune. This is ofthe nature of
Venus and Mercury, and refers to Lyra, a ft^r of the firft magnitude.

XXIII.
AMole or m^rk appearing m the ngbt end or thelineot
firft figure and number (25) denionftrates another to be on the right hu^ck e
bone alike, and promifeth to a man goods and riches iinexpeatd, and although
born poor, yetlhall he be very rich;if it be of honey colour he abounds with
profperous good fortune; if red, he is ful of profperity r if black, the contrary
Is fignified; if like a wart^he is alwayes very fortunate. To a ^
promifeth much riches from her own kindred,and her own hmtend. This Mole
is ofthe nature of Mars and Jupiter, and relates to the ftar called the ““tt of the
Scorpion of the fecond magnitude.
 of the Body of Man and Woman. 9

XXIV.
A Mole appearing on the right fidcj and on the endoftheline ofxMars, as in
the firft figure and number (24) declares another to be under the mufcle of the
right arnij and prenotes a man to thrive by Playes, by ArmeS:> and Horfes j it of
a honey colour, he gains and receives much benefit from martiall men *, if red,
the fame j if black, let him avoid playes : if it be like a wart, and not bjack,the
greater good fortune is promifed,and when he lead thinks of it he receives inhe¬
ritance from a kinfman. To a woman it lignifies inheritance from parents.This
Mole is of the nature of Saturn and Venus, denoted from the bright ftar of
of the fecond magnitude.
i

XXV;
A Mole on the right fide the Fore-head in the end of the line of the Sun, as in
the firft figure and number (25 J another is obfervedon the right fide the rcins^
and declares the man to abound in goods, and benefits, by reafon of the favour
and friendlhip ofgreat men : This man is even loaded with offices oi Command,
from whente he is much efteemed and honoured j if it appear of a honey colour,
the greater fortunes abide him ; ifof red colour, he is beloved by Ecclefiafticall
great menjif it be black, let him take heed he incur not the indignation ofgreat
men: has a lentil, itconfirmeth and augmenteth his good fortune, A woman
having this ffiall be forturtate in all her aftions ^ but if black,beware her tongue.
This is of the nature of Jupiter and Mars, aferibedto Regulus ikar of the firH
magnitude.
\ B

XXVI.
A Mole oil the right fide the Fore-head, on the end of the line of Venus, as
in the firft figure and number (ad) there is another on the midft of the breft j
this lignifies good fortune to a man, but chiefly by means of friends and women j
if of a honey colour, it comes by marriages i if of red colour, the like^it black,
they ffiall experience extraordinary difficulties in their undercakingsdl as a wart^
or lentil, itgiveththe more large and plenary fortunes. To a woman itpromi-
I'eth good fortune, and that from men exceeding her quality i if it appear like a
wart j good foi tune alway es continues.This Mole is of the nature ot Saturn ancf
Venus, and reflefts to the breft of CaJJi&pea, a ftar of the third magnitude.

XXVII.
■V.’ ,

A Mole found on the end of the line oi Mercury oil the right fide the Fore-,
head, as in the firft figure and number ("27) thereis another under the right btsh
towards the right fidc,promifetli a man more noble fortune,where he is an alien,
then in his own country,and that his own ingenuity (hall advance him to iichca
and honour, and lift him up far above his original!; if it appear o( a honey co¬
lour, heis the nioreinduftrious, and of curious neat fearching parts, indaga-
tioiis; if red, he is meanly rich 5 if black, he flighteth vain hopes, and ground -
lefle expectations; if as a wartor lentil, he nowethin aboundance of iiclie.''.
The wontan having it, hath a gallant prudent wit, (or which Ihe ftiAil be mneh
B b b
10 A Treat^e of the MoijE s
be loved and relpeft^; ifblackjef her take heed to bridle her tongue - if it an.'
par as a wart, Ihe obtains happy riches, and content. Thi, Mole is of the nL
ture of Mercury and Jupiter, and i« compared to the Goat,of the firft magnitude.

xxvm.
, 'u' Fo«head,and on the right end of the line of the Moon,if
the foft foureand number (28) another is feated on the right
iK^ethe belly neer the Navill, and (heweth the man ObU be addiaed to long
jopnep, and Ml heap up the riches of fortune rather in a ftrange countref
if If It appear of a honey colo.ir,he is rich by the means of his wif«

be^ery j if it Hand om like a wart, it lignifies riches. To a woman, it fignifies

if mutable, and changing^ but
ind M, 4 •' '’f !f “This is of the nature of Jupiter
and Mars, and is afcribed to minor, a flat of the firft magnitude.

V XXI Xs
the line of Saturn, on the Teft fide the
fh/l^ffrd “'‘"thefirftfigureandnumberfay) haS another anfweringl, on
buMorn to'am^"^’ and predias,miferies, poverty, find aboundance of tri-
culations toaman, and that through his own means and mifearriage • if it
hislbrrowsare fomewhatlelTened; but
jfblack,heismucheKpofedto theforrowsofimprifonment, butifit appear as
a wart or pea thefe ill fortunes are moderated, and mixed with eooI^To a
woman syndicates her needy and poore; but if black, flic Ml be moft un.
happy in her fucceffes; This Mole of Saturn denotes and threatens manToM
dangers by falj, yd the like; unlefle it appear as a lentil, then is there an ex
tenption of thefe miferies, and they end not in fo great calamity. This Mole
isp the nature of Saturn, Jupiter, and Mereuiy, and hath its relation to the tail
of the Goat, a ftar of the third magnitude. ““

XXX.
When a Mole appeares on the left fide the Fore-head, on the left endof the
line of Jupiter, asm the firft figure and number (50; there is another anfwer'
on thrower part of the left breft, which Intimates a man to aft the Confamn!
tion o\ his own fortunes,to be a fcatter-good; if of honey colour or red, he is a
drunkard and a glutton 5 if black, he is crack-braind 5 ifit appear as a lentil) he
IS much given to luxury and powerfiill: The woman having thisi, prodigall
and very unprofitable; if rt be black, Ihe will ftubbornly, and boldly defend’
her conceited honour. This Mole isof the natureof Marsand Timiter anS .
afcrlbedtotheThighof Pega/Kf, aftarofthefecondmagnitude. ^ “

XXXI. > I

E- ''ft of the line of MarS,on the left

S •" 'ft' • -fi&fntl number(31 )hath another on the left fide the
back,8£ to the man emmtiates litigious C0Htentions,qHarrcls,and perfcutions,by
rea-
 of the Body of Man and Woman. 11

reafoii of women 5 if it appear of honey colour^ theie troubles fhall arifefrom

women who are of kindred by bloud ; if it be red 3 by reafon of luxury; if
black, hefliall hirafelf confume his eftatc; ifitarifein the flefli like a lentill,
the man fhall be reputed Martiall^ftout and valiant: To a woman in gcnerall it
lignifies great molcftations,and but little credit, fhe is warned to take heed of
danger accrewing by reafon of licentious, loore3dcbaucht carriage,otwhat co¬
lour foever it be the woman fhall be a loofe huswife, proud, and a fcatter-good.
("I wifh young men to obferve this MoleJ wtjiich isofthe nature of Venus and
Mars, and computed as relating to Cauda Cygnij a ftar of the fecohd magnitude.

XXXIL

A Mole in the left fide the Fore-head, and on the left end of the line of the
Sun, as in the firft figure and number (^3 asunder the left fhoulder they fhall have
another, to the man it threatens prifons, and perrecutionsfromhi§ fi.iperioui s^5
if of a honey colour, he prodigally yand loftily waft es his eftate; ifred, from
rich, he fliall become poor ^ if black, let him beware the wrath ofgreat^ien 5 if
appearing like a vetch,he (liall enjoy a competentfortune in youth, but through
prodigaUty confuming it, he fhall come to want in oldage.lt threatens to a wo¬
man, I'oi row and angiii!h by reafon of fome man ; if black, fhe partakes of the
extremity of mi lery : This Mole is of the nature of Saturn and Mars, and rela-
tethto the head of SeifentariiHi a ftar of the third magnitude.

XXXI11;

A Mole appearing on the left end ofthe line ofVenusinthe left fide the Fore¬
head as in the firft figure and number (33J another is found on the left fide the
belly, which predi^feth to a mm,moleftations, and troubles and incurable dif-
cafes; if of a honey colour,he is pained at the Stomach 5 if of red, it comes from
the evill conftitution of theLiver,and he is a drunkard ; if black, his ficknefle
comes from the over ufe (^or rather abufe) of thevencriallaft j if it extend it felf
in the flefli like a lentill, the party is moft ftrong, and able to the afts of Venus 5
As alfo fruitful in a malc-off-fpring. To a woman,itfignifies a mean health^but
it it appear blackjlet her take heed ofthe Movbuf gallicusj its appendents.This
is of the nature of MarSjaiid is afcrib.ed to the ftar in the back of the great Bear,
ofthe fecond magnitude.

XXXIV.

the third magnitude, XXXV.

B b b 2
12 A Treatife of the Moles

.<5
XXXV. I

- A man or woman having a Mole on the left end of the line of the Moon in the
e t lide the brow or Temples, as in the firft figure and number 1 they have
another on the left fide the belly, betwixt the Navill and the fide, and fign^fies to
a man that he fhall be perfecuted, andcaufeto flyc his Countrey Tor murdej *
It ot honey colour or red, let him beware of his ownliindred? if black,be ware
of the Sea, and Surfeits by filh; if like a wart,it conteidperates thefe ill fortunes
loawomanitfignifiesanillhusband,andalhortlife; if it be black, her ad-
J^^^rylhall, to her great danger and prejudice,perfecute her. This Mole is of
conTmagnkiide^^^^^^ appropriated to the ftar in the head of Gemini, of the fc-

To continue an orderly method, after that we havetreated ofthe Moles an-

pearing on the Forehead, or Temples of the Brow,(which are already difpatcL
edj It IS very rational! and necefi&'ry that we divide the remainder into three fi
tuationsmamely, the beginning, medium, and end, and briefly ebnfider their fial
mfications, by placing them inthemoft fignificant manner j namely, the mid-
% the caulc of the Eye, or Eye-brow, the beginning above 3 and the
end below 5 from this conftitution, that we may ofiferve the great facility and
certainty inHging we fhall handle five together in onetime, namely tL ”-
ove, one in the niidfi, and two below, as appears in the figures.

XXXVI.
I

WhenaMoleappeirethon the upper fide of the right Temple above the Eve
m
man or woman, nw the hab as inthefirftfiguretndnnmberCsOitdcclarS
another on the right fide near the extremity of the Belly, and fiimi fir. r r> .T, ™
a ftable,and long life,and thegoods of fortune; and if it appear ^oney-like or ttd
he IS ftudious; if black, it pejorateth thefe his good fortunes; ifas a rach or len
till,his good IS augmented. To a woman is fignified good and happy fortune bv
Tm' “duftnous carri^e; if it appear black, Ihe buryes her M husband
This Mole IS of the nature of Jupiter and Venus, and is affianced to the briuhr
ftar in ^ridianuf^of the firft magnitude. .

XXXVII.

AnianorwomanhavingaMoleontherightTempIemoreneerrh. P., k
then the hair,as in the i.figure and numberfa-, Vh.r t' k l Vy'^’tows
andlignifies totheman aiption or aSfngte
nities; if of honey colour, good fortunlvTtha^ • “d dig-
oifcovers hidden goods,and rfcovers unexpefted inheriJan«s if blacf fd^“*’
tionof thefe is fignified; i«t appear as a lentiil, he fxceis fa^itv
parts. It (hews a woman to be adorned with all reality chaftit? aL
vertues, and in all thinpc fnrmnnr^^ ;rki 1 n. cnaitity,and laudable
fcrvantl ThisMoJetThfnatu.fof Tupfee ^Xu™’
tnerightffio,„]derofC<yie»v, a ftar of the tffird magnS: «>

XXXVIIL
 the Body of an and Woman,

XXXVIIII

, _VVho h^ath a Moleon the right fide, behinde the Eye as it were aeainft tfie
middleof the Eye, pm the firft figure and number (38) hath anothefon the
nght fide the Buttock or Haunch,and bringeth to the man dignity honor • this
Moiefo pofited alway brings honourable dignities with forfunlte jo^eys ifof
teeru n kVf with good fortune; if red, itgives rides "i^iaik
L^oSorniil ^ V*’"' « appear as a lentil], it fignifies fingu,
largpodtortune to everything. To a woman, that Ihe fliall be fortunate, and
'*’**'“» and fuffer by fugitive fer-
beil V of th e" “ e M i and is afcriled to the
y the winged Horfe, a ftar of the third magnitude.
*

XXXIX;
. A Molcappearingintherightfide the Temples, and in the lower part, more
|ucInnn|towards the neck, as in thefirft figure and number (39) thesis Tno,

as a wart, he (hall obtain all things he fets his hand unto. To a woman it impar-
ted goods, and long life, fte ismodeihjvertuousjandchaftibutifit appearblLk
file willjoraething impede her.own good fortunes. This is of the na^Le of Tu’
Pitcrand Mercury, and i.affimilated to the Goat, a ftar of tl^ fe^

XL.
' at

_ Wliofoever is decot^ed with a Moleon the right fide the Temples, neer de
ud undfr”'the rirbr Th? 0°) they have another in like man.
u hirh jl™onftrates a moft high and elevated genius, by
which rneans the man is made happily rich; if it beofa honey coldul he is ex-
if black,it denotes
vXed '/“h'^tt^lentillorwart, he is alwayes high ad,
hmh, ,’.1 ^ ■ To a woman likewife is good fortune by
husoandspromifed; ilblack,herconditionlhall furely change,tbatifflie Ihould
I ^ Ihould be poor in age, and ifpoor in youth, rich in age; as
"’t* ‘s allimilated'
to the Goat, a ftar of the lecond magnitude. • •

d, r',e as in the firft figure and number (41J they have another un-
b- he hif °"i’ this figuifies great and perilous ficknelTe to a man; if
e m hor/y “lour or red, thefe forrows are fomewhat mulcified; but if black,
a 5'' thoaking in the waters, but ifas a lentil!
hP,!l ’ ttpromifethagooden^d. Toawoman nothinggood of health ; butif
Jack,raolf imliicky,and amongft other miferies,a violent death. This Mole is of
thirTm^tfitude'*'™ and is appropriated to the Whale a liar of the
XLII.f
 A man or woman on the left fide the Temples neer the Eye-lid haying a Mole,
they have another on the upper part of the left fide the Buttock, as in the firfi: fi¬
gure and number (42) and denotes the man to be compofed of the worft, and
fordid manners; but if it be red or honey colour, he is fomething bettered in.
his conditions, but if it be black, he will have the French pox incurable, and
is ofa luxurious condition, and fubjeft to many infirmities 5 if it appear like
a wart, he is wavering and unftable» To a woman it faith the fame difaftcrs;
and if it be black on her, fhe is obfcenc, impious and treacherous. This Mole
is of the nature of Mars and the Moon, and is computed to the Pleiades or the
fifth magnitude.

as in the firft figure and number f43) there is another of the like nature on the
left Buttock and defignes to a man thegreateft ficknefies, and the higheft mil-
fortunes j if ofa honey colourjit only denotes ficknefies and infirmities; if red,
the MorhumgdjUimmh if black,acontagious ficknefie,ordrownin^and a Ihort life ;
if it appear aSa lentill3the life lhall.be the longer prolonged: To a woman it lig-
aifies falsfrom high places,iand that fhe fhall fulfer many mireries,and be in dan¬
ger of drowning 5 if it appear black, thegreater are her miferies. This Mole

• A Moleappearingon the left fide below the corner of the Eye, toward the
Ear near the hair, as in the firft figure and number (44J there is another on the
left fide the huckk bone behinde , and demonftrates the man to be fiillen and
doggedly wicked, ifit appear of honey colour, he is furioufly paflionate; ifred,
he is more cruell j if black, he is a thief and murderer,for which he fhall uinder-
goe punifhfflents defervedly 5 ifit appear as a wait or Iclitill, he is fomewhac
better qualified: It fignifies a woman to be an aduIterelTe; ifit appear black , Ihe
is vile and ftiort lived. This mole is of the nature of Saturn, and is aferibed to a
ftar ofthe fecond magnitude in the head of Gem'mL

A man or woman having a Mole on the left cheek inclining towards the lower
part of the Ear,as in the firft fignre and number (45) they have another under the
left Thigh, and to theman caufethmoleftationsand forrowes; if red, or of
honey colourjhe is wrathfull, yet fenfativc; if black, he dies a violent death ;
if as a lentill, be is indifterent in wit. To a woman it predifts many evils and

is appropriated to the cloudy ftar in Prefepe of the fecond magnitude.

 of the Body of 9^/tanandWonian.

XLVf.

A man or womanhavingaMoleon theupperpart of theriehr Pii- 'l

firft figure andnumber(4<;f they have another oKight fifetheBdi ll'’"

ma" With perillous dangers, and bids hinfbeware his^head’- ^ir
app^r of honey colour, he is in dangfr, but (hall not be huraher by if IIa
the like but
5 It be black, he (hall fuftr the greateft preiudicrcao mL , -i’
It

v-n^'a Wow on the head or the like/if it aonearc ”

till,it J^ftroyeth that Ear, he lofeth his hearing: To a Woma/Knlfi " r !*'
snd lofle oftho(c things fhe moft values * Oi-nvaii • fals^
OU the head, of whic^AaTLttcVufth ^
M„s,a„discon,paredtoaflari„theendofth^

XLVIl:

I,,
teneth to thenian, hatreds and enmities • if it be^71?' ‘''ghtudeand threa-
it it appear black, it fliews a wound or’cit on ih7 rifh7fi7h
weapon, or a fall in the fire an.^ . . ' ° hde by forae martiall
a little pea,itftieweth indifferent good fortun"c^To^Jw ^^e ; ifa^
<0 arife^by.reafon of (or for the defence of ) it fignifies mifchiefs
notably difhonourable This iinf rb P^ moil-

XLVIII.

t.'.«I. .h.«
man to moft notable roislortunes- if df%''«h a
heed of adangerous fall from a highpla7- if7,',h ''"'^!ljhde,^let him take ^
in the water, of what colour foevef ifte it isLy bad^"bu?• f tr ^"'1
oniminous. Toawomanit prediftshertobeguiltyof f
pear much on the outfide, fheisdcfDcratelvfo^lr. n ^ Iwughter j ifuap-
Ls i the black is the worft c^Carra^^^
IS of the nature of Mara, and hath its relation tm
in the beginning of the tail of the Bear, e a. ^^
fecond nfagn i aide.

■.Jti
.i

XL IX: i

A man or woman haying a Mole on the outfide the upper part of the left Far
the77 ^^7' 1"*^ ootoWr C49) they have ^lother on the left fide t he belly’

-- * L.
 A freatifeofthe Moles

L.
A Mole appearing on the middle of the left Ear, as in the firft figure and
number Cso) there is another alike on the lower part of the left fide, and deno-
teth the man to be of moft rude, deformed, fordid manners ^ if it be of honey
colour,heisatheef; ifred, he isof no difeourfe, he cannot fpeak for himfelfj
if it appear black, hcisanotablc murderer-, if asalentillor wwt, he is luxu¬
rious To a woman it portends danger of death-, it black, that the ihallunder-
Eoc a violent death, by reafon of I uxury. This Mole is of the nature of Mar*,
and Mercury, and is attributed to the head of Hermles, a Itar ot the third
magnitude,

LI.
A Mole appearing on the lower part of the left Ear, as in the firft figure and
number ('51J there is another on the lower part ofthe left fide, anddenotes the
man quarrelfome and contentious j this Mole as well on theinfide as the out-
iide, fignifies the man thall commit murder by reafon ( or lor the canfe) of
'women; if it appear of honey colour, it is the better; but if of red, hee is
moft furious; if black, heis the after ar caufc of much man-flaughter; ifit
be as a lentill or little wart,he hardly dyes a violent evill death; but to either fex
■without doubt this Mole hath very bad fignification, and threatens moft com¬
monly a violent death ; In a woman let it be of what colour fbever , ftiee will
be the death offoine one or other, let her ftiun to meddle with poyfon.Tbis
is of the nature of Saturn and Mars, and hath its denomination from the head
of the Dragon, aftarof thethird magnitude.

LII.
A man or woman having a Mole on the lower part of the right fide the Eye¬
lid, between the hollow ofthe Eye and the beginning of theNofcy asin the firft
figure and number (52) they have another on the right fide the privy parts, and
CO a man hath this fignof good fortune., that he (hall be much inriched by
marrying into his own kindred ; ifit be of honey colour, he (hall have money
and goods; ifred, he ftiall have inheritpec by his wife; if black, he (hall
have lofle, and cares in keeping the reft; if itappear as a lentill , he fliall have
fortune, though he little deferve it: A woman having this Mole, isfaithfull to
her husband, indued with a good wit, and a piercing apprehenfion; but if (he
hath it of black colour, Ihe will be fubjeft to be circumvented of her tftatc,
through the fraud of Tome Teeming friend, of which let her beware. This Mole
is of the nature of Venus and Mercury, belonging to a fixed ftar of the fecond
magnitude, called Coronalucida*

LIU.
I

A Mole appearing under the hollow of the right Eye, by the inward part
of the Nofe, as in the firft figure and number (5 on the middle ofthe body a-
bove the members another likewife. will appear, anddenotes a man to be of a
cholerick, hafty, proud, and furious fpiric; if it be of honey colour, heis ve¬
ry
 of the Body ofMdmmdiVomitn.
ij aftive and traftable; if it appear red, he is a rough-hevvd man, of uncompo-
iedqualities; If black,a bate-breeder, afowerof feditioiisandfcorns; bat if
likea wart orlentill, he isundoablcanddubborn. .To a woman (Jet it be
of what colouritwill) it fignifies herto be pragmatique, proud, puffed up in
her own conceipt, and one that will domineer over her husband, and a foineii-
ter otftrileandmifchief; but if it be black, Ihe will undoe her felf through
there means. This Mole is ot the nature of Mars and Metcury, and hath its
figmhcaiTt properties from the tall of the Scorpion^ a liar ot the third inagni-

LIV.
VVhat man or women having a Mole oil the inward part of the right fide the
No/cj as m thfe firft figure and number Cs 4) they are accojlitiiodated with anothtr
on the Pi’iVy n]enibers>& fignifies long and tedious infirhiiciesandlickneffe-it itbe
of hony colour,the diftemper is about the reins,if red,the head is affliaeddi black
the infirinideiainthe genitalis and fccrets • if asa Icntill, he is over curious
and fierce in dilcourfc. In a woman it (hews her to be beloved of moft yetbut
of weak conftitution, and moftcomnl&nly infirmfif it appear black^fhe will have
a diicalein the fecretplace, will be her death. This Mole is of the nature of
SaEum> and alcribed to the tail of the Whale, aftarof the third magnitude.

L V,
t the hollow between the Eye-lid and the Nofe, as
in the firft hgure and number (5 5) another is feated bn the left fide the Privy
part, and indicates the man to be a hianflayer, if ofa honeyorredcoiour, he
wounds and not kiis; but if Mack, he murthensfomc of his family or kind-
jed; It It appear asalehtill, heis certainly mad or diftrafted. Tdawomanit,
indicates her to hate her husband, to be proud and furious; if it be black, (he
of Venus and-Mars, anddc-
noted by the tail of the Swan, aftarof the lecond magnitude.

LVl
A Molt obfer^d on thfe middle part of the hollow of the left Eye-lid, as in
the figure and number (5dj another isalfo obferved on theleft iidc the fc^
crets-, inddtnotesamanto fiilferthrough infamy; if ofa^honey colour, it
comes by r&a(bn of wofnen ; if red, from or by his own kindred; ifblack,it
comts from his oxvnvvift; if as aleiitill, hefweetens, or lelTens the evil! by
thrtats. A Woman having this procures her own lhame, fhe is danwiified, and
lllfedtt^^Ientfh he^honoura if black, itisbyreafon ofA*
ulrery. This Molb is of thfe nature of Saturn and Venus, and is alcribed to the
bitft of 0.ft^ea, a ftar of thethird magnitude.

LVII.
A Mole defcernable under the left Eye fomething necr the Nofe, as in the firlf
ngure and number (57) another is difeerned on the left fide the Yard or Privy
paits, and renders the man ohfeent, imd fall of luxury; ifredyorwr/irt/^, it dil-
covers him potent and freqtientin coition ; if black, he fufiers prejudice by that
vice; it It appear as a pea, he is rather weak then ftrong; k deferibes a woman to
e uxuriDus; if it be black, fhe isan Adulterelle. Thisis of the natiireof V^enus,
and is related to a fwr of the third magnitude, called the bdiy of An(lr(fmeda.
C cc LVlir.
 A Treatife of theNLo lbs

LVIIL

A Mole appearing between the beginning and the middle of the right upper
Eye-lid towards the Temples as in the firft figure and number (58) another ap¬
pears on the right fide the belly, a man having thel'e ftiaH flow in good fortune,in
reference to marriages, and childrenjin thele he (hall be moft fortunate , if it ap¬
pear of honey coloiir,he hath the flower of his good fortunes in his youth ^ if
red, all his life long; but if black, he (hall fufferlofle and prejudice, by rcafoh
offome affianced to him;ifitappearas a lentil, he (hall floiirifhand be mod happy
in his old age.Thc wopian having it (hall be fortunate, and rejoice in the exalta¬
tion of her kindred, andmarriage; but if it appear black, it much impedes her
good fortune. This Mole is of the nature of Jupiter and Mars, and is aflipu-
lated to Mrfjor, a ftar of the third magnitude.

A man or woman having a Mole on the upper right Eye-lid, betweene

middle and the end towards the beginning of the Nofe, as in the firft figure and
number (59 J have another on the right fide theNavill, and argues the man to
receive his good fortunes from and by womens means; if it be of a honey colour,
it (hallcome by their donations; ifred,hefhall have inheritance by them;-if
black, his good fortune (hall be much impeded; ifas a Icntill, his good fortune
ffiall be much augmented. To a woman it portends a wealthy and happy mar¬
riage, and that from donation of friends (he (hall be fortunated; if it appeare
black, (he (hall be ftraitned through executions of many troubles. This Mole is
of the nature of Jupiter and Venus, and is related to a ftar in the River , the
firft magnitude.

A Mole appearing between the beginning and the middle of the left Eye-lid,
of that part towards the Temples, as in the firft figure and number f6o_) ano¬
ther appears on the left fide the Belly, and threatens a man to be fbakea with
calamities and perfecutions, by reafon of luftfull kchcrojuspraffifes; if it ap¬
pear of honey colour, this will come upon him by reafon of ordinary women;
if red, from noble women ; if black, from the moft vile and bafe creatures ; if
as akntill, he isthc caufe of hisownaftliftions. To a woman it predifts fbr-
row and want; ifblack, by reafon of laftfull luxury ffic fhall be puniffied. This
Mole is of the nature ofiSat^urnand Venus, and is attributed to a ftar. of thefe-
cond magnitude in the right fide of Ferfew*

A Mole appearing between the middle of the left Eye-lid and the end, as iathc
firft figureand number(6i) there is another lik^ of theiame nature on the left
(ide the loins, and to the man'portends evill in marriage; if it be of honey co¬
lour, it (ignifies poverty; if red, he hath an evill name; ifblack, he lives di(^
contentedly in the ftate of marriage, and enjoyes little peace; if it appeare as a
little
 of the Body of An andWoman,
littlewartj he confumes his own eflate. It hath evfll lignificacion of niarria‘»e
for women ; if it be blackjfhe will be an adultereiTe. This Mule is of the na[ure of
Saturn and Mars, and relates to a ftar of the third magnitude in the head oiSsr-
fentarm^

LXir^

A man or woman having a Mole bn the exterior part of the right Eye-lid, to^
wards the ftay of the Temples, asin the firft hgure and number (62 ) they have
another between the Groin, inclining to the right fide of the Loin, and pre¬
5
dicts profperity in the goods of fortune j if it be ofa honey colour r,proniifecIi
a good marriage 5 if red, it promifeth goods arid fortune by a wife 5 but ifhiack,
anguifh of niinde about marriage 5 if it appear as a v/art or len-
^‘ fignification, in reference to marriage, is very good : To a woman, it
predias a fortunate aiid rich husband * but if black,fhe (hall finde Tome obfiacles.
Which inall extenuate and impede her good fortune. This is of the nature of
loiter and Saturn, andillateth to the rightfhouldcr of , a ftar of the
third magnitude.

LXIIL
» I - ■

A Mole being feen’on the middle of the right Eye-lid, asin the firft fi-•
gurc apd number (63) another likewifeis vifjble on the right fide fo.mething
above the members, and concludes the man fhall obtain good fortune, if it ap¬
pear of honey colour of red, his fortune in wealth fhall be good and great; if
it appear black, he ftiall be in danger, nay he fhall fall into fome great niisfor-
tune, from which he fhall at laft efcape; if it be as a Icntill, he fhall pofielle
unwilned, and unlooked for fubftance ; This appearing in a woman from gifts,
and donations , her good fortunes fhall arife, and a great part thereof from her
own kincired, and fhe fhall be made wealthy ;, but if black, it fhall be otherwife.
This Mqlcis^of the nature of Mercury and Jupiter, and is aftimilated to the
Goac,aftarof the firft magnitude.

LX IV,

A Mole appearing in the end of the right Eye-lid near the Nofe,as in the firft
figure and number (64) there is another under the right Loin; this man by
his own induftry heap up riches, and by his parts and abilities fhall appear
very raiinentin all hisaftions ; if it appear of honey colour, his good fortune
comes by the donation of fome Lord or Mafter ^ if red, by the means of E'xcle-
liafticali men ; it black, he fhall fuffer fome fhipwrack of his good fortune; if
it appear as a vetch or lentiil, he fhall be increafed , by reafon of inheritance
from the gifts of fome others : And toawoiman it generally fignifies good for¬
tune, of whac colour foever, except black, which is of the'nature of Saturn
andMais; if it be of honey colour or red, fhe is Joviall and eminent ihv ve-
nery ; and then this is of the nature of Venus and Mercury, and is denominated
from the bottom of the Pitcher, a ftar of the fourth magnitude.
20 A Treatife of the iAoLts,

LXV.

A Mole appearing on the left Eye-lid towards the Temples, as in the firft
figure and number ("65) another Mole is on the Groin towards the left iide, and
denotes a man inoftvitioufly defiled with luxury 5 ii it be of honey colour or
redjhe is the more temperate ; but if black, he is moft bafe and fordid iti condi¬
tions ; if it arife above the skin, he fhames himfelf by obfeene, or unnaturall
luxury. A woman having this Mole, (hall be branded with luxury , and de¬
famed with impudence i and the blacker it appears, the more infamous will
fheebe. Thisisof the nature of Saturn and Mercury, andafligned to a ftar of
the third magnitude, in the left arm of Boote.f

LX VI.

When a Mole is found on the left Eye-lid in the midfl thereof, of man or
woman, as inthefirft figure and number (66) they fhall have another upon ,
or neer the Privy member inclining towards the left fide, the man is affiifted
with vexatious forroweVj if it be of honey colour or red, with wrathful an¬
ger is he oppreffed ; if black, it threatens a violent death ; if it be as a lentill,hc
is al wayes fiirrounded with the dangers and perils of life. This Mole to a W'o-
man prognofticks an cvill death, as alfo a life ineumbred with perils and
dangers ; if it appear black, fhe makes fhipwrack of her lionefty and ho-
noar.This Mole is ofthe nature of Saturn and Mercury, appropriated to a bright
fiar of the South Baliance, of the fecond magnitude.

LXVII.

A Mole appearing on the beginning of the left Eye-lid neefthe root ofthe
Nok, as in the firft figure and number (67) denotes another on the left part of
the Loins; this affirms the man to be fufficiently replete with fcnfuality^ ifit be
of honey colour, he is potent in luftful abilities ^ it red, he is unreafonablc be¬
yond meafure^ it black, he fufifers puniflimentfor his licehtious appetite 5 ifas
a war t or leiitillj he fals into niifchief through womens temptations. A woman
having this Mole is denoted an adulrerefle j but if black, Ifie will be in danger of
<i 01 poy(on4> This is ofthe n^tufeoi Saturn sndVeniis^ cinci istcl^^ted to
the flar oi the pole of the third magnitude.

LXVIII.

A Mole appearing on the lower corner under the hinder part ofthe right Eye
from the Temples as ?h the firft figure and number f 68) indicates another on
the right fide the ribs, anddehgnsthc man criiell and furious; if of honey co-
lour,he IS more temperate 5 if red, be U addided to Martiall affaires, and full of
revenge; it it be black, he fhall either be the death , or caufc the death of Lome
man 5 if as a lentil, he is bold. It fliews a woman to be vain and proud; if ftie have
n b}ack,fhc will be the caiife of thedeath of Lome one to the hazard of her owne
life. Lhis Mole is of the nature of Mars, alfigncd to the Caj’nt Herculk, a ftar of
die diird magnitude.
LXIX.
 of die Body, of Man and Wman. 21

LXIX.
When under the middle ofthe Hollow of the right Eye aMoIe appears in man
or woman, asinthehrft figure and number (69) they (hall have another upon
the Privy member,and is the indiaion ofa (hort life ; if it be of honey colour,
his infirmities come through gluttony or furfeit; if red, through travaiks,
diange and variety of aaiiigs ; if black, he probably Oiortens his dayes by poi-
fon ; if it appear as a lentil), his own intemperancy (hall end his dayes.To a wo¬
man it threatens perill in childbirth : if black, it threatens her with a fiiort life
and an untimely death through poyfon. This Mole is of the nature of Saturn,
and isalTignedto the tail of the Whale, a ftar of the third magnitude.

L^X-X. "ill:':
/
When in the middle of the hollow of the neither lid'of the left Eye, i
Mole appeares as in the firft figure andhun^lper on the Groin towards
the left tide (hall there be another, and prefer)bes tatt(if|)arty dangers, penis,and
contentions, with moft notable troubles and perplexities ^ if it be of a honey
colour or red, this (liali come by reafon of his owne goods or fubfiance; ifblack,
it threatens him with death in thofe forrows; if it be elevated abovenhe skin,
. this ill fortuneis leviated. To a woman it threatens the tempefhious per(e£u-
tionsof her own kindred ; ifblack, (heis qucftioned about her honedy , and
fhe may fear a fudden death. This Mole is ot the nature of Saturn and Mars, iinti
is afci ibcd to the Neck ol the Lion,a ftar ot the fecond magnitude.

> -t-■';

>'..r

)■
./.C? II

’ ■ i* J . '/'I: i , ■ -fit: yj: '>

Fig.
. /I
1 « a

.ij ■ >■

'!■ ■)!' : I :■

' I { jt 1 .: I'-'' , (’
. . i V -i! ■ '■ ' f' ■ , 1 •
>■ ' ' ,
 LXXL
Man or woman having a A^le in the Hollow under the lid of the
left Eye towards the Temples, as in the fecond figure and Canon
(74) by the contrary fide, they have another on the left fide the
Privy memberj and renders the man fubjeft to great infelicities and
misfortunesif it be of honey colour, his misforuines (hall come
from women that are noble, or more then of ordinary calling ^ if red, he fufes
his m isfortune by the means oftheMagiftrate and Landlords 5 if black, tlien it
comes from his enemies; if as a lentil it appear, it fhall bcfal him from or-
dinary women. To a woman it predifts lofie ofgood name and difhoncur; if it
be black, fhefuffers for adulteries. This Mole is of the nature of Saturn and
Mars, and is appropriated to the head of the Dragon, a ftar of the third magni*
tude.

LXXII.
A Mole appearing under the left Eye-lid between the hinder corner, and thf
middle on the hollow part of the lovtrer lid 5 there is another appeares on the
middle of the Privy member, and the man having it lhall be implicafed with re¬
proaches, foiTowsand miferies ^ if it appear of honey colour, it threatens him
with imprifonmentsdfredjwith pains and tortures ; if black, he ends his dayes
by the hands of Julficefifitappear as a lentill,he fhall avoid an ignominious and
lhamefull death.To a woman it hath the like fignification of evils as to the man,
fhe fhall be in danger of prifon, and perl'ecution, by reafon ot the death of fame
efieminate perfon, upon which fhe flial! flee away or endeavour to efcape; if it
be black, fhe will be in danger of hanging. This Mole is woithy obfervation,
efpeciajly
 of the Body of tJV/ an and WOman.
cfpecially in women, and is of the nature of Saturn, and appropriated to the
ftar in the Nofe of the Whale, of the third magnitude.

LXXIli. V

* f

A man or woman having a Mole on the hollow of the lower lid of the left Ey^
Iteer the Nofe,as in the (75) figiire is feen by the cdntraryjthey fliall have anotl^ef
in the Groin toward the left fide, and defiles the man with adulteries and vicesj
if it appear of a honey colour, .he fhall fall into the hands of his enemics,trom
whence he fhall quickly efcape; if it be red, let him (hun traitoUrs j if black, let '
him take heed to prevent poyfon ; if it be asa lentil,beware thy own kindred. A
Woman having this, fhall taft of many forroWSjin her youth fhe fhall be particU-
iarly branded with licentious filthincfle, let her beware and take heed of dogs:
This Mole is of the nature of Mercury and Saturn,and is related to the ftar in th6
Ancle or Shin-bone of the Swan, of the third magnitude,
*

LXXIW
When a mole is found on the ivhice of the right Eye towards the Temples as in
the lecond figure and number another likewif e fhews it (elf on orneerthe
right ciugge : and fhews the man to exceed in the Jove of womenfifit appear ot a
honey\:oloiir, he fhall augment his good fortune by their means; if red, he fiit-
fers for their lakesiit black, he fhall not keep himfelf within the bounds of modc-
ffy, but is addifted to all fordid and loathfome abominable carriages 5 as for thofe
which a little arife as warts (" as there are very few fo appearing) fo I have no't
obferved the events as yetjthofe w hich are white commonly prediffc il fortune.'but
to a woman it fignifies a gtnerall prediaion of ill fortune, and that fhe is vche-
tncmly oppreffed with Jafeivious cupidity ; if it appear b'ack in her Eye, fhe is
reproachfully fhamelefly lecherous,and ill tongu’d, and defperately refoluteto
the advancing of her unchaft loves. This Mole is of the nature of Mars Und Ju-
piter,and fympathizes with Cor Scorpionitj^. ftar of the fccond magnitude.
*

LXXV. \

A man or woman having a Mole' or mark oh the White, in the corner of the
right Eye towards the Nofe, aSih the fecond figure and number (75) another
they have on the forepart of the right breft toW’ard the right iide , and predifts
the mantogoe through various and divers perils of fortune and fickneffes ; if
it appear ofa honey colour, this prejudice fhall come by wounds|,andftidden]y,
and (hall quickly be cured ; if red, he fuffers much pain m the head; if black,i he
Caufe of all his Maladies comes from the oppreffion, or evil digeftion of the fto-
mach.To a woman it denotes much difficulty and danger in childbearing,if black,
fhe long lies by fuch a bargain : This Mole is ofthe nature of Mars and^Mcrcury,
and feemes to relate to a ftar of the fecond magnitude, in the left fide of the
back of Orion*

LXXVI.
A Mole appearing in the left Eye, in the White of the corner towards the
Temples, another appears on the left Dugge : and lean hardly diftinguifh this
man
 A Tnmfeof the Moles
man from a murderer, if itfipp<&ar of Honey Colour, he is in datigei-to dye by
wounds; if red, he may feir to be murdefed. if black, he dyes for his fafts by
the hands of Juftice : It denotes a woman luxurious and difhoneft; and if itap-
pear black,fhc fhall fuffer fhamc and'puniflimcnt for her vile debauchednefl^. This
is ot the nature of Mars,and is appropriated to a ftir of the ftcond magnitude irt
the beginning of the tail of the Bear. ^

LXXVII.
When in man oi* woman a Mole or fpot appeares iii the fore corner of the
left Eye, on the White toward the Temples, thereis another on the left fide
the Breft neer the Dugg, and moft commonly the than is thecaufeofthedeath
of his own wile 5 if icbeof honey colour j he proceeds to it upon a light and
Email caufcj but if of a red colour he doth it,but fhe is the caufe of it her fclf; if it
appear black, he will fuffer great prejudice from a fall from a high place. To a
woman it fignifies through licentious bafenefle to be the caufe of her husbands
murder, or untimely death 5 but if it be black,it defignes her to a fall with dan¬
ger of life: This Mole is ofthe nature of Venus, and is attributed to the tail
of the Swan, a ftarofthe fecond magnitude. *•

LXXVIII.
^ ^*^he bottomc of the right
• 1*^in the focond figure and number (fyS) they have another on the
fight moulder, and this Mole predifts a man fortunate aud lucky in all his af-
tairGS and enterprizes ? if ofahoney colour^ he reedves inhtritahtefrom heer
kinc^d ; if of red colour, he hath his good fortunes by His Wife ; ifitappearc
black, itgivesquarrels,ftrifes, and wounds bit the right fide the Hip p ifit beas
a wart or kntii, it dciioteshiin happy. It foretels a woman to be rich, in¬
genious, and one that will preferve fafe her husbands eftatte^ if it appear black
of complexion , fliall fuffer forae prejudice by {landing upon her pundu
ot hcHiour ; if it be like a lentil or vetch, fhe gains a great fortune by her
husband: I his is ofthe nature of Venus and Mercury, and hath congruence
tvith LucidaCormay a notable fixed ftar of the firft magnitude.

LXXIX.
ifa Mole appear near the extremity of the Nofe between the Face & the Nofe
end on the right fide,as in the fecond figure and numbefCyp) denotes another oft
the right fide the Hip .and difeovers the man to be luftfoll and flefhly given yet
fortunate by women; if of honey colour, he is happy in marriagedf fed,he is hap¬
py m the receipt of gifts; if black, he fhall be very near compleatihg his
good fortunes, yet be fruftrated in the end : if it appear as a wart or lentil,
he IS amiable to all; and hammers out his good fortunes on womens an¬
vils. ft declares a woman to be happy, fortunate,and lucky; but if black,
fhe isloofc and idie, wherefore it concernes her chiefly to fludy the juftifi-
cation of her honefty. This is of the nature of Jupiter and Mars, and is
appropnapd to the greater Dogge, or Cam MdjorUy an eminent flar ofthe
£!i'if magnitude.
 of tbe Body of tSWan and Woman.

LXXX.

qucftion ifrcd called into

Se norhur Afoul S if black, let hfm take heed 1.
if black !r in7i^,r ‘“‘“‘“ft • *" like manner it acculeth a woman ofluxurv-
difeafe ’ Th!,i ‘c *1!'**^*^*^°"°“’*'“*“'k^edly efcapes thedanger ofthc foS
hfe na/n, Jfl r*^ tbe nature of Satnrn and Venus, and is appropriated to the
left palm of the hand of Serfemari^ a ftar of the fourth magnimde!^

LXXXL
»

noft S riiTlfrP 1 f''" tbe NoBrlljalmoli on theend of the

to rhf I f. ra ® a >ttter(F>here wil be another on the breftdndininn
lour hfL Wd
oufiy cut on the H?^ Iccherjif black,he is inceftuous, and lliall be danger-

vis a°nS”‘‘ TT ‘"'“I* *wlrorihrnftore of

Venusand Mars,and relates to the tail oftbeSwanaaflarofthefecondmluuuf
'v. ■

, LXXXII. ✓

A man or woman having a Mole on the left fide oh the lower part the Noflril ae
It were between the Noftrill and the face, as in the firft figure aLletl fllh^
have another upon or nearthe left fide of the Stones, and hath the feniStrtl

reafon of his near kindred; but if it appear as a lentil or wart, his ill fortunes are
the more meliorated : It difeernsa woman to be petulant- and if black fh^fh
be accufed and found:guilty ofherevilaas.ThisCeirof^^^^^^^^^^^
Venus, and Mercury 5 and hath its denomination from a ftar in the back ofth^
Lyon, of the fecohd magnitude. ^

I f
. f -
> / t »
' ^

LXXXIIL , s

the man » ondhiof d''' premonftrateth

is thfbetter f given to luxurysifit appear ofhoneycolour,it
rfhis enemi^i^ifit/nnr? ‘"“"'gible perfon, ifblack, he (hall be perfecuted
wanders outof hhnarive cofntref- ““"■'“gate fugitive, and
liable ofavvan^n, ^ f “‘ikewife declares a woman to be un-
Ln &nmnTunlX r “b'black, Ihe is a harlot, or corn¬
et blfrand refer. new nature. This Mole is of the nature
the tail of the Bear magnitude, in the extremity of
■ e* ' LXXXI.V.
 !

26 A Treatife of the lAo l e $

LXXXIV.
A Mole in a man or woman appearing under the very fore point of theNofe
toward the middle, as in the fecond figure a^id number (84) defcribes another
Oil the very forepart of the Privy member, and denotes the man to be incli¬
ned to filthy infamous luxury, and fubjeftto a violent Gout or worfe,which
he gets by womens company^ and confequcntly a fhort life j ' if it be of honey
colour, it is not fo deadly ; if it appear red, he is principally pained in the ex-
tream parts of thebody, as Hands, Arms,Leggcs, and Feet 5 if black,he will
not eicape the peril of untimely death, by reafon of thefedifeafcs 5 if it appear
as a lentil, he is inmoft danger of the lecret Privy parts, let him take heed
thereof 'In a woman it denotes a pravous, wicked contentious naturejand that
fhe ihall alwayes nourilhcnmity againfther husband j and if it be black, Ihee
will contrive murthers, and m'lfchicfs in the higfieft degree agaiiift her husband,
and probably either roifehief him, or be mifehieved by him. This mole is of
the nature ot Saturn and Vlars, and is attributed to a ftar of the third magni-
tude^in the right wing of the Maft ot the Ship.

A Mole in man or woman on the right fide the Nofe in the very hollow of
the Noftril, as in the fecond figure and number ("85) there is another on the
• right fide the Secrets, and threatens wounds to a man very dangerousjon the
right fide 5 if it be of honey colour,it is the better ; if red, it will |De for Womens
fakc} if blackjhe fuffers by reafon ofhis own wife 5 if it be a wart, or like a len-
til, he lives the more innocently. A woman having this Mole hath the reward
of forrowes. andhatredsfor all her labours ; if it be black, it thjeatens her
' with the peftilencejor fomething as bad. This Mole is of the nature of Mars and
Mercury, and relates to a fiar of HercukSy of the third magnitude.

A Moleappearing on the left fide in the hollowjor upon the very nof!ril,ft]ews
another on the lett fide the Genitals, and indicates to the man^grievous dangers
and perils, with the threats of a violent death, or a contagious inteiftious dif-
eafeif it appear of honey colour, it threatens wounds oncly ; if red, wounds
andjbondsj it black,death without queftion; if it appear as a lentil,he is ofa foul
fiinking fordid condition to be efchewed.I t demonfteates to a woman hurts and
wounds,the Morbus gallicm and infamy. This is of the nature of Saturn aUd Mars,
and is appropriated to a ftar of the third magnitude in the head of the Dragon,

, A man or Woman having a Mole on the top, of the Bridge of the Nofe, in¬
clining to the right fide a little, as in the fecond figure and number (87^ in¬
dicates another on the top of the Yard or Privy member^ ’ anddifeovei’S the man
to be anehemy to his own peace, to fow difeord between himfclf and his wife;
ff it appear of honey colour, contentions brawlingS'fhaUmofi: perplex him ; if
red, he is moft afflifted with envious hoftility; it it be black , his ill fortune
y comes'
 of the Body of andlVbnian.
MfoIlVn^. J lentil,;heis a principal arciticer in
Itfliewe^ woman envious to mails and the .blacker it, is the
‘f Mars and the Moon, and rclhtcs to
»Be laft ftar of die Fleiadet, of the fecond magnitude.

LXXXVIII.
/ ■ ■

o'*'’ ^ figure and number (88)

V I'^i. “-^'*"“1.”“^ "S**' and promifcth a man Ihall
jfSdiflePfi?''-r*'h'^r It be of honey colour, it will be mean and
^afferent; if it be ot red colour, it Ihall be the more opulent, and copious for-
tetii “ a wart or
^tal, lie fhall be the more fortunate. To a woman,it Ihews (he Ihall be hapnv
Tiitn good's o* her husband; butifblack, (he fuffers much lolfe by
mfon of dilTeniblmg enemies. This Mole isofthenature of Jupiter and Mars^
«<! IS aflimilated to the great Dogge,a liar of the firil magnitude. ^ ^
t

LXXXIX.

® dieTeft fide' oPthc Nofe neerthe end, and enclining

to themiin.n«’ ^Tf T ‘•i' Stones, and noteth
fecftick enemiel”T of honey colour^ it denotes do-
»catcft ene^ L/ fliall bee his
SAllhi, rll let him beware the indignation of ftrangcrs, for he

fti ant to be derei * j*^T**'^ ** * wart, in all things he fliall be very credulous,and
6'ear*black ler hePorrowsandcares; but if it ap.
&1 ion of blonH I chaftity,otherwife it intends to her the
>e fbloud. This Mole is ottlie nature of Saturn and VenUsiand relatetli'
toa fiarofthelecond magnitude. u veiius,anarelatetlr

X c;

tods^theUw^flTn "S’’' «’»>■* to.

wards the Jaw, as in the fecond figure and number (90) they have another on
^e right fide the lower part of the privy member, ajidthis fignification it hath
«6 the man, that he fliall mightily mcreafe in wealth and the goods offortune by
Eis own proper induftry ; if ic be honey colour, his good fortune fliall come by
his witty policy and fagacioufnelfc in Art and Doftrine, ifitbered, hee Ihall
kirn bphT^t whom his good parts fliall commend
^^ r I’sfealth ; if it be as a wart or
rh a woman to abound in
if it appear black, {he fliall
Be fubjeft to (canton. This is of the nature of Venus and Mercury, and anfwcrs
to the Balls of the Bowl, a liar ofthe fourth magnitude.

CXL

h I'Pt fide the mouth almoft touching'

«, they have another on the left Arme between the Elbow and the Wrilf .
P> d d 2 ‘and’
 A Treatifeof the Moles
and predifts the party to be the progenitor df a fpurious off-fpring and in great
danger of the French difeafe j if it be of honey colour, they lhall poOefle and
obtain great fortunes,if of red colourjit is inheritance they ftall pdflefiejii black,
they are miferably opprefled with calamity j ifit be as a wart or lentil, he is ig¬
norant of Arts, lazy, and of finiple heedlcfle diicourfe : Ic (hews a woman, that
Die lhall bear an unlawfull off-fpring; ifit be black, Ihe lhall und.-rgoe much
lofle, and forrow, and her very countenance lhall render her vain and obfeeane:
This Mole is of the nature of Saturn ahd Venus^ ahd isfubjedf to thfc Polar
ftar of the third magnitude.

XCII.
A manor wdmari having a Mole bn the middle of the upper Lip, a*s in the
firlt figure and number (9 2) they have another on the Privy member beforcjand
indicates the man to be rent and torn fas it were) with great and variofis perils,
Controverlies and dangers i from the which, ifit be of honey colour,he lhall foon
be delivered j ifit be red, he is chaft, and Wdly marries j it it appear black, he
offers violence to, or hath a fretting ifkfome difeafe in his Privy members; if
it. beaSa wartjor lentil, the evil is allayed , and though Lome flux or difafter
may befall him, yet he lhall overcome it. To a woman it denotes continual
and tedious afflidions, iiifirmities, impediments, pains and griefs in the lower
parts. This is of the nature of Mars and is aflimilated to the Tail ofthe Bear, a
ftar of the fecond magnitude,

XCIII.
1

A liianctr woman having a Mole on the middle of the heithcr Lip, as in the
fipft figure and number ( 9^ ) they have another on the Knee, if is bee on
the middle, it is on the right Knee, ifitinclinetotheleftjit is ontbeleftKnee;^
if to the right it is on the right Knee, and predifts the man fhall undertake long
and various journeys, by reafon of which he fhall fee and vifit many Itrange
Gountreys; if it be of honey colour, he fhall gain good fortune and wealth
by andfrom ftrangers, and forreigners; ifit be red, he dillipates andwafteshis
own inheritance and fortune; if it be black, he will be difhoneft not to be tru-
lled ; ifit appear as a wart or lentil, he fhall comfortably rejoice in his good
fortune. It fhews a woman to be improvident; if it be black,Ihe affefts not cha-
ftity ; let a man beware of her, left he undergoe prejudice by her. This is of the
nature of Mars and Mercury, and hath itsfympathy wkha ftar of the fc-
Gond magnitude in the left fhoulder of Orion,

XCIV.
A Mole appearing in the middle of the Chin, in the hollow betweeu the Chiu
and the Mouth, as in the firft figure and number (94J denoteaanothcr upon the
Feet, the right Foot moft commordy, ifit incline to the left, it is the left Foot,
and fo of theother,and intimates to the man that he fhall have illegitimate chil¬
dren; if it be honey colour or red, he fhallobtain a fortunate lot; if black, his
fortune is mean and indifferent; if as a lentil, he is of an excelling wit and ge¬
nius ; to a woman it fignifies the fame for children, and is in danger of an Apo¬
plexy, and to relapfc again therein, ten to one but (he hath baftards, and if it be
black, fhefuffers vexation by them. This is of the nature of Ju|)iter and Mars,
and is connected toa ftar of the (ccond magnitudc, in the winged Horfe.
XGV.
 of the Body of Man and Wman.
,v

xcv.
A Mole appearing on the midft of the Chin on the fore part, (as it vvere^ as
asinthetirftfigureaudnumb€r(p5) there is another on
the Shinbone or Leg; iht be on the middle of the ChiX it is on the right Shin^
hnnl f inclines to the left fide, it is on the left Shin
bone,and difcetns the man to be rafh,foo].haray,unquiet,troublefome,and given

wnirn“d f ^ as a little wart or lentil, he will

Hmi. 1 V : Dcfcribes the woman having it to be unquiet, Conten-
uous, and a brawling fcold 5 and it it be black, foe will goe near to, come to
ome untimely end by reafon ot her tongue : ThisisofthenatOre of Mars, and
is fubjugated to a ftar of the fecond magnitude, in the back of the refler Bear.

XCVL
^ appears on the right fide the edge of the Chin, touching the
under edge thereot, asm the f>eond figure and number (96) there will be aiio-
ifocr on the right Hip, and demonftrates the man to be iingularly verfi in the
Theorems ot Art, and of large and great capacity j ifitappear of a honey co¬
lour, It promifethiii^heritance; if red, a lucky happy fortune 5 if black,a deco
fearchernua fecretthihgs; ifitbcasalentilL itimplyesan augmentation of
^ good fortune,happy marriage and long life,
Onnd be,except black which doth fomewhat pejorate the
T f\ This Mole IS of the nature ot Jupiter and Mars,and attairietli
to Cor Leonn^ the Lyons heart, a ftar of the firft magnitude.

xevn.
u *pp“<-ins Pn <hf Mtdg* of ih« Chin, ti.trois wothor n«r ,ho loft
Hucklebone, and prediftstoanianafugatious, varions,contentious,differenra
unconftant fortune, expofed to murders and rapines; if itbeofhoney colour,
he foailbe pardoned, for his pateft offence ; if it be red, let him be cautious
in refpeftot his enemies, arid keep a watchluH eyeover them; if it be black Jet
him dread Jufoce ; if it be as a lentill,let him take heed to foun plots, and trea-
Ions, to which he will be fiibjeft. To a woman it denotes laboui-, pain, hea-
vinefie of mmde ^ infelicity, and a violent death ; if it be black, it threatens
death by water. This Mole rdates to a fixed ftar of the fourth magnitude, in the
left Falm of Serfentarim^md is of the nature of Saturn and Mars.

XCVIII. I

, A Mole being naturally on the Gullet 6f the Throat, as in the firft figuf'e and
number (98) theere is ulually another between the Navill and the Privy mem¬
ber, and denotes hanging or ftrangling to a man; if it be of honey colour, it
promfieth fonie mitigation of his ill fortune ; if it be led, this mifehief comes
from his enemies 5 if it be black, hedyes by thehands of Juftice; if it appeare
as alentillor wart, heperifoeth by thewater. To a woman it portends great
pains and forrows in Child-bearing, by reafoa of which (if it be^ of black co¬
lour)
 AT:reatifeoftheM.oLhs
ibur J {he dyes. This Mole is of the Saturn and Veuusj and relatcth to the head
of Medufa^ a ftar of the hrft magnitude.

xeix.
A man or woman having a mole on the right fide the Gullet pfthc Throat,
as in the firft figure and number (^9 ) they have another on the right fide
the Thigh: and notes a man to bee of fingular good wit, happy in
getting goods, it promifeth inheritance, the favour of Tuperiors and
the like, yet it hath this ofill, the man is fubjeft to the pain of the Colique;
if itbco{honeycoloiir,heisriib]eatothecuftoniary dileafes of the place hee
lives in j if it be red, lie is troubled with or fubjeft to Biles or fwellings; it ge¬
nerally from hence bath the fignificatioii of fhort lifej but if it be black, thelifi:
is thefiiorter; if itbeas alentiil,hisillfortunesarethelefle; To a woman it
threatens pains in the Womb, and the Fits of the Mother 3 if it be black, fhe mif*
carries through a fall. This is of the nature of Saturn, and is aferibed to a ftar id
the Nofe of the Whale, of the third magnitude.

C.
A Mole on the Throat on the left fide the Gulletfor Windc pipe, in the £m
figure and number (100) there is another on the left fide the Hip, and threatens
the man with a dangerous fall from a Horfe 3 if it be of honey colour, the .danger
i^illnotbe fo great; if red, he faU more then once with great danger 3. if it ^
black, he fals from on high with danger of life; ifitbeas a lentil, he is fubjeft
to lals, but not to dye of them 3 and if the Mole on the Throat and Hip anfwcr
and be’both black,he is i n danger to have the French difeafe incurable; It threa¬
tens a woman with perils by water, and fals from on high ; and the more dan¬
ger the blacker it is. This Mole is of the nature of Saturn and Mars, and hath
its denomination from the Serpen t,a ftar of the third magnitude..

A man or woman having a Mole on the upper part of the Ball of the left
Check as in the firft figure and letter (A) ftiews them to be fubjeft to hurtful
wounds and to beexpofed to much hard fortune. This Mole is of the nature
of Saturn,and concurreth with a ftar of the third magnitude in the Nofc of the
Whale.

CII.
A Mole appearing on the middle of the left Cheek, as in the firft figure and
letter TB) denotes them much fubjeft to the MorhufCaVim, orotherperni-
asalfoanuncoaftanthabitationandalhortlife: This is of the
C1UU» UliCAlwS ^ MM*- f rt

nature of Saturn and Mars, and relateth to a ftar of the third magnitude m toe
right part of the Cratch.

cm

/
 1

of the Body of Man and Wman.

GUI;
A Mole on the left Cheek the lower part thereof, as in the firfi figure and let¬
ter QC) prcdids pernicious dileafes^ and rclapfcs thereunto, and a fliortlifcjThifi
is ot the nature of Mars and the Moon^ and bears relation to the fteiades of the
fifth magnitnde.

A Mole on the right Cheek, on the upper part or middle thereof, as in the
firft figure and letter (D} imparteth toTiian or woman laudable good fortune,
and a comparation of eftatc, by their oWn ingenious proper indufiry, and
longlife; and is ol the nature of Marsand Jupiter, belonging to the Thigh of
a ftar ol the fecond magnitude.

/
C V.
r\- »y

A Mole on the lower pa^t of the right Cheek, as in the firft figure and Ict-
ter(^EJ indidfs to the nativeylbme kindes'of ftrife, yet very happy fortune iii
Merchandizing, and Marriages. ThiHsof the nature of Jupiter and Mercury,
and is appropriated to the Ihouldcr ol Fegafus^ a ftar of the i^eond niagnitlide,

eVL
I

A man or woman having a Mole oh the lower part of the left Cheek, as in.
the firft figure and letter (c) threatens the party with much fharp and hard
fortune; as alfo drowning. This is of the nacur^ of Mars and ^ the Moon^,
and attainethto the Fleiades of the fifth magnitude.^ ' ^r, '
ft

evil.
• .it-- •

A man or woman having a .Mole on thehinder part of the Neck inclining

to the right fide, gives a rcafonabie happy life; but threatens ati untimely
death by drowning. This is of the,nature of Saturn and Venus,, and refers
to a ftar of the third niagiiitude,' in the bfeft of Cajjiofe'ia,

CVlTl.
A man or woman having a Mole on the upper part of the middle of the
Neck, denotes to the man ftrangling and hanging: tothe woman pains of the
Wombe, and perill in Childbirth. This is of the nature of Mars and the Mooni,
and refers to the Vlekdes^

CIX\

VS.a'
 CIK
V ,, A Mole on the left fide the Neck 5 about the middle i denotes to the man
/ . Qhoaking, Heading, or Hanging: To a woman pain and danger in Child^
birth. This is of the nature of the foregoing.
j

■ ’ ’ C X. V
A man or woman having Moles on the Neck, on both fides (as it were) op-
pofite to each other; prenotes dangers and perils, with evill fortune, an^ ac
laft without the great Mercy of God to fall into the hands of the Hangman:
Thisis of the nature of Saturn, relating toaftarof the fifth magnitude in the
Nofe of the Whale. ’

cxi,
^ A man or woman having a Mole on the very hinder part, or nape of the
Neck, threatens to the man. Calamities, Imprifonments, tortures, and death
by the Executioner is to be feared: To a woman much forrow, and lofle,with
turbulent fortunc^This is of the nature of Mars and the Moon, and participateds
of the TleiadM and the head of Medufa,

CXlI.
A Mole appearing in the lower part of the Neck towards the right Arm, as
in the firft figure and letter fR) denotes the man to be fubjeft to the Gavery and
thraldome of love, that he (hall be thereby captivated ; To a woman it figni-
fies file fhall be much loved by great perfons; yet fhe will be unconftanc and
vain-glorious. This is of the nature of Saturn and Venus, and is affirailated to
a fiar of the third magnitude,in the breft oiCajjftopeia,.

CXIIl.
^ A Mole on the lower part of the Neck towards the left Shoulder, as in the
firft figure and letter (SJ deferibesthe man to be much more inclined, and pro-
dive to evill then good 5 and that his defire runs after that will bring mil
chiefly upon him : and declares the woman to be impudent, not regarding
her honour nor common civility, and full of Moles elfewherc. This is of the
Nature of Saturn and Venus, and applieth to a ftar in the right fide oiTerfeuf^oi
the fecond magnitude.
»■

FinkVtXvornm.
 I

. WHAT

IS,
Or theART of

RAT^V^^DVS LVLLIVS.

Ghap. I

‘’"£“ ^‘-<nft‘heNa.
' IfthcrewcrenotaNam n^M «nnot fubfift:
no't avail much but ,h! w'™°^T I '
nation to an Art or h
very ferviceabl/t^ •. ?t’ ‘^°“‘>tleire the Artificial is
fliortned rhiit L ’ theArtificailthatmaybe
and thb f t f'“keupa longtime
flowed hi. tn^ hath be-
found out the perfcaiou of this fliort'***”'’learning
although he foLd oZ ye d d he con" T' • '^•’ich
bologies; that the learn JmiX be ^T' “ and Amphi-
and attain it. But I feeine how necefT offome leafuretokaow
tours, Advocates, or fXho deal In to Preachers, Ora-
U, and by the hand or Chiromancy much fexplain
Ample perfon that hath an inclinatfon tf ‘hat Co as the
perfcaion therein, by an Alphabet ^ to-feme
tsur hand, as may be fecn in the figure outlf iniagin in
It is firft CO be noted that f
LuJliuf divided it in two, or elfe endea^ Ancients before Raymmdus
Wayes; Thefirft was ft Xierou. h -“X ’T*" “ “vo manner of
■which they took for to^puref out the S^dicaments and Medicines,
to purge out the more groife humours, and to cleanfe
E e C ■flltnir
 Anificiall Memory.
34
tlleli' tninde, and confequently make it more fit to conceive all things.
The fccond method which they iollowed was more apparent, which fay
they, had been revealed to Solcmon by the great God; ot the which Solomoti
che^Scripture teftifies that he knew all things, from the Hyfop to the Cedar,
that is CO fay, had all knowledge : Ofthis Science did write one Ap^onim y
whereof there is a Treatife inferted among the lA.orks of Agrippa, full of
Prayers, which lor the moft part confift of unknown words; yet hec hath
come fomewhat neer the truth ; for in the figure which he puts for the fe-
crets infiead of making ufe of ^ e. Michael y if hee had made life
of the name of ten letters after this tonne, hee had arrived at the per-
teSilou.
Yet I finde the invention much more eafic by the way of Chiromancy ,
having read KapmuiAus LuHius over and over again , and alfthofe that have
endeavoured to facilitate him, as Cormlm Agrippay JorAanWy BrmmyAIfiedimy
Lemuherssy and divers others, feeing they place and toiind all this Art in thole
ten lettci'Sy A B.CoV. E. F>0-I. K. ^ ,
Thusalfo for our way of infiruQtipn we place them in the band.

Places where we are to imagine tbofe letters

fee in the foregoing figure, where we place for the founda-

don ofthisArr, A in the middle ot the hand, which in Chi¬
romancy we call the Plain of Mars, how that that letter is the
bate and foundation of th is Science whereto the other nine let¬
ters are referred : Which thing the Rabbins alfo had obfervcti
in the name of God confifting of ten letters, which begin with
Alephjas you may leeiia the foregoing figiire.For if it be any matter whereof we
lyonld tfeat, we niuft place k upon the imaginary A. and the definition
ajsd difiip^fion upon the other letters, as wef^all hereafter more clearly de-
jppn/kate^ which is the firft letter of the circle is placed underthe thumb
in the mount of Venus; C. under the Foie-finger or mount of Jupiter;
J}.. under the middle-finger; E. under the fourthi Fainder the little onciG.under
'fbatupou the beginning of the Table line,H. upon the mount of the Moon^Lat
the roonof die line of iiie nearthewriff; K.at the beginning at the mount of
Venus. Having thus imagined them, conceive in thy minde upon every let¬
ter thatpoint which thouddirefi; to treat of or remember,
. CHAP.
 ArtijictaU i^^emory.
15

Chap. III.

Why this An is called the Short Art.

) Aymmc{^ Lucius a mm conCummzte in all Arts and Sciences for

the afljftance ot the naturall Memory found out this Art, for to
orten t e ' ciencesj and caufe all men to conceive them more
compendioufly and render them in one moment able to
difcourfeof thofe Arts and Sciences, and penetrate into their
j. , , molt fecret principles, which they could not attain unto bv
ordinary labouranaftudy.il their lift; nayifitwerc 8o.years, yaallthdb
Budy could not arrive to the one half, and therein be perka^ wherSs
this Art dotheafily teach and enable a child of feven yeares^of age to make
a I forts of arguments. Thofe that are acquainted wilhitandbLlZ^
It, have given wonderfoll effeas thereof, ^grippt hath made it appeare
though hee hath been pleafed toabufeit as he did the other Scicnces^^ But
the true reafon why he cryeddown thofe Arts and Sciences, was to make
appeaie how well heimderftood them; for before ever he difpraifed them
,o fpiritthat had pierced intoaU things’
would by that Ironie wipe out the blame which Come tender andva „ per-
BrBeaTii ‘n ‘'t'i ' have a refentm.nt for the honourrfM^-

will offend fuchLm ‘ "" «‘“Kdoiihim that

caufe th'ra^are Tmmort3lp”°n **** dilprailes quench their renown i is be-

phy of the raid Beaulien fwas d'eaTS°Si)n Is born - ' Vi,7 **
^at tafted that Science's but Simonitlef oiMiletum', and'The'^nreat°“a*

tTZJTtLTSi rrr.rj-Hii' ^
SKT, Si; ;[;■ Arbiw;

Dl each figure hath tour manners, two concluding Univerfallv and two
ticnlarly, which are coinprifed in thefeverfes. ‘ally, and two par-

^arhdra, Ceiarentjjyariiy Ferio^

C^firei Cawefires, Fefiinoj Baroeo>
Darapti Felapton, &c.

All that is placed upon V. The Sophifra, Equivocations AmnhSbo

log.« . Ignorance of the fophifni, captioS of the A?uecedcnt up^n t^oSie;

Arithmctick ; the difinition upon B which ic <?/'* • j t

how to number many unites. The firft rule of it which^TNlmtiom^^
^ ^ ^ ^ placed
36 Artifidall Memory. ■ ^
placed on C. Addition on P. Subftraaion ori E. Multiplication on Divili-
on on G.the Ruk ofThree on H-The Reduftion of FraRions on f.Algebra bn K>
For Geometry, the diftinftion on A. the Triangle on B. upon the reft thefe o-
thcr figures which are a.Squatey2LTe!tt(t§pnyzHex(igon3 Heptagony &ogo?iy EnneagQTjy 0
VecagonyHendecagonyVodecagon*
Mufick; its definition} its fix voices^eight tottes, irt quavers^ all comprifed in
thefe words.
Ttr terni funt modi quibus mnit eantil^na contexituTy mm fomUy femitoniumy ‘Tonusy
StmidUonmyDitonmy DiateJfaronyViapenteySemitoniumcumJ^iu^ente: adh£cformsdia^afirim
They are placed on the letters. ' . ' > .
Aftrologic; thedefinUioii upon A. the ten parts of the fphear, which are thfir
Equinoaiall, the Zodiack, the Coluri, the Solftice, the Equinoftkll Golurus,
the Meridian, the Horifon, theTropicksof Cancer, and Capricorn, the Ar-
tick Pole, and the Antarctick, the feven Planets, and all that concern the ftars
that are known, 48. faces, which contain 1022. or 25. ftars, to which arc added
14. other, that is to (ay, five dowdy, and uin* obrc«r« nnes.
Alchymie? the feaven Minerals,the feaven Planets, to which are attributed
the (»vcn Salts, ArmoniaCjCommon,^ Nitre, Alicali, Salt-peter, Gemme and
Roch; Calcination, Reduftion, Fixation, Frifiion , Pulerizatioii , Subli-
tnation, Elixion, or zccordlss^ to/Arnoldoi ViUemeufuey The Body, Atone, A-
20ch, Zirnich, Chibrit, Adropt, Topum.
Chirurgery; The Anatomy, Phlebotomy, the parts which are Mirach, Si-;
phaCjZirkis, the bone and other parts.
Operative Medicine; Aqua vitae, Potable water, water of Irondc,Strong wa¬
ter, Deaibadvc water, Confervative water. Duplicative water, Vivilkative wa¬
fer. And fo of the other Arts and Sciences, which is n ot ncceflary to mention
here : for it may be faid in few words, that all thefe Sciences arc compifhen-
ded in a hundred definitions; But to abbreviate them more yet,we will com¬
prehend all that can be (aid or difputed upon thefe nine letters 9 as ft may fee (een
in thefe Tables, which we have laid down before we enter into the pra^ifeand
Itfe of the Aft; the which tables arc fuch queftions.

C. D. 1 . E.
«• !
my? Wboi Of what ? my>
\ , i

1 (jod. Hi/amo Man,

1 Gooimfft., Ma^tSide, Dwmitru PoWfT*

- 1

F. ' ; G. 13 L R.
1 1 mea> ' : Where^
:
!
Vegudbk, \ Efemernative.
i
1 r

i Wsfkm, Vertus, Trfdh. Glory-,

■t ■
 ArtijiciaU Memory. 37

ChAp. IV.

A i&e InteUigihte Alphabet; ♦X-.W

, , i , . . . ,
iignifiesandtcprefcnfsthUfirrt qn^ftionthat!s to fay My? for its fub*
jeftj Godj Goodnclft, DifferClnfie, Jufticc, and Avarice,
C. Who? Subjeflts, Angell, Magnitude, Concord, Prudence, and Glut¬
tony.
D. Of what ? Hcav'en, Eternity, Contrariety,Forc^rand Luxury.
E. Why ? Man, Power, Principle, Temp erance and Pride.
F. Howmuchr Imaglnatwn, Wifdomc, mean, Faith and flothfiilnefle.
G. Of what kind? Serifitiva; Appetite or Will, End, Hope and Envy.
H. When-L Vegetative, Veitue, GreatnelTe, Charity and Anger*
I. Where E^^^cntary, Verity, Equality^ Patience and Lying.

Chap^V. _= • '
»

Hon> to fra&ife tbir Art.

i

»Ow he that will oraaile the Art, muft firff learn thefc ten letters 5
I but as for A. let him confider itasthe principal^ and exercife him-
fell to (ay thelc letters, B. C. D. £. F. G.H IK. and to retrograde
them from £. to B. and then to render himfeK the more lubdlein
the managing of thefe lctters,Iet him manage and repeat them after
this following manner,in four and twenty Cylindres.

BCD. CBD. DBC. BCD, CDB. DCB. BBC. BED. CCB, CCD:
DVB.DDC. B CB. BDB. CBD.CDC. DBD.DCD.

Being thus exercifed in the management of thefe letters,let him confidcr what
he will profe(^5 and fo let him place it. If being a Preacher he be to treat of
Angels, his-(ubjeft' mult be placed upon A. which is the place where all
matter thatisto bedifeourfedordirputed on, is to be put, thence he mull en¬
ter on B. for the definition, as being the firft letter of the circle placed on the’
mount of Venus: And indeed no man (hould be efteemed fit to difpute, if en-
tring uponthe queftion, hedoenot definewhat he intends to difpute on. De^
beta definitlone proficifd^ ut intelligahr^ quid fit Id de quo difputatur, faith Cicero.
Upon C. fliall be the diftinftion. Then from the fubjeft above propofed, for
Hiftories for the famefubjea:,’ put upon B. the hiftory of Abraham, upon C.the'
conception of Samj^fon-, on P. the Hiftory ofE/i^jr; upon E, the Revelations of
Daniel r, upon F. the Revelation ef Zachary, upon G. the Annunciation of the
Virgin : upon H. the Reforreftion of jefus Chrift,and the Angels that appear¬
ed to the woman which went to doe him the laft Ceremony of his Fimeralls;
upon /.the Angels that appeared upon Afeenfion day ; upon K. the Angell of the’ •
•1
Apealypfe. And if you would multiply them, put again upon B. the Angels of
Loth , that of Tobias, that in the Altf, which delivered feter out of Prilon i andi
c e 3 vers
■■■r
' ^
divers other hiftories; you may imagine them by conceiving this configure of
Multiplication.

B o m

■ ^ t ; >

For oblerve that he who knows Ar ithmctick, conceives and comprehends the
numbers retained by another; as eafily ashe that is a lover of the Art can con¬
ceive, retain and learn all that he pleafe upon thefeten letters j nay may num¬
ber without Addition, unlefleit beof the cipher, and thus it is placed.
Some body conceives in his tninde'oiie of thefc numbers, i, 2, 45536,7,
8,9,10. for todemonftrateit; caufe him to treble the number which he hath
conceived; divide the trebled numb'er! Into two; but if upon thefirft medita¬
tion the trebled number be odde fwhich you muft ask him whether it be or no)
bid him make it even by the addition of a Unite, and then that he divide into
twohalfs. , . -
Of this addition you fliall take uiie, and bid him doc the like j but you fhali
keep two 5 and then bid him fubftradt 9. as many times as he can out of his laft
number,and do you number fo many times fourjthen ifyou have kept any thing
you muft adde it. As if one had thought on feaven, that trebled is twenty ohe,-
one added makes twenty two,the one half is eleventh,which being trebled makes
thirty three, and that cannot be divided into halves without the addition
of an unite, which being thirty four, whereofthe half is feventeen. here cafta-
way two, bid him fubftraft nine as often as he can, which becaiife it
can be done but once,you fhall gather four, then need look after what remains;,
if you have kept three, which added to four make 7. So alfo manage theft let¬
ters, multiply them according to the number of words that you would advance.
Take the pleafure firft to place fuch words as theft upon every letter fo to excr-
cift your memory.
B. Beauty, C. Charity, P. Deity, E. Excellency, F. Fortune, O. GreatnefS’,
H- Honour, K. Katherine ; doe it backward and forward, and multiply them to
encreaftyour memory, B. Blefle, C. Chrifiopher, P. Delight, E. Edifie, F.Forl^
G. Glory, H-Horroiir, I. Jefus, X. Kalender, and argue upon every one of die
words.
'the firji figure for

All goodnelle is commendable.

Charity is goodnefiej
Therefore, &c.

AmihsT
 Artificiall 'Memory.

Another^

All vertue is commendable;

Charity is a vertue;
Therefore Charity is commendable.

Another^
I

Every good thing is commendable,

Somepieafure is not good; ThercforCj
Some pleafiire is not commendable :

So of the reft: but all thy arguments ought alwayesto refer to the fubjcdf^
whereof thou dilcourfeft, the which is placced upon A. Thou being a Preacher,
it thou wouldft difeourfe of Principles, or a Principle ; place it upon ^'in the
•hand, and then upon B. make this argument, if there be any priority in the ^ Di¬
vinity, upon C. this Syllogifme.

Every Agent is before the Patient, ' ■

TheFatherisAgerlt, and the fbn Patient, f
Therefore, &c. ^
I ' ■ . i',
• r >’

By this proceeding,placing on the other letters hiftories upon this fubjeu]:, and, '/ b.V'
nut leaving in the memory thefe principal! letters, of our icicncc, they may do iifjj
all. Nay a child of 7. years of age may in ten dayes by this Arc be made capable ’"
and fit in all Sciences, if lobe he is of himfclf enclined thereto; argue and
form Syllogifms like an able Logician, upon any point that fhall be propofed.
to him; for this Art hath wondrous eliefts in thofethat^ fervently embrace it.
Let the Merchant alfo in the fame manner make his advantage of it, putting the
fubje£t of his Commerce upon the letter the dependences of it Upon the *0”
ther letters; the remembrance of them puttuighim ftUlin minde'of what he
fhall have to doe. . s
Studious Reader; comprehend thismy little Treatife, and thou flialt find the
profit of this Artjand wilt magnifie the firft inventor of ir,who{e memory (hould .
be preferved to Eternity. If thou art pleafed with it, afiiire thy fclf that fhortly
1 lhall prefent therewith a large Treadle ofall the Divine Matheniadcks* where¬
in thou fhall be lliewedthe fecrets of the Caballand Ghematrie of the Jews,
and befides that; .what ever is curious in the works of all thofe who have any
thing of occult Philofophy5 take only chele Notes for earneft, and efteem me
thy friend.
. . ' A. . • ^:
“, / v V ' , .
r *

The End of the Treattfe of Artificiall Memory'.^

or the Art of Lullius^ • .
 Bootes glinted £ot UatbanaelBrooh^^ vix»

T
• •*

imes Treafury: or a Commentary for Gertry/or their accompliOi-

ment in arguments of difcourfe^HabitjFafhionfwith a Love^
Lecture ^hy Richard
Cei Romantia: or the Art of Divining by the Lines and Signatures en¬
graven in the Hand of Man 5 with a learned Rhilofo^hicall Dt'pourfe of the
Soul of the World^z matchleffe pcice by G,Wharton.
Theatrum chemunm Bntanieum, containing fevcrall Poeticall pieces of
our Englifh Philofophers, who have written the Hermetique Myftcrics in’
their own Ancient language, by Elias Jjhmole^ Efq^
Culpeffer of Dllcz{c$. Of the great Ecclipfe.
His Ephemeris for 16^2.
Nerv ferufalem^ a Sermon before Aftrologers. 1651,
Cdtholtck Hiflory by Colonel Chefenhale,
Two Trcatifes, i. Saints advantage by Chrifs J[ce?tfto», 2. Saints are
" . bound to confefe their fins:hy chriftopher Love,bt\no the third Volume.
. An Arithmetick, in Number and Species, in two Boooks: i. Teach¬
ing by Precept and example the operation in Numbers^ by Decimals, and
life of the Logarithms, Napyers bones. 2, The great Rule of Algebra in
Species, With a Canon of the power of NumbcrSjby
Taaometria^ or the Geometry of Regulars, in Solids, with ufcfull Ex¬
periments, with Prabficall Geometry of Regular-likc Solids, and of a Cy-
lincjrir body, for liquid Meafure, with fundry new Experiments for gau-
ging,ufeful for all that are imployed in the Art Mctricall,by John Wibred^
Docdor of Phyfick.
An Aftrologicall difeourfe hyS\^ ChriHopher Hefdon.
Magick and Aftrology vindicated, in which is contained the true defi¬
nitions of the faid Arts, proved by the authority of ScripturCjand by mo*
dern Authours,by H. Warren.
Uifiories with curious Difeourfe of Humane Learning,
Oedipus^ or a Refolycr, being a Clerv that leads to the chief Secrets,and
true Refolution of-«^w<?/tf^,Naturall, Moral and Political Problems, by
G. M.
The Celeftial Lamp,enlightning every diftrefied foul,by T. Fettifplace,
tragedies and Comedies,
Eons lachrjmarumt from whence doth flow Englands complaint, Jere¬
miahs Lamentation,with an Elegy on Sir Charles Lucas f>y John ^carles.
The remedy ofDifcontcnrmcnt, or a Treatife of contentation fit for
thefe fad and troubled times, by the Right Reverend Father in God Jo-
feph Hall late Bifliop of Exon and Norwich, 12,
The Grand Sacrilcdgcof the Church of Rome ^ by the late Daniel
Do(5lor in Divinity.
The caufc and cure of Ignorance, Eri:rour,Emnity, Atheifm and Pro-
fanenefie, by /-R. Toung, 8. •
C omforts againft the fear of Death, wherein arc fcverall Evidences of
- ' the VfOx\iO^ Gt^ct^hy John CoUings of Norwich.
Jacobs feed^or the Excellency of feeking God by Prayer, by Jeremiah
Burroughs^ Miniftcr of the Gofpell.
Bntania Rediviva^ or a Sovereign Remedy to cure a fick Common¬
wealth, a Sermon, Auguf p, 1549. by John Shaw Minifter of HulL
■X
 *1

I
i

!
^01